New Zealand Employment Compliance Hub: Employment, Payroll & Tax Guide

Key Law Terms Overview in New Zealand

1.TitleThis Act is the Employment Relations Act 2000.
2Commencement
This Act comes into force on 2 October 2000.
Part 1Key provisions

The object of this Act is—

(a)
to build productive employment relationships through the promotion of good faith in all aspects of the employment environment and of the employment relationship—

(i)
by recognising that employment relationships must be built not only on the implied mutual obligations of trust and confidence, but also on a legislative requirement for good faith behaviour; and
(ii)
by acknowledging and addressing the inherent inequality of power in employment relationships; and
(iii)
by promoting collective bargaining; and
(iv)
by protecting the integrity of individual choice; and
(v)
by promoting mediation as the primary problem-solving mechanism other than for enforcing employment standards; and
(vi)
by reducing the need for judicial intervention; and
(ab)
to promote the effective enforcement of employment standards, in particular by conferring enforcement powers on Labour Inspectors, the Authority, and the court; and
(b)
to promote observance in New Zealand of the principles underlying International Labour Organisation Convention 87 on Freedom of Association, and Convention 98 on the Right to Organise and Bargain Collectively.
Section 3(a): amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 4(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 3(a)(i): substituted, on 1 December 2004, by section 4(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 3(a)(ii): amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 4(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 3(a)(v): replaced, on 1 April 2016, by section 4(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 3(ab): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 4(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
Good faith employment relations
4Parties to employment relationship to deal with each other in good faith
(1)

The parties to an employment relationship specified in subsection (2)—

(a)
must deal with each other in good faith; and
(b)
without limiting paragraph (a), must not, whether directly or indirectly, do anything—

(i)
to mislead or deceive each other; or
(ii)
that is likely to mislead or deceive each other.
(1A)

The duty of good faith in subsection (1)—

(a)
is wider in scope than the implied mutual obligations of trust and confidence; and
(b)
requires the parties to an employment relationship to be active and constructive in establishing and maintaining a productive employment relationship in which the parties are, among other things, responsive and communicative; and
(c)
without limiting paragraph (b), requires an employer who is proposing to make a decision that will, or is likely to, have an adverse effect on the continuation of employment of 1 or more of his or her employees to provide to the employees affected—

(i)
access to information, relevant to the continuation of the employees’ employment, about the decision; and
(ii)
an opportunity to comment on the information to their employer before the decision is made.
(1B)

However, subsection (1A)(c) does not require an employer to provide access to confidential information—

(a)
that is about an identifiable individual other than the affected employee if providing access to that information would involve the unwarranted disclosure of the affairs of that other individual:
(b)
that is subject to a statutory requirement to maintain confidentiality:
(c)
where it is necessary, for any other good reason, to maintain the confidentiality of the information (for example, to avoid unreasonable prejudice to the employer’s commercial position).
(1C)

To avoid doubt,—

(a)
subsection (1B) does not affect an employer’s obligations under—

(i)
the Official Information Act 1982 (despite section 52(3) of that Act); or
(ii)
the Privacy Act 2020 (despite section 24(1) of that Act):
(b)
an employer must not refuse to provide access to information under subsection (1A)(c) merely because the information is contained in a document that includes confidential information.
(1D)

For the purposes of subsections (1B) and (1C), confidential information means information that is provided in circumstances where there is a mutual understanding (whether express or implied) of secrecy.
(2)

The employment relationships are those between—

(a)
an employer and an employee employed by the employer:
(b)
a union and an employer:
(c)
a union and a member of the union:
(d)
a union and another union that are parties bargaining for the same collective agreement:
(e)
a union and another union that are parties to the same collective agreement:
(f)
a union and a member of another union where both unions are bargaining for the same collective agreement:
(g)
a union and a member of another union where both unions are parties to the same collective agreement:
(h)
an employer and another employer where both employers are bargaining for the same collective agreement.
(3)

Subsection (1) does not prevent a party to an employment relationship communicating to another person a statement of fact or of opinion reasonably held about an employer’s business or a union’s affairs.
(4)

The duty of good faith in subsection (1) applies to the following matters:

(a)
bargaining for a collective agreement or for a variation of a collective agreement, including matters relating to the initiation of the bargaining:
(b)
any matter arising under or in relation to a collective agreement while the agreement is in force:
(ba)
bargaining for an individual employment agreement or for a variation of an individual employment agreement:
(bb)
any matter arising under or in relation to an individual employment agreement while the agreement is in force:
(c)
consultation (whether or not under a collective agreement) between an employer and its employees, including any union representing the employees, about the employees’ collective employment interests, including the effect on employees of changes to the employer’s business:
(d)
a proposal by an employer that might impact on the employer’s employees, including a proposal to contract out work otherwise done by the employees or to sell or transfer all or part of the employer’s business:
(e)
making employees redundant:
(ea)
making pay equity claims, responding to pay equity claims, and participating in the pay equity claim resolution process under Part 4 of the Equal Pay Act 1972:
(f)
access to a workplace by a representative of a union:
(g)
communications or contacts between a union and an employer relating to any secret ballots held for the purposes of bargaining for a collective agreement.
(5)

The matters specified in subsection (4) are examples and do not limit subsection (1).
(6)

It is a breach of subsection (1) for an employer to advise, or to do anything with the intention of inducing, an employee—

(a)
not to be involved in bargaining for a collective agreement; or
(b)
not to be covered by a collective agreement.
Section 4(1A): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 5(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 4(1B): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 4 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 4(1C): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 4 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 4(1C)(a)(ii): replaced, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).Section 4(1D): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 4 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 4(4)(ba): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 5(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 4(4)(bb): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 5(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 4(4)(ea): inserted, on 6 November 2020, by section 33 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).Section 4(6): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 5(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
4APenalty for certain breaches of duty of good faith
A party to an employment relationship who fails to comply with the duty of good faith in section 4(1) is liable to a penalty under this Act if—

(a)
the failure was deliberate, serious, and sustained; or
(b)
the failure was intended to—

(i)
undermine bargaining for an individual employment agreement or a collective agreement; or
(ii)
undermine an individual employment agreement or a collective agreement; or
(iii)
undermine an employment relationship; or
(iv)
undermine the pay equity claim resolution process under Part 4 of the Equal Pay Act 1972; or
(c)
the failure was a breach of section 59B or section 59C.
Section 4A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 4A(b): replaced, on 6 November 2020, by section 33 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).
Records relating to minimum entitlement provisions
Heading: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 5 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
4BEmployer’s general obligation to keep records relating to minimum entitlement provisions
(1)

An employer must keep records in sufficient detail to demonstrate that the employer has complied with minimum entitlement provisions.
(2)

The obligation in subsection (1) is in addition to the requirements in the other provisions of this Act or any other enactment relating to the keeping of records.
Section 4B: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 5 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
Part 2Preliminary provisions
Interpretation
5Interpretation
In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,—

agreed hours of work means the hours of work specified in accordance with section 67C(1)
applicable collective agreement means the collective agreement that is binding on the relevant union and employer, at the relevant point in time in relation to an employee of the employer who is a member of the union
Authority means the Employment Relations Authority established by section 156
bargaining, in relation to bargaining for a collective agreement,—

(a)
means all the interactions between the parties to the bargaining that relate to the bargaining; and
(b)
includes—

(i)
negotiations that relate to the bargaining; and
(ii)
communications or correspondence (between or on behalf of the parties before, during, or after negotiations) that relate to the bargaining
chief executive means the chief executive of the department
Chief Judge means the Chief Judge of the court
Chief of the Authority means the Chief of the Authority who holds office under section 166(1)(a)
collective agreement means an agreement that is binding on—

(a)
1 or more unions; and
(b)
1 or more employers; and
(c)
2 or more employees
compliance order means an order made by the Authority or the court under section 137 or section 139
controlling third party means a person—

(a)
who has a contract or other arrangement with an employer under which an employee of the employer performs work for the benefit of the person; and
(b)
who exercises, or is entitled to exercise, control or direction over the employee that is similar or substantially similar to the control or direction that an employer exercises, or is entitled to exercise, in relation to the employee
court means the Employment Court constituted under this Act
coverage clause,—

(a)
in relation to a collective agreement,—

(i)
means a provision in the agreement that specifies the work that the agreement covers, whether by reference to the work or type of work or employees or types of employees; and
(ii)
includes a provision in the agreement that refers to named employees, or to the work or type of work done by named employees, to whom the collective agreement applies:
(b)
in relation to a notice initiating bargaining for a collective agreement, means a provision in the notice specifying the work that the agreement is intended to cover, whether by reference to the work or type of work or employees or types of employees
demand notice means a demand notice issued under section 224(1)
department, in any provision of this Act, means the department of State that, with the authority of the Prime Minister, is for the time being responsible for the administration of that provision
dispute means a dispute about the interpretation, application, or operation of an employment agreement
dwellinghouse—

(a)
means any building or any part of a building to the extent that it is occupied as a residence; and
(b)
in relation to a homeworker who works in a building that is not wholly occupied as a residence, excludes any part of the building not occupied as a residence
employee is defined in section 6
employer means a person employing any employee or employees; and includes a person engaging or employing a homeworker
employment agreement—

(a)
means a contract of service; and
(b)
includes a contract for services between an employer and a homeworker; and
(c)
includes an employee’s terms and conditions of employment in—

(i)
a collective agreement; or
(ii)
a collective agreement together with any additional terms and conditions of employment; or
(iii)
an individual employment agreement
employment relationship means any of the employment relationships specified in section 4(2)
employment relationship problem includes a personal grievance, a dispute, and any other problem relating to or arising out of an employment relationship, but does not include any problem with the fixing of new terms and conditions of employment
employment standards means any of the following:

(a)
the requirements of any of sections 64, 69Y, 69ZD, 69ZE, and 130:
(b)
the requirements of section 2AAC(a) and 2A of the Equal Pay Act 1972:
(ba)
[Repealed]


(c)
the minimum entitlements and payment for those under the Holidays Act 2003:
(d)
the requirements of sections 81 and 82 of the Holidays Act 2003:
(e)
the minimum entitlements under the Minimum Wage Act 1983:
(f)
the provisions of the Wages Protection Act 1983
essential service means a service specified in Schedule 1
homeworker—

(a)
means a person who is engaged, employed, or contracted by any other person (in the course of that other person’s trade or business) to do work for that other person in a dwellinghouse (not being work on that dwellinghouse or fixtures, fittings, or furniture in it); and
(b)
includes a person who is in substance so engaged, employed, or contracted even though the form of the contract between the parties is technically that of vendor and purchaser
individual employment agreement means an employment agreement entered into by 1 employer and 1 employee who is not bound by a collective agreement that binds the employer
intended agreement includes part of an intended agreement
Judge means a Judge of the court; and includes an acting Judge
Labour Inspector means an employee of the department designated under section 223 to be a Labour Inspector
lawyer has the meaning given to it by section 6 of the Lawyers and Conveyancers Act 2006
lockout has the meaning given to it by section 82
mediation includes mediation services provided under section 144 by the chief executive, and any other mediation services that are provided (whether by the chief executive or any other person) to help resolve employment relationship problems
mediation services means the mediation services provided, under section 144, by the chief executive
member of the Authority means a member of the Authority who holds office under section 166(1); and includes a temporary member who holds office under section 172
minimum entitlement provisions means—

(aaa)
[Repealed]


(a)
the minimum entitlements and payment for those under the Holidays Act 2003; and
(b)
the minimum entitlements under the Minimum Wage Act 1983; and
(c)
the provisions of the Wages Protection Act 1983
Minister, in any provision of this Act, means the Minister of the Crown who, under the authority of any warrant or with the authority of the Prime Minister, is for the time being responsible for the administration of that provision
person intending to work means a person who has been offered, and accepted, work as an employee; and intended work has a corresponding meaning
personal grievance or grievance has the meaning given to it by section 103
prescribed means prescribed by regulations made under this Act
Registrar of the court means any employee of the department designated under section 198 to act as the Registrar of the court
Registrar of Unions means the employee of the department appointed under section 27 to be the Registrar of Unions
reinstatement is a remedy in a personal grievance raised by an employee that may be granted as described in section 123(1)(a)
relevant Acts,—

(a)
in sections 223A and 223B, means the Acts specified in section 223(1), except section 69LA of this Act:
(b)
in sections 223D to 223F, means the Acts specified in section 223(1), except Part 5 and section 69LA of this Act
strike has the meaning given to it by section 81
union means a union registered under Part 4
wages includes amounts payable to an employee in respect of services provided to the employer—

(a)
for time; or
(b)
for piece work; or
(c)
wholly or in part by way of commission
wages and time record means a wages and time record kept pursuant to section 130
workplace means a place where an employee works from time to time; and includes a place where an employee goes to do work.
Section 5 agreed hours of work: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 6(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 5 controlling third party: inserted, on 27 June 2020, by section 4 of the Employment Relations (Triangular Employment) Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 36).Section 5 coverage clause paragraph (a): substituted, on 1 December 2004, by section 7(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 5 dwellinghouse: substituted, on 1 December 2004, by section 7(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 5 employment standards: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 6(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 5 employment standards paragraph (b): replaced, on 6 November 2020, by section 33 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).Section 5 employment standards paragraph (ba): repealed, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).Section 5 homeworker paragraph (b): amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 7(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 5 intended agreement: inserted, on 1 April 2011, by section 4 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 5 Judge: amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 4(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2016 (2016 No 62).Section 5 lawyer: inserted, on 1 March 2017, by section 4(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2016 (2016 No 62).Section 5 minimum entitlement provisions: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 6(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 5 minimum entitlement provisions paragraph (aaa): repealed, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).Section 5 minimum entitlements: repealed, on 1 April 2016, by section 6(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 5 reinstatement: inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 46 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 5 relevant Acts: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 5 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 5 wages: inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 4 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
5AProvisions affecting application of amendments to this Act
Schedule 1AA contains application, savings, and transitional provisions relating to amendments made to this Act after 1 January 2013 (see section 254).
Section 5A: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
6Meaning of employee
(1)

In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, employee—

(a)
means any person of any age employed by an employer to do any work for hire or reward under a contract of service; and
(b)
includes—

(i)
a homeworker; or
(ii)
a person intending to work; but
(c)
excludes a volunteer who—

(i)
does not expect to be rewarded for work to be performed as a volunteer; and
(ii)
receives no reward for work performed as a volunteer.
(d)
[Repealed]


(1A)[Repealed]


(2)

In deciding for the purposes of subsection (1)(a) whether a person is employed by another person under a contract of service, the court or the Authority (as the case may be) must determine the real nature of the relationship between them.
(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2), the court or the Authority—

(a)
must consider all relevant matters, including any matters that indicate the intention of the persons; and
(b)
is not to treat as a determining matter any statement by the persons that describes the nature of their relationship.
(4)

Subsections (2) and (3) do not limit or affect the Real Estate Agents Act 2008 or the Sharemilking Agreements Act 1937.
(4A)

Nothing in this section applies to determine the employment status of a person who falls within the meaning of screen production worker in section 11 of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022.
(5)

The court may, on the application of a union, a Labour Inspector, or 1 or more other persons, by order declare whether the person or persons named in the application are—

(a)
employees under this Act; or
(b)
employees or workers within the meaning of any of the Acts specified in section 223(1).
(6)

The court must not make an order under subsection (5) in relation to a person unless—

(a)
the person—

(i)
is the applicant; or
(ii)
has consented in writing to another person applying for the order; and
(b)
the other person who is alleged to be the employer of the person is a party to the application or has an opportunity to be heard on the application.
(7)[Repealed]


Section 6(1)(d): repealed, on 30 December 2022, by section 101(1) of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022 (2022 No 52).Section 6(1A): repealed, on 30 December 2022, by section 101(1) of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022 (2022 No 52).Section 6(4): amended, on 16 November 2009, by section 173 of the Real Estate Agents Act 2008 (2008 No 66).Section 6(4A): inserted, on 30 December 2022, by section 101(2) of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022 (2022 No 52).Section 6(7): repealed, on 30 December 2022, by section 101(3) of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022 (2022 No 52).
6AStatus of examples
(1)

In this Act, an example is only illustrative of the provision it relates to and does not limit the provision.
(2)

If an example and the provision it relates to are inconsistent, the provision prevails.
(3)

In this section, example includes any note that relates to the example.
Section 6A: inserted, on 14 September 2006, by section 5 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
Part 3Freedom of association
7Object of this Part
The object of this Part is to establish that—

(a)
employees have the freedom to choose whether or not to form a union or be members of a union for the purpose of advancing their collective employment interests; and
(b)
no person may, in relation to employment issues, confer any preference or apply any undue influence, directly or indirectly, on another person because the other person is or is not a member of a union.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 5

8Voluntary membership of unions
A contract, agreement, or other arrangement between persons must not require a person—

(a)
to become or remain a member of a union or a particular union; or
(b)
to cease to be a member of a union or a particular union; or
(c)
not to become a member of a union or a particular union.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 6

9Prohibition on preference
(1)

A contract, agreement, or other arrangement between persons must not confer on a person, because the person is or is not a member of a union or a particular union,—

(a)
any preference in obtaining or retaining employment; or
(b)
any preference in relation to terms or conditions of employment (including conditions relating to redundancy) or fringe benefits or opportunities for training, promotion, or transfer.
(2)

Subsection (1) is not breached simply because an employee’s employment agreement or terms and conditions of employment are different from those of another employee employed by the same employer.
(3)

To avoid doubt, this Act does not prevent a collective agreement containing a term or condition that is intended to recognise the benefits—

(a)
of a collective agreement:
(b)
arising out of the relationship on which a collective agreement is based.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 7

Section 9(3): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 8 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
10Contracts, agreements, or other arrangements inconsistent with section 8 or section 9
A contract, agreement, or other arrangement has no force or effect to the extent that it is inconsistent with section 8 or section 9.
11Undue influence
(1)

A person must not exert undue influence, directly or indirectly, on another person with the intention of inducing the other person—

(a)
to become or remain a member of a union or a particular union; or
(b)
to cease to be a member of a union or a particular union; or
(c)
not to become a member of a union or a particular union; or
(d)
in the case of an individual who is authorised to act on behalf of employees, not to act on their behalf or to cease to act on their behalf; or
(e)
to resign from or leave any employment on account of the fact that the other person is or, as the case may be, is not a member of a union or of a particular union.
(2)

Every person who contravenes subsection (1) is liable to a penalty under this Act imposed by the Authority.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 8

Part 4Recognition and operation of unions
12Object of this Part
The object of this Part is—

(a)
to recognise the role of unions in promoting their members’ collective employment interests; and
(b)
to provide for the registration of unions that are accountable to their members; and
(c)
to confer on registered unions the right to represent their members in collective bargaining; and
(d)
to provide representatives of registered unions with reasonable access to workplaces for purposes related to—

(i)
the employment of the union’s members; and
(ii)
the union’s business; and
(iii)
the health and safety of employees who are not members of the union.
Section 12(d): replaced, on 12 December 2018, by section 5 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Registration of unions and related matters
13Application by society to register as union
(1)

A society that is entitled to be registered as a union may apply to the Registrar of Unions to be registered as a union under this Act.
(2)

An application must be made in the prescribed manner and must be accompanied by—

(a)
a copy of the society’s certificate of incorporation under the Incorporated Societies Act 1908; and
(b)
a copy of the society’s rules as registered under that Act; and
(c)
a statutory declaration made by an officer of the society setting out the reasons why the society is entitled to be registered as a union.
14When society entitled to be registered as union
(1)

A society is entitled to be registered as a union if—

(a)
the object or, if the society has more than 1 object, an object of the society is to promote its members’ collective employment interests; and
(b)
the society is incorporated under the Incorporated Societies Act 1908; and
(c)
the society’s rules are—

(i)
not unreasonable; and
(ii)
democratic; and
(iii)
not unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial; and
(iv)
not contrary to law; and
(ca)
the society’s rules contain a provision relating to the process for holding a secret ballot for the purposes of this Act; and
(d)
the society is independent of, and is constituted and operates at arm’s length from, any employer.
(1A)[Repealed]


(1B)[Repealed]


(2)

In deciding whether a society is entitled to be registered as a union, the Registrar of Unions may rely on the statutory declaration made under section 13(2)(c).
Section 14(1)(ca): inserted, on 15 May 2012, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Secret Ballot for Strikes) Amendment Act 2012 (2012 No 37).Section 14(1A): repealed, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).Section 14(1B): repealed, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).
15Registration of society as union
(1)

The Registrar of Unions must register a society as a union if the society—

(a)
applies, in accordance with section 13, to be registered as a union; and
(b)
is entitled to be registered as a union.
(2)

Immediately after registering a union, the Registrar of Unions must give a certificate of registration in the prescribed form to the union.
(3)

The certificate of registration is conclusive evidence that—

(a)
all the requirements of this Act relating to the registration of the union have been complied with; and
(b)
on and from the date of registration stated in the certificate, the union is registered as a union under this Act.
16Annual return of members
(1)

A union must deliver to the Registrar of Unions, not later than 1 June in each calendar year, an annual return of members, stating how many members it had as at 1 March in that year.
(2)

If a union has delivered, or will deliver, information required under this section to the Registrar of Screen Industry Organisations under section 85 of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022, the union may permit the Registrar of Unions to obtain that information from the Registrar of Screen Industry Organisations.
Section 16(2): inserted, on 30 December 2022, by section 102 of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022 (2022 No 52).
17Cancellation of union’s registration
(1)

The Registrar of Unions may cancel the registration of a union under this Act, but only if—

(a)
the union applies to the Registrar of Unions to cancel its registration; or
(b)
the Authority makes an order directing the Registrar of Unions to cancel the union’s registration.
(2)

The Authority may make an order for the purposes of subsection (1)(b) only if the union has ceased to comply with section 14(1).
Union’s right to represent members
18Union entitled to represent members’ interests
(1)

A union is entitled to represent its members in relation to any matter involving their collective interests as employees.
(2)

This Act does not prevent a union offering different classes of membership.
(3)

A union may represent an employee in relation to the employee’s individual rights as an employee only if the union has an authority from the employee to do so given under section 236.
18AUnion delegates entitled to reasonable paid time to represent employees
(1)

An employee is entitled to spend reasonable paid time undertaking union activities during the employee’s normal hours of work if—

(a)
the employee has been appointed or elected as a union delegate, in accordance with the rules or procedures of the union, to represent other employees of the employee’s employer who are members of the union on matters relating to their employment; and
(b)
the activities relate to representation of employees of the employer; and
(c)
the activities would not unreasonably disrupt the employer’s business or the union delegate’s performance of employment duties.
(2)

Before undertaking activities under subsection (1), an employee must—

(a)
agree with the employer that the employee may undertake activities under this section from time to time without notice; or
(b)
notify the employer—

(i)
when the employee intends to undertake the activities; and
(ii)
how long the employee intends to spend undertaking the activities.
(3)

The employer may refuse to allow an employee to undertake the activities only if the employer is satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that the activities would unreasonably disrupt the employer’s business or the union delegate’s performance of employment duties.
(4)

An employer must pay the employee for any time spent undertaking union activities under subsection (1) at the rate of pay that the employee would otherwise have received if the employee were performing their ordinary employment duties during that time.
(5)

This section does not prevent an employer from providing an employee with enhanced or additional entitlements to spend paid time undertaking union activities on a basis agreed with the employee.
Section 18A: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Access to workplaces
19Workplace does not include dwellinghouse
For the purposes of sections 20 to 25, workplace does not include a dwellinghouse.
20Access to workplaces
(1)

A representative of a union is entitled, in accordance with this section and sections 20A and 21, to enter a workplace for 1 or more of the following purposes:

(a)
purposes related to the employment of the union’s members:
(b)
purposes related to the union’s business:
(c)
purposes related to the health and safety of any employee on the premises who is not a member of the union, if the employee requests the assistance of a representative of the union on those matters.
(2)

The purposes related to the employment of a union’s members include—

(a)
to participate in bargaining for a collective agreement:
(b)
to deal with matters concerning the health and safety of union members:
(c)
to monitor compliance with the operation of a collective agreement:
(d)
to monitor compliance with this Act and other Acts dealing with employment-related rights in relation to union members:
(e)
with the authority of an employee, to deal with matters relating to an individual employment agreement or a proposed individual employment agreement or an individual employee’s terms and conditions of employment or an individual employee’s proposed terms and conditions of employment:
(f)
to seek compliance with relevant requirements in any case where non-compliance is detected.
(3)

The purposes related to a union’s business include—

(a)
to discuss union business with union members:
(b)
to seek to recruit employees as union members:
(c)
to provide information on the union and union membership to any employee on the premises.
(4)

A discussion in a workplace between an employee and a representative of a union, who is entitled under this section and sections 20A and 21 to enter the workplace for the purpose of the discussion,—

(a)
must not exceed a reasonable duration; and
(b)
is not to be treated as a union meeting for the purposes of section 26.
(5)

An employer must not deduct from an employee’s wages any amount in respect of the time the employee is engaged in a discussion referred to in subsection (4).
Compare: 1991 No 22 ss 13, 14(1)

Section 20(1): replaced, on 12 December 2018, by section 7 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 20(4): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 20(4): amended, on 1 April 2011, by section 5 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 20(5): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
20ARepresentative of union must obtain consent to enter workplace
(1)

Before entering a workplace under section 21, a representative of a union must request and obtain the consent of the employer or a representative of the employer.
(1A)

However, subsection (1) does not apply to a representative of a union if,—

(a)
at the time of the representative’s entry into the workplace,—

(i)
there is a collective agreement in force between the employer and the union; and
(ii)
the coverage clause in the collective agreement covers the work done by employees at the workplace; or
(b)
at the time of the representative’s entry into the workplace,—

(i)
the union or the employer has initiated bargaining for a collective agreement; and
(ii)
the intended coverage of the collective agreement, as set out in the notice given in accordance with section 42, covers the work done by employees at the workplace.
(2)

If a representative of a union makes a request under subsection (1),—

(a)
the employer or representative of the employer must not unreasonably withhold consent; and
(b)
the employer or representative of the employer must advise the representative of the union of the employer’s or representative of the employer’s decision as soon as is reasonably practicable but no later than the working day after the date on which the request was received; and
(c)
the consent of the employer or representative of the employer (as the case may be) must be treated as having been obtained if the employer or representative of the employer does not respond to the request within 2 working days after the date on which the request was received.
(3)

If an employer or a representative of an employer withholds consent under subsection (2), the employer or representative of the employer must, as soon as is reasonably practicable but no later than the working day after the date of the decision, give reasons in writing for that decision to the representative of the union who made the request.
(4)

This section is subject to sections 22 and 23 (which specify when access to workplaces may be denied).
Section 20A: inserted, on 1 April 2011, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 20A(1A): inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 8 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
21Conditions relating to access to workplaces
(1)

A representative of a union may enter a workplace—

(a)
for a purpose specified in section 20(2) if the representative believes, on reasonable grounds, that a member of the union, to whom the purpose of the entry relates, is working or normally works in the workplace:
(b)
for a purpose specified in section 20(3) if the representative believes, on reasonable grounds, that the union’s membership rule covers an employee who is working or normally works in the workplace.
(2)

A representative of a union exercising the right to enter a workplace—

(a)
may do so only at reasonable times during any period when any employee is employed to work in the workplace; and
(b)
must do so in a reasonable way, having regard to normal business operations in the workplace; and
(c)
must comply with any existing reasonable procedures and requirements applying in respect of the workplace that relate to—

(i)
safety or health; or
(ii)
security.
(3)

A representative of a union exercising the right to enter a workplace must, at the time of the initial entry and, if requested by the employer or a representative of the employer or by a person in control of the workplace, at any time after entering the workplace,—

(a)
give the purpose of the entry; and
(b)
produce—

(i)
evidence of his or her identity; and
(ii)
evidence of his or her authority to represent the union concerned.
(4)

If a representative of a union exercises the right to enter a workplace and is unable, despite reasonable efforts, to find the employer or a representative of the employer or the person in control of the workplace, the representative must leave in a prominent place in the workplace a written statement of—

(a)
the identity of the person who entered the premises; and
(b)
the union the person is a representative of; and
(c)
the date and time of entry; and
(d)
the purpose or purposes of the entry.
(5)

Nothing in subsections (1) to (4) allows an employer to unreasonably deny a representative of a union access to a workplace.
(5)[Repealed]


Compare: 1991 No 22 s 14(2)–(4)

Section 21(5): inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 21(5): repealed, on 1 April 2011, by section 7 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).
22When access to workplaces may be denied
(1)

A representative of a union may be denied access to a workplace if entry to the premises or any part of the premises might prejudice—

(a)
the security or defence of New Zealand; or
(b)
the investigation or detection of offences.
(2)

A certificate given in accordance with subsection (3) is conclusive evidence that grounds exist under subsection (1) for denying entry to the premises or part of the premises.
(3)

A certificate is given in accordance with this subsection if—

(a)
it is given by the Attorney-General; and
(b)
it certifies, in respect of the premises or part of the premises concerned, that permitting entry under section 20 might prejudice—

(i)
the security or defence of New Zealand; or
(ii)
the investigation or detection of offences.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 15

23When access to workplaces may be denied on religious grounds
A representative of a union may be denied access to a workplace if—

(a)
all the employees employed in the workplace are employed by an employer who holds a current certificate of exemption issued under section 24; and
(b)
none of the employees employed in the workplace is a member of a union; and
(c)
there are no more than 20 employees employed to work in the workplace.
24Issue of certificate of exemption
(1)

The chief executive may, for the purposes of section 23, issue a certificate of exemption to an employer who is an individual if the chief executive is satisfied that the employer is a practising member of a religious society or order whose doctrines or beliefs preclude membership of any organisation or body other than the religious society or order of which the employer is a member.
(2)

The chief executive may revoke a certificate of exemption if—

(a)
the employer to whom it has been issued agrees; or
(b)
it was issued in error; or
(c)
the chief executive is satisfied that the employer has ceased to be a person eligible to be issued with the certificate.
Section 24(1): amended, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).
25Penalty for certain acts in relation to entering workplace
Every person is liable to a penalty, imposed by the Authority, who, without lawful excuse,—

(a)
contravenes section 20A(2)(a) by unreasonably withholding consent in relation to a request by a representative of a union under section 20A(1) to enter a workplace; or
(ab)
fails to give reasons in writing for withholding consent to access to a workplace in accordance with section 20A(3); or
(ac)
refuses to permit a representative of a union who is entitled to enter a workplace to enter the workplace; or
(b)
obstructs a representative of a union in entering a workplace or in doing anything reasonably necessary for or incidental to the purpose for entering the workplace; or
(c)
wilfully fails to comply with section 21.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 14(5)

Section 25(a): substituted, on 1 April 2011, by section 8 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 25(ab): inserted, on 1 April 2011, by section 8 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 25(ac): inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 10 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Union meetings
26Union meetings
(1)

An employer must allow every union member employed by the employer to attend—

(a)
at least 1 union meeting (of a maximum of 2 hours’ duration) in the calendar year 2000; and
(b)
at least 2 union meetings (each of a maximum of 2 hours’ duration) in each calendar year after the calendar year 2000.
(2)

The union must give the employer at least 14 days’ notice of the date and time of any union meeting to which subsection (1) applies.
(3)

The union must make such arrangements with the employer as may be necessary to ensure that the employer’s business is maintained during any union meeting to which subsection (1) applies, including, where appropriate, an arrangement for sufficient union members to remain available during the meeting to enable the employer’s operations to continue.
(4)

Work must resume as soon as practicable after the meeting, but the employer is not obliged to pay any union member for a period longer than 2 hours in respect of any meeting.
(5)

An employer must allow a union member employed by the employer to attend a union meeting under subsection (1) on ordinary pay to the extent that the employee would otherwise be working for the employer during the meeting.
(6)

For the purposes of subsection (5), the union must—

(a)
supply to the employer a list of members who attended the union meeting; and
(b)
advise the employer of the duration of the meeting.
(7)

Every employer who fails to allow a union member to attend a union meeting in accordance with this section is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Compare: 1987 No 77 s 57

Registrar of Unions
27Registrar of Unions
(1)

The chief executive may appoint an employee of the department to be the Registrar of Unions, and may appoint another employee of the department to be the Deputy Registrar of Unions.
(2)

An employee appointed under subsection (1) may also hold any other office or position in the department.
(3)

Subject to the control and direction of the Registrar of Unions, the Deputy Registrar of Unions has and may exercise all the powers, duties, and functions of the Registrar.
28Registrar of Unions may seek directions of Authority
(1)

The Registrar of Unions may apply to the Authority for directions relating to the exercise of his or her powers, duties, or functions under this Part.
(2)

An application must be served on all persons who, in the Registrar’s opinion, are interested in the application.
29Persons who have standing in proceedings relating to unions
The following persons have standing to commence or be a party to or be heard on matters within the Authority’s jurisdiction that relate to a union under this Part:

(a)
the union:
(b)
a member of the union:
(c)
another union with a direct interest in the proceedings:
(d)
the Registrar of Unions:
(e)
an employer who is directly affected by the existence of the union or its activities:
(f)
with the leave of the Authority, any other person.
30Offence to mislead Registrar
Every person commits an offence and is liable on conviction by the court to a fine not exceeding $5,000 who does or says anything, or omits to do or say anything, with the intention of misleading or attempting to mislead the Registrar of Unions.
Employer’s information sharing obligations
Heading: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 11 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
30AUnion may provide employer with information about role and functions of union to pass on to prospective employees
(1)

A union that is a party to a collective agreement may, at any time, request an employer that is a party to the agreement to provide certain specified information about the role and functions of the union to prospective employees under section 63B(3)(b).
(2)

The union must—

(a)
specify the information that the union requests the employer to provide to prospective employees; and
(b)
specify the form in which the union requests the employer to provide the information to prospective employees; and
(c)
provide the information to the employer in the specified form.
(3)

The employer or a representative of the employer may refuse to comply with the request only if—

(a)
the information is confidential; or
(b)
the information—

(i)
is about the employer; and
(ii)
would, or is likely to, mislead or deceive the prospective employee; and
(iii)
would significantly undermine bargaining between the employer and the prospective employee.
(4)

An employer who agrees to comply with the request must provide the information to prospective employees under section 63B(3)(b) in the specified form.
(5)

An employer must be treated as having agreed to comply with the request if the employer or a representative of the employer does not respond to the request within 15 working days.
(6)

If the union requests under subsection (2)(b) that the employer provide hard copies of the information to prospective employees,—

(a)
the union must supply to the employer any hard copies of the information that the employer is requested to provide to prospective employees; and
(b)
the employer must notify the union in writing when the employer requires further hard copies of the information to comply with the request.
Section 30A: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 11 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Part 5Collective bargaining
31Object of this Part
The object of this Part is—

(a)
to provide the core requirements of the duty of good faith in relation to collective bargaining; and
(aa)
to provide that the duty of good faith in section 4 requires parties bargaining for a collective agreement to conclude a collective agreement unless there is a genuine reason, based on reasonable grounds, not to; and
(aa)
[Repealed]


(b)
to provide for 1 or more codes of good faith to assist the parties to understand what good faith means in collective bargaining; and
(c)
to recognise the view of parties to collective bargaining as to what constitutes good faith; and
(d)
to promote orderly collective bargaining; and
(e)
to ensure that employees confirm proposed collective bargaining for a multi-party collective agreement.
Section 31(aa): inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 12 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 31(aa): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 7 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Good faith
32Good faith in bargaining for collective agreement
(1)

The duty of good faith in section 4 requires a union and an employer bargaining for a collective agreement to do, at least, the following things:

(a)
the union and the employer must use their best endeavours to enter into an arrangement, as soon as possible after the initiation of bargaining, that sets out a process for conducting the bargaining in an effective and efficient manner; and
(b)
the union and the employer must meet each other, from time to time, for the purposes of the bargaining; and
(c)
the union and employer must consider and respond to proposals made by each other; and
(ca)
even though the union and the employer have come to a standstill or reached a deadlock about a matter, they must continue to bargain (including doing the things specified in paragraphs (b) and (c)) about any other matters on which they have not reached agreement; and
(ca)
[Repealed]


(d)
the union and the employer—

(i)
must recognise the role and authority of any person chosen by each to be its representative or advocate; and
(ii)
must not (whether directly or indirectly) bargain about matters relating to terms and conditions of employment with persons whom the representative or advocate are acting for, unless the union and employer agree otherwise; and
(iii)
must not undermine or do anything that is likely to undermine the bargaining or the authority of the other in the bargaining; and
(e)
the union and employer must provide to each other, on request and in accordance with section 34, information that is reasonably necessary to support or substantiate claims or responses to claims made for the purposes of the bargaining.
(2)

Subsection (1)(b) does not require a union and an employer to continue to meet each other about proposals that have been considered and responded to.
(3)

The matters that are relevant to whether a union and an employer bargaining for a collective agreement are dealing with each other in good faith include—

(a)
the provisions of a code of good faith that are relevant to the circumstances of the union and the employer; and
(b)
the provisions of any agreement about good faith entered into by the union and the employer; and
(c)
the proportion of the employer’s employees who are members of the union and to whom the bargaining relates; and
(d)
any other matter considered relevant, including background circumstances and the circumstances of the union and the employer.
(4)

For the purposes of subsection (3)(d), circumstances, in relation to a union and an employer, include—

(a)
the operational environment of the union and the employer; and
(b)
the resources available to the union and the employer.
(5)

This section does not limit the application of the duty of good faith in section 4 in relation to bargaining for a collective agreement.
(6)

To avoid doubt, this section does not prevent an employer from communicating with the employer’s employees during collective bargaining (including, without limitation, the employer’s proposals for the collective agreement) as long as the communication is consistent with subsection (1)(d) of this section and the duty of good faith in section 4.
Section 32(1)(ca): inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 13 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 32(1)(ca): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 8 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 32(6): added, on 1 April 2011, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).
33Duty of good faith requires parties to conclude collective agreement unless genuine reason not to
(1)

The duty of good faith in section 4 requires a union and an employer bargaining for a collective agreement to conclude a collective agreement unless there is a genuine reason, based on reasonable grounds, not to.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), genuine reason does not include—

(a)
opposition or objection in principle to—

(i)
bargaining for, or being a party to, a collective agreement; or
(ii)
including rates of wages or salary in a collective agreement; or
(b)
disagreement about including a bargaining fee clause under Part 6B in a collective agreement; or
(c)
the existence of an unsettled pay equity claim between an employer and a claimant under the Equal Pay Act 1972.
(d)
[Repealed]


(e)
[Repealed]


(3)

For the purposes of subsection (1), opposition to concluding a multi-employer collective agreement is a genuine reason not to conclude a collective agreement if that opposition is based on reasonable grounds.
(4)

Clause 6 of Schedule 1B overrides subsection (3).
(5)

In this section and in clause 6 of Schedule 1B, multi-employer collective agreement means a single collective agreement involving 2 or more employers.
Section 33: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 33(2)(c): inserted, on 6 November 2020, by section 33 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).Section 33(2)(d): repealed, on 14 May 2025, by section 51 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 21).Section 33(2)(e): repealed, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).
34Providing information in bargaining for collective agreement
(1)

This section applies for the purposes of section 32(1)(e).
(2)

A request by a union or an employer to the other for information must—

(a)
be in writing; and
(b)
specify the nature of the information requested in sufficient detail to enable the information to be identified; and
(c)
specify the claim or the response to a claim in respect of which information to support or substantiate the claim or the response is requested; and
(d)
specify a reasonable time within which the information is to be provided.
(3)

A union or an employer must provide the information requested—

(a)
direct to the other; or
(b)
to an independent reviewer if the union or employer providing the information reasonably considers that it should be treated as confidential information.
(4)

A person must not act as an independent reviewer unless appointed by mutual agreement of the union and employer.
(5)

As soon as practicable after receiving information under subsection (3), an independent reviewer must—

(a)
decide whether and, if so, to what extent the information should be treated as confidential; and
(b)
advise the union and employer concerned of the decision.
(6)

If an independent reviewer decides that the information should be treated as confidential, the independent reviewer must—

(a)
decide whether and, if so, to what extent the information supports or substantiates the claim or the response to a claim in respect of which the information is requested; and
(b)
advise the union and employer concerned of the decision in a way that maintains the confidentiality of the information; and
(c)
answer any questions from the union or employer that requested the information, in a way that maintains the confidentiality of the information.
(7)

Unless the union and employer otherwise agree, information provided under subsection (3) and advice and answers provided under subsections (5) and (6)—

(a)
must be used only for the purposes of the bargaining concerned; and
(b)
must be treated as confidential by the persons conducting the bargaining concerned; and
(c)
must not be disclosed by those persons to anyone else, including persons who would be bound by the collective agreement being bargained for.
(8)

This section does not limit or affect the Privacy Act 2020.
(9)

Nothing in the Official Information Act 1982 (except section 6) enables an employer that is subject to that Act to withhold information that is required under section 32(1)(e).
Section 34(8): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).
Codes of good faith
35Codes of good faith
(1)

The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette,—

(a)
approve 1 or more codes of good faith recommended by the committee appointed under section 36:
(b)
approve 1 or more codes of good faith if section 37 applies.
(2)

The notice in the Gazette may, instead of setting out the code of good faith being approved, provide sufficient information to identify the code, specify the date on which it comes into force, and state where copies of the code may be obtained.
(3)

The purpose of a code of good faith is to provide guidance about the application of the duty of good faith in section 4 in relation to collective bargaining—

(a)
generally; or
(b)
in relation to particular types of situations; or
(c)
in relation to particular parts or areas of the employment environment.
36Appointment of committee to recommend codes of good faith
(1)

The Minister may appoint a committee for the purpose of recommending to the Minister 1 or more codes of good faith.
(2)

The membership of the committee must comprise—

(a)
at least 1 person who represents unions; and
(b)
at least 1 person who represents employers’ organisations; and
(c)
such other persons as the Minister thinks fit to appoint.
(3)

The Minister must appoint the same number of persons under both subsection (2)(a) and subsection (2)(b).
(4)

The chairperson of the committee is the member appointed by the Minister to be the chairperson.
(5)

Subject to any directions given to it by the Minister, the committee may determine its own procedure.
37Minister may approve code of good faith not recommended by committee
(1)

The Minister may approve a code of good faith under section 35(1)(b) if—

(a)
the committee has not recommended a code of good faith within a time specified by the Minister; or
(b)
the Minister declines to approve a code of good faith recommended by the committee.
(2)

Before the Minister approves a code of good faith under section 35(1)(b), the Minister may consult such persons and organisations as the Minister thinks appropriate.
(3)

If the Minister declines to approve a code of good faith recommended by the committee, the Minister must notify the committee—

(a)
that the Minister has declined to approve the code; and
(b)
of the reasons for declining to approve the code.
38Amendment and revocation of code of good faith
A code of good faith may be amended or revoked in the same manner as the code is approved.
39Authority or court may have regard to code of good faith
The Authority or court may, in determining whether or not a union and an employer have dealt with each other in good faith in bargaining for a collective agreement, have regard to a code of good faith approved under section 35 that—

(a)
was in force at the relevant time; and
(b)
in the form in which it was then in force, related to the circumstances before the Authority or the court.
Bargaining
40Who may initiate bargaining
(1)

Bargaining for a collective agreement may be initiated by—

(a)
1 or more unions with 1 or more employers; or
(b)
1 or more employers with 1 or more unions.
(2)

However, bargaining for a collective agreement may not be initiated by an employer (whether alone or with other employers) unless the coverage clause will cover work (whether in whole or in part) that is or was covered by another collective agreement to which the employer is or was a party.
41When bargaining may be initiated
(1)

If there is no applicable collective agreement in force between a union and an employer, the union or the employer may initiate bargaining with the other at any time.
(2)

Subsection (1) applies subject to section 40(2).
(3)

If there is an applicable collective agreement in force,—

(a)
a union must not initiate bargaining earlier than 60 days before the date on which the collective agreement expires:
(b)
an employer must not initiate bargaining earlier than 40 days before the date on which the collective agreement expires.
(4)

However, if there is more than 1 applicable collective agreement in force that binds 1 or more unions or 1 or more employers, or both, that are intended to be parties to the bargaining, then—

(a)
a union must not initiate bargaining before the later of the following dates:

(i)
the date that is 120 days before the date on which the last applicable collective agreement expires:
(ii)
the date that is 60 days before the date on which the first applicable collective agreement expires:
(b)
an employer must not initiate bargaining before the later of the following dates:

(i)
the date that is 100 days before the date on which the last applicable collective agreement expires:
(ii)
the date that is 40 days before the date on which the first applicable collective agreement expires.
(5)

For the purposes of this section, an applicable collective agreement is in force between a union and an employer if the agreement binds employees whose work is intended to come within the coverage clause in the collective agreement being bargained for.
Section 41(3): replaced, on 12 December 2018, by section 15 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 41(4): replaced, on 12 December 2018, by section 15 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
42How bargaining initiated
(1)

A union or employer initiates bargaining for a collective agreement by giving to the intended party or parties to the agreement a notice that complies with subsection (2).
(2)

A notice complies with this subsection if—

(a)
it is in writing and signed by the union or the employer giving the notice or its duly authorised representative; and
(b)
it identifies each of the intended parties to the collective agreement; and
(c)
it identifies the intended coverage of the collective agreement.
43Employees’ attention to be drawn to initiation of bargaining
(1)

An employer that initiates bargaining or that receives a notice initiating bargaining for a collective agreement must draw the existence and coverage of the bargaining, and the intended parties to it, to the attention of all employees (whether or not members of a union concerned) whose work would be covered by the intended coverage clause if the collective agreement were entered into.
(2)

An employer must comply with subsection (1)—

(a)
as soon as possible; but
(b)
not later than—

(i)
10 days after initiating the bargaining or receiving the notice, if only 1 employer is identified as an intended party to the bargaining:
(ii)
15 days after initiating the bargaining or receiving the notice, if 2 or more employers are identified as intended parties to the bargaining.
Section 43(1): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 11(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 43(2): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 11(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
44When bargaining initiated
(1)

Bargaining for a collective agreement is initiated,—

(a)
if only 1 notice is required under section 42, on the day on which the notice is given:
(b)
if more than 1 notice is required under section 42, on the day on which the last notice is given.
(2)

Consolidated bargaining for a single collective agreement under section 50 is initiated on the day by which all the unions concerned agree to the request from the employer to consolidate bargaining initiated by the unions.
44AEmployer may opt out of bargaining for collective agreement, or for agreement to join collective agreement, involving 2 or more employers
[Repealed]


Section 44A: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 16 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
44BHow to opt out
[Repealed]


Section 44B: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 16 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
44CEffect of opting out
[Repealed]


Section 44C: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 16 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
45One or more unions proposing to initiate bargaining with 2 or more employers for single collective agreement
(1)

This section applies to—

(a)
1 union proposing to initiate bargaining with 2 or more employers for a single collective agreement:
(b)
2 or more unions proposing to initiate bargaining with 1 or more employers for a single collective agreement.
(2)

Before bargaining for the single collective agreement is initiated under section 42, the union or each union (as the case may require) must hold, in accordance with its rules, separate secret ballots of its members employed by each employer intended to be a party to the bargaining.
(3)

A secret ballot may be held only if the members of the union employed by the employer are—

(a)
not covered by an applicable collective agreement that is in force; or
(b)
covered by an applicable collective agreement that is in force and the secret ballot is held not earlier than 60 days before the time within which bargaining may be initiated by the union under section 41.
(4)

The result of a secret ballot of members of the union employed by an employer is determined by a simple majority of the members who are entitled to vote and who do vote.
(5)

If, at the conclusion of the secret ballots, 2 or more secret ballots have resulted in a decision in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement, then the union proposing to initiate bargaining for a single collective agreement may initiate bargaining by giving a notice in accordance with section 42 to each employer in respect of which a secret ballot has resulted in a decision in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement.
(6)

The notice must include the following additional information in respect of each employer whose employees voted in a secret ballot:

(a)
the name of the employer; and
(b)
the number of the employer’s employees who are members of the union; and
(c)
the number of those members who voted; and
(d)
the number of those members who voted in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement.
46Terms of question for secret ballot
The question to be voted on in a secret ballot for the purposes of section 45 is—

(a)
whether the member is in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement, irrespective of the employers or unions concerned; or
(b)
whether the member is in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement with named employers or unions; or
(c)
whether the member is in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement except with 1 or more named employers or unions.
47When secret ballots required after employer initiates bargaining for single collective agreement
(1)

This section applies to—

(a)
2 or more unions in relation to which 1 employer has initiated bargaining for a single collective agreement:
(b)
1 or more unions in relation to which 2 or more employers have initiated bargaining for a single collective agreement.
(2)

A union to which subsection (1)(a) applies must hold a secret ballot of its members employed by the employer if the union considers that a majority of its members employed by the employer would disagree with bargaining for a single collective agreement.
(3)

A union to which subsection (1)(b) applies must hold a secret ballot of its members employed by an employer to which subsection (1)(b) applies if it considers that a majority of its members employed by the employer would disagree with bargaining for a single collective agreement.
(4)

A secret ballot held under subsection (2) or subsection (3) must be held in accordance with sections 45 and 46, and those sections apply with all necessary modifications.
(5)

At the conclusion of a secret ballot, the union must inform the following employers of the result of the secret ballot:

(a)
the employer of the employees in respect of whom the secret ballot has been held; and
(b)
if subsection (1)(b) applies, the other employers concerned.
(6)

At the conclusion of the secret ballots, bargaining for a single collective agreement may continue,—

(a)
where subsection (1)(a) applies, if the members of each of the 2 unions or of a majority of the unions, if more than 2,—

(i)
have voted in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement with the employer; or
(ii)
are considered by their union to be in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement with the employer; or
(iii)
both; or
(b)
where subsection (1)(b) applies, if the members of the union or of each union, if there are 2, or of a majority of the unions, if more than 2,—

(i)
have voted in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement with the 2 or more employers; or
(ii)
are considered by the union or each union, as the case may be, to be in favour of bargaining for a single collective agreement with the 2 or more employers; or
(iii)
both.
48When requirement for secret ballot does not apply
Sections 45, 46, and 47 do not apply to bargaining for a single collective agreement if—

(a)
the collective agreement is intended to replace a single collective agreement that is in force; and
(b)
the parties to the bargaining are 2 or more of the same parties to the single collective agreement; and
(c)
the scope of the coverage clause is not wider than the scope of the coverage clause in the single collective agreement.
49Parties joining bargaining after it begins
(1)

A union or employer may become a party to bargaining for a collective agreement after bargaining has been initiated, but only if the requirements of this section are met.
(2)

The union or employer that wishes to become a party to the bargaining must, at the time that it seeks to become a party, meet the requirements (including but not limited to those for secret ballots) that would have applied if the union or employer had been a party at the initiation of the bargaining.
(3)

The parties to the bargaining must consent to the union or employer becoming a party to the bargaining.
50Consolidation of bargaining
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
an employer receives 2 or more notices under section 42 from different unions; and
(b)
the notices relate, in whole or in part, to the same type of work.
(2)

The employer may, within 40 days after receiving the first notice, request each union concerned to consolidate the bargaining initiated by each notice into bargaining for a single collective agreement.
(3)

Each union receiving a request under subsection (2) must, within 30 days after receiving the request,—

(a)
agree to the request; or
(b)
withdraw the notice given under section 42.
(4)

A union that does not comply with subsection (3) is to be treated as if it had withdrawn the notice given under section 42.
(5)

If all the unions concerned agree to the request, the bargaining initiated by each notice is consolidated into bargaining for a single collective agreement.
Facilitating bargaining
Heading: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50APurpose of facilitating collective bargaining
(1)

The purpose of sections 50B to 50I is to provide a process that enables 1 or more parties to collective bargaining who are having serious difficulties in concluding a collective agreement to seek the assistance of the Authority in resolving the difficulties.
(2)

Sections 50B to 50I do not—

(a)
prevent the parties from seeking assistance from another person in resolving the difficulties; or
(b)
apply to any agreement or arrangement with the other person providing such assistance.
Section 50A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50BReference to Authority
(1)

One or more matters relating to bargaining for a collective agreement may be referred to the Authority for facilitation to assist in resolving difficulties in concluding the collective agreement.
(2)

A reference for facilitation—

(a)
may be made by any party to the bargaining or 2 or more parties jointly; and
(b)
must be made on 1 or more of the grounds specified in section 50C(1).
Section 50B: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50CGrounds on which Authority may accept reference
(1)

The Authority must not accept a reference for facilitation unless satisfied that 1 or more of the following grounds exist:

(a)
that—

(i)
in the course of the bargaining, a party has failed to comply with the duty of good faith in section 4; and
(ii)
the failure—

(A)
was serious and sustained; and
(B)
has undermined the bargaining:
(b)
that—

(i)
the bargaining has been unduly protracted; and
(ii)
extensive efforts (including mediation) have failed to resolve the difficulties that have precluded the parties from entering into a collective agreement:
(c)
that—

(i)
in the course of the bargaining there has been 1 or more strikes or lockouts; and
(ii)
the strikes or lockouts have been protracted or acrimonious:
(d)
that—

(i)
in the course of bargaining, a party has proposed a strike or lockout; and
(ii)
the strike or lockout, if it were to occur, would be likely to affect the public interest substantially.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1)(d)(ii), a strike or lockout is likely to affect the public interest substantially if—

(a)
the strike or lockout is likely to endanger the life, safety, or health of persons; or
(b)
the strike or lockout is likely to disrupt social, environmental, or economic interests and the effects of the disruption are likely to be widespread, long-term, or irreversible.
(3)

The Authority must not accept a reference in relation to bargaining for which the Authority has already acted as a facilitator unless—

(a)
circumstances relating to the bargaining have changed; or
(b)
the bargaining since the previous facilitation has been protracted.
Section 50C: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50DLimitation on which member of Authority may provide facilitation
A member of the Authority who facilitates collective bargaining must not be the member of the Authority who accepted the reference for facilitation.
Section 50D: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50EProcess of facilitation
(1)

The process to be followed during facilitation—

(a)
must be conducted in private; and
(b)
is the process determined by the Authority.
(2)

During facilitation, the collective bargaining that the facilitation relates to continues subject to the process determined by the Authority.
(3)

During facilitation, the Authority—

(a)
is not acting as an investigative body; and
(b)
may not exercise the powers it has for investigating matters.
(4)

The provision of facilitation by the Authority may not be challenged or called in question in any proceedings on the ground—

(a)
that the nature and content of the facilitation was inappropriate; or
(b)
that the manner in which the facilitation was provided was inappropriate.
Section 50E: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50FStatements made by parties during facilitation
(1)

A statement made by a party for the purposes of facilitation is not admissible against the party in proceedings under this Act or under the Equal Pay Act 1972.
(2)

A party may make a public statement about facilitation only if—

(a)
it is made in good faith; and
(b)
it is limited to the process of facilitation or the progress being made.
Section 50F: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 50F(1): replaced, on 6 November 2020, by section 33 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).
50GProposals made or positions reached during facilitation
(1)

A proposal made by a party or a position reached by parties to collective bargaining during facilitation is not binding on a party after facilitation has come to an end.
(2)

This section—

(a)
applies to avoid doubt; and
(b)
is subject to any agreement of the parties.
Section 50G: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50HRecommendation by Authority
(1)

While assisting parties to bargaining for a collective agreement, the Authority may make 1 or more recommendations about—

(a)
the process the parties should follow to reach agreement; or
(b)
the provisions of the collective agreement the parties should conclude; or
(c)
both.
(2)

The Authority may give public notice of a recommendation in such manner as the Authority determines.
(3)

A recommendation made by the Authority is not binding on a party, but a party must consider a recommendation before deciding whether to accept the recommendation.
Section 50H: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50IParty must deal with Authority in good faith
During facilitation, a party to bargaining for a collective agreement must deal with the Authority in good faith.
Section 50I: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
Determining collective agreement if breach of duty of good faith
Heading: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
50JRemedy for serious and sustained breach of duty of good faith in section 4 in relation to collective bargaining
(1)

A party to bargaining for a collective agreement may apply, on the grounds specified in subsection (3), to the Authority for a determination fixing the provisions of the collective agreement being bargained for.
(2)

The Authority may fix the provisions of the collective agreement being bargained for if it is satisfied that—

(a)
the grounds in subsection (3) have been made out; and
(b)
it is appropriate, in all the circumstances, to do so.
(3)

The grounds are that—

(a)
a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4—

(i)
has occurred in relation to the bargaining; and
(ii)
was sufficiently serious and sustained as to significantly undermine the bargaining; and
(b)
all other reasonable alternatives for reaching agreement have been exhausted; and
(c)
fixing the provisions of the collective agreement is the only effective remedy for the party or parties affected by the breach of the duty of good faith.
(4)

The Authority may make a determination under this section whether or not any penalty for a breach of good faith has been awarded under section 4A in relation to the same bargaining and whether or not the breach is the same breach.
(5)

The effect of a determination of the Authority fixing the provisions of a collective agreement is to make the collective agreement binding and enforceable as if it had been—

(a)
ratified as required by section 51; and
(b)
signed by the parties under section 54(1)(b).
(6)

Section 59 applies to the determination as if it were a collective agreement.
(7)

If the bargaining for the collective agreement was subject to facilitation under sections 50A to 50I, the member of the Authority who makes a determination under this section must not be the member of the Authority who conducted the facilitation if a party to the bargaining objects.
Section 50J: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
Authority may determine that bargaining has concluded[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 17 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
50KAuthority may determine that bargaining has concluded
[Repealed]


Section 50K: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 17 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
50KADeclaration or determination under section 50K not to be made if breach of duty of good faith by party seeking declaration
[Repealed]


Section 50KA: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 17 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Collective agreements
51Ratification of collective agreement
(1)

A union must not sign a collective agreement or a variation of it unless the agreement or variation has been ratified in accordance with the ratification procedure notified under subsection (2).
(2)

At the beginning of bargaining for a collective agreement or a variation of it, a union must notify the other intended party or parties to the collective agreement of the procedure for ratification by the employees to be bound by it that must be complied with before the union may sign the collective agreement or variation of it.
52When collective agreement comes into force and expires
(1)

A collective agreement comes into force on—

(a)
the date specified in the agreement as the date on which it comes into force; or
(b)
if no such date is specified, the date on which the last party to the agreement, or its duly authorised representative, signed the agreement.
(2)

A collective agreement may provide that 1 or more of its provisions have effect from 1 or more dates before or after the date on which the agreement comes into force.
(3)

A collective agreement expires on the close of the earliest of the following dates:

(a)
the date specified in the agreement as the date on which the agreement expires:
(b)
the date on which an event occurs, being an event that is specified by the agreement as an event on the occurrence of which the agreement expires:
(c)
the date that is the third anniversary of the agreement coming into force.
(4)

Subsection (3) applies subject to section 53.
53Continuation of collective agreement after specified expiry date
(1)

A collective agreement that would otherwise expire as provided in section 52(3) continues in force—

(a)
if subsection (2) is complied with; and
(b)
for the period specified in subsection (3).
(2)

This subsection is complied with if the union or the employer initiated collective bargaining before the collective agreement expired and for the purpose of replacing the collective agreement.
(2A)[Repealed]


(3)

The period is the period (not exceeding 12 months) during which bargaining continues for a collective agreement to replace the collective agreement that has expired.
(4)[Repealed]


Section 53(2): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 15(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 53(2A): repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 18 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 53(4): repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 18 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
54Form and content of collective agreement
(1)

A collective agreement has no effect unless—

(a)
it is in writing; and
(b)
it is signed by each union and employer that is a party to the agreement.
(2)

A collective agreement may contain such provisions as the parties to the agreement mutually agree on.
(3)

However, a collective agreement—

(a)
must contain—

(i)
a coverage clause; and
(ii)
the rates of wages or salary payable to employees bound by the agreement; and
(ii)
[Repealed]


(iii)
a plain language explanation of the services available for the resolution of employment relationship problems, including a reference to—

(A)
the 12-month period within which a personal grievance must be raised under section 114(1) if the grievance is in respect of sexual harassment under section 103(1)(d); and
(B)
the 90-day period within which any other personal grievance must be raised under section 114(1); and
(iv)
a clause providing how the agreement can be varied; and
(v)
the date on which the agreement expires or an event on the occurrence of which the agreement is to expire; and
(b)
must not contain anything—

(i)
contrary to law; or
(ii)
inconsistent with this Act.
(4)

For the purposes of subsection (3)(a)(ii), a collective agreement contains the rates of wages or salary payable to employees bound by the agreement if it—

(a)
contains, in respect of the employees bound by the collective agreement (whether by reference to the work or types of work done by the employees or by reference to named employees or types of employees),—

(i)
the rates of wages or salary payable for certain work or types of work or to certain employees or types of employees; or
(ii)
the minimum rates of wages or salary payable for certain work or types of work or to certain employees or types of employees; or
(iii)
1 or more methods of calculating the rates or minimum rates of wages or salary payable for certain work or types of work or to certain employees or types of employees; and
(b)
indicates how the rate of wages or salary payable to an employee bound by the agreement may increase during the term of the agreement.
Section 54(3)(a)(ii): inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 19(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 54(3)(a)(ii): repealed, on 1 December 2004, by section 15 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 54(3)(a)(iii): replaced, on 13 June 2023, by section 4 of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 54(4): inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 19(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
55Deduction of union fees
(1)

A collective agreement is to be treated as if it contains a provision that requires an employer that is a party to the agreement to deduct, with the consent of a union member, the member’s union fee from the member’s salary or wages on a regular basis during the year.
(2)

A collective agreement may exclude or vary the effect of subsection (1).
(3)

Union fees deducted from a member’s salary or wages must be paid to the union concerned in accordance with any arrangement agreed with the union.
56Application of collective agreement
(1)

A collective agreement that is in force binds and is enforceable by—

(a)
the union and the employer that are the parties to the agreement; and
(b)
employees—

(i)
who are employed by an employer that is a party to the agreement; and
(ii)
who are or become members of a union that is a party to the agreement; and
(iii)
whose work comes within the coverage clause in the agreement.
(1A)

However, an employee who is bound by a collective agreement and who holds a minimum wage exemption permit under section 8 of the Minimum Wage Act 1983 may be paid wages at the rate specified in the permit,—

(a)
while the permit is in force; and
(b)
if the union that is a party to the collective agreement agrees.
(2)

If the registration of a union that is a party to a collective agreement is cancelled or the union ceases to be an incorporated society, the collective agreement continues to bind the employer or employers who are parties to the agreement, and the members of the union who were bound by the collective agreement immediately before the cancellation of the union’s registration or the cessation of the union as an incorporated society.
(3)

If the union’s registration is cancelled as a result of the union’s amalgamation with 1 or more other unions, the collective agreement binds the amalgamated union.
Section 56(1A): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 16 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 56(1A): amended, on 28 March 2007, by section 5(1) of the Minimum Wage Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 12).
56AApplication of collective agreement to subsequent parties
(1)

An employer who is not a party to a collective agreement may become a party to the collective agreement if—

(a)
the agreement provides for an employer to become a party to the agreement after it has been signed by the original parties to the agreement; and
(b)
the work of some or all of the employer’s employees comes within the coverage clause in the agreement; and
(c)
the employees referred to in paragraph (b) are not bound by another collective agreement in respect of their work for the employer; and
(d)
the employer notifies all the parties to the agreement in accordance with subsection (5) that the employer proposes to become a party to the agreement.
(2)

On the day after the day on which all parties to the collective agreement have been notified in accordance with subsection (5),—

(a)
the employer becomes a party to the collective agreement; and
(b)
the collective agreement also binds and is enforceable by—

(i)
the employer:
(ii)
employees—

(A)
who are employed by the employer; and
(B)
who are or become members of a union that is a party to the agreement; and
(C)
whose work comes within the coverage clause in the agreement.
(3)

A union that is not a party to a collective agreement may become a party to the collective agreement if—

(a)
the agreement provides for a union to become a party to the agreement after it has been signed by the original parties to the agreement; and
(b)
the union has members doing work that comes within the coverage clause of the collective agreement; and
(c)
as a result of a secret ballot of those members, a majority of them who are entitled to vote and do vote are in favour of the union becoming a party to the collective agreement; and
(d)
the union notifies all the parties to the collective agreement in accordance with subsection (5) that the union proposes to become a party to the agreement.
(4)

On the day after the day on which all parties to the collective agreement have been notified in accordance with subsection (5),—

(a)
the union becomes a party to the collective agreement; and
(b)
the collective agreement also binds and is enforceable by—

(i)
the union:
(ii)
employees—

(A)
who are employed by an employer that is a party to the agreement; and
(B)
who are or become members of the union; and
(C)
whose work comes within the coverage clause in the agreement.
(5)

For the purposes of this section, a party to a collective agreement is notified—

(a)
when the notice is given to the party; or
(b)
if the notice is posted to the party, on the seventh day after the day on which the notice is posted.
(6)

For the purposes of subsection (1)(b) and (c), employees includes persons whom the employer might employ in the future.
Section 56A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 17 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
57Employee bound by only 1 collective agreement in respect of same work
If an employee is a member of more than 1 union, the employee is bound by only 1 collective agreement covering the same work done by the employee, being the collective agreement resulting from the bargaining first initiated which covered the employee’s work.
58Employee who resigns as member of union but does not resign as employee
(1)

A member of a union who is bound by a collective agreement and who resigns as a member of the union but does not resign from his or her employment, may not be subject to any other bargaining for a collective agreement or bound by any other collective agreement until the 60th day before the expiry date of the collective agreement binding on the member before resigning as a member of the union.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), the expiry date of a collective agreement is determined under section 52(3) without taking section 53 into account.
59Copy of collective agreement to be delivered to chief executive
(1)

The parties to a collective agreement must ensure that, as soon as practicable after they enter into the agreement, a copy of the agreement is delivered to the chief executive.
(2)

The copy of the agreement delivered to the chief executive must include any document referred to, or incorporated by reference, in the collective agreement, unless the document is publicly available.
(3)

Nothing in the Official Information Act 1982 applies to copies of collective agreements delivered to the chief executive under subsection (1).
(4)

The information contained in the copies of collective agreements delivered to the chief executive under subsection (1) must be used only for statistical or analytical purposes.
Undermining collective bargaining or collective agreement
Heading: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 18 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
59AInterpretation
In sections 59B and 59C, reached, in relation to a term or condition in bargaining for a collective agreement, means a term or condition that the parties have agreed or accepted should be a term or condition of the collective agreement if the agreement is concluded and ratified.
Section 59A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 18 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
59BBreach of duty of good faith to pass on, in certain circumstances, in individual employment agreement terms and conditions agreed in collective bargaining or in collective agreement
(1)

It is not a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to agree that a term or condition of employment of an employee who is not bound by a collective agreement should be the same or substantially the same as a term or condition in a collective agreement that binds the employer.
(2)

However, it is a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to do so if—

(a)
the employer does so with the intention of undermining the collective agreement; and
(b)
the effect of the employer doing so is to undermine the collective agreement.
(3)

It is not a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to agree that a term or condition of employment of an employee should be the same or substantially the same as a term or condition reached in bargaining for a collective agreement.
(4)

However, it is a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to do so if—

(a)
the employer does so with the intention of undermining the collective bargaining; or
(b)
the effect of the employer doing so is to undermine the collective bargaining.
(5)

It is not a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 if anything referred to in subsection (2) or subsection (4) is done with the agreement of the union concerned.
(6)

In determining whether subsection (2)(a) and (b) or subsection (4)(a) or (b) applies, the following matters must be taken into account:

(a)
whether the employer bargained with the employee before they agreed on the term or condition of employment:
(b)
whether the employer consulted the union in good faith before agreeing to the term or condition of employment:
(c)
the number of the employer’s employees bound by the collective agreement or covered by the collective bargaining compared to the number of the employer’s employees not bound by the collective agreement or not covered by the collective bargaining:
(d)
how long the collective agreement has been in force.
(e)
[Repealed]


(7)

Subsection (6) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account for the purposes of subsection (2)(a) and (b) or subsection (4)(a) or (b).
(8)

Every employer who commits a breach of the duty of good faith under this section is liable to a penalty under this Act.
Section 59B: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 18 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 59B(6)(e): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 16 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
59CBreach of duty of good faith to pass on, in certain circumstances, in collective agreement provisions agreed in other collective bargaining or another collective agreement
(1)

It is not a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to conclude a collective agreement that contains 1 or more provisions that are the same or substantially the same as provisions in another collective agreement to which the employer is a party.
(2)

However, it is a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to do so if—

(a)
the intention of the employer is to undermine the other collective agreement; and
(b)
the effect of the employer doing so is to undermine the other collective agreement.
(3)

It is not a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to conclude a collective agreement that contains 1 or more provisions that are the same or substantially the same as provisions reached in bargaining for another collective agreement.
(4)

However, it is a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for an employer to do so if—

(a)
the employer does so with the intention of undermining the other collective bargaining; or
(b)
the effect of the employer doing so is to undermine the other collective bargaining.
(5)

It is not a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 if anything referred to in subsection (2) or subsection (4) is done with the agreement of the parties to the other collective agreement or collective bargaining.
(6)

In determining whether subsection (2)(a) and (b) or subsection (4)(a) or (b) applies, the following matters must be taken into account:

(a)
whether the employer and union bargained before agreeing on the provision:
(b)
whether the employer and union consulted, in good faith, the parties to the other collective agreement or collective bargaining:
(c)
the number of the employer’s employees bound by the collective agreement or covered by the collective bargaining compared to the number of the employer’s employees bound by the other collective agreement or covered by the other collective bargaining:
(d)
how long the other collective agreement has been in force.
(7)

Subsection (4) does not limit the matters that may be taken into account for the purposes of subsection (2)(a) and (b) or subsection (4)(a) or (b).
(8)

Every employer who commits a breach of the duty of good faith under this section is liable to a penalty under this Act.
Section 59C: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 18 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
Part 6Individual employees’ terms and conditions of employment
60Object of this Part
The object of this Part is—

(a)
to specify the rules for determining the terms and conditions of an employee’s employment; and
(b)
to require new employees, whose terms and conditions of employment are not determined with reference to a collective agreement, to be given sufficient information and an adequate opportunity to seek advice before entering into an individual employment agreement; and
(c)
to recognise that, in relation to individual employees and their employers, good faith behaviour is—

(i)
promoted by providing protection against unfair bargaining; and
(ia)
required when entering into and varying individual employment agreements; and
(ii)
consistent with, but not limited to, the implied term of mutual trust and confidence in the relationship between employee and employer.
Section 60(c)(ia): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 19(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 60(c)(ii): amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 19(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
Good faith
Heading: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 20 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
60AGood faith in bargaining for individual employment agreement
(1)

The matters that are relevant to whether an employee and employer bargaining for an individual employment agreement are dealing with each other in good faith include the circumstances of the employee and employer.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), circumstances, in relation to an employee and an employer, include—

(a)
the operational environment of the employee and employer; and
(b)
the resources available to the employee and employer.
Section 60A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 20 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
Terms and conditions of employment if work covered by collective agreement
Heading: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 21 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
61Employee bound by applicable collective agreement may agree to additional terms and conditions of employment
(1)

The terms and conditions of employment of an employee who is bound by an applicable collective agreement may include any additional terms and conditions that are—

(a)
mutually agreed to by the employee and the employer, whether before, on, or after the date on which the employee became bound by the collective agreement; and
(b)
not inconsistent with the terms and conditions in the collective agreement.
(2)

If the applicable collective agreement expires or the employee resigns from the union that is bound by the agreement,—

(a)
the employee is employed under an individual employment agreement based on the collective agreement and any additional terms and conditions agreed under subsection (1); and
(b)
the employee and employer may, by mutual agreement, vary that individual employment agreement as they think fit.
62Terms and conditions for first 30 days of employment of new employee who is not member of union
(1)

This section—

(a)
applies to a new employee who—

(i)
is not a member of a union that is a party to a collective agreement that covers the work to be done by the employee; and
(ii)
enters into an individual employment agreement with an employer that is a party to a collective agreement that covers the work to be done by the employee; but
(b)
does not apply to an employee who—

(i)
resigns as a member of a union and enters into an individual employment agreement with the same employer; or
(ii)
enters into a new individual employment agreement with the same employer.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1)(a), a collective agreement that includes a coverage clause referring to named employees, or the work done by named employees, to whom the collective agreement applies must be treated as covering the work or type of work done by the named employees (whether done by those employees or any other employees).
(3)

For the first 30 days after the new employee commences employment with the employer, the employee’s terms and conditions of employment comprise—

(a)
the terms and conditions in the collective agreement that would bind the employee if the employee were a member of the union (other than any bargaining fee payable under Part 6B); and
(b)
any additional terms and conditions mutually agreed to by the employee and employer that are no less favourable to the employee than the terms and conditions in the collective agreement.
(4)

If the work to be done by the new employee is covered by more than 1 collective agreement, subsection (3)(a) applies to the collective agreement that binds the greatest number of the employer’s employees in relation to the work the employee will be performing.
(5)

No term or condition of employment may be expressed to alter automatically after the 30-day period in a way that makes it less favourable to the employee than the collective agreement.
(6)

For an employee who holds a minimum wage exemption permit under section 8 of the Minimum Wage Act 1983, the terms and conditions under subsection (3) are subject to the terms of the permit relating to the wages to be paid.
Section 62: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 22 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
62AEmployer must share new employee information with union unless employee objects
(1)

This section applies to an employer who enters into an individual employment agreement with a new employee under section 62.
(2)

The employer must, within 10 days after the employee commences employment with the employer, provide the employee with a form approved by the chief executive under section 237AA that the employee may complete and return in accordance with subsection (4) for the purposes of—

(a)
notifying the employer whether the employee intends to join a union (or a particular union):
(b)
objecting to the employer providing information about the employee to,—

(i)
if the employee does not intend to join a union, any union; or
(ii)
if the employee intends to join a particular union, any other union.
(3)

The form must be accompanied by a notice that—

(a)
specifies the period during which the employee may complete and return the form, which is the period described in subsection (4); and
(b)
explains that, unless the employee objects in accordance with this section, the employer will provide the following information to each union that is a party to a collective agreement that covers the work to be done by the employee:

(i)
the name of the employee:
(ii)
whether the employee has, during the period,—

(A)
notified the employer that the employee intends to join the union; or
(B)
notified the employer that the employee does not intend to join the union; or
(C)
not completed and returned the form.
(4)

The employee may complete and return the form during the period that—

(a)
starts when the employee receives the form; and
(b)
ends 30 days after the employee commences employment with the employer.
(5)

The employer must, within 10 working days of the expiry of the period described in subsection (4), provide the following to each union that is a party to a collective agreement that covers the work to be done by the employee (unless the employee has objected in accordance with this section):

(a)
the name of the employee:
(b)
if the employee completes and returns a form in accordance with this section, the completed form:
(c)
if the employee does not complete and return the form in accordance with this section, notice that the employee did not complete and return the form.
(6)

Nothing in this section limits or affects the right of an employee to become, or not to become, a member of a union or a particular union at any time.
(7)

An employer who fails to comply with this section is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Section 62A: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 22 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
63Terms and conditions of employment of employee who is not member of union after expiry of 30-day period
(1)

This section applies after the expiry of the 30-day period described in section 62(3) to an employee who is not a member of a union that is a party to a collective agreement that covers the work done by the employee.
(2)

The employee and the employee’s employer may, by mutual agreement, vary the individual employment agreement entered into under section 62 as they think fit.
Section 63: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 22 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
63Terms and conditions of employment of new employee who is not member of union
[Repealed]


Section 63: repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 18 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Bargaining
Heading: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 22 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
63ABargaining for individual employment agreement or individual terms and conditions in employment agreement
(1)

This section applies when bargaining for terms and conditions of employment in the following situations:

(a)
under section 61(1), in relation to additional terms and conditions to the applicable collective agreement:
(b)
under section 61(2), in relation to—

(i)
additional terms and conditions to the collective agreement on which the individual employment agreement is based; and
(ii)
variations to the individual employment agreement in subparagraph (i):
(c)
under section 62(3), in relation to additional terms and conditions for the first 30 days of an employee’s employment:
(c)
[Repealed]


(d)
under section 63(2), in relation to variations to terms and conditions of an individual employment agreement after the 30-day period:
(d)
[Repealed]


(e)
in relation to the terms and conditions of an individual employment agreement (including any variations to that agreement) for an employee if no collective agreement covers the work done, or to be done, by the employee:
(f)
where a fixed term of employment, or probationary or trial period of employment, is proposed:
(g)
under section 69OJ in relation to employee protection provisions in individual employment agreements:
(h)
under section 69N in relation to redundancy entitlements with a new employer.
(2)

The employer must do at least the following things:

(a)
provide to the employee a copy of the intended agreement under discussion; and
(b)
advise the employee that he or she is entitled to seek independent advice about the intended agreement; and
(c)
give the employee a reasonable opportunity to seek that advice; and
(d)
consider any issues that the employee raises and respond to them.
(3)

Every employer who fails to comply with this section is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
(4)

Failure to comply with this section does not affect the validity of the employment agreement between the employee and the employer.
(5)

The requirements imposed by this section are in addition to any requirements that may be imposed under any provision in this Act.
(6)

For the purpose of subsection (1)(e), a collective agreement that includes a coverage clause referring to named employees, or the work done by named employees, to whom the collective agreement applies must be treated as covering the work or type of work done by the named employees (whether done by those employees or any other employees).
(6)[Repealed]


(7)

In this section, employee includes a prospective employee.
Section 63A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 23 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 63A(1)(c): inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 23(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 63A(1)(c): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 19(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 63A(1)(d): inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 23(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 63A(1)(d): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 19(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 63A(1)(e): replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 23(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 63A(1)(g): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 19(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 63A(1)(h): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 19(4) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 63A(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2011, by section 10(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 63A(2)(b): amended, on 1 April 2011, by section 10(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 63A(6): inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 23(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 63A(6): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 19(5) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
63BAdditional employer obligations when bargaining for terms and conditions of employment under section 62
(1)

This section applies to an employer who is bargaining with a prospective employee for terms and conditions of employment for the first 30 days of an individual employment agreement under section 62(3).
(2)

The employer must, in addition to doing the things described in section 63A(2), inform the prospective employee—

(a)
that a collective agreement exists and covers work to be done by the prospective employee; and
(b)
that the prospective employee may join a union that is a party to the collective agreement; and
(c)
how to contact the union; and
(d)
that, if the prospective employee joins the union, the prospective employee will be bound by the collective agreement; and
(e)
that, if the prospective employee enters into an individual employment agreement with the employer, the prospective employee’s terms and conditions of employment will, during the first 30 days of the prospective employee’s employment, comprise—

(i)
the terms and conditions in the collective agreement that would bind the prospective employee if the prospective employee were a member of the union; and
(ii)
any additional terms and conditions mutually agreed to by the prospective employee and employer that are no less favourable to the employee than the terms and conditions in the collective agreement.
(3)

The employer must also provide to the prospective employee—

(a)
a copy of the collective agreement; and
(b)
any information about the role and functions of the union that the employer is required to provide to prospective employees in accordance with a request by a union under section 30A.
(4)

An employer who fails to comply with this section is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Section 63B: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 24 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Individual employment agreements
Heading: inserted, on 6 May 2019, by section 24 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
64Employer must retain copy of individual employment agreement or individual terms and conditions of employment
(1)

When section 63A applies, the employer must retain a signed copy of the employee’s individual employment agreement or the current terms and conditions of employment that make up the employee’s individual terms and conditions of employment (as the case may be).
(2)

If an employer has provided an employee with an intended agreement under section 63A(2)(a), the employer must retain a copy of that intended agreement even if the employee has not—

(a)
signed the intended agreement; or
(b)
agreed to any of the terms and conditions specified in the intended agreement.
(2A)

The employer’s obligation to retain an individual employment agreement or individual terms and conditions of employment under subsection (1), or an intended agreement under subsection (2), includes obligations to ensure that—

(a)
the employee does not hold the only copy of the agreement, individual terms and conditions of employment, or intended agreement; and
(b)
the employer’s copy of the agreement, individual terms and conditions of employment, or intended agreement is readily accessible.
(3)

If requested by the employee, the employer must, as soon as is reasonably practicable, provide the employee with a copy of the employee’s—

(a)
individual employment agreement or current terms and conditions of employment retained under subsection (1); or
(b)
intended agreement retained under subsection (2).
(4)

An employer who fails to comply with subsection (1), (2), or (3) is liable, in an action brought by a Labour Inspector or the employee concerned, to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
(5)

Before bringing an action under subsection (4), the Labour Inspector must—

(a)
give the employer written notice of the breach of this section; and
(b)
give the employer 7 working days to remedy the breach by producing a copy of the agreement that was retained in accordance with subsection (1) or (2), or providing a copy of the agreement to the employee in accordance with a request under subsection (3) (as applicable).
(6)

To avoid doubt, an intended agreement must not be treated as the employee’s employment agreement if the employee has not—

(a)
signed the intended agreement; or
(b)
agreed to any of the terms and conditions specified in the intended agreement.
Section 64: substituted, on 1 July 2011, by section 11 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 64(2A): inserted, on 30 March 2025, by section 9(1) of the Regulatory Systems (Immigration and Workforce) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 10).Section 64(4): amended, on 1 April 2016, by section 7 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 64(5)(b): replaced, on 30 March 2025, by section 9(2) of the Regulatory Systems (Immigration and Workforce) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 10).
65Form and content of individual employment agreement
(1)

The individual employment agreement of an employee may contain such terms and conditions as the employee and employer think fit, but the employer must ensure that the agreement—

(a)
is in writing; and
(b)
complies with the requirements in subsection (2).
(2)

The individual employment agreement—

(a)
must include—

(i)
the names of the employee and employer concerned; and
(ii)
a description of the work to be performed by the employee; and
(iii)
an indication of where the employee is to perform the work; and
(iv)
any agreed hours of work specified in accordance with section 67C or, if no hours of work are agreed, an indication of the arrangements relating to the times the employee is to work; and
(v)
the wages or salary payable to the employee; and
(vi)
a plain language explanation of the services available for the resolution of employment relationship problems, including a reference to—

(A)
the 12-month period within which a personal grievance must be raised under section 114(1) if the grievance is in respect of sexual harassment under section 103(1)(d); and
(B)
the 90-day period within which any other personal grievance must be raised under section 114(1); and
(b)
must not contain anything—

(i)
contrary to law; or
(ii)
inconsistent with this Act.
(3)[Repealed]


(4)

An employer who fails to comply with this section is liable, in an action brought by a Labour Inspector or the employee concerned, to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Section 65 heading: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 20(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 65(1): replaced, on 30 March 2025, by section 10(1) of the Regulatory Systems (Immigration and Workforce) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 10).Section 65(2): amended, on 30 March 2025, by section 10(2) of the Regulatory Systems (Immigration and Workforce) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 10).Section 65(2)(a)(iv): amended, on 1 April 2016, by section 8(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 65(2)(a)(vi): replaced, on 13 June 2023, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 65(3): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 20(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 65(4): added, on 1 April 2011, by section 12 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 65(4): amended, on 1 April 2016, by section 8(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
Specific terms and conditions of employment
Heading: inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 25 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
65ADeduction of union fees
(1)

An individual employment agreement of an employee who is a member of a union is to be treated as if it contains a provision that requires the employee’s employer to deduct, with the consent of the employee, the employee’s union fee from the employee’s salary or wages on a regular basis during the year.
(2)

An individual employment agreement may exclude or vary the effect of subsection (1).
(3)

Union fees deducted from an employee’s salary or wages under subsection (1) must be paid to the union concerned in accordance with any arrangement agreed with the union.
Section 65A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 26 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
66Fixed term employment
(1)

An employee and an employer may agree that the employment of the employee will end—

(a)
at the close of a specified date or period; or
(b)
on the occurrence of a specified event; or
(c)
at the conclusion of a specified project.
(2)

Before an employee and employer agree that the employment of the employee will end in a way specified in subsection (1), the employer must—

(a)
have genuine reasons based on reasonable grounds for specifying that the employment of the employee is to end in that way; and
(b)
advise the employee of when or how his or her employment will end and the reasons for his or her employment ending in that way.
(3)

The following reasons are not genuine reasons for the purposes of subsection (2)(a):

(a)
to exclude or limit the rights of the employee under this Act:
(b)
to establish the suitability of the employee for permanent employment:
(c)
to exclude or limit the rights of an employee under the Holidays Act 2003.
(4)

If an employee and an employer agree that the employment of the employee will end in a way specified in subsection (1), the employee’s employment agreement must state in writing—

(a)
the way in which the employment will end; and
(b)
the reasons for ending the employment in that way.
(5)

Failure to comply with subsection (4), including failure to comply because the reasons for ending the employment are not genuine reasons based on reasonable grounds, does not affect the validity of the employment agreement between the employee and the employer.
(6)

However, if the employer does not comply with subsection (4), the employer may not rely on any term agreed under subsection (1)—

(a)
to end the employee’s employment if the employee elects, at any time, to treat that term as ineffective; or
(b)
as having been effective to end the employee’s employment, if the former employee elects to treat that term as ineffective.
Section 66(3)(c): added, on 1 April 2004, by section 91(2) of the Holidays Act 2003 (2003 No 129).Section 66(4): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 27 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 66(5): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 27 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 66(6): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 27 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
67Probationary arrangements
(1)

Where the parties to an employment agreement agree as part of the agreement that an employee will serve a period of probation after the commencement of the employment,—

(a)
the fact of the probation period must be specified in writing in the employment agreement; and
(b)
neither the fact that the probation period is specified, nor what is specified in respect of it, affects the application of the law relating to unjustifiable dismissal to a situation where the employee is dismissed in reliance on that agreement during or at the end of the probation period.
(2)

Failure to comply with subsection (1)(a) does not affect the validity of the employment agreement between the parties.
(3)

However, if the employer does not comply with subsection (1)(a), the employer may not rely on any term agreed under subsection (1) that the employee serve a period of probation if the employee elects, at any time, to treat that term as ineffective.
Section 67(1): amended, on 1 March 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 106).Section 67(1)(a): amended, on 1 March 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 106).Section 67(1)(b): amended, on 1 March 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 106).Section 67(2): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 28 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 67(3): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 28 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 67(3): amended, on 1 March 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 106).
67AEmployment agreement may contain provision for trial period for 90 days or less
(1)

An employment agreement containing a trial provision may be entered into by an employer and an employee who has not previously been employed by that employer.
(2)

For the purposes of this section and section 67B, trial provision means a written provision in an employment agreement that states, or is to the effect, that—

(a)
for a specified period (not exceeding 90 days), starting at the beginning of the employee’s employment, the employee is to serve a trial period; and
(b)
during that period, the employer may dismiss the employee; and
(c)
if the employer does so, the employee is not entitled to bring a personal grievance or other legal proceedings in respect of the dismissal.
Section 67A: replaced, on 23 December 2023, by section 4 of the Employment Relations (Trial Periods) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 69).
67BEffect of trial provision under section 67A
(1)

This section applies if an employer terminates an employment agreement containing a trial provision under section 67A by giving the employee notice of the termination before the end of the trial period, whether the termination takes effect before, at, or after the end of the trial period.
(2)

An employee whose employment agreement is terminated in accordance with subsection (1) may not bring a personal grievance or legal proceedings in respect of the dismissal.
(3)

Neither this section nor a trial provision prevents an employee from bringing a personal grievance or legal proceedings on any of the grounds specified in section 103(1)(b) to (k).
(4)

An employee whose employment agreement contains a trial provision is, in all other respects (including access to mediation services), to be treated no differently from an employee whose employment agreement contains no trial provision or contains a trial provision that has ceased to have effect.
(5)

Subsection (4) applies subject to the following provisions:

(a)
in observing the obligation in section 4 of dealing in good faith with the employee, the employer is not required to comply with section 4(1A)(c) in making a decision whether to terminate an employment agreement under this section; and
(b)
the employer is not required to comply with a request under section 120 that relates to terminating an employment agreement under this section.
Section 67B: inserted, on 1 March 2009, by section 7 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 106).Section 67B(1): amended, on 23 December 2023, by section 5(1) of the Employment Relations (Trial Periods) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 69).Section 67B(3): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 40 of the Protected Disclosures (Protection of Whistleblowers) Act 2022 (2022 No 20).Section 67B(3): amended, on 31 March 2017, by section 4 of the Regulatory Systems (Workplace Relations) Amendment Act 2017 (2017 No 13).Section 67B(5)(a): amended, on 23 December 2023, by section 5(2) of the Employment Relations (Trial Periods) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 69).Section 67B(5)(b): amended, on 23 December 2023, by section 5(2) of the Employment Relations (Trial Periods) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 69).
67CAgreed hours of work
(1)

Hours of work agreed by an employer and employee must be specified as follows:

(a)
in the case of an employee covered by a collective agreement,—

(i)
in the collective agreement; and
(ii)
if section 61 applies, in the employee’s additional terms and conditions of employment included under that section; or
(b)
in the case of an employee covered by an individual employment agreement, in the employee’s individual employment agreement.
(2)

In subsection (1), hours of work includes any or all of the following:

(a)
the number of guaranteed hours of work:
(b)
the days of the week on which work is to be performed:
(c)
the start and finish times of work:
(d)
any flexibility in the matters referred to in paragraph (b) or (c).
Section 67C: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
67DAvailability provision
(1)

In this section and section 67E, an availability provision means a provision in an employment agreement under which—

(a)
the employee’s performance of work is conditional on the employer making work available to the employee; and
(b)
the employee is required to be available to accept any work that the employer makes available.
(2)

An availability provision may only—

(a)
be included in an employment agreement that specifies agreed hours of work and that includes guaranteed hours of work among those agreed hours; and
(b)
relate to a period for which an employee is required to be available that is in addition to those guaranteed hours of work.
(3)

An availability provision must not be included in an employment agreement unless—

(a)
the employer has genuine reasons based on reasonable grounds for including the availability provision and the number of hours of work specified in that provision; and
(b)
the availability provision provides for the payment of reasonable compensation to the employee for making himself or herself available to perform work under the provision.
(4)

An availability provision that is not included in an employment agreement in accordance with subsection (3) is not enforceable against the employee.
(5)

In considering whether there are genuine reasons based on reasonable grounds for including an availability provision, an employer must have regard to all relevant matters, including the following:

(a)
whether it is practicable for the employer to meet business demands for the work to be performed by the employee without including an availability provision:
(b)
the number of hours for which the employee would be required to be available:
(c)
the proportion of the hours referred to in paragraph (b) to the agreed hours of work.
(6)

Compensation payable under an availability provision must be determined having regard to all relevant matters, including the following:

(a)
the number of hours for which the employee is required to be available:
(b)
the proportion of the hours referred to in paragraph (a) to the agreed hours of work:
(c)
the nature of any restrictions resulting from the availability provision:
(d)
the rate of payment under the employment agreement for the work for which the employee is available:
(e)
if the employee is remunerated by way of salary, the amount of the salary.
(7)

For the purposes of subsection (3)(b), an employer and an employee who is remunerated for agreed hours of work by way of salary may agree that the employee’s remuneration includes compensation for the employee making himself or herself available for work under an availability provision.
Section 67D: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
67EEmployee may refuse to perform certain work
An employee is entitled to refuse to perform work in addition to any guaranteed hours specified in the employee’s employment agreement if the agreement does not contain an availability provision that provides for the payment of reasonable compensation to the employee for making himself or herself available to perform work under the availability provision.
Section 67E: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
67FEmployee not to be treated adversely because of refusal to perform certain work
(1)

An employer must not treat adversely an employee who refuses to perform work under section 67E.
(2)

In this section, an employer treats an employee adversely if the employer—

(a)
refuses or omits to offer or afford to that employee the same terms of employment, conditions of work, fringe benefits, or opportunities for training, promotion, and transfer as are made available for other employees of the same or substantially the same qualifications, experience, or skills employed in the same or substantially similar circumstances; or
(b)
dismisses that employee or subjects that employee to any detriment, in circumstances in which other employees employed by that employer on work of that description are not or would not be dismissed or subjected to such detriment; or
(c)
retires that employee, or requires or causes that employee to retire or resign.
(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2)(b), detriment includes anything that has a detrimental effect on that employee’s employment, job performance, or job satisfaction.
Section 67F: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
67GCancellation of shifts
(1)

This section applies in relation to an employee who is required under the employee’s employment agreement to undertake shift work.
(2)

The employer must not cancel a shift of the employee unless the employee’s employment agreement specifies—

(a)
a reasonable period of notice that must be given before the cancellation of a shift; and
(b)
reasonable compensation that must be paid to the employee if the employer cancels a shift of the employee without giving the specified notice.
(3)

In cancelling a shift of an employee, the employer must—

(a)
give the employee the notice specified in the employee’s employment agreement under subsection (2)(a); or
(b)
if that notice is not given, pay to the employee the compensation specified in the employee’s employment agreement under subsection (2)(b).
(4)

The period of notice specified under subsection (2)(a) must be determined having regard to all relevant factors, including—

(a)
the nature of the employer’s business, including the employer’s ability to control or foresee the circumstances that have given rise to the proposed cancellation; and
(b)
the nature of the employee’s work, including the likely effect of the cancellation on the employee; and
(c)
the nature of the employee’s employment arrangements, including whether there are agreed hours of work in the employee’s employment agreement and, if so, the number of guaranteed hours of work (if any) included among those agreed hours.
(5)

Compensation specified under subsection (2)(b) must be determined having regard to all relevant matters, including the following:

(a)
the period of notice specified in the employee’s employment agreement under subsection (2)(a):
(b)
the remuneration that the employee would have received for working the shift:
(c)
whether the nature of the work requires the employee to incur any costs in preparing for the shift.
(6)

Without limiting subsection (5), an employee is entitled to what he or she would have earned for working a shift if—

(a)
the shift is cancelled and the employee’s employment agreement does not comply with this section; or
(b)
the shift is cancelled, but the employee has not been notified of the cancellation until the commencement of the shift; or
(c)
the remainder of a shift is cancelled after the shift has begun.
(7)

If an employee whose shift is cancelled is entitled, under his or her employment agreement or under subsection (6), to the remuneration that he or she would have earned for working the shift, that remuneration is a part of the employee’s ordinary weekly pay and relevant daily pay for the purposes of sections 8 and 9 of the Holidays Act 2003.
(8)

To avoid doubt, nothing in this section enables an employer to cancel an employee’s shift if that cancellation would breach the employee’s employment agreement.
(9)

In this section, shift means a period of work performed in a system of work in which periods of work—

(a)
are continuous or effectively continuous; and
(b)
may occur at different times on different days of the week.
Section 67G: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
67HSecondary employment provisions
(1)

In this section, a secondary employment provision is a provision in an employee’s employment agreement that—

(a)
prohibits or restricts the employee from performing work for another person; or
(b)
prohibits or restricts the employee from performing work for another person without the employer’s consent.
(2)

A secondary employment provision must not be included in an employee’s employment agreement unless—

(a)
the employer has genuine reasons based on reasonable grounds for including the provision; and
(b)
the reasons are stated in the employee’s employment agreement.
(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2)(a) and without limiting that provision, a genuine reason may relate to—

(a)
protecting an employer’s commercially sensitive information; or
(b)
protecting an employer’s intellectual property rights; or
(c)
protecting an employer’s commercial reputation; or
(d)
preventing a real conflict of interest that cannot be managed without including a secondary employment provision.
(4)

A secondary employment provision in an employee’s employment agreement must not—

(a)
prohibit the employee from performing work for another person unless it is necessary having regard to the reasons for which the provision is included; or
(b)
restrict the employee from performing work for another person to a greater extent than is necessary having regard to the reasons for which the provision is included.
(5)

This section does not limit or affect the law relating to restraint of trade provisions.
Section 67H: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
Unfair bargaining
Heading: inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 26 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
68Unfair bargaining for individual employment agreements
(1)

Bargaining for an individual employment agreement is unfair if—

(a)
1 or more of paragraphs (a) to (d) of subsection (2) apply to a party to the agreement (person A); and
(b)
the other party to the agreement (person B) or another person who is acting on person B’s behalf—

(i)
knows of the circumstances described in the paragraph or paragraphs that apply to person A; or
(ii)
ought to know of the circumstances in the paragraph or paragraphs that apply to person A because person B or the other person is aware of facts or other circumstances from which it can be reasonably inferred that the paragraph or paragraphs apply to person A.
(2)

The circumstances are that person A, at the time of bargaining for or entering into the agreement,—

(a)
is unable to understand adequately the provisions or implications of the agreement by reason of diminished capacity due (for example) to—

(i)
age; or
(ii)
sickness; or
(iii)
mental or educational disability; or
(iv)
a disability relating to communication; or
(v)
emotional distress; or
(b)
reasonably relies on the skill, care, or advice of person B or a person acting on person B’s behalf; or
(c)
is induced to enter into the agreement by oppressive means, undue influence, or duress; or
(d)
where section 63A applied, did not have the information or the opportunity to seek advice as required by that section.
(3)

In this section, individual employment agreement includes a term or condition of an individual employment agreement.
(4)

Except as provided in this section, a party to an individual employment agreement must not challenge or question the agreement on the ground that it is unfair or unconscionable.
Section 68(2)(d): amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69Remedies for unfair bargaining
(1)

If a party to an individual employment agreement is found to have bargained unfairly under section 68, the Authority may do 1 or more of the following things:

(a)
make an order that the party pay to the other party such sum, by way of compensation, as the Authority thinks fit:
(b)
make an order cancelling or varying the agreement:
(c)
make such other order as it thinks fit in the circumstances.
(2)

The Authority must not make an order under subsection (1)(b) unless the requirements in section 164 have been met, and that section applies accordingly with all necessary modifications.
Part 6AAFlexible working
Part 6AA: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
69AAObject of this Part
The object of this Part is to—

(a)
provide employees with a statutory right to make, or to have made on their behalf, a request for a variation of their working arrangements (other than a variation covered by Part 6AB (flexible working short-term for people affected by family violence)); and
(b)
require an employer to deal with a request as soon as possible but not later than 1 month after receiving it; and
(c)
provide that an employer may refuse a request only if it cannot be accommodated on certain grounds; and
(d)
if an employer does not deal with a request in accordance with the process specified in this Part, provide for reference of the matter to a Labour Inspector, then to mediation, and then to the Authority.
Section 69AA: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).Section 69AA(a): replaced, on 1 April 2019, by section 4 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69AA(a): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AA(b): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 22(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69AAAInterpretation
In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,—

additional terms that need variation, in relation to an employee, means 1 or more of the following:

(a)
the location of the employee’s workplace:
(b)
the employee’s duties at work:
(c)
the extent of the contact details that the employee must provide to the employer:
(d)
any other term of the employee’s employment—

(i)
that is not a term covered by paragraphs (a) to (c) of this definition or by paragraphs (a) to (c) of the definition in this section of working arrangements; and
(ii)
that, in the employee’s view, needs variation to enable the employee to deal with the effects of being a person affected by family violence
child has the meaning given to it in section 8 of the Family Violence Act 2018
family violence has the meaning given to it in section 9 of the Family Violence Act 2018
mediation means mediation provided under section 144
person affected by family violence means a person who is 1 or both of the following:

(a)
a person against whom any other person inflicts, or has inflicted, family violence:
(b)
a person with whom there ordinarily or periodically resides a child against whom any other person inflicts, or has inflicted, family violence
request means a request made under this Part that—

(a)
is written; and
(b)
requests an employer to vary an employee’s terms and conditions of employment relating to the employee’s working arrangements (other than by making a variation that the employee can request under Part 6AB (flexible working short-term for people affected by family violence)); and
(c)
is made by the employee or on the employee’s behalf
working arrangements, in relation to an employee, means 1 or more of the following:

(a)
hours of work:
(b)
days of work:
(c)
place of work (for example, at home or at the employee’s place of work):
(d)
if the employee is a person affected by family violence, additional terms that need variation.
Section 69AAA: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).Section 69AAA additional terms that need variation: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 5(1) of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69AAA additional terms that need variation paragraph (d)(ii): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AAA child: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 5(1) of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69AAA child: amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AAA domestic violence: repealed, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AAA family violence: inserted, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AAA non-compliance with section 69AAE: repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 23 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69AAA person affected by domestic violence: repealed, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AAA person affected by family violence: inserted, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AAA request: replaced, on 1 April 2019, by section 5(2) of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69AAA request paragraph (b): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AAA working arrangements paragraph (d): inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 5(3) of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69AAA working arrangements paragraph (d): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
Employee’s statutory right to make request
Heading: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
69AABWhen employee may make request
An employee may make a request at any time.
Section 69AAB: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 24 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69AACRequirements relating to request
A request must be in writing and—

(a)
state—

(i)
the employee’s name; and
(ii)
the date on which the request is made; and
(iii)
that the request is made under this Part; and
(b)
specify the variation of the working arrangements requested and whether the variation is permanent or for a period of time; and
(c)
specify the date on which the employee proposes that the variation take effect and, if the variation is for a period of time, the date on which the variation is to end; and
(d)
[Repealed]


(e)
explain, in the employee’s view, what changes, if any, the employer may need to make to the employer’s arrangements if the employee’s request is approved.
Section 69AAC: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).Section 69AAC(d): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 25 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69AADLimitation on frequency of requests
[Repealed]


Section 69AAD: repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 26 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Duties of employer
Heading: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
69AAEEmployer must notify decision as soon as possible
(1)

An employer must deal with a request as soon as possible, but not later than 1 month after receiving it, and must notify the employee in writing of whether his or her request has been approved or refused.
(2)

If the employer refuses an employee’s request, the notification given under subsection (1) must—

(a)
state that the request is refused because of a ground specified in section 69AAF(2) or (3); and
(b)
state the ground for refusal; and
(c)
explain the reasons for that ground.
Section 69AAE: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 27 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69AAFGrounds for refusal of request by employer
(1)

An employer may refuse a request only if the employer determines that the request cannot be accommodated on 1 or more of the grounds specified in subsection (2).
(2)

The grounds are—

(a)
inability to reorganise work among existing staff:
(b)
inability to recruit additional staff:
(c)
detrimental impact on quality:
(d)
detrimental impact on performance:
(e)
insufficiency of work during the periods the employee proposes to work:
(f)
planned structural changes:
(g)
burden of additional costs:
(h)
detrimental effect on ability to meet customer demand.
(3)

However, an employer must refuse a request if—

(a)
the request is from an employee who is bound by a collective agreement; and
(b)
the request relates to working arrangements to which the collective agreement applies; and
(c)
the employee’s working arrangements would be inconsistent with the collective agreement if the employer were to approve the request.
Section 69AAF: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).Section 69AAF(1): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 28 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Resolving disputes
Heading: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
69AAGRole of Labour Inspector
(1)

For the purposes of this Part, a Labour Inspector may provide to employees and employers such assistance as he or she considers appropriate in the circumstances.
(2)

This section applies subject to section 69AAH(2).
Section 69AAG: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
69AAHLabour Inspectors and mediation
(1)

This section applies if an employee believes that his or her employer has not complied with section 69AAE.
(2)

The employee may refer the non-compliance with section 69AAE to a Labour Inspector who must, to the extent practicable in the circumstances, assist the employee and employer to resolve the matter.
(3)

If, after completion of the process under subsection (2), the employee is dissatisfied with the result, the employee may refer the matter to mediation.
(4)

For the purposes of subsection (3), non-compliance with section 69AAE is an employment relationship problem.
Section 69AAH: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
69AAIApplication to Authority
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
an employee believes that his or her employer has not complied with section 69AAE; and
(b)
mediation has not resolved the matter.
(2)

The employee may apply to the Authority for a determination as to whether the employer has complied with section 69AAE.
(3)

An application under subsection (2) must be made within 12 months after the relevant date.
(4)[Repealed]


(5)

In subsection (3), relevant date means,—

(a)
if the employer notifies a refusal within 1 month after receiving a request, the date on which the employer notifies the employee of the employer’s refusal:
(b)
in any other case, the date 1 month after the employer received the employee’s request.
Section 69AAI: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).Section 69AAI(4): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 29(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69AAI(5)(a): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 29(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69AAI(5)(b): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 29(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69AAJPenalty
(1)

An employer who does not comply with section 69AAE is liable to a penalty not exceeding $2,000, imposed by the Authority.
(2)

The penalty is payable to the employee concerned.
Section 69AAJ: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
69AAKLimitation on challenging employer
An employee may not challenge his or her employer’s refusal of a request, or failure to respond to a request, except—

(a)
if the employee believes his or her employer has not complied with section 69AAE; and
(b)
to the extent provided by sections 69AAH to 69AAJ.
Section 69AAK: inserted, on 1 July 2008, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Flexible Working Arrangements) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 105).
Review of Part[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69AALReview of operation of Part after 2 years
[Repealed]


Section 69AAL: repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Part 6ABFlexible working short-term for people affected by family violence
Part 6AB: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Part 6AB heading: amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
69ABObject of this Part
The object of this Part is to—

(a)
provide employees who are people affected by family violence with a statutory right to make, or to have made on their behalf, a request for a short-term (2-month or shorter) variation of their working arrangements (including any additional terms that need variation), for the purpose of assisting the employees to deal with the effects on the employees of being people affected by family violence; and
(b)
require an employer to deal with a request as soon as possible but not later than 10 working days after receiving it; and
(c)
provide that an employer may refuse a request only if proof of family violence is required and not produced, or the request cannot be accommodated reasonably on certain non-accommodation grounds; and
(d)
if an employer does not deal with a request in accordance with this Part, provide for reference of the matter to a Labour Inspector, mediation, or the Authority.
Section 69AB: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69AB(a): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69AB(c): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
69ABAInterpretation
In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,—

additional terms that need variation, in relation to an employee, means 1 or more of the following:

(a)
the location of the employee’s workplace:
(b)
the employee’s duties at work:
(c)
the extent of the contact details that the employee must provide to the employer:
(d)
any other term of the employee’s employment—

(i)
that is not a term covered by paragraphs (a) to (c) of this definition or by paragraphs (a) to (c) of the definition in this section of working arrangements; and
(ii)
that, in the employee’s view, needs variation to enable the employee to deal with the effects of being a person affected by family violence
child has the meaning given to it in section 8 of the Family Violence Act 2018
family violence has the meaning given to it in section 9 of the Family Violence Act 2018
mediation means mediation provided under section 144
non-compliance with section 69ABE includes, without limitation, making a wrong determination under 1 or both of section 69ABF(1)(a) and (b)
person affected by family violence means a person who is 1 or both of the following:

(a)
a person against whom any other person inflicts, or has inflicted, family violence:
(b)
a person with whom there ordinarily or periodically resides a child against whom any other person inflicts, or has inflicted, family violence
request means a request made under this Part that—

(a)
is written; and
(b)
requests an employer to vary an employee’s terms and conditions of employment relating to the employee’s working arrangements; and
(c)
is made by the employee or on the employee’s behalf
working arrangements, in relation to an employee, means 1 or more of the following:

(a)
hours of work:
(b)
days of work:
(c)
place of work (for example, at home or at the employee’s place of work):
(d)
additional terms that need variation.
Section 69ABA: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69ABA additional terms that need variation paragraph (d)(ii): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABA child: amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABA domestic violence: repealed, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABA family violence: inserted, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABA person affected by domestic violence: repealed, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABA person affected by family violence: inserted, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
Employee’s statutory right to make request
Heading: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69ABBWhen and why employee may make request
(1)

An employee who is a person affected by family violence may make a request—

(a)
at any time; and
(b)
for the purpose of assisting the employee to deal with the effects on the employee of being a person affected by family violence.
(2)

Subsection (1) applies regardless of how long ago the family violence occurred, and even if the family violence occurred before the person became an employee.
(3)

A request made under this Part for a short-term (2-month or shorter) variation of the employee’s working arrangements (as defined in section 69ABA) does not prevent a request also being made under Part 6AA by or on behalf of the employee for a permanent, or fixed-period longer than 2 months, variation under that Part of the employee’s working arrangements (as defined in section 69AAA).
Section 69ABB: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69ABB(1): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABB(1)(b): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABB(2): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
69ABCRequirements relating to request
A request must be in writing and—

(a)
state—

(i)
the employee’s name; and
(ii)
the date on which the request is made; and
(iii)
that the request is made under this Part; and
(b)
specify the variation of the working arrangements requested and the period of time (which must be no longer than 2 months) for which the variation is requested; and
(c)
specify the date on which the employee proposes that the variation take effect and the date on which it is proposed that the variation end; and
(d)
specify how, in the employee’s view, the variation will assist the employee to deal with the effects of being a person affected by family violence; and
(e)
explain, in the employee’s view, what changes, if any, the employer may need to make to the employer’s arrangements if the employee’s request is approved.
Section 69ABC: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69ABC(d): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
Duties of employer
Heading: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69ABEEmployer must notify decision as soon as possible
(1)

An employer must deal with a request as soon as possible, but not later than 10 working days after receiving it, and must notify the employee in writing of whether his or her request has been approved or refused.
(2)

In or before giving the notification under subsection (1), the employer must provide the employee with information about appropriate specialist family violence support services.
(3)

If the employer refuses an employee’s request, the notification given under subsection (1) must—

(a)
state that the request is refused because of 1 or both grounds specified in section 69ABF(1)(a) and (b); and
(b)
state the ground or grounds for refusal; and
(c)
explain the reasons for that ground or those grounds.
Section 69ABE: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69ABE(2): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
69ABEAProof of family violence
(1)

An employer may require proof that an employee is a person affected by family violence to be produced—

(a)
to the employer; and
(b)
by or on behalf of an employee; and
(c)
for the purposes of a request made by or on behalf of the employee; and
(d)
as soon as practicable after that proof is required by the employer under this section; and
(e)
within 10 working days after the employer receives the request.
(2)

However, the employer may require proof of that kind only if—

(a)
the employer informs the employee as early as possible that the proof is required; and
(b)
the employer requires the proof within 3 working days after the employer receives the request.
Compare: 2003 No 129 s 68

Section 69ABEA: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 69ABEA heading: amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69ABEA(1): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
69ABFGrounds for refusal of request by employer
(1)

An employer may refuse a request only if the employer determines 1 or both of the following:

(a)
that proof required to be produced under section 69ABEA was not produced within 10 working days after the employer receives the request:
(b)
that the request cannot be accommodated reasonably on 1 or more of the non-accommodation grounds specified in subsection (2).
(2)

The non-accommodation grounds are—

(a)
inability to reorganise work among existing staff:
(b)
inability to recruit additional staff:
(c)
detrimental impact on quality:
(d)
detrimental impact on performance:
(e)
insufficiency of work during the periods the employee proposes to work:
(f)
planned structural changes:
(g)
burden of additional costs:
(h)
detrimental effect on ability to meet customer demand.
(3)

An employer must not refuse a request just because—

(a)
the request is from an employee who is bound by a collective agreement; and
(b)
the request relates to working arrangements to which the collective agreement applies; and
(c)
the employee’s working arrangements would be inconsistent with the collective agreement if the employer were to approve the request.
Section 69ABF: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
Resolving disputes
Heading: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69ABGEmployee has choice of procedure at initial stage
(1)

This section applies if an employee believes that the employee’s employer has not complied with section 69ABE.
(2)

The employee may do 1 of the following:

(a)
refer the matter to a Labour Inspector who must, to the extent practicable in the circumstances, assist the employee and employer to resolve the matter; or
(b)
refer the matter to mediation, at which the matter is treated as an employment relationship problem; or
(c)
apply to the Authority for a determination as to whether the employer has complied with section 69ABE.
(3)

A reference or application under subsection (2)(a), (b), or (c) must be made within 6 months after the relevant date.
(4)

In subsection (3), relevant date means,—

(a)
if the employer notifies a refusal within 10 working days after receiving a request, the date on which the employer notifies the employee of the employer’s refusal; or
(b)
in any other case, the date that is 10 working days after the employer receives the employee’s request.
Section 69ABG: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69ABHMediation after initial reference to Labour Inspector
(1)

This section applies if the employee is dissatisfied with the result of the reference under section 69ABG(2)(a) to a Labour Inspector.
(2)

The employee may refer the matter to mediation, at which the matter is treated as an employment relationship problem.
(3)

A reference under subsection (2) must be made within 6 months after the earlier of—

(a)
the date when the result of the reference first became known to the employee; or
(b)
the date when the result of the reference should reasonably have become known to the employee.
Section 69ABH: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69ABIApplication to Authority after initial or later reference to mediation
(1)

This section applies if the employee is dissatisfied with the result of the reference under section 69ABG(2)(b) or 69ABH(2) to mediation.
(2)

The employee may apply to the Authority for a determination as to whether the employer has complied with section 69ABE.
(3)

An application under subsection (2) must be made within 6 months after the earlier of—

(a)
the date when the result of the reference first became known to the employee; or
(b)
the date when the result of the reference should reasonably have become known to the employee.
Section 69ABI: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69ABJPenalty
(1)

An employer who does not comply with section 69ABE is liable to a penalty under this Act imposed by the Authority.
(2)

The penalty is payable to the employee concerned.
(3)

For the purposes of the 6-month time limit in section 135(5), the date on which the cause of action for the recovery of the penalty first became known to the employee, or should reasonably have become known to the employee, must be taken to be a date after, as the case requires,—

(a)
the relevant date under section 69ABG(3); or
(b)
the applicable date under section 69ABI(3)(a) or (b).
Section 69ABJ: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69ABKLimitation on challenging employer
An employee may challenge his or her employer’s refusal of a request, or failure to respond to a request, only—

(a)
if the employee believes his or her employer has not complied with section 69ABE; and
(b)
to the extent provided by sections 69ABG to 69ABJ.
Section 69ABK: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 6 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
Part 6AContinuity of employment if employees’ work affected by restructuring
Part 6A: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
Subpart 1—Specified categories of employees
Subpart 1: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69AObject of this subpart
(1)

The object of this subpart is to provide protection to specified categories of employees if, as a result of a proposed restructuring, their work is to be performed by another person.
(2)

The categories of employees—

(a)
are the categories of employees specified in Schedule 1A; and
(b)
are specified in Schedule 1A because they are employees—

(i)
who are employed in sectors in which restructuring of an employer’s business occurs frequently; and
(ii)
whose terms and conditions of employment tend to be undermined by the restructuring of an employer’s business; and
(iii)
who have little bargaining power.
(3)

The protection conferred by this subpart gives—

(a)
the employees a right to elect to transfer to the other person as employees on the same terms and conditions of employment; and
(b)
the employees who have transferred a right,—

(i)
subject to their employment agreements, to bargain for redundancy entitlements from the other person if made redundant by the other person for reasons relating to the transfer of the employees or to the circumstances arising from the transfer of the employees; and
(ii)
if redundancy entitlements cannot be agreed with the other person, to have the redundancy entitlements determined by the Authority.
(4)[Repealed]


Section 69A: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 31 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69A(4): repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 38 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69BInterpretation
In this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires,—

agreement means a contract or arrangement
contracting in has the meaning set out in section 69C
contracting out has the meaning set out in section 69C
independent contractor means a person engaged to perform work under an agreement that is not an employment agreement
new employer has the meaning set out in section 69D
redundancy entitlements includes redundancy compensation
restructuring—

(a)
means—

(i)
contracting out; or
(ii)
contracting in; or
(iii)
subsequent contracting; or
(iv)
selling or transferring an employer’s business (or part of it) to another person; but
(b)
to avoid doubt, does not include,—

(i)
in the case of an employer that is a company, the sale or transfer of any or all of the shares in the company; or
(ii)
any contract, arrangement, sale, or transfer entered into, made, or concluded while the employer is adjudged bankrupt or in receivership or liquidation
specified date has the meaning given to it by section 69I(4)
subcontractor—

(a)
means a person engaged by an independent contractor to perform work—

(i)
under an agreement that is not an employment agreement; and
(ii)
that the independent contractor has agreed to perform for another person; and
(b)
includes another person engaged by a subcontractor (within the meaning of paragraph (a)) to perform the work or part of the work under an agreement that is not an employment agreement
subsequent contracting has the meaning set out in section 69C
work, in relation to work performed by an employee, includes part of the work performed by the employee.
Section 69B: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 69B associated person: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 39 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 69B exempt employer: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 39 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 69B specified date: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 32 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69CMeaning of contracting in, contracting out, and subsequent contracting
(1)

In this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires, contracting in means a situation where—

(a)
a person (person A) has an agreement with another person (person B) under which person B performs work as an independent contractor for person A; and
(b)
the work or some of the work is actually performed by employees of person B or of a subcontractor; and
(c)
the agreement, or that part of the agreement, under which person B performs the work expires or is terminated; and
(d)
the work is to be performed by person A or employees (if any) of person A.
(2)

In this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires, contracting out means a situation where—

(a)
a person (person A) enters into an agreement with another person (person B) under which person B is to perform work as an independent contractor for person A; and
(b)
the employees of person A are actually performing, or employed to undertake, the work or some of the work before the agreement takes effect.
(3)

The definition of contracting out applies whether or not the work is to be performed by—

(a)
person B or employees (if any) of person B; or
(b)
a subcontractor or employees (if any) of a subcontractor.
(4)

In this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires,—

subsequent contracting means a situation where—

(a)
a person (person A) has an agreement with another person (person B) under which person B performs work as an independent contractor for person A; and
(b)
the work or some of the work is actually performed by employees of person B or of a subcontractor; and
(c)
the agreement or that part of the agreement under which person B performs the work expires or is terminated; and
(d)
person A enters into an agreement with another person (person C) under which person C is to perform the work as an independent contractor for person A.
(5)

The definition of subsequent contracting applies whether or not—

(a)
the work concerned has previously been the subject of a subsequent contracting:
(b)
the engagement of person B as an independent contractor constituted a contracting out:
(c)
the work is to be performed by—

(i)
person C or employees (if any) of person C; or
(ii)
a subcontractor or employees (if any) of a subcontractor.
(6)

To avoid doubt, in the definitions of contracting in, contracting out, and subsequent contracting, references to work in relation to person A—

(a)
mean work that person A is doing or would otherwise do in person A’s own right; and
(b)
include work that person A is doing or would otherwise do as an independent contractor or as a subcontractor.
Section 69C: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69CAExempt employer
[Repealed]


Section 69CA: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69CBWarranty
[Repealed]


Section 69CB: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69CCPersons warranty to be provided to
[Repealed]


Section 69CC: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69CDProvision of information for purposes of giving warranty
[Repealed]


Section 69CD: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69CEWhen warranty must be provided
[Repealed]


Section 69CE: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69DMeaning of new employer
(1)

In section 69I, new employer,—

(a)
in relation to contracting in, means person A in the definition of that term:
(b)
in relation to contracting out,—

(i)
means person B in the definition of that term; but
(ii)
if person B subcontracts the work (whether before or at the same time as the contracting out), means the subcontractor:
(c)
in relation to subsequent contracting,—

(i)
means person C in the definition of that term; but
(ii)
if person C subcontracts the work (whether before or at the same time as the subsequent contracting), means the subcontractor:
(d)
in relation to the sale or transfer of an employer’s business (or part of it), means the person to whom the business (or part of it) is sold or transferred.
(2)

In the rest of this subpart, new employer means the person to whom an employee—

(a)
may elect or has elected to transfer under section 69I; or
(b)
has transferred under that section.
Section 69D: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69DAAssociated person
[Repealed]


Section 69DA: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69EExamples of contracting in, contracting out, and subsequent contracting
(1)

This section contains examples of contracting in, contracting out, and subsequent contracting.
(2)

Whether, in the following examples, an employee comes within the protection provided by this subpart depends on whether section 69F applies to the employee.
(3)

This subsection sets out examples of contracting in.
Example A
A rest home carries on business in the age-related residential care sector. Instead of providing food catering services through its employees, it enters into an agreement with an independent contractor to provide those services.
The agreement under which the independent contractor provides those services to the rest home expires or is terminated.
The rest home then uses its employees or engages further employees to provide those services.
Employees of the independent contractor to whom section 69F applies may elect to transfer to the rest home.
Example B
The circumstances in this example are the same as in example A except that the independent contractor engages a subcontractor to provide food catering services to the rest home.
As a result of the agreement between the rest home and the independent contractor expiring or being terminated, the agreement between the independent contractor and the subcontractor expires or is terminated.
Employees of the subcontractor to whom section 69F applies may elect to transfer to the rest home.
Note
In both example A and example B, it does not matter whether the rest home’s or the independent contractor’s employees originally provided the food catering services or whether the work was contracted out or subcontracted at the outset.
In example A and example B, the persons relate to the definition of contracting in as follows:

the rest home is person A:
the independent contractor is person B.
(4)

This subsection sets out examples of contracting out.
Example C
A school has employees who provide cleaning services.
The school then enters into an agreement with an independent contractor to do that work or some of that work.
The employees of the school to whom section 69F applies may elect to transfer to the independent contractor.
Note
Example C would not be a contracting out if, at the outset, the school does not have employees providing cleaning services.
In example C, the persons relate to the definition of contracting out as follows:

the school is person A:
the independent contractor is person B.
Example D
The circumstances in this example are the same as in example C, except that later on the independent contractor decides that, instead of using its employees for the contract for the school, it will engage a subcontractor to do the work or some of the work.
Employees of the independent contractor to whom section 69F applies may elect to transfer to the subcontractor.
Note
In example D, the persons relate to the definition of contracting out as follows:

the independent contractor is person A:
the subcontractor is person B.
Note
In example C and example D if, at the outset, the independent contractor did not have employees providing cleaning services, but subcontracts the work straight away, then the employees to whom section 69F applies may elect to transfer to the subcontractor.
(5)

This subsection sets out examples of subsequent contracting.
Example E
An airport operator enters into an agreement with an independent contractor to provide food catering services at the airport.
Some time later, the agreement under which the independent contractor provides those services expires or is terminated.
The airport operator then enters into an agreement with a second independent contractor to provide food catering services at the airport.
Employees of the first independent contractor to whom section 69F applies may elect to transfer to the second independent contractor.
Note
In example E, it does not matter whether the agreement between the airport operator and the first independent contractor constitutes a contracting out.
In example E, the persons relate to the definition of subsequent contracting as follows:

the airport operator is person A:
the first independent contractor is person B:
the second independent contractor is person C.
Example F
The circumstances in this example are the same as in example E, except that the first independent contractor engages a subcontractor to do the work or some of the work.
Later on, the agreement under which the subcontractor provides the work expires or is terminated and the first independent contractor engages a second subcontractor to provide food catering services at the airport.
The employees of the first subcontractor to whom section 69F applies may elect to transfer to the second subcontractor.
Note
In example F, the subsequent contracting occurs at the subcontracting level.
In example F, the persons relate to the definition of subsequent contracting as follows:

the independent contractor is person A:
the first subcontractor is person B:
the second subcontractor is person C.
Section 69E: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69FApplication of this subpart
(1)

This subpart applies to an employee if—

(a)
the employee is in a category specified in Schedule 1A; and
(b)
as a result of a proposed restructuring,—

(i)
the employee will no longer be required by the employee’s employer to perform the work performed by the employee; and
(ii)
the work performed by the employee (or work that is substantially similar) is to be performed by or on behalf of another person.
(2)

To avoid doubt, this subpart applies even though the performance of the work by or on behalf of the other person does not begin immediately after an employee ceases to perform the work for the employee’s employer.
Section 69F: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69FAEmployer’s breach of obligations not to affect employee’s rights and new employer’s obligations
To avoid doubt, any failure by an employee’s employer to comply with the obligations imposed on employers by this subpart does not limit or affect the rights of an employee under this subpart or the obligations of a new employer under this subpart.
Section 69FA: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69GNotice of right to make election
(1)

As soon as practicable, but no later than 20 working days before the date on which a restructuring takes effect, the employer of the employees who will be affected by the restructuring must provide the affected employees with—

(a)
information about whether the employees have a right to make an election under section 69I; and
(b)
if the employees have a right to make an election under section 69I, an opportunity to exercise that right; and
(c)
information sufficient for the employees to make an informed decision about whether to exercise any right to make an election; and
(d)
the date by which any right to make an election must be exercised, which is—

(i)
the date that is 10 working days after the day on which the employees are provided with the information described in paragraphs (a) to (c); or
(ii)
if the employees’ employer and the new employer agree to a later date, that agreed date.
(2)

Without limiting the information to be provided under subsection (1)(c), the information provided under that provision must include—

(a)
the name of the new employer:
(b)
the nature and scope of the restructuring:
(c)
the date on which the restructuring is to take effect:
(d)
a statement to the effect that an election—

(i)
must be made in writing and signed by the employee; and
(ii)
may be delivered, sent by post, or sent by electronic means (for example, by fax or email) to the employee’s employer:
(e)
notice in writing—

(i)
that employee transfer costs information and individualised employee information (as those terms are defined in section 69OB) relating to employees who elect to transfer will be provided to the new employer; and
(ii)
that explains that individualised employee information includes (but is not limited to) information about any disciplinary matters relating to those employees and any personal grievances raised by those employees against the employer; and
(iii)
that those employees are entitled to access the information, and to request correction of the information, in accordance with the Privacy Act 2020.
(3)

The employees’ employer must send an election that complies with subsections (1)(d) and (2)(d) to the new employer as soon as practicable, but no later than 5 working days after the day on which that election is received by the employees’ employer.
(4)

If an employee sends an election that complies with subsection (2)(d) by post or electronic means before the date described in subsection (1)(d), the employee must be treated as having exercised the employee’s right to make an election by that date.
(5)

If the employee’s employer sends an election to the new employer by post or electronic means before the date that is 5 working days after the day on which the employee’s employer received that election, the employee’s employer must be treated as having met the deadline specified in subsection (3).
(6)

If the restructuring is a contracting in or a subsequent contracting, person A in the definition that applies must give the employer sufficient notice of, and information about, the restructuring to enable the employer to comply with subsection (1).
(7)

In subsection (6), sufficient notice means—

(a)
as soon as practicable; but
(b)
no later than 25 working days before the date on which the restructuring takes effect.
(8)

An employer or other person who fails to comply with this section is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Section 69G: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 69G(2)(e)(iii): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).
69HEmployee bargaining for alternative arrangements
(1)

To avoid doubt, an employee may, after the employee’s employer has complied with section 69G(1) and before deciding whether to exercise any right to elect to transfer to the new employer, bargain with the employee’s employer for alternative arrangements.
(2)

If the employee and employer agree on alternative arrangements,—

(a)
the alternative arrangements must be recorded in writing; and
(b)
if paragraph (a) is complied with, the employee may not subsequently elect to transfer to the new employer.
Section 69H: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69IEmployee may elect to transfer to new employer
(1)

An employee to whom this subpart applies may, before the date provided to the employee under section 69G(1)(d), elect to transfer to the new employer.
(2)

If an employee elects to transfer to the new employer, then, to the extent that the employee’s work is to be performed by the new employer, the employee—

(a)
becomes an employee of the new employer on and from the specified date; and
(b)
is employed by the new employer on the same terms and conditions as applied to the employee immediately before the specified date, including terms and conditions relating to whether the employee is employed full-time or part-time; and
(c)
is not entitled to any redundancy entitlements under those terms and conditions of employment from the employee’s previous employer because of the transfer.
(3)

To avoid doubt,—

(a)
the election of an employee to transfer to a new employer may result in the employee being employed by more than 1 employer if—

(i)
only part of the employee’s work is affected by the restructuring; or
(ii)
the work performed by the employee will be performed by or on behalf of more than 1 new employer; and
(b)
a person becomes the new employer of an employee who elects to transfer to the new employer whether or not the new employer—

(i)
has, or intends to have, employees performing the same type of work as (or work that is substantially similar to) the work performed by the employee who has elected to transfer to the new employer; or
(ii)
was an employer before the employee transferred to the new employer; and
(c)
this section does not affect the employment agreement of an employee who elects not to transfer to the new employer.
Example
This example relates to subsection (3)(a). A retailer owns 3 gift shops and engages an independent contractor to clean the shops. The independent contractor employs a cleaner to clean the gift shops.
The cleaning contract between the retailer and the independent contractor expires.
The retailer enters into a cleaning contract with a second independent contractor for the cleaning of 1 shop, and enters into a new cleaning contract with the first independent contractor for the cleaning of the other 2 shops.
As a result, the first independent contractor no longer requires the cleaner to clean 1 of the shops.
The cleaner may elect to transfer and become an employee of the second independent contractor in relation to 1 shop while remaining an employee of the first independent contractor in relation to the other 2 shops.
(4)

In this section, specified date means the date on which the restructuring takes effect.
Section 69I: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69JEmployment of employee who elects to transfer to new employer treated as continuous
(1)

The employment of an employee who elects to transfer to a new employer is to be treated as continuous, including for the purpose of service-related entitlements whether legislative or otherwise.
(2)

To avoid doubt, and without limiting subsection (1),—

(a)
in relation to an employee’s entitlements under the Holidays Act 2003,—

(i)
the period of employment of an employee with the employer that ends with the transfer must be treated as a period of employment with the new employer for the purpose of determining the employee’s entitlement to annual holidays, sick leave, bereavement leave, and family violence leave; and
(ii)
the employer must not pay the employee for annual holidays not taken before the date of transfer; and
(iii)
the new employer must recognise the employee’s entitlement to—

(A)
any sick leave, including any sick leave carried over under section 66 of that Act, not taken before the date of transfer; and
(B)
any annual holidays not taken before the date of transfer; and
(C)
any alternative holidays not taken or exchanged for payment under section 61 of that Act before the date of transfer:
(b)
for the purposes of determining an employee’s rights and benefits to parental leave and parental leave payments under the Parental Leave and Employment Protection Act 1987,—

(i)
the period of employment of an employee with the employer that ends with the transfer must be treated as a period of employment with the new employer; and
(ii)
the new employer must treat any notice given to or by the employer under the Act as if it had been given to or by the new employer.
Section 69J: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 69J(2)(a)(i): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 69J(2)(a)(i): amended, on 1 April 2019, by section 7 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).
69KTerms and conditions of employment of transferring employee under fixed term employment
(1)

This section applies to an employee if—

(a)
he or she is an employee of—

(i)
person A in the definition of contracting out; or
(ii)
person B or of a subcontractor in the definition of contracting in; or
(iii)
person B or of a subcontractor in the definition of subsequent contracting; or
(iv)
an employer who is selling or transferring the employer’s business (or part of it) to another person; and
(b)
the employee’s terms and conditions of employment include a term agreed under section 66(1) that is—

(i)
linked to the expiry or termination of the agreement under which his or her employer performs the work; or
(ii)
included in contemplation of his or her employer entering into an agreement that constitutes a restructuring.
(2)

Despite the employee’s terms and conditions of employment containing a term referred to in subsection (1)(b), the employee may elect, under section 69I, to transfer to the new employer.
(3)

If the employee elects, under section 69I, to transfer to the new employer, then the following provisions apply:

(a)
if the restructuring is a contracting out, the employee’s terms and conditions of employment must be read and applied as if the term agreed under section 66(1) were linked to the expiry or termination of the agreement between person A and person B (or a subcontractor):
(b)
if the restructuring is a contracting in, the employee’s terms and conditions of employment cease to include the term referred to in subsection (1)(b):
(c)
if the restructuring is a subsequent contracting, the employee’s terms and conditions of employment must be read and applied as if the term agreed under section 66(1) were linked to the expiry or termination of the contract or arrangement between person A and person C (or a subcontractor):
(d)
if the restructuring is a sale or transfer of an employer’s business, the employee’s terms and conditions of employment cease to include the term referred to in subsection (1)(b).
Section 69K: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69LAgreements excluding entitlements for technical redundancy not affected
(1)

To avoid doubt, this subpart does not limit or affect any terms and conditions of employment under which the employee’s entitlement to redundancy entitlements is excluded where the employee may transfer to the new employer but elects not to do so.
(2)

This subpart does not limit or affect section 605 of the Education and Training Act 2020.
Section 69L: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 69L(2): amended, on 1 August 2020, by section 668 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (2020 No 38).
69LALiability for costs of service-related entitlements of transferring employee
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
an employee elects to transfer to a new employer; and
(b)
on the specified date, the employee has not taken, or been paid for, service-related entitlements (whether legislative or otherwise) that relate to the employee’s period of employment before the specified date.
(2)

Liability for the costs of service-related entitlements (whether legislative or otherwise) of the employee must be apportioned between the employee’s employer and the new employer.
(3)

If the employee’s employer and the new employer cannot agree before the specified date on how to apportion those costs, the costs must be apportioned as follows:

(a)
the employee’s employer is liable for the costs that the employer would have been liable to pay to the employee if the employee had resigned and ceased employment with the employer on the day before the specified date (for example, costs related to annual holidays or alternative holidays not taken before the specified date); and
(b)
the new employer is liable for the costs of any service-related entitlements that accrued before the specified date but would not have been paid to the employee if the employee had resigned and ceased employment with his or her previous employer on the day before the specified date (for example, costs relating to sick leave not taken before the specified date).
(4)

The employee’s employer must pay to the new employer—

(a)
the amount agreed before the specified date by the employee’s employer and the new employer; or
(b)
if no amount is agreed, the costs described in subsection (3)(a).
(5)

The employee’s employer must comply with subsection (4)—

(a)
by the specified date; or
(b)
if the employee’s employer and the new employer agree to a later date, by that agreed date.
(6)

If the new employer does not receive payment from the employee’s employer by the specified date or the agreed date (if any), the new employer may recover the payment, in any court of competent jurisdiction, as a debt due from the employee’s employer.
(7)

To avoid doubt,—

(a)
if only part of the employee’s work is affected by the restructuring, the apportionment of costs described in subsection (3) must relate only to the work that is affected by the restructuring:
(b)
if the work performed by the employee will be performed for, or on behalf of, more than 1 new employer, the apportionment of costs described in subsection (3) must be adjusted between the employee’s employer and each new employer on a pro rata basis:
(c)
on and from the specified date, the new employer is liable to pay the employee for all service-related entitlements (whether legislative or otherwise), including those referred to in subsection (3)(a).
Section 69LA: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69LBResolving disputes about apportioning liability for costs of service-related entitlements
(1)

This section applies to a dispute between an employee’s employer and the new employer (or, if more than 1 new employer is involved, all or any of the new employers) about apportioning liability for the costs of service-related entitlements under section 69LA(3).
(2)

If the dispute cannot be resolved between the employee’s employer and the new employer or employers,—

(a)
the parties may access mediation services as if the dispute were an employment relationship problem:
(b)
proceedings to resolve the dispute may be commenced before the Authority as if the dispute were an employment relationship problem.
(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2)(a), the parties may agree to access mediation services that are—

(a)
provided under section 144 (in which case, sections 145 to 153 apply, with any necessary modifications); or
(b)
referred to in section 154.
(4)

If proceedings are commenced before the Authority, the Authority must determine the apportionment of the costs of the service-related entitlements in accordance with section 69LA(3).
Section 69LB: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69LCImplied warranty by employer of transferring employees
(1)

This section applies if 1 or more employees of an employer elect to transfer to a new employer, as provided for in section 69I.
(2)

There is an implied warranty by the employees’ employer to the new employer that the employees’ employer has not, without good reason, changed—

(a)
the work affected by the restructuring; or
(b)
the employees who perform the work affected by the restructuring (for example, replacing employees with employees who are less experienced or less efficient); or
(c)
the terms and conditions of employment of 1 or more of those employees.
(3)

The warranty implied by this section applies in relation to changes occurring in the period—

(a)
beginning on the day on which the employees’ employer is informed about the proposed restructuring; and
(b)
ending on the day before the specified date.
(4)

If the employees’ employer breaches the implied warranty, and that breach adversely affects the new employer, the new employer may commence proceedings for damages, in any court of competent jurisdiction, against that employer.
(5)

For the purposes of subsection (2), whether a reason is a good reason is to be determined on an objective basis.
Section 69LC: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69MNew employer becomes party to collective agreement that binds employee electing to transfer
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
an employee who elects to transfer to a new employer is a member of a union and bound by a collective agreement; and
(b)
the new employer is not a party to the collective agreement that the union is a party to.
(2)

On and from the date on which the employee becomes an employee of the new employer, the new employer becomes a party to the collective agreement, but only in relation to, and for the purposes of, that employee.
Section 69M: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69NEmployee who transfers may bargain for redundancy entitlements with new employer
(1)

This section applies to an employee if—

(a)
the employee elects, under section 69I(1), to transfer to a new employer; and
(b)
the new employer proposes to make the employee redundant for reasons relating to the transfer of the employees or to the circumstances arising from the transfer of the employees; and
(c)
the employee’s employment agreement—

(i)
does not provide for redundancy entitlements for those reasons or in those circumstances; or
(ii)
does not expressly exclude redundancy entitlements for those reasons or in those circumstances.
(2)

The employee is entitled to redundancy entitlements from his or her new employer.
(3)

If an employee seeks redundancy entitlements from his or her new employer, the employee and new employer must bargain with a view to reaching agreement on appropriate redundancy entitlements.
Section 69N: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OAuthority may investigate bargaining and determine redundancy entitlements
(1)

If an employee and his or her new employer fail to agree on redundancy entitlements under section 69N(3), the employee or new employer may apply to the Authority to investigate the bargaining relating to the matter.
(2)

After concluding the investigation, the Authority must determine—

(a)
if, in the Authority’s view, it is possible for the bargaining to continue, how further bargaining should occur; or
(b)
if, in the Authority’s view, further bargaining is not warranted, the redundancy entitlements due to an employee.
(3)

In determining the redundancy entitlements under subsection (2)(b), the Authority may take into account 1 or more of the following matters:

(a)
the redundancy entitlements (if any) provided in the employee’s employment agreement for redundancy in circumstances other than restructuring:
(b)
the employee’s length of service with his or her previous employer and new employer:
(c)
how much notice of the redundancy the employee has received:
(d)
the ability of the new employer to provide redundancy entitlements:
(e)
the likelihood of the employee being re-employed or obtaining employment with another employer:
(f)
any other relevant matter that the Authority thinks fit.
Section 69O: substituted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OAAFalse warranty: exempt employer
[Repealed]


Section 69OAA: repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 41 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Subpart 2—Disclosure of information relating to transfer of employees
Subpart 2: substituted, on 13 December 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Subpart 2 heading: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 42 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69OAObject of this subpart
The object of this subpart is to make provision for the disclosure of employee transfer costs information and individualised employee information relating to employees who have elected to transfer to a new employer under section 69I.
Section 69OA: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 43 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69OBInterpretation
(1)

In this subpart,—

employee transfer costs information, in relation to a proposed restructuring,—

(a)
means information about employment-related entitlements of the employees who would be eligible to elect, under section 69I, to transfer to a new employer if the proposed restructuring were to proceed and the new employer were not an exempt employer; and
(b)
includes—

(i)
the number of employees who would be eligible to make an election; and
(ii)
the wages or salary payable in a stated period (for example, a week, fortnight, or month) to the employees for performing the work that would be subject to the proposed restructuring; and
(iii)
the total number of hours the employees spend in a stated period (for example, a week, fortnight, or month) performing the work that would be subject to the proposed restructuring; and
(iv)
the cost of service-related entitlements of the employees, whether legislative or otherwise; and
(v)
the cost of any other entitlements of the employees in their capacity as employees, including any entitlements already agreed but not due until a future date or time
individualised employee information—

(a)
means information about an employee kept by the employee’s employer for employment-related purposes, including—

(i)
any personnel records relating to the employee; and
(ii)
information about any disciplinary matters relating to the employee; and
(iii)
information about any personal grievances raised by the employee against the employer; and
(iv)
information about an employee that the employee’s employer is required to keep under this Act or any other enactment, for example,—

(A)
the employee’s individual employment agreement, the current terms and conditions of employment that make up the employee’s individual terms and conditions of employment, or the relevant collective agreement (as the case may be); and
(B)
a copy of the wages and time record; and
(C)
a copy of the holiday and leave record; and
(D)
a copy of the employee’s tax code declaration; and
(E)
details of any employer contribution (as defined in section 4(1) of the KiwiSaver Act 2006) and any deductions of contributions from the employee’s wages for the purposes of the KiwiSaver Act 2006; and
(F)
details of any deductions from the employee’s wages made under section 36 of the Student Loan Scheme Act 2011; and
(G)
details of any deductions from the employee’s wages made under Part 10 of the Child Support Act 1991; but
(b)
does not include any information about the employee that is subject to a statutory or contractual requirement to maintain confidentiality.
(2)

Any term or expression defined in subpart 1 and used but not defined in this subpart has the same meaning as in subpart 1.
Section 69OB: inserted, on 13 December 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 69OB(1): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 44 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69OCDisclosure of employee transfer costs information
(1)

A request for the disclosure of employee transfer costs information may be made either—

(a)
where—

(i)
disclosure is sought for the purpose of—

(A)
deciding whether to terminate an agreement or let it expire; or
(B)
negotiating an agreement; or
(C)
deciding whether to enter into an agreement; or
(D)
tendering for an agreement; and
(ii)
a restructuring would result if the agreement were to be—

(A)
terminated or to expire; or
(B)
concluded; or
(C)
entered into; or
(D)
awarded; or
(b)
where—

(i)
the restructuring referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) is a contracting out or a subsequent contracting; and
(ii)
a subcontractor is engaged, before or at the same time as the restructuring, to perform the work, or some of the work, affected by the restructuring.
(2)

The persons who may make the request are—

(a)
the persons who would (if they were parties to the restructuring and the restructuring were to proceed) be—

(i)
person A in a contracting in:
(ii)
person B in a contracting out:
(iii)
person C in a subsequent contracting:
(iv)
the person to whom an employer’s business (or part of it) is sold or transferred:
(b)
the persons who would (if the restructuring were to proceed and if the work were to be subcontracted before or at the same time as the restructuring) be—

(i)
a subcontractor engaged to perform the work for person B in a contracting out:
(ii)
a subcontractor engaged to perform the work for person C in a subsequent contracting.
(2A)[Repealed]


(3)

The persons to whom a request may be made are the persons who would, if the restructuring were to proceed and they were parties to the restructuring, be—

(a)
person B in the definition of contracting in:
(b)
person A in the definition of contracting out:
(c)
person A in the definition of subsequent contracting:
(d)
the seller or transferor in the case of the sale or transfer of an employer’s business (or part of it).
(3A)[Repealed]


(3B)[Repealed]


(3C)

A person to whom a request is made for a purpose described in subsection (1)(a) must provide the information in sufficient time for the person who made the request to take the information into account for that purpose.
(4)

A person to whom a request is made under subsection (3) must provide to the person who made the request under subsection (2) employee transfer costs information that relates to the proposed restructuring.
(5)[Repealed]


(6)

Employee transfer costs information provided under this section must be provided—

(a)
in aggregate form; and
(b)
to the extent practicable, in a form that protects the privacy of the employees concerned.
(7)[Repealed]


Section 69OC: inserted, on 13 December 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 69OC(1): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 45(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69OC(2): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 45(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69OC(2A): repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 42 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 69OC(3A): repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 42 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 69OC(3B): repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 42 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 69OC(3C): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 45(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69OC(5): repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 45(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69OC(7): repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 42 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69ODProvision of employee transfer costs information by other persons
(1)

Subsection (2) applies to a person who receives a request for employee transfer costs information under section 69OC(3)(a).
(2)

If the request relates (whether wholly or in part) to work that has been subcontracted and the person receiving the request does not have some or all of the information requested, the person must immediately require the subcontractor to provide the information.
(3)

Subsection (4) applies to a person who receives a request for employee transfer costs information under section 69OC(3)(c).
(4)

If the person does not have some or all of the information requested, the person must immediately require the person who performs the work to which the request relates to provide the information.
(5)

If the person who performs the work has subcontracted some or all of the work and does not have some or all of the information requested, the person must immediately require the subcontractor to provide the information.
(6)

A person required to provide information—

(a)
under subsection (2) or (4) must provide the information—

(i)
to the person who received the request; and
(ii)
in time for that person to comply with section 69OC(3C):
(b)
under subsection (5) must provide the information—

(i)
to the person who required the information; and
(ii)
in time for the person who received the request to comply with section 69OC(3C).
(7)

However, if the subcontractor who is required to provide the information under subsection (2) or (5) does not have some or all of the information requested because the work has been further subcontracted, the subcontractor must immediately provide to the person who required the information any details the subcontractor has about who the other subcontractor is and how to contact the other subcontractor, and (to avoid doubt) subsection (2) or (5) (as the case may require) applies accordingly.
(8)

Employee transfer costs information provided under this section must be provided—

(a)
in aggregate form; and
(b)
to the extent practicable, in a form that protects the privacy of the employees concerned.
Section 69OD: inserted, on 13 December 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 69OD(6)(a)(ii): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 46 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69OD(6)(b)(ii): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 46 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69OEUpdating disclosure of employee transfer costs information
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
employee transfer costs information has been provided under section 69OC or 69OD; and
(b)
after the provision of the information, there is a change in the employment-related entitlements or circumstances that the information relates to; and
(c)
the change makes the information provided out of date.
(2)

The person who provided the employee transfer costs information must, immediately after the change in the employment-related entitlements or circumstances, provide to the person who was originally provided with the information details specifying—

(a)
the information that is out of date; and
(b)
what the up-to-date information is.
(3)

If the person who is provided with the up-to-date employee transfer costs information is not the person who made the request for the original information under section 69OC,—

(a)
the person must, immediately after receiving the up-to-date information, provide it to the person who received the request for the original information; and
(b)
that person must, immediately after receiving the up-to-date information, provide it to the person who made the request for the original information.
(4)

A person is not required to provide up-to-date information if, at the time of the change in the employment-related entitlements or circumstances, a request could not have been made for the information under section 69OC.
Section 69OE: inserted, on 13 December 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OEADisclosure of individualised employee information
(1)

This section applies if an employee elects to transfer under section 69I to a new employer.
(2)

The employee’s employer must provide the new employer with individualised employee information about the employee.
(3)

The employee’s employer must provide the individualised employee information—

(a)
as soon as practicable; but
(b)
no later than—

(i)
the date on which the restructuring takes effect; or
(ii)
any later date agreed to by the employee’s employer and the new employer.
(4)

Subsection (5) applies if—

(a)
individualised employee information has been provided under subsection (2); and
(b)
after the provision of the information, there is a change in the matters or circumstances that the information relates to; and
(c)
the change makes the information provided out of date.
(5)

The employee’s employer must, immediately after the change in the matters or circumstances, provide the new employer with the information details, specifying—

(a)
the information that is out of date; and
(b)
what the up-to-date information is.
(6)

Every employer who fails to comply with subsections (2) to (5) is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
(7)

To avoid doubt, the new employer may keep, use, or disclose individualised employee information only in accordance with the Privacy Act 2020.
Section 69OEA: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 47 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69OEA(7): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).
69OFEmployer who is subject to Official Information Act 1982
Nothing in the Official Information Act 1982 (except section 6) enables an employer that is subject to that Act to withhold information that is requested under this subpart.
Section 69OF: inserted, on 13 December 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OGSubpart prevails over agreement
A contract, agreement, or other arrangement has no force or effect to the extent that it is inconsistent with this subpart.
Section 69OG: inserted, on 13 December 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
Subpart 3—Other employees
Subpart 3: added, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OHObject of this subpart
The object of this subpart is to provide protection to employees to whom subpart 1 does not apply if, as a result of a restructuring, their work is to be performed by or on behalf of another person and, to this end, to require their employment agreements to contain employee protection provisions relating to negotiations between the employer and the other person about the transfer of affected employees to the other person.
Section 69OH: inserted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OIInterpretation
(1)

In this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires,—

employee means an employee to whom Schedule 1A does not apply
employee protection provision means a provision—

(a)
the purpose of which is to provide protection for the employment of employees affected by a restructuring; and
(b)
that includes—

(i)
a process that the employer must follow in negotiating with a new employer about the restructuring to the extent that it relates to affected employees; and
(ii)
the matters relating to the affected employees’ employment that the employer will negotiate with the new employer, including whether the affected employees will transfer to the new employer on the same terms and conditions of employment; and
(iii)
the process to be followed at the time of the restructuring to determine what entitlements, if any, are available for employees who do not transfer to the new employer
new employer, in relation to a restructuring, means,—

(a)
in the case of a contracting out, person B in the definition of that term; or
(b)
in the case of a sale or transfer of a business, the person to whom the business is sold or transferred
restructuring—

(a)
means—

(i)
contracting out; or
(ii)
selling or transferring the employer’s business (or part of it) to another person; but
(b)
to avoid doubt, does not include—

(i)
contracting in; or
(ii)
subsequent contracting; or
(iii)
in the case of an employer that is a company, the sale or transfer of any or all of the shares in the company; or
(iv)
any contract, arrangement, sale, or transfer entered into, made, or concluded while the employer is adjudged bankrupt or in receivership or liquidation.
(2)

For the purposes of this subpart, an employee is an affected employee if,—

(a)
as a result of a restructuring, the employee is, or will be, no longer required by his or her employer to perform the work performed by the employee; and
(b)
the type of work performed by the employee (or work that is substantially similar) is, or is to be, performed by or on behalf of another person.
(3)

Any term or expression defined in subpart 1 and used but not defined in this subpart has the same meaning as in subpart 1.
Section 69OI: inserted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OJCollective agreements and individual employment agreements must contain employee protection provision
Every collective agreement and every individual employment agreement must contain an employee protection provision to the extent that the agreement binds employees to whom this subpart applies.
Section 69OJ: inserted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
69OKAffected employee may choose whether to transfer to new employer
If an employer, in relation to a restructuring, arranges for an affected employee to transfer to the new employer, the affected employee may—

(a)
choose to transfer to the new employer; or
(b)
choose not to transfer to the new employer.
Section 69OK: inserted, on 14 September 2006, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).
Subpart 4—Review of Part
[Repealed]

Subpart 4: repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 48 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69OLReview of operation of Part after 3 years
[Repealed]


Section 69OL: repealed, on 6 March 2015, by section 48 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Part 6BBargaining fees
Part 6B: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69PInterpretation
In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,—

bargaining fee means an amount payable by an employee to a union under a bargaining fee clause, whether payable as a lump sum or on a periodical basis
bargaining fee clause means a provision in a collective agreement that, subject to this Part,—

(a)
applies to the employer’s employees who are not members of a union and who perform work that comes within the coverage clause of the collective agreement; and
(b)
specifies the amount of the bargaining fee; and
(c)
requires those employees to pay a bargaining fee; and
(d)
provides that those employees’ terms and conditions of employment comprise the terms and conditions of employment specified in the collective agreement.
Section 69P: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69QBargaining fee clause does not come into force unless agreed to first by employer and union and then by secret ballot
(1)

A bargaining fee clause does not come into force unless the clause has—

(a)
first been agreed to by the employer and the union in a collective agreement; and
(b)
then been agreed to in a secret ballot held in accordance with this section.
(2)

The secret ballot must be—

(a)
held before the collective agreement comes into force; and
(b)
conducted jointly by the employer and union.
(3)

An employee is entitled to vote in a secret ballot if—

(a)
the work performed by the employee comes within the coverage clause in the collective agreement; and
(b)
the employee is—

(i)
not a member of any union; or
(ii)
a member only of the union that is a party to the collective agreement with the employer.
(4)

For the purposes of a secret ballot, a ballot paper must contain, or have attached to it, a copy of the bargaining fee clause.
(5)

A bargaining fee clause is agreed to in a secret ballot if a majority of the employer’s employees who vote, vote in favour of the clause.
Section 69Q: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69REmployer to notify employees if bargaining fee clause agreed to
(1)

If a bargaining fee clause is agreed to in a secret ballot, the employer must provide the employees referred to in section 69S(a) to (c) with a copy of the collective agreement that contains the bargaining fee clause and notify them in writing that—

(a)
their terms and conditions of employment will comprise the terms and conditions of employment specified in the collective agreement (including the obligation to pay a bargaining fee) on and from the later of the following:

(i)
the expiry of the period referred to in paragraph (c); or
(ii)
the date on which the collective agreement comes into force; and
(b)
the bargaining fee will be deducted from their wages, specifying the amount of the bargaining fee; and
(c)
if an employee does not wish to pay the bargaining fee, the employee must notify the employer in writing within the period specified in the collective agreement for that purpose that the employee does not agree to pay the bargaining fee.
(2)

If an employee notifies his or her employer that the employee does not agree to pay the bargaining fee,—

(a)
the bargaining fee clause does not apply to the employee; and
(b)
the employee’s terms and conditions of employment remain the same until such time as varied by agreement with the employer.
Section 69R: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69SWhich employees bargaining fee clause applies to
When a bargaining fee clause has been agreed to in a secret ballot and comes into force, the clause applies to an employee if—

(a)
the work performed by the employee comes within the coverage clause of the collective agreement; and
(b)
the employee is not a member of any union; and
(c)
the employee was—

(i)
entitled to vote in the secret ballot that agreed to the clause; or
(ii)
employed in the period beginning immediately after the secret ballot was held and ending with the close of the day before the date on which the collective agreement came into force; and
(d)
the employee has not notified his or her employer in writing, within the period specified under section 69R(1)(c) that the employee does not agree to pay the bargaining fee.
Section 69S: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69TBargaining fee clause binding on employer and employee
While a bargaining fee clause applies to an employee,—

(a)
the clause is binding on the employee and his or her employer; and
(b)
the employer must deduct the bargaining fee from the employee’s wages and pay it to the union concerned.
Section 69T: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69UAmount of bargaining fee
(1)

A bargaining fee must not be greater than the union fee that an employee would be required to pay to the union if the employee were a member of the union.
(2)

A bargaining fee has no effect to the extent (if any) that the bargaining fee does not comply with subsection (1).
Section 69U: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69VExpiry of bargaining fee clause
A bargaining fee clause expires when the collective agreement that contains the clause expires.
Section 69V: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
69WValidity of bargaining fee clause
A bargaining fee clause, and anything done under it in accordance with this Part,—

(a)
is not a breach of, or inconsistent with, this Act (in particular sections 8, 9, 11, and 68(2)(c)); and
(b)
overrides the Wages Protection Act 1983.
Section 69W: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 30 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
Part 6CBreastfeeding facilities and breaks
Part 6C: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).
69XInterpretation
In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,—

breastfeeding includes expressing breast milk
work period has the same meaning as in section 69ZC.
Section 69X: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).
69YEmployer’s obligation
(1)

An employer must ensure that, so far as is reasonable and practicable in the circumstances,—

(a)
appropriate facilities are provided in the workplace for an employee who is breastfeeding and who wishes to breastfeed in the workplace; and
(b)
appropriate breaks are provided to an employee who is breastfeeding and wishes to breastfeed during a work period.
(2)

For the purpose of subsection (1)(b), the breaks are paid only if the employee and employer agree that they are paid.
(3)

In subsection (1), circumstances includes—

(a)
the employer’s operational environment; and
(b)
the employer’s resources.
Section 69Y: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).
69ZBreastfeeding breaks additional to breaks under Part 6D
(1)

Breastfeeding breaks provided under this Part are in addition to breaks an employee is entitled to under Part 6D.
(2)

However, if an employee and employer agree, the same break may be taken for the purposes of this Part and Part 6D.
(3)

To avoid doubt, a break taken for the purposes of this Part and Part 6D is a paid break to the same extent as it would be if taken separately under Part 6D.
Section 69Z: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).
69ZACode of employment practice relating to employer’s obligation
As soon as practicable after the commencement of this Part, the Minister must approve, under section 100A, a code of employment practice relating to an employer’s obligation under section 69Y.
Section 69ZA: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).
69ZBPenalty
An employer who does not comply with section 69Y is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Section 69ZB: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).
Part 6DRest breaks and meal breaks
Part 6D: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).
69ZCInterpretation
In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, work period—

(a)
means the period—

(i)
beginning with the time at which, in accordance with an employee’s terms and conditions of employment, an employee starts work; and
(ii)
ending with the time at which, in accordance with an employee’s terms and conditions of employment, an employee finishes work; and
(b)
includes all authorised breaks (whether paid or not) provided to an employee or to which an employee is entitled during the period specified in paragraph (a).
Section 69ZC: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 43 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69ZDEmployee’s entitlement to, and employer’s duty to provide, rest breaks and meal breaks
Entitlement and duty
(1)

An employee is entitled to, and the employee’s employer must provide the employee with, rest breaks and meal breaks in accordance with this Part.
Work period between 2 hours and 4 hours
(2)

If an employee’s work period is 2 hours or more but not more than 4 hours, the employee is entitled to one 10-minute paid rest break.
Work period between 4 hours and 6 hours
(3)

If an employee’s work period is more than 4 hours but not more than 6 hours, the employee is entitled to—

(a)
one 10-minute paid rest break; and
(b)
one 30-minute meal break.
Work period between 6 hours and 8 hours
(4)

If an employee’s work period is more than 6 hours but not more than 8 hours, the employee is entitled to—

(a)
two 10-minute paid rest breaks; and
(b)
one 30-minute meal break.
Work period over 8 hours
(5)

If an employee’s work period is more than 8 hours, the employee is entitled to the rest breaks and meal breaks in accordance with subsections (6) and (7).
(6)

During the work period of 8 hours, the employee is entitled to—

(a)
two 10-minute paid rest breaks; and
(b)
one 30-minute meal break.
(7)

During the work period beyond 8 hours (the subsequent period), the employee is entitled to the following:

(a)
if the subsequent period is 2 hours or more but not more than 4 hours, to one 10-minute paid rest break:
(b)
if the subsequent period is more than 4 hours but not more than 6 hours, to—

(i)
one 10-minute paid rest break; and
(ii)
one 30-minute meal break:
(c)
if the subsequent period is more than 6 hours but not more than 8 hours, to—

(i)
two 10-minute paid rest breaks; and
(ii)
one 30-minute meal break.
Section 69ZD: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 43 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69ZETiming of rest breaks and meal breaks
Timing of breaks as agreed
(1)

If an employee and employer have agreed on the times at which the employee is to take rest breaks and meal breaks during the employee’s work period, the rest breaks and meal breaks are to be taken at those times.
Timing of breaks in absence of agreement
(2)

In the absence of an agreement, the rest breaks and meal breaks are to be taken in accordance with the applicable provision in subsections (3) to (7).
Work period between 2 hours and 4 hours
(3)

If section 69ZD(2) applies, an employer must, so far as is reasonable and practicable, provide the employee with the rest break in the middle of the work period.
Work period between 4 hours and 6 hours
(4)

If section 69ZD(3) applies, an employer must, so far as is reasonable and practicable, provide the employee with—

(a)
the rest break one-third of the way through the work period; and
(b)
the meal break two-thirds of the way through the work period.
Work period between 6 hours and 8 hours
(5)

If section 69ZD(4) applies, an employer must, so far as is reasonable and practicable, provide the employee with—

(a)
a rest break halfway between the start of work and the meal break; and
(b)
the meal break in the middle of the work period; and
(c)
a rest break halfway between the meal break and the finish of the work period.
Work period over 8 hours
(6)

If section 69ZD(5) and (6) apply, an employer must, so far as is reasonable and practicable, provide the employee with—

(a)
a rest break halfway between the start of work and the meal break; and
(b)
the meal break in the middle of the work period; and
(c)
a rest break halfway between the meal break and the finish of the work period.
(7)

If section 69ZD(5) and (7) apply, an employer must, so far as is reasonable and practicable, provide the employee with the breaks as follows:

(a)
if the subsequent period is 2 hours or more but not more than 4 hours, the rest break in the middle of the subsequent period:
(b)
if the subsequent period is more than 4 hours but not more than 6 hours,—

(i)
the rest break one-third of the way through the subsequent period; and
(ii)
the meal break two-thirds of the way through the subsequent period:
(c)
if the subsequent period is more than 6 hours but not more than 8 hours,—

(i)
a rest break halfway between the start of the subsequent period and the meal break; and
(ii)
the meal break in the middle of the subsequent period; and
(iii)
a rest break halfway between the meal break and the finish of the subsequent period.
Section 69ZE: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 43 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69ZEAExemption from requirement to provide rest breaks and meal breaks
(1)

An employer is exempt from the requirement to provide rest breaks and meal breaks in accordance with section 69ZD(1) if subsection (2) or (3) applies.
(2)

This subsection applies if—

(a)
the employer is engaged in the protection of New Zealand’s national security; and
(b)
continuity of service is critical to New Zealand’s national security; and
(c)
the employer would incur unreasonable costs in replacing an employee, employed in the protection of New Zealand’s national security, during the rest breaks and meal breaks—

(i)
with another person who has sufficient skills and experience; and
(ii)
without compromising New Zealand’s national security.
(3)

This subsection applies if—

(a)
the employer is engaged in an essential service; and
(b)
continuity of service or production in the essential service is critical to the public interest, including (without limitation) services affecting public safety; and
(c)
the employer would incur unreasonable costs in replacing an employee, employed in the essential service, during the rest breaks and meal breaks—

(i)
with another person who has sufficient skills and experience; and
(ii)
without compromising public safety.
(4)

If subsection (2) or (3) applies, the employer and employee may agree that any rest breaks and meal breaks are to be taken in a different manner (including the number and timing of breaks) than specified in this Part.
Section 69ZEA: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 43 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69ZEBCompensatory measures
(1)

If the employer and employee are unable to reach agreement under section 69ZEA(4), an employee is entitled to, and the employee’s employer must provide the employee with, compensatory measures.
(2)

In this section, compensatory measure—

(a)
means a measure that is reasonable and designed to compensate an employee for a failure to provide rest breaks or meal breaks in accordance with section 69ZD(1); and
(b)
may include (without limitation)—

(i)
a measure that provides the employee with time off work at an alternative time during the employee’s work period (for example, by allowing a later start time, an earlier finish time, or an accumulation of time off work that may be taken on 1 or more occasions); or
(ii)
financial compensation; or
(iii)
both time off work at an alternative time and financial compensation.
(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2),—

(a)
if the compensatory measure provided is time off work at an alternative time,—

(i)
the employee must be provided with at least an equivalent amount of time off work (that is, the same amount of time that the employee would otherwise have taken as a rest break or meal break); and
(ii)
the time off work at an alternative time must be provided on the same basis as the rest break or meal break that the employee would otherwise have taken:
(b)
if the compensatory measure provided is financial compensation, that financial compensation, at a minimum, must relate to the amount of time that the employee was required to work but would otherwise have taken as a rest break or meal break, and must,—

(i)
in the case of an employee paid at variable rates during a work period, be calculated at the employee’s average rate of pay in the relevant work period; or
(ii)
in the case of any other employee, be calculated at the employee’s ordinary rate of pay:
(c)
if the compensatory measure includes both time off work at an alternative time and financial compensation, the total amount of alternative time plus time for which payment is made must be at least equivalent to the amount of time that the employee would otherwise have taken as a rest break or meal break.
(4)

For the purposes of subsection (3)(c), any financial compensation must,—

(a)
in the case of an employee paid at variable rates during a work period, be calculated at the employee’s average rate of pay in the relevant work period; or
(b)
in the case of any other employee, be calculated at the employee’s ordinary rate of pay.
Section 69ZEB: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 43 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69ZFPenalty
An employer who does not comply with any of sections 69ZD to 69ZEB is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Section 69ZF: inserted, on 1 April 2009, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).Section 69ZF: amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 51 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
69ZGRelationship between Part and employment agreements
(1)

This Part does not prevent an employer from providing an employee with enhanced or additional entitlements to rest breaks and meal breaks (whether specified in an employment agreement or otherwise) on a basis agreed with the employee.
(2)

An employment agreement that excludes, restricts, or reduces an employee’s entitlements under section 69ZD or 69ZE or fails to comply with section 69ZEA or 69ZEB—

(a)
has no effect to the extent that it does so; but
(b)
is not an illegal contract under subpart 5 of Part 2 of the Contract and Commercial Law Act 2017.
(3)[Repealed]


Section 69ZG: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 52 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 69ZG(2): replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 44 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 69ZG(3): repealed, on 6 May 2019, by section 44 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
69ZHRelationship between this Part and other enactments
(1)

If an employee is provided with, or entitled to, rest breaks or meal breaks under an enactment other than this Part,—

(a)
this Part prevails if the breaks provided under this Part are additional or enhanced breaks:
(b)
the other enactment prevails if the breaks provided under the other enactment are additional or enhanced breaks.
(2)

If an employee is required to take a rest break by, or under, an enactment other than this Part, the requirement for a rest break defined by, or under, the other enactment applies instead of the provisions or entitlements for rest breaks or meal breaks provided under this Part.
(3)

However, if subsection (2) applies, the employee’s employer must provide the employee with—

(a)
at least the same number of breaks as provided under this Part; and
(b)
breaks of at least the same duration as the breaks provided under this Part.
Section 69ZH: replaced, on 6 May 2019, by section 45 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Part 7Employment relations education leave
70Object of this Part
The object of this Part is to provide paid leave to certain employees to increase their knowledge about employment relations for the purpose of—

(a)
improving relations among unions, employees, and employers; and
(b)
promoting the object of this Act, especially the duty of good faith.
71Interpretation
In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires,—

eligible employee, in relation to a union or an employer, means an employee who is a member of a union
employment relations education means employment relations education approved under section 72
specified date means—

(a)
1 March; or
(b)
such other date in a year as is specified in a collective agreement for the purposes of this Part
year means,—

(a)
if a collective agreement does not provide a specified date as an alternative date to 1 March, a period of 12 months beginning on 1 March and ending on the close of the last day of February in the following year, the first such year being 1 March 2001 to 28 February 2002:
(b)
if a collective agreement does provide a specified date as an alternative date to 1 March, a period of 12 months beginning on the specified date.
Section 71 eligible employee: substituted, on 1 December 2004, by section 31 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
72Minister to approve employment relations education
(1)

The Minister may, for the purposes of this Part, approve courses of employment relations education.
(2)

The Minister may approve a course of employment relations education only if satisfied that the course will further the object of this Part.
(3)

The Minister may delegate his or her power under subsection (1) to 1 or more persons.
Section 72(1): amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 32 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
73Union entitled to allocate employment relations education leave
(1)

A union is entitled to allocate employment relations education leave to eligible employees in accordance with this Part.
(2)

The maximum number of days of employment relations education leave that a union is entitled to allocate in a year in respect of an employer’s eligible employees is the number of days calculated in accordance with section 74, unless the employer agrees to the allocation of additional days.
(3)

The maximum number of days of employment relations education leave that a union is entitled to allocate in a year to an eligible employee is 5 days, unless the employee’s employer agrees to the allocation of additional days.
(4)

Employment relations education leave expires if it is not allocated by the end of the year in respect of which it is calculated under section 74, unless the employer agrees that the leave may be carried forward to the next year.
74Calculation of maximum number of days of employment relations education leave
(1)

The maximum number of days of employment relations education leave that a union is entitled to allocate in respect of an employer is based on the number of full-time equivalent eligible employees employed by the employer as at the 30th day before the specified date in a year, and is determined in accordance with the following table:

Full-time equivalent eligible employees as at the 30th day before the specified date in a year Maximum number of days of employment relations education leave that union entitled to allocate
1–5 3
6–50 5
51–280 1 day for every 8 full-time equivalent eligible employees or part of that number
281 or more 35 days plus 5 days for every 100 full-time equivalent eligible employees or part of that number that exceeds 280
(2)

For the purposes of calculating the number of full-time equivalent eligible employees employed by an employer,—

(a)
an eligible employee who normally works 30 hours or more during a week is to be counted as 1:
(b)
an eligible employee who normally works less than 30 hours during a week is to be counted as one-half.
Section 74(1): amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 33(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 74(1) table: amended, on 1 December 2004, by section 33(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
75Union to notify employer of maximum number of days of employment relations education leave calculated
(1)

After calculating the maximum number of days of employment relations education leave, a union must give the employer concerned a notice containing—

(a)
the maximum number of days calculated in respect of the employer; and
(b)
the details of the calculation.
(2)

The union must comply with subsection (1) within 1 month after the specified date in each year.
(3)

Until a union complies with this section, the union must not allocate employment relations education leave.
(4)

If a union fails to comply with subsections (1) and (2), the union forfeits one-twelfth of the employment relations education leave for each complete month that the failure continues.
76Allocation of employment relations education leave calculated in respect of another employer
(1)

This section applies to a union that is a party to a collective agreement with 2 or more employers.
(2)

A union may allocate employment relations education leave calculated in respect of an employer to 1 or more eligible employees of another employer only if, and to the extent that, the employers concerned agree, and subject to any terms and conditions agreed with the employers.
77Allocation of employment relations education leave to eligible employee
(1)

A union allocates employment relations education leave to an eligible employee by giving a notice to the employee, and a copy of the notice to the employee’s employer, that informs the employee—

(a)
that the union has allocated employment relations education leave to the employee; and
(b)
of the number of days of employment relations education leave allocated to the employee; and
(c)
that the employee must take the employment relations education leave by the end of the year in which it is allocated; and
(d)
of the terms or effect of sections 78 and 79.
(2)

The allocation of employment relations education leave does not, of itself, entitle the employee to take the leave.
78Eligible employee proposing to take employment relations education leave
(1)

An eligible employee proposing to take employment relations education leave must tell his or her employer—

(a)
that the employee proposes to take that leave; and
(b)
the dates on which the employee proposes to take that leave; and
(c)
the employment relations education that the employee proposes to undertake during that leave.
(2)

An eligible employee must not take employment relations education leave unless the employee complies with subsection (1) as soon as possible, but in any event no later than 14 days before the first day of such leave.
(3)

An employer may refuse to allow an eligible employee to take employment relations education leave if the employer is satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that the employee taking employment relations education leave on the dates notified would unreasonably disrupt the employer’s business.
(3A)

To avoid doubt, a representative of an eligible employee may comply with subsection (1) on behalf of the eligible employee.
(4)

In subsection (2), day means a day of the week other than a day in the period beginning with 25 December in any year and ending with 5 January in the following year.
Section 78(3A): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 34 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
79Eligible employee taking employment relations education leave entitled to ordinary pay
(1)

An employer must pay to an eligible employee the employee’s relevant daily pay as defined in section 9 of the Holidays Act 2003 or average daily pay calculated in accordance with section 9A of that Act (as the case may be) for every day or part of a day taken by the employee as employment relations education leave.
(2)

However, an employer is not required to comply with subsection (1) in respect of any day for which the eligible employee is paid weekly compensation under the Accident Compensation Act 2001.
Section 79(1): substituted, on 1 April 2011, by section 18 of the Holidays Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 126).Section 79(2): amended, on 1 April 2002, by section 337(1) of the Accident Compensation Act 2001 (2001 No 49).Section 79(2): amended on 3 March 2010, pursuant to section 5(1)(b) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).
Part 8Strikes and lockouts
80Object of this Part
The object of this Part is—

(a)
to recognise that the requirement that a union and an employer must deal with each other in good faith does not preclude certain strikes and lockouts being lawful (as defined in this Part); and
(b)
to define lawful and unlawful strikes and lockouts; and
(ba)
to provide notice requirements for all strikes and lockouts; and
(bb)
to provide for specified pay deductions, including how the amount of such deductions must be calculated; and
(bb)
[Repealed]


(c)
to ensure that where a strike or lockout is threatened in an essential service, there is an opportunity for a mediated solution to the problem.
Section 80(ba): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 53 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 80(bb): inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 4 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 80(bb): repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 27 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Interpretation
81Meaning of strike
(1)

In this Act, strike means an act that—

(a)
is the act of a number of employees who are or have been in the employment of the same employer or of different employers—

(i)
in discontinuing that employment, whether wholly or partially, or in reducing the normal performance of it; or
(ii)
in refusing or failing after any such discontinuance to resume or return to their employment; or
(iii)
in breaking their employment agreements; or
(iv)
in refusing or failing to accept engagement for work in which they are usually employed; or
(v)
in reducing their normal output or their normal rate of work; and
(b)
is due to a combination, agreement, common understanding, or concerted action, whether express or, as the case requires, implied, made or entered into by the employees.
(2)

In this Act, strike does not include an employees’ meeting authorised—

(a)
by an employer; or
(b)
by an employment agreement; or
(c)
by this Act.
(3)

In this Act, to strike means to become a party to a strike.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 61

Section 81(1)(b): amended, on 14 May 2013, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Secret Ballot for Strikes) Amendment Act 2012 (2012 No 37).
82Meaning of lockout
(1)

In this Act, lockout means an act that—

(a)
is the act of an employer—

(i)
in closing the employer’s place of business, or suspending or discontinuing the employer’s business or any branch of that business; or
(ii)
in discontinuing the employment of any employees; or
(iii)
in breaking some or all of the employer’s employment agreements; or
(iv)
in refusing or failing to engage employees for any work for which the employer usually employs employees; and
(b)
is done with a view to compelling employees, or to aid another employer in compelling employees, to—

(i)
accept terms of employment; or
(ii)
comply with demands made by the employer.
(2)

In this Act, to lock out means to become a party to a lockout.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 62

82AAMeaning of partial strike and specified pay deduction
In this Act,—

partial strike means a strike in which the employees who are party to the strike do one or both of the following:

(a)
continue to perform some work for their employer or employers during the strike instead of wholly discontinuing their employment during the strike, and includes, without limitation,—

(i)
a partial discontinuance of work through a refusal or failure to accept engagement for work that forms part of the employees’ normal duties:
(ii)
a reduction in the employees’ normal performance of work, normal output, or normal rate of work:
(b)
break their employment agreement, whether or not the act involves any reduction in the employees’ normal duties, normal performance of work, normal output, or normal rate of work
specified pay deduction means a deduction—

(a)
made, or to be made, from an employee’s salary or wages in accordance with section 95A; and
(b)
calculated—

(i)
in accordance with section 95C(1) and (2); or
(ii)
by imposing a flat rate of 10% under section 95C(3).
Section 82AA: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
Lawfulness of strikes and lockouts
82ARequirement for union to hold secret ballot before strike
(1)

This section applies to—

(a)
a union that—

(i)
is bound by a current collective agreement; or
(ii)
will be bound by a proposed collective agreement; and
(b)
members of that union who are employees who are or have been in the employment of the same employer or of different employers and who—

(i)
are or were bound (as the case may be) by the current collective agreement referred to in paragraph (a)(i); or
(ii)
will be bound (as the case may be) by the proposed collective agreement referred to in paragraph (a)(ii).
(2)

Before a strike may proceed under this Part,—

(a)
the union must hold, in accordance with its rules, a secret ballot of its members who are employed by the same or different employers (as the case may be) and who would become a party to the strike; and
(b)
the result of the secret ballot must be in favour of the strike.
(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2)(b), the result of a secret ballot is determined by a simple majority of the members of the union who are entitled to vote and who do vote.
(4)

As soon as is reasonably practicable after the conclusion of the secret ballot under subsection (2), the union must notify the result of the ballot to the members of the union who were entitled to vote.
Section 82A: inserted, on 14 May 2013, by section 7 of the Employment Relations (Secret Ballot for Strikes) Amendment Act 2012 (2012 No 37).
82BTerms of question for secret ballot
The question to be voted on in a secret ballot for the purposes of section 82A is whether the member of the union is in favour of the strike.
Section 82B: inserted, on 14 May 2013, by section 7 of the Employment Relations (Secret Ballot for Strikes) Amendment Act 2012 (2012 No 37).
82CWhen requirement for secret ballot does not apply
Sections 82A and 82B do not apply if the proposed strike is lawful under section 84 (which relates to lawful strikes on the grounds of safety or health).
Section 82C: inserted, on 14 May 2013, by section 7 of the Employment Relations (Secret Ballot for Strikes) Amendment Act 2012 (2012 No 37).
83Lawful strikes and lockouts related to collective bargaining
Participation in a strike or lockout is lawful if the strike or lockout—

(a)
is not unlawful under section 86; and
(b)
relates to bargaining—

(i)
for a collective agreement that will bind each of the employees concerned; or
(ii)
with regard to an aspect of a collective agreement in respect of which the right to strike or lock out, as the case may be, is available under a declaration made by the court under section 192(2)(c).
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 64(1)

84Lawful strikes and lockouts on grounds of safety or health
Participation in a strike or lockout is lawful if the employees who strike have, or the employer who locks out has, reasonable grounds for believing that the strike or lockout is justified on the grounds of safety or health.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 71(1)

85Effect of lawful strike or lockout
(1)

Lawful participation in a strike or lockout does not give rise—

(a)
to proceedings under section 99 that are founded on tort; or
(b)
to proceedings under section 100 for the grant of an injunction; or
(c)
to any action or proceedings—

(i)
for a breach of an employment agreement; or
(ii)
for a penalty under this Act; or
(iii)
for the grant of a compliance order.
(2)

Where it is proved in proceedings that participation in a strike or lockout of a kind described in section 86 has occurred, a party to those proceedings who alleges that participation in the strike or lockout was lawful by virtue of section 84 has the burden of proving that allegation.
Compare: 1991 No 22 ss 64(2), 71(2)

86Unlawful strikes or lockouts
(1)

Participation in a strike or lockout is unlawful if the strike or lockout—

(aa)
in the case of a strike, takes place in contravention of section 82A; or
(a)
occurs while a collective agreement binding the employees participating in the strike or affected by the lockout is in force, unless subsection (2) applies; or
(b)
occurs during bargaining for a proposed collective agreement that will bind the employees participating in the strike or affected by the lockout, unless—

(i)
at least 40 days have passed since the bargaining was initiated; and
(ii)
if on the date bargaining was initiated the employees were bound by the same collective agreement, that collective agreement has expired; and
(iii)
if on that date the employees were bound by different collective agreements, at least 1 of those collective agreements has expired; or
(ba)
occurs in a situation where,—

(i)
in the case of a strike, the employee has failed to comply with the notice requirements in section 86A or 93, as the case may be:
(ii)
in the case of a lockout, the employer has failed to comply with the notice requirements in section 86B or 94, as the case may be; or
(c)
relates to a personal grievance; or
(d)
relates to a dispute; or
(da)
relates to a bargaining fee clause or proposed bargaining fee clause under Part 6B; or
(e)
relates to any matter dealt with in Part 3; or
(ea)
[Repealed]


(f)
is in an essential service and the requirements as to notice that are contained in section 90 or section 91, as the case may be, have not been complied with; or
(g)
takes place in contravention of an order of the court.
(2)

Subsection (1)(a) does not apply—

(a)
to an aspect of a collective agreement in respect of which the right to strike or lock out, as the case may be, is available under a declaration made by the court under section 192(2)(c); or
(b)
to a collective agreement that is still in force after the first of the collective agreements referred to in subsection (1)(b)(iii) has expired, for so long as that bargaining continues.
(3)

For the purposes of this section, in determining whether a collective agreement is in force or has expired section 53 is not to be taken into account.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 63(a)–(d), (f), (g)

Section 86(1)(aa): inserted, on 14 May 2013, by section 8 of the Employment Relations (Secret Ballot for Strikes) Amendment Act 2012 (2012 No 37).Section 86(1)(ba): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 54 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 86(1)(da): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 35 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 86(1)(ea): repealed, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).
Notice of strike or lockout
Heading: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 55 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
86ANotice of strike
(1)

No employees may strike—

(a)
unless participation in the strike is lawful under section 83 or 84; and
(b)
without having given to the employees’ employer and to the chief executive notice of the employees’ intention to strike; and
(c)
before the date and time specified in the notice as the date and time on which the strike will begin.
(2)

The notice required under subsection (1) must—

(a)
be in writing; and
(b)
specify the following information:

(i)
the period of notice given; and
(ii)
the nature of the proposed strike, including—

(A)
whether or not the proposed action will be continuous; and
(B)
whether or not the employees will continue to perform some work for their employer while undertaking the proposed action; and
(iii)
the place or places where the proposed strike will occur; and
(iv)
the date and time on which the strike will begin; and
(v)
the date and time on which, or an event on the occurrence of which, the strike will end.
(3)

The notice—

(a)
must be signed by a representative of the employees’ union on the employees’ behalf:
(b)
need not specify the names of the employees on whose behalf it is given if it is expressed to be given on behalf of all employees who—

(i)
are members of a union that is a party to the bargaining; and
(ii)
are covered by the bargaining; and
(iii)
are employed in the relevant part of the workplace or at any particular place or places where the work is carried on.
(3A)

An omission or error in any information specified under subsection (2)(b) or a failure to comply with subsection (3)(a) does not affect the validity of the notice if the omission, error, or failure is minor and technical only.
(4)

To avoid doubt, this section does not apply if notice is required under any of the following provisions:

(a)
section 90 (strikes in essential services):
(b)
section 93 (procedure to provide public with notice before strike in certain passenger transport services):
(c)
section 589 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (strikes in schools to be notified).
Section 86A: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 55 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 86A(2)(b)(ii): replaced, on 1 July 2025, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 86A(3A): inserted, on 12 December 2018, by section 28 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 86A(4)(c): amended, on 1 August 2020, by section 668 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (2020 No 38).
86BNotice of lockout
(1)

No employer may lock out any employees—

(a)
unless participation in the lockout is lawful under section 83 or 84; and
(b)
without having given to the employees’ union or unions and to the chief executive notice of the employer’s intention to lock out; and
(c)
before the date and time specified in the notice as the date and time on which the lockout will begin.
(2)

The notice required under subsection (1) must—

(a)
be in writing; and
(b)
specify the following information:

(i)
the period of notice given; and
(ii)
the nature of the proposed lockout, including whether or not it will be continuous; and
(iii)
the place or places where the proposed lockout will occur; and
(iv)
the date and time on which the lockout will begin; and
(v)
the date and time on which, or an event on the occurrence of which, the lockout will end; and
(vi)
the names of the employees who will be locked out.
(3)

The lockout notice must be signed by the employer or on the employer’s behalf.
(4)

To avoid doubt, this section does not apply if notice is required under any of the following provisions:

(a)
section 91 (lockouts in essential services):
(b)
section 94 (procedure to provide public with notice before lockout in certain passenger transport services).
Section 86B: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 55 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Suspension of employees during strikes
87Suspension of striking employees
(1)

Where there is a strike, the employer may suspend the employment of an employee who is a party to the strike.
(2)

Unless sooner revoked by the employer, a suspension under subsection (1) continues until the strike is ended.
(3)

The suspension under this section of all or any of the employees who are on strike does not end the strike and those employees do not, by reason only of their suspension under subsection (1), cease to be parties to the strike.
(4)

An employee who is suspended under subsection (1) is not entitled to any remuneration by way of salary, wages, allowances, or other emoluments in respect of the period of the suspension.
(5)

On the resumption of the employee’s employment, the employee’s service must be treated as continuous, despite the period of suspension, for the purpose of rights and benefits that are conditional on continuous service.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 65

88Suspension of non-striking employees where work not available during strike
(1)

Where there is a strike, and as a result of the strike an employer is unable to provide for a non-striking employee work that is normally performed by that employee, the employer may suspend the employee’s employment until the strike is ended.
(2)

A non-striking employee who is suspended under subsection (1) is not entitled to any remuneration by way of salary, wages, allowances, or other emoluments in respect of the period of the suspension.
(3)

On the resumption of the employee’s employment, that employee’s service must be treated as continuous, despite the period of suspension, for the purpose of rights and benefits that are conditional on continuous service.
(4)

Where a non-striking employee or group of non-striking employees is suspended under subsection (1), that employee or group of employees may—

(a)
challenge the suspension by applying for the grant of a compliance order under section 137; and
(b)
seek other remedies under this Act in respect of the suspension, including (without limitation) arrears of wages.
(5)

In this section, non-striking employee means an employee who is in the employer’s employment and who is not on strike.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 66(1), (2)

89Basis of suspension
Where an employer suspends an employee under section 87 or section 88, the employer must indicate to the employee, at the time of the employee’s suspension, the section under which the suspension is being effected.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 67

Essential services
90Strikes in essential services
(1)

No employee employed in an essential service may strike—

(a)
unless participation in the strike is lawful under section 83 or section 84; and
(b)
if subsection (2) applies,—

(i)
without having given to his or her employer and to the chief executive, within 28 days before the date of the commencement of the strike, notice in writing of his or her intention to strike; and
(ii)
before the date and time specified in the notice as the date and time on which the strike will begin.
(2)

The requirements specified in subsection (1)(b) apply if—

(a)
the proposed strike will affect the public interest, including (without limitation) public safety or health; and
(b)
the proposed strike relates to bargaining of the type specified in section 83(b).
(3)

The notice required by subsection (1)(b)(i) must specify—

(a)
the period of notice, being a period that is—

(i)
no less than 14 days in the case of an essential service described in Part A of Schedule 1; and
(ii)
no less than 3 days in the case of an essential service described in Part B of Schedule 1; and
(b)
the nature of the proposed strike, including—

(i)
whether or not the proposed action will be continuous; and
(ii)
whether or not the employees will continue to perform some work for their employer while undertaking the proposed action; and
(c)
the place or places where the proposed strike will occur; and
(d)
the date and time on which the strike will begin; and
(e)
the date and time on which, or an event on the occurrence of which, the strike will end.
(4)

The notice—

(a)
must be signed by a representative of the employee’s union on the employee’s behalf:
(b)
need not specify the names of the employees on whose behalf it is given if it is expressed to be given on behalf of all employees who—

(i)
are members of a union that is a party to the bargaining; and
(ii)
are covered by the bargaining; and
(iii)
are employed in the relevant part of the essential service or at any particular place or places where the essential service is carried on.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 69

Section 90(1)(b)(ii): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 56(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 90(3)(b): replaced, on 1 July 2025, by section 7 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 90(3)(d): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 56(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 90(3)(e): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 56(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
91Lockouts in essential services
(1)

No employer engaged in an essential service may lock out any employees who are employed in the essential service—

(a)
unless participation in the lockout is lawful under section 83 or section 84; and
(b)
if subsection (2) applies,—

(i)
without having given to the employees’ union or unions and to the chief executive, within 28 days before the date of commencement of the lockout, notice in writing of the employer’s intention to lock out; and
(ii)
before the date and time specified in the notice as the date and time on which the lockout will begin.
(2)

The requirements specified in subsection (1)(b) apply if—

(a)
the proposed lockout will affect the public interest, including (without limitation) public safety or health; and
(b)
the proposed lockout relates to bargaining of the type specified in section 83(b).
(3)

The notice required by subsection (1)(b)(i) must specify—

(a)
the period of notice, being a period that is—

(i)
no less than 14 days in the case of an essential service described in Part A of Schedule 1; and
(ii)
no less than 3 days in the case of an essential service described in Part B of Schedule 1; and
(b)
the nature of the proposed lockout, including whether or not it will be continuous; and
(c)
the place or places where the proposed lockout will occur; and
(d)
the date and time on which the lockout will begin; and
(da)
the date and time on which, or an event on the occurrence of which, the lockout will end; and
(e)
the names of the employees who will be locked out.
(4)

The notice must be signed either by the employer or on the employer’s behalf.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 70

Section 91(1)(b)(ii): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 57(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 91(3)(d): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 57(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 91(3)(da): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 57(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
92Chief executive to ensure mediation services provided
Where the chief executive receives a notice of intention to strike or lock out under section 90(1)(b)(i) or section 91(1)(b)(i), the chief executive must ensure that mediation services are provided as soon as possible to the parties to the proposed strike or lockout for the purpose of assisting the parties to avoid the need for the strike or lockout.
Procedure to provide public with notice before strike or lockout in certain passenger transport services
93Procedure to provide public with notice before strike in certain passenger transport services
(1)

No employee employed in a passenger road service or a passenger rail service may strike—

(a)
unless participation in the strike is lawful under section 83 or section 84; and
(b)
without the employee’s union giving his or her employer notice in writing of the employee’s intention to strike.
(2)

The notice required by subsection (1) must specify—

(a)
the period of notice, being a period of not less than 24 hours; and
(b)
the nature of the proposed strike, including—

(i)
whether or not the proposed action will be continuous; and
(ii)
whether or not the employees will continue to perform some work for their employer while undertaking the proposed action; and
(c)
the particular passenger road service or passenger rail service that will be affected by the strike; and
(d)
the date and time on which the strike will begin; and
(e)
the date and time on which, or an event on the occurrence of which, the strike will end.
(3)

The notice—

(a)
must be signed by a representative of the employee’s union; and
(b)
need not specify the names of the employees on whose behalf it is given if it is expressed to be given on behalf of all employees who—

(i)
are members of a union that is a party to the bargaining; and
(ii)
are covered by the bargaining; and
(iii)
are employed in the relevant part of the passenger road service or passenger rail service.
(4)

An employer who is given notice of a strike under subsection (1) must take all practicable steps to ensure that the public who are likely to be affected are notified of the strike as soon as possible after the employer receives the notice.
(5)

For the purposes of this section and section 94, passenger road service means the carriage of passengers on any road, whether or not for hire or reward, by means of a large passenger service vehicle within the meaning of that term in section 2(1) of the Land Transport Act 1998 (not including any service specified as an exempt service in the regulations or the rules made under that Act).
Section 93(2)(b): replaced, on 1 July 2025, by section 8 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 93(2)(d): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 58 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 93(2)(e): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 58 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 93(5): substituted, on 1 October 2007, by section 95(6) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 77).
94Procedure to provide public with notice before lockout in certain passenger transport services
(1)

No employer engaged in providing a passenger road service or passenger rail service may lock out employees who are employed in the service—

(a)
unless participation in the lockout is lawful under section 83 or section 84; and
(b)
without having given to the employees’ union or unions notice in writing of the employer’s intention to lock out.
(2)

The notice required by subsection (1) must specify—

(a)
the period of notice, being a period of not less than 24 hours; and
(b)
the nature of the proposed lockout, including whether or not it will be continuous; and
(c)
the particular passenger road service or passenger rail service that will be affected by the lockout; and
(d)
the date and time on which the lockout will begin; and
(da)
the date and time on which, or an event on the occurrence of which, the lockout will end; and
(e)
the names of the employees who will be locked out.
(3)

The notice must be signed either by the employer or on the employer’s behalf.
(4)

An employer engaged in providing a passenger road service or passenger rail service and who intends to lock out any employees who are employed in the service must take all practicable steps to ensure that the public who are likely to be affected are notified of the lockout as soon as possible.
Section 94(2)(d): replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 59(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 94(2)(da): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 59(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
95Penalty for breach of section 93(4) or 94(4)
(1)

An employer who fails to comply with section 93(4) or 94(4) is liable to a penalty imposed by the court under this Act.
(2)

Except as provided in this section, an employer is under no liability (whether under this Act or the general law) for a failure to comply with section 93(4) or 94(4).
Section 95: replaced, on 6 March 2015, by section 60 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Withdrawal of notice of strike or lockout
Heading: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 61 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
95AAWithdrawal of notice of strike or lockout
(1)

A strike notice given under section 86A, 90, or 93 may be withdrawn at any time by a representative of the employees’ union giving written notice of the withdrawal to—

(a)
the employees’ employer; and
(b)
the chief executive.
(2)

A lockout notice given under section 86B, 91, or 94 may be withdrawn at any time by the employer or a representative of the employer giving written notice of the withdrawal to—

(a)
the employees’ union or unions; and
(b)
the chief executive.
Section 95AA: inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 61 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Specified pay deductions in relation to partial strike
Heading: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
95AEmployer may make specified pay deductions in relation to partial strike
(1)

If there is a partial strike, the employer may make a specified pay deduction from the salary or wages of an employee who is a party to the strike.
(2)

However, the employer must not make a specified pay deduction—

(a)
if the partial strike is lawful on the grounds referred to in section 84 (which relates to lawful strikes on the grounds of safety or health); or
(b)
if—

(i)
the employee is paid by piece work; and
(ii)
the partial strike results in the employee reducing their normal output; or
(c)
in respect of any period of the partial strike that involves—

(i)
a refusal to work overtime; or
(ii)
a refusal to perform call-out work if the employee would otherwise receive a special payment for performing that work.
(3)

Before making any deduction, the employer must comply with the notice requirements in section 95B.
(4)

The amount of the deduction must be calculated in accordance with section 95C.
(5)

To avoid doubt, a deduction under this section—

(a)
may relate only to the employee’s salary or wages that are payable for the day of the partial strike or the period of the partial strike (whichever applies under section 95C):
(b)
does not require an employer to have suspended or locked out the employee.
Section 95A: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
95BNotice of specified pay deduction
(1)

If an employer intends to make specified pay deductions in relation to a partial strike, the employer must give notice to each employee who is, or will be, party to the strike that the employer will make those deductions.
(2)

A notice under subsection (1) may be given only if the employer has received notice of the partial strike in accordance with this Part or section 589 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (whichever applies).
(3)

A notice under subsection (1) must—

(a)
be in writing; and
(b)
specify the relevant pay period or relevant pay periods in respect of which the employer will make a deduction; and
(c)
be given—

(i)
as soon as is reasonably practicable; and
(ii)
before the first deduction is made or the end of the first relevant pay period specified under paragraph (b) (whichever comes first).
(4)

If 2 or more of the employer’s employees are parties to a partial strike, the employer may, instead of giving notice to each of those employees, give notice under this section by—

(a)
providing a single notice to all those employees or their union; or
(b)
providing a notice to each of those employees, with the same wording in each notice.
(5)

To avoid doubt,—

(a)
an employer may choose the method of giving notice under this section:
(b)
the validity of a notice is not affected merely because it is also given to employees who are not subject to the specified pay deduction (for example, non-striking employees):
(c)
if the partial strike continues over more than 1 pay period, the employer is not required to give notice more than once:
(d)
a notice under this section is not required to specify the amount or proportion of a specified pay deduction:
(e)
the validity of a notice is not affected if the employer recovers a specified pay deduction as an overpayment under section 6 of the Wages Protection Act 1983.
(6)

In this section, relevant pay period means a pay period within which an employee will, in the normal course of events, be paid for a period within which a partial strike, or part of a partial strike, occurred.
Section 95B: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
95CCalculation of specified pay deduction
(1)

An employer must calculate the amount of a specified pay deduction by—

(a)
ascertaining, for the employee or group of employees, the usual hours of work for the day of the partial strike (which may be by reference to information contained in the wages and time record, the employment agreement, or a roster or any other document or record used in the normal course of the employee’s employment); and
(b)
identifying the work that the employee or employees will not be performing because of that strike (which must be by reference to the information contained in the relevant strike notice); and
(c)
estimating how much time the employee or employees would, but for the strike, have spent performing the work referred to in paragraph (b) on the day of the strike; and
(d)
calculating the time referred to in paragraph (c) as a percentage of the employee’s or employees’ usual hours of work (as ascertained for the purposes of paragraph (a)).
(2)

The percentage referred to in subsection (1)(d) is the percentage of the employee’s or employees’ salary or wages that may be deducted.
(3)

However, despite subsections (1) and (2), an employer may, instead of calculating and applying a deduction in accordance with those provisions, impose a 10% deduction on the salary or wages that are payable to the employee or employees for the period of the partial strike (which must be ascertained by reference to the information contained in the relevant strike notice), regardless of whether the amount of deduction calculated in accordance with subsection (1) would have been more or less than 10%.
(4)

An employer may calculate and apply a specified pay deduction in respect of a group of employees only if each member of the group performs work of the same, or a similar, nature.
Section 95C: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
95DRelationship between specified pay deduction and minimum wage
(1)

Section 6 of the Minimum Wage Act 1983 does not apply to an employee who receives payment at less than the applicable minimum rate of wages prescribed under section 4, 4A, or 4B of that Act if the payment—

(a)
is the result of a specified pay deduction; or
(b)
is, in the case of an employee who is paid by piece work, the result of—

(i)
the employee being party to a partial strike; and
(ii)
the employee’s normal output being reduced because of the employee being party to that partial strike.
(2)

Subsection (1)(a) applies only in relation to a period during which deductions may be made under sections 95A to 95C.
Section 95D: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
Rights of union in relation to specified pay deductions
Heading: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
95EUnion may request information about application or calculation of specified pay deduction
(1)

This section applies if an employee or a group of employees considers that the employer has incorrectly applied or calculated a specified pay deduction in relation to that employee or those employees.
(2)

The union representing that employee or those employees may request that the employer provide the union with the information relied on to apply or calculate the specified pay deduction under section 95A.
(3)

A request under subsection (2) must—

(a)
be in writing; and
(b)
be made as soon as is reasonably practicable after the pay day on which the deduction was first made.
(4)

To avoid doubt, this section does not permit an employee, or a group of employees, to request the information from the employee’s, or employees’, employer.
Section 95E: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
95FEmployer must respond to request for information about application or calculation of specified pay deduction
(1)

If an employer has received a request under section 95E, the employer must provide the union with—

(a)
all information relied on by the employer to apply or calculate the specified pay deduction under section 95A; and
(b)
an explanation of how the calculation under section 95C(1) and (2), or the 10% deduction under section 95C(3), was applied to make the deduction from the employee’s or employees’ salary or wages under section 95A.
(2)

The employer must provide the information and explanation—

(a)
in writing; and
(b)
as soon as is reasonably practicable after the employer receives the request.
Section 95F: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
95GResolution of problem relating to specified pay deduction
(1)

This section applies if an employee or group of employees considers that the employer has—

(a)
incorrectly applied, notified, calculated, or recovered a specified pay deduction in relation to that employee or those employees (including incorrectly notified recovery of an overpayment):
(b)
failed to comply with section 95F.
(2)

The union, on behalf of that employee or those employees, must give the employer notice of that fact, and the matter must be dealt with as an employment relationship problem.
(3)

However, if the notice concerns the application or calculation of the specified pay deduction, the notice may be given only if—

(a)
the union has complied with section 95E; and
(b)
either—

(i)
the employer has failed to comply with section 95F; or
(ii)
the employer has complied with section 95F and the employee or group of employees has considered the information and explanation provided.
(4)

The union must provide the notice—

(a)
in writing; and
(b)
as soon as is reasonably practicable after the union becomes aware that the employee or group of employees considers that the employer has incorrectly applied, notified, calculated, or recovered a specified pay deduction or failed to comply with section 95F.
(5)

If the employer and the union are unable to resolve the problem (including by way of mediation), the union may lodge an application with the Authority in accordance with section 158.
Section 95G: inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).
Interpretation[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95AMeaning of partial strike and specified pay deduction
[Repealed]


Section 95A: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Specified pay deductions in relation to partial strike[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95BEmployer may make specified pay deductions in relation to partial strike
[Repealed]


Section 95B: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95CNotice of specified pay deduction
[Repealed]


Section 95C: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95DCalculation of specified pay deduction
[Repealed]


Section 95D: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95ERelationship between specified pay deduction and minimum wage
[Repealed]


Section 95E: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Rights of union in relation to specified pay deductions[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95FUnion may request information about specified pay deduction
[Repealed]


Section 95F: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95GEmployer must respond to request for information about specified pay deduction
[Repealed]


Section 95G: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
95HResolution of problem relating to specified pay deduction
[Repealed]


Section 95H: repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 29 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Employer’s liability for wages during lockout
96Employer not liable for wages during lockout
(1)

Where any employees are locked out by their employer, those employees are not entitled to any remuneration by way of salary, wages, allowances, or other emoluments in respect of the period of the lockout, unless the employer’s participation in the lockout is unlawful.
(2)

On the resumption of work by the employees, their service must be treated as continuous, despite the period of the lockout, for the purpose of rights and benefits that are conditional on continuous service.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 72

Performance of duties of striking or locked out employees
97Performance of duties of striking or locked out employees
(1)

This section applies if there is a lockout or lawful strike.
(2)

An employer may employ or engage another person to perform the work of a striking or locked out employee only in accordance with subsection (3) or subsection (4).
(3)

An employer may employ another person to perform the work of a striking or locked out employee if the person—

(a)
is already employed by the employer at the time the strike or lockout commences; and
(b)
is not employed principally for the purpose of performing the work of a striking or locked out employee; and
(c)
agrees to perform the work.
(4)

An employer may employ or engage another person to perform the work of a striking or locked out employee if—

(a)
there are reasonable grounds for believing it is necessary for the work to be performed for reasons of safety or health; and
(b)
the person is employed or engaged to perform the work only to the extent necessary for reasons of safety or health.
(5)

A person who performs the work of a striking or locked out employee in accordance with subsection (3) or subsection (4) must not perform that work for any longer than the duration of the strike or lockout.
(6)

An employer who fails to comply with this section is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority under this Act in respect of each person who performs the work concerned.
Record of strikes and lockouts
98Record of strikes and lockouts
If a strike or lockout occurs, the employer of the employees participating in the strike or affected by the lockout must—

(a)
keep a record, in the prescribed form, of the strike or lockout; and
(b)
give to the chief executive, within 1 month after the end of the strike or lockout, a copy of that record.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 142

Jurisdiction of Employment Court
99Jurisdiction of court in relation to torts
(1)

The court has full and exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine proceedings founded on tort—

(a)
issued against a party to a strike or lockout that is threatened, is occurring, or has occurred, and that have resulted from or are related to that strike or lockout:
(b)
issued against any person in respect of picketing related to a strike or lockout.
(2)

No other court has jurisdiction to hear and determine any action or proceedings founded on tort—

(a)
resulting from or related to a strike or lockout:
(b)
in respect of any picketing related to a strike or lockout.
(3)

Where any action or proceedings founded on tort are commenced in the court, and the court is satisfied that the proceedings resulted from or related to participation in a strike or lockout that is lawful under section 83 or section 84,—

(a)
the court must dismiss those proceedings; and
(b)
no proceedings founded on tort and resulting from or related to that strike or lockout may be commenced in the District Court or the High Court.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 73

100Jurisdiction of court in relation to injunctions
(1)

The court has full and exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any proceedings issued for the grant of an injunction—

(a)
to stop a strike or lockout that is occurring or to prevent a threatened strike or lockout; or
(b)
to stop any picketing related to a strike or lockout or to prevent any threatened picketing related to a strike or lockout; or
(c)
to stop a specified pay deduction that is being, or is to be, made.
(c)
[Repealed]


(2)

No other court has jurisdiction to hear and determine any action or proceedings seeking the grant of an injunction—

(a)
to stop a strike or lockout that is occurring or to prevent a threatened strike or lockout; or
(b)
to stop any picketing related to a strike or lockout or to prevent any threatened picketing related to a strike or lockout; or
(c)
to stop a specified pay deduction that is being, or is to be, made.
(c)
[Repealed]


(3)

Where any action or proceedings seeking the grant of an injunction to stop a strike or lockout or to prevent a threatened strike or lockout are commenced in the court, and the court is satisfied that participation in the strike or lockout is lawful under section 83 or section 84,—

(a)
the court must dismiss that action or those proceedings; and
(b)
no proceedings seeking the grant of an injunction to stop that strike or lockout or to prevent that threatened strike or lockout may be commenced in the District Court or the High Court.
(4)

Subsection (5) applies if any action or proceedings seeking the grant of an injunction to stop a specified pay deduction that is being, or is to be, made are commenced in the court, and the court is satisfied that—

(a)
the employer is entitled to make a deduction under section 95A; and
(b)
notice has been given in accordance with section 95B; and
(c)
the deduction has been correctly calculated in accordance with section 95C.
(5)

If the court is satisfied of the matters specified in subsection (4)(a) to (c),—

(a)
the court must dismiss that action or those proceedings; and
(b)
no proceedings seeking the grant of an injunction to stop that specified pay deduction may be commenced in the District Court or the High Court.
(4)[Repealed]


(5)[Repealed]


Compare: 1991 No 22 s 74

Section 100(1)(b): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 63(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 100(1)(c): inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 10(1) of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 100(1)(c): repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 30(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 100(2)(b): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 63(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 100(2)(c): inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 10(2) of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 100(2)(c): repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 30(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 100(4): inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 10(3) of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 100(4): repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 30(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 100(5): inserted, on 1 July 2025, by section 10(3) of the Employment Relations (Pay Deductions for Partial Strikes) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 35).Section 100(5): repealed, on 12 December 2018, by section 30(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
Part 8ACodes of employment practice and code of good faith for public health sector
Part 8A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 36 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
Codes of employment practice
Heading: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 36 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
100ACodes of employment practice
(1)

The Minister may, by notice, approve 1 or more codes of employment practice.
(2)[Repealed]


(3)

Before the Minister approves a code of employment practice, the Minister must consult, or be satisfied that there has been consultation, with such persons and organisations as the Minister thinks appropriate, including relevant employer and employee interests.
(4)

The purpose of a code of employment practice is to provide guidance on the application of any of the Acts specified in section 223(1) or any regulations made under those Acts—

(a)
generally; or
(b)
in relation to particular types of situations; or
(c)
in relation to particular parts or areas of the employment environment.
(5)

A code of employment practice under this section is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).
See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
The maker must:
LA19 ss 73, 74(1)(a), Sch 1 cl 14


• publish it in the Gazette; or


• notify its approval in the Gazette, providing sufficient information to identify it, specifying the date on which it comes into force, and stating where copies of it may be obtained
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 100A: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 36 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 100A(1): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).Section 100A(2): repealed, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).Section 100A(4): amended, on 6 November 2020, by section 27(1) of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).Section 100A(5): replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).
100BAmendment and revocation of code of practice
A code of practice may be amended or revoked in the same manner as the code is approved.
Section 100B: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 36 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
100CAuthority or court may have regard to code of employment practice
(1)

A code of employment practice is admissible in any civil or criminal proceedings as evidence of whether the enactment to which it relates has been complied with.
(2)

The Authority or a court may—

(a)
have regard to the code as evidence of compliance with the provisions of the enactment to which it relates; and
(b)
rely on the code in determining what is required to comply with those provisions.
Compare: 2015 No 70 s 226

Section 100C: replaced, on 6 November 2020, by section 28 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).
Code of good faith for public health sector
Heading: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 36 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
100DCode of good faith for public health sector
(1)

Schedule 1B contains a code of good faith for the public health sector.
(2)

The code—

(a)
applies subject to the other provisions of this Act and any other enactment; and
(b)
in particular, does not limit the application of the duty of good faith in section 4 in relation to the public health sector.
(3)

Compliance with the code does not, of itself, necessarily mean that the duty of good faith in section 4 has been complied with.
(4)

It is a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for a person to whom the code applies to fail to comply with the code.
(5)

This section does not prevent a code of good faith approved under section 35 or a code of employment practice approved under section 100A applying in relation to the public health sector.
(6)

However, in the case of any inconsistency, the code set out in Schedule 1B prevails over a code approved under section 35 or section 100A.
Section 100D: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 36 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
100EAmendments to or replacement of code of good faith for public health sector
(1)

The Governor-General may, by Order in Council made on the recommendation of the Minister, amend or replace the code of good faith for the public health sector set out in Schedule 1B.
(2)

The Minister must not make a recommendation under subsection (1) unless—

(a)
requested to do so by—

(i)
Health New Zealand; and
(ii)
unions who represent not less than three-quarters of union members employed by Health New Zealand; and
(b)
the Minister has consulted the Minister of Health and such other persons and organisations as he or she considers appropriate.
(3)

An order under this section is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).
See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 100E: inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 36 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 100E(2)(a)(i): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).Section 100E(2)(a)(ii): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).Section 100E(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).
100FCode of good faith for employment relationships in relation to provision of services by New Zealand Police
(1)

Schedule 1C contains a code of good faith for employment relationships in relation to the provision of services by the New Zealand Police.
(2)

The code—

(a)
applies subject to the other provisions of this Act and any other enactment; and
(b)
in particular, does not limit the application of the duty of good faith in section 4 in relation to the New Zealand Police.
(3)

Compliance with the code does not, of itself, necessarily mean that the duty of good faith in section 4 has been complied with.
(4)

It is a breach of the duty of good faith in section 4 for a person to whom the code applies to fail to comply with the code.
(5)

This section does not prevent a code of good faith approved under section 35 or a code of employment practice approved under section 100A applying to employment relationships in relation to the provision of services by the New Zealand Police.
(6)

However, in the case of any inconsistency, the code set out in Schedule 1C prevails over a code approved under section 35 or 100A.
Section 100F: inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 120 of the Policing Act 2008 (2008 No 72).
100GAmendments to or replacement of code of good faith for employment relationships in relation to provision of services by New Zealand Police
(1)

The Governor-General may, by Order in Council made on the recommendation of the Minister, amend or replace the code of good faith for employment relationships in relation to the provision of services by the New Zealand Police set out in Schedule 1C.
(2)

The Minister must not make a recommendation under subsection (1) unless—

(a)
requested to do so by the Commissioner of Police and service organisations representing not less than three-quarters of service organisation members employed by the Police; and
(b)
the Minister has consulted the Minister of Police and any other persons and organisations that he or she considers appropriate.
(3)

In this section, service organisation has the same meaning as in section 55 of the Policing Act 2008.
(4)

An order under this section is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).
See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 100G: inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 120 of the Policing Act 2008 (2008 No 72).Section 100G(4): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).
Part 9Personal grievances, disputes, and enforcementObject

101Object of this Part
The object of this Part is—

(a)
to recognise that, in resolving employment relationship problems, access to both information and mediation services is more important than adherence to rigid formal procedures; and
(ab)
to recognise that employment relationship problems are more likely to be resolved quickly and successfully if the problems are first raised and discussed directly between the parties to the relationship; and
(b)
to continue to give special attention to personal grievances, and to facilitate the raising of personal grievances with employers; and
(c)
[Repealed]


(d)
to ensure that the role of the Authority and the court in resolving employment relationship problems is to determine the rights and obligations of the parties rather than to fix terms and conditions of employment.
Section 101(ab): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 37 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 101(c): repealed, on 1 April 2011, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).
Personal grievances

102Employee may pursue personal grievance under this Act
An employee who believes that he or she has a personal grievance may pursue that grievance under this Act.
103Personal grievance
(1)

For the purposes of this Act, personal grievance means any grievance that an employee may have against the employee’s employer or former employer because of a claim—

(a)
that the employee has been unjustifiably dismissed; or
(b)
that the employee’s employment, or 1 or more conditions of the employee’s employment (including any condition that survives termination of the employment), is or are or was (during employment that has since been terminated) affected to the employee’s disadvantage by some unjustifiable action by the employer; or
(c)
that the employee has been discriminated against in the employee’s employment; or
(d)
that the employee has been sexually harassed in the employee’s employment; or
(da)
that the employee has been treated adversely in the employee’s employment on the ground that the employee is, or is suspected or assumed or believed to be, a person affected by family violence; or
(e)
that the employee has been racially harassed in the employee’s employment; or
(f)
that the employee has been subject to duress in the employee’s employment in relation to membership or non-membership of a union or employees organisation; or
(g)
that the employee’s employer has failed to comply with a requirement of Part 6A; or
(h)
that the employee has been disadvantaged by the employee’s employment agreement not being in accordance with section 67C, 67D, 67G, or 67H; or
(i)
that the employee’s employer has contravened section 67F or 67G(3); or
(j)
that the employee’s employer has, in relation to the employee,—

(i)
engaged in adverse conduct for a prohibited health and safety reason; or
(ii)
contravened section 92 of the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015 (which prohibits coercion or inducement); or
(ja)
that the employee’s employer has, in relation to the employee, engaged in adverse conduct for a remuneration disclosure reason; or
(k)
that the employer has retaliated, or threatened to retaliate, against the employee in breach of section 21 of the Protected Disclosures (Protection of Whistleblowers) Act 2022 (because the employee intends to make or has made a protected disclosure).
(2)

For the purposes of this Part, a representative, in relation to an employer and in relation to an alleged personal grievance, means a person—

(a)
who is employed by that employer; and
(b)
who either—

(i)
has authority over the employee alleging the grievance; or
(ii)
is in a position of authority over other employees in the workplace of the employee alleging the grievance.
(3)

In subsection (1)(b), unjustifiable action by the employer does not include an action deriving solely from the interpretation, application, or operation, or disputed interpretation, application, or operation, of any provision of any employment agreement.
(4)

For the purposes of sections 103B, 115A, and 123A, the provisions of this Act that describe, define terms relating to, and provide for the application of the grounds for a personal grievance under subsection (1) apply with all necessary modifications as if—

(a)
references to the employer were references to the controlling third party; and
(b)
references to the employee’s employment included work the employee has performed under the control or direction of a controlling third party.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 27

Section 103(1)(da): inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 8 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 103(1)(da): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 103(1)(f): amended, on 14 September 2006, by section 7(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 103(1)(g): added, on 14 September 2006, by section 7(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 103(1)(g): amended, on 10 September 2008, by section 7(1) of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).Section 103(1)(h): replaced, on 1 April 2016, by section 10 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 103(1)(i): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 10 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 103(1)(i): amended, on 17 December 2016, by section 44 of the Statutes Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 104).Section 103(1)(j): inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 5 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).Section 103(1)(ja): inserted, on 27 August 2025, by section 4 of the Employment Relations (Employee Remuneration Disclosure) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 45).Section 103(1)(k): inserted, on 1 July 2022, by section 40 of the Protected Disclosures (Protection of Whistleblowers) Act 2022 (2022 No 20).Section 103(4): inserted, on 27 June 2020, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Triangular Employment) Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 36).
103ATest of justification
(1)

For the purposes of section 103(1)(a) and (b), the question of whether a dismissal or an action was justifiable must be determined, on an objective basis, by applying the test in subsection (2).
(2)

The test is whether the employer’s actions, and how the employer acted, were what a fair and reasonable employer could have done in all the circumstances at the time the dismissal or action occurred.
(3)

In applying the test in subsection (2), the Authority or the court must consider—

(a)
whether, having regard to the resources available to the employer, the employer sufficiently investigated the allegations against the employee before dismissing or taking action against the employee; and
(b)
whether the employer raised the concerns that the employer had with the employee before dismissing or taking action against the employee; and
(c)
whether the employer gave the employee a reasonable opportunity to respond to the employer’s concerns before dismissing or taking action against the employee; and
(d)
whether the employer genuinely considered the employee’s explanation (if any) in relation to the allegations against the employee before dismissing or taking action against the employee.
(4)

In addition to the factors described in subsection (3), the Authority or the court may consider any other factors it thinks appropriate.
(5)

The Authority or the court must not determine a dismissal or an action to be unjustifiable under this section solely because of defects in the process followed by the employer if the defects were—

(a)
minor; and
(b)
did not result in the employee being treated unfairly.
Section 103A: substituted, on 1 April 2011, by section 15 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).
103BJoining controlling third party to personal grievance
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
an employee has—

(i)
raised a personal grievance in accordance with section 114; and
(ii)
applied to the Authority to resolve a personal grievance with the employee’s employer; and
(b)
the personal grievance relates to an action that is alleged to have occurred while the employee was working under the control or direction of a controlling third party.
(2)

The employee or the employer, or both, may apply to the Authority or the court to join the controlling third party to the proceedings to resolve the personal grievance.
(3)

The Authority or the court must grant the application to join a controlling third party if the Authority or the court is satisfied—

(a)
that the requirement to notify the controlling third party in accordance with section 115A has been complied with; and
(b)
that an arguable case has been made out—

(i)
that the party to be joined to the proceedings is a controlling third party; and
(ii)
that the party’s actions caused or contributed to the personal grievance.
(4)

The Authority or the court may, at any stage of the proceedings, of its own motion join a controlling third party to the proceedings by order.
(5)

If the Authority or the court joins the controlling third party to the proceedings, the Authority or the court must consider whether to direct the employer, the employee, and the controlling third party to use mediation services to seek to resolve the personal grievance.
Section 103B: inserted, on 27 June 2020, by section 6 of the Employment Relations (Triangular Employment) Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 36).
104Discrimination
(1)

For the purposes of section 103(1)(c), an employee is discriminated against in that employee’s employment if the employee’s employer or a representative of that employer, by reason directly or indirectly of any of the prohibited grounds of discrimination specified in section 105, or the employee’s union membership status or involvement in union activities in terms of section 107,—

(a)
refuses or omits to offer or afford to that employee the same terms of employment, conditions of work, fringe benefits, or opportunities for training, promotion, and transfer as are made available for other employees of the same or substantially similar qualifications, experience, or skills employed in the same or substantially similar circumstances; or
(b)
dismisses that employee or subjects that employee to any detriment, in circumstances in which other employees employed by that employer on work of that description are not or would not be dismissed or subjected to such detriment; or
(c)
retires that employee, or requires or causes that employee to retire or resign.
(2)

For the purposes of this section, detriment includes anything that has a detrimental effect on the employee’s employment, job performance, or job satisfaction.
(3)

This section is subject to the exceptions set out in section 106.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 28(1)

Section 104(1): amended, on 11 June 2019, by section 31 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 104(1): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 6 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).
105Prohibited grounds of discrimination for purposes of section 104
(1)

The prohibited grounds of discrimination referred to in section 104 are the prohibited grounds of discrimination set out in section 21(1) of the Human Rights Act 1993, namely—

(a)
sex:
(b)
marital status:
(c)
religious belief:
(d)
ethical belief:
(e)
colour:
(f)
race:
(g)
ethnic or national origins:
(h)
disability:
(i)
age:
(j)
political opinion:
(k)
employment status:
(l)
family status:
(m)
sexual orientation.
(2)

The items listed in subsection (1) have the meanings (if any) given to them by section 21(1) of the Human Rights Act 1993.
106Exceptions in relation to discrimination
(1)

Section 104 must be read subject to the following provisions of the Human Rights Act 1993 dealing with exceptions in relation to employment matters:

(a)
section 24 (which provides for an exception in relation to crews of ships and aircraft):
(b)
section 25 (which provides for an exception in relation to work involving national security):
(c)
section 26 (which provides for an exception in relation to work performed outside New Zealand):
(d)
section 27 (which provides for exceptions in relation to authenticity and privacy):
(e)
section 28 (which provides for exceptions for purposes of religion):
(f)
section 29 (which provides for exceptions in relation to disability):
(g)
section 30 (which provides for exceptions in relation to age):
(h)
section 31 (which provides for an exception in relation to employment of a political nature):
(i)
section 32 (which provides for an exception in relation to family status):
(j)
[Repealed]


(k)
section 34 (which relates to regular forces and Police):
(l)
section 35 (which provides a general qualification on exceptions):
(m)
section 70 (which relates to superannuation schemes).
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), sections 24 to 35 of the Human Rights Act 1993 must be read as if they referred to section 104 of this Act, rather than to section 22 of that Act. In particular,—

(a)
references in sections 24 to 29, 31, and 32 of that Act to section 22 of that Act must be read as if they were references to section 104(1); and
(b)
references in section 30 or section 34 of that Act—

(i)
to section 22(1)(a) or 22(1)(b) of that Act must be read as if they were references to section 104(1)(a); and
(ii)
to section 22(1)(c) of that Act must be read as if they were references to section 104(1)(b); and
(iii)
to section 22(1)(d) of that Act must be read as if they were references to section 104(1)(c).
(3)

Nothing in section 104 includes as discrimination—

(a)
anything done or omitted for any of the reasons set out in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of section 73(1) of the Human Rights Act 1993 (which relate to measures to ensure equality); or
(b)
preferential treatment granted by reason of any of the reasons set out in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of section 74 of the Human Rights Act 1993 (which relate to pregnancy, childbirth, or family responsibilities); or
(c)
retiring an employee or requiring or causing an employee to retire at a particular age that has effect by virtue of section 149(2) of the Human Rights Act 1993 (which is a savings provision in relation to retirement ages specified in certain employment contracts).
(4)

Despite section 104, an employee is not discriminated against in that employee’s employment simply because the employee’s employment agreement or terms and conditions of employment are different from those of another employee employed by the same employer by reason of the employee being a member of a union.
(5)

Section 104 must be read subject to section 9(3).
Section 106(1)(j): repealed, on 5 May 2007, by section 6(2) of the Human Rights (Women in Armed Forces) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 16).Section 106(1)(m): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 39 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 106(2)(a): amended, on 5 May 2007, by section 6(3) of the Human Rights (Women in Armed Forces) Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 16).Section 106(4): inserted, on 11 June 2019, by section 32 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 106(5): inserted, on 11 June 2019, by section 32 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
107Definition of union membership status or involvement in union activities for purposes of section 104
(1)

For the purposes of section 104, involvement in union activities means that, within the 18 months before the action complained of, the employee—

(a)
was an officer of a union or part of a union, or was a member of the committee of management of a union or part of a union, or was otherwise an official or representative of a union or part of a union; or
(b)
had acted as a negotiator or representative of employees in collective bargaining; or
(ba)
had participated in a strike lawfully; or
(c)
was involved in the formation or the proposed formation of a union; or
(d)
had made or caused to be made a claim for some benefit of an employment agreement either for that employee or any other employee, or had supported any such claim, whether by giving evidence or otherwise; or
(e)
had submitted another personal grievance to that employee’s employer; or
(f)
had been allocated, had applied to take, or had taken any employment relations education leave under this Act; or
(g)
was a delegate of other employees in dealing with the employer on matters relating to the employment of those employees.
(2)

For the purposes of section 104, union membership status means that, within the 18 months before the action complained of, the employee—

(a)
was a member of a union; or
(b)
intended to join a union.
(2)[Repealed]


Compare: 1991 No 22 s 28(2)

Section 107 heading: amended, on 11 June 2019, by section 33(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 107(1): amended, on 11 June 2019, by section 33(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 107(1)(ba): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 40 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 107(2): inserted, on 11 June 2019, by section 33(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).Section 107(2): repealed, on 4 April 2016, by section 7 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).
108Sexual harassment
(1)

For the purposes of sections 103(1)(d) and 123(d), an employee is sexually harassed in that employee’s employment if that employee’s employer or a representative of that employer—

(a)
directly or indirectly makes a request of that employee for sexual intercourse, sexual contact, or other form of sexual activity that contains—

(i)
an implied or overt promise of preferential treatment in that employee’s employment; or
(ii)
an implied or overt threat of detrimental treatment in that employee’s employment; or
(iii)
an implied or overt threat about the present or future employment status of that employee; or
(b)
by—

(i)
the use of language (whether written or spoken) of a sexual nature; or
(ii)
the use of visual material of a sexual nature; or
(iii)
physical behaviour of a sexual nature,—
directly or indirectly subjects the employee to behaviour that is unwelcome or offensive to that employee (whether or not that is conveyed to the employer or representative) and that, either by its nature or through repetition, has a detrimental effect on that employee’s employment, job performance, or job satisfaction.

(2)

For the purposes of sections 103(1)(d) and 123(d), an employee is also sexually harassed in that employee’s employment (whether by a co-employee or by a client or customer of the employer), if the circumstances described in section 117 have occurred.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 29

108AAdverse treatment in employment of people affected by family violence
(1)

For the purposes of sections 103(1)(da) and 123(1)(d), an employee is treated adversely in the employee’s employment on the ground that the employee is, or is suspected or assumed or believed to be, a person affected by family violence if, on the ground that the employee is, or is suspected or assumed or believed to be, a person affected by family violence (as that term is defined in section 69ABA), that employee’s employer or a representative of that employer—

(a)
dismisses that employee, in circumstances in which other employees employed by that employer on work of that description are not or would not be dismissed; or
(b)
refuses or omits to offer or afford to that employee the same terms of employment, conditions of work, fringe benefits, or opportunities for training, promotion, and transfer as are made available for other employees of the same or substantially the same qualifications, experience, or skills employed in the same or substantially similar circumstances; or
(c)
subjects that employee to any detriment, in circumstances in which other employees employed by that employer on work of that description are not or would not be subjected to such detriment; or
(d)
retires that employee, or requires or causes that employee to retire or resign.
(2)

Subsection (1) applies regardless of how long ago the family violence occurred or is suspected or assumed or believed to have occurred, and even if the family violence occurred or is suspected or assumed or believed to have occurred before the person became an employee.
Section 108A: inserted, on 1 April 2019, by section 9 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 108A heading: amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 108A(1): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 108A(2): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).
109Racial harassment
For the purposes of sections 103(1)(e) and 123(d), an employee is racially harassed in the employee’s employment if the employee’s employer or a representative of that employer uses language (whether written or spoken), or visual material, or physical behaviour that directly or indirectly—

(a)
expresses hostility against, or brings into contempt or ridicule, the employee on the ground of the race, colour, or ethnic or national origins of the employee; and
(b)
is hurtful or offensive to the employee (whether or not that is conveyed to the employer or representative); and
(c)
has, either by its nature or through repetition, a detrimental effect on the employee’s employment, job performance, or job satisfaction.
110Duress
(1)

For the purposes of section 103(1)(f), an employee is subject to duress in that employee’s employment in relation to membership or non-membership of a union or employees organisation if that employee’s employer or a representative of that employer directly or indirectly—

(a)
makes membership of a union or employees organisation or of a particular union or employees organisation a condition to be fulfilled if that employee wishes to retain that employee’s employment; or
(b)
makes non-membership of a union or employees organisation or of a particular union or employees organisation a condition to be fulfilled if that employee wishes to retain that employee’s employment; or
(c)
exerts undue influence on that employee, or offers, or threatens to withhold or does withhold, any incentive or advantage to or from that employee, or threatens to or does impose any disadvantage on that employee, with intent to induce that employee—

(i)
to become or remain a member of a union or employees organisation or a particular union or employees organisation; or
(ii)
to cease to be a member of a union or employees organisation or a particular union or employees organisation; or
(iii)
not to become a member of a union or employees organisation or a particular union or employees organisation; or
(iv)
in the case of an employee who is authorised to act on behalf of employees, not to act on their behalf or to cease to act on their behalf; or
(v)
on account of the fact that the employee is, or, as the case may be, is not, a member of a union or employees organisation or of a particular union or employees organisation, to resign from or leave any employment; or
(vi)
to participate in the formation of a union or employees organisation; or
(vii)
not to participate in the formation of a union or employees organisation.
(2)

In this section and in section 103(1)(f), employees organisation means any group, society, association, or other collection of employees other than a union, however described and whether incorporated or not, that exists in whole or in part to further the employment interests of the employees belonging to it.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 30

110AAdverse conduct for prohibited health and safety reason
(1)

For the purposes of this Part, an employer engages in adverse conduct for a prohibited health and safety reason if the employer or a representative of the employer, for a prohibited health and safety reason,—

(a)
dismisses an employee; or
(b)
refuses or omits to offer or afford to the employee the same terms of employment, conditions of work, fringe benefits, or opportunities for training, promotion, and transfer as are made available to other employees of the same or substantially similar qualifications, experience, or skills employed in the same or substantially similar circumstances; or
(c)
subjects the employee to any detriment in circumstances in which other employees employed by the employer in work of that description are not or would not be subjected to such detriment; or
(d)
retires the employee, or requires or causes the employee to retire or resign.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), conduct described in that section is engaged in for a prohibited health and safety reason if it is engaged in for a reason described in section 89 of the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015.
(3)

An employer may be found to have engaged in adverse conduct for a prohibited health and safety reason only if the prohibited health and safety reason was a substantial reason for the conduct.
(4)

For the purposes of subsection (3), a prohibited health and safety reason is presumed to be a substantial reason for the conduct unless the employer proves, on the balance of probabilities, that the reason was not a substantial reason for the conduct.
(5)

It is a defence to an action for a personal grievance under section 103(1)(j)(i) if the employer proves that—

(a)
the conduct was reasonable in the circumstances; and
(b)
a substantial reason for the conduct was to comply with the requirements of the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015 or other relevant health and safety legislation (as defined in section 16 of that Act).
(6)

For the purposes of this section,—

(a)
an employer also engages in adverse conduct if the employer or a representative of the employer, in relation to the employee,—

(i)
organises to take any action referred to in subsection (1) or threatens to organise or take that action; or
(ii)
requests, instructs, induces, encourages, authorises, or assists another person to engage in adverse conduct for a prohibited health and safety reason:
(b)
detriment includes anything that has a detrimental effect on the employee’s employment, job performance, or job satisfaction.
Section 110A: replaced, on 4 April 2016, by section 8 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).Section 110A(5): amended, on 31 March 2017, by section 5 of the Regulatory Systems (Workplace Relations) Amendment Act 2017 (2017 No 13).
110ABAdverse conduct for remuneration disclosure reason
(1)

For the purposes of section 103(1)(ja), an employer engages in adverse conduct for a remuneration disclosure reason if the employer or a representative of the employer, for a remuneration disclosure reason,—

(a)
dismisses an employee; or
(b)
refuses or omits to offer or afford to the employee the same terms of employment, conditions of work, fringe benefits, or opportunities for training, promotion, and transfer as are made available to other employees of the same or substantially similar qualifications, experience, or skills employed in the same or substantially similar circumstances; or
(c)
subjects the employee to any detriment in circumstances in which other employees employed by the employer in work of that description are not or would not be subjected to such detriment; or
(d)
retires the employee, or requires or causes the employee to retire or resign.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), conduct described in that subsection is engaged in for a remuneration disclosure reason if it is engaged in because—

(a)
an employee discusses their remuneration with any other person, whether or not that includes disclosing their remuneration to that person; or
(b)
an employee inquires into the remuneration of another employee, whether or not that other employee discusses or discloses their remuneration to the employee inquiring; or
(c)
an employee—

(i)
participates in a discussion with the employee referred to in paragraph (a) about that employee’s remuneration; or
(ii)
receives an inquiry about their remuneration from the employee referred to in paragraph (b).
(3)

An employer may be found to have engaged in adverse conduct for a remuneration disclosure reason only if the remuneration disclosure reason was a substantial reason for the conduct.
(4)

For the purposes of subsection (3), a remuneration disclosure reason is presumed to be a substantial reason for the conduct unless the employer proves, on the balance of probabilities, that the reason was not a substantial reason for the conduct.
(5)

To avoid doubt, an employer also engages in adverse conduct if the employer or a representative of the employer, in relation to the employee,—

(a)
organises to take any action referred to in subsection (1) or threatens to organise or take that action; or
(b)
requests, instructs, induces, encourages, authorises, or assists another person to engage in adverse conduct for a remuneration disclosure reason.
(6)

In this section,—

detriment includes anything that has a detrimental effect on the employee’s employment, job performance, or job satisfaction
remuneration—

(a)
includes any of the following:

(i)
salary or wages (including payment for overtime and penal rates):
(ii)
allowances:
(iii)
productivity-based, bonus, or incentive payments (including commission):
(iv)
any employer contribution to a superannuation scheme for the benefit of the employee:
(v)
any other type of payment for work; but
(b)
does not include any payment or other benefit received by the employee as an owner of the business.
(7)

This section does not require an employee to discuss their remuneration with, or disclose their remuneration to, any other person.
Section 110AB: inserted, on 27 August 2025, by section 5 of the Employment Relations (Employee Remuneration Disclosure) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 45).
110BRetaliation against whistleblower
(1)

For the purposes of this Part, retaliate has the meaning given in section 21 of the Protected Disclosures (Protection of Whistleblowers) Act 2022.
(2)

An employer may be found to have retaliated, or threatened to retaliate, only if the protected disclosure was a substantial reason for the employer’s relevant actions or omissions.
(3)

The burden of proof is on the employer to prove, on the balance of probabilities, that the disclosure was not a substantial reason for the employer’s actions or omissions.
Section 110B: inserted, on 1 July 2022, by section 40 of the Protected Disclosures (Protection of Whistleblowers) Act 2022 (2022 No 20).
111Definitions relating to personal grievances
Each of the terms personal grievance, discrimination, sexual harassment, adverse treatment in employment of people affected by family violence, racial harassment, duress, adverse conduct for prohibited health and safety reason, adverse conduct for remuneration disclosure reason, and retaliate have in any employment agreement the meanings given to those terms by sections 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 108A, 109, 110, 110A, 110AB, and 110B unless the employment agreement gives an extended meaning to the term.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 31

Section 111: amended, on 27 August 2025, by section 6(1) of the Employment Relations (Employee Remuneration Disclosure) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 45).Section 111: amended, on 27 August 2025, by section 6(2) of the Employment Relations (Employee Remuneration Disclosure) Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 45).Section 111: amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 40 of the Protected Disclosures (Protection of Whistleblowers) Act 2022 (2022 No 20).Section 111: amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 111: amended, on 1 April 2019, by section 10(1) of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 111: amended, on 1 April 2019, by section 10(2) of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 111: amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).
112Choice of procedures
(1)

Where the circumstances giving rise to a personal grievance by an employee are also such that that employee would be entitled to make a complaint under the Human Rights Act 1993, the employee may take 1, but not both, of the following steps:

(a)
the employee may, if the grievance is not otherwise resolved, apply to the Authority for the resolution of the grievance:
(b)
the employee may make, in relation to those circumstances, a complaint under the Human Rights Act 1993.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1)(b), an employee makes a complaint when proceedings in relation to that complaint are commenced by the complainant or the Commission.
(3)

If an employee applies to the Authority for a resolution of the grievance under subsection (1)(a), the employee may not exercise or continue to exercise any rights in relation to the subject matter of the grievance that the employee may have under the Human Rights Act 1993.
(4)

If an employee makes a complaint under subsection (1)(b), the employee may not exercise or continue to exercise any rights in relation to the subject matter of the complaint that the employee may have under this Act.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 39

Section 112(2): substituted, on 1 January 2002, by section 71(1) of the Human Rights Amendment Act 2001 (2001 No 96).Section 112(3): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 41 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 112(4): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 41 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
113Personal grievance provisions only way to challenge dismissal
(1)

If an employee who has been dismissed wishes to challenge that dismissal or any aspect of it, for any reason, in any court, that challenge may be brought only in the Authority under this Part as a personal grievance.
(2)

Nothing in subsection (1) prevents an action under this Part to recover—

(a)
wages relating to a period of notice or alleged period of notice; or
(b)
wages or other money relating to the employment prior to the dismissal; or
(c)
other money payable on dismissal.
114Raising personal grievance
(1)

An employee who wishes to raise a personal grievance must, subject to subsections (3) and (4), raise the grievance with their employer within the applicable employee notification period unless the employer consents to the personal grievance being raised after the expiration of that period.
(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), a grievance is raised with an employer as soon as the employee has made, or has taken reasonable steps to make, the employer or a representative of the employer aware that the employee alleges a personal grievance that the employee wants the employer to address.
(3)

Where the employer does not consent to the personal grievance being raised after the expiration of the employee notification period, the employee may apply to the Authority for leave to raise the personal grievance after the expiration of that period.
(4)

On an application under subsection (3), the Authority, after giving the employer an opportunity to be heard, may grant leave accordingly, subject to such conditions (if any) as it thinks fit, if the Authority—

(a)
is satisfied that the delay in raising the personal grievance was occasioned by exceptional circumstances (which may include any 1 or more of the circumstances set out in section 115); and
(b)
considers it just to do so.
(5)

In any case where the Authority grants leave under subsection (4), the Authority must direct the employer and employee to use mediation to seek to mutually resolve the grievance.
(6)

No action may be commenced in the Authority or the court in relation to a personal grievance more than 3 years after the date on which the personal grievance was raised in accordance with this section.
(7)

In this section, employee notification period means,—

(a)
in respect of a personal grievance under section 103(1)(d), the period of 12 months beginning with the date on which the action alleged to amount to the personal grievance occurred or came to the notice of the employee, whichever is later:
(b)
in respect of any other personal grievance, the period of 90 days beginning with the date on which the action alleged to amount to a personal grievance occurred or came to the notice of the employee, whichever is later.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 33

Section 114(1): replaced, on 13 June 2023, by section 6(1) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 114(3): amended, on 13 June 2023, by section 6(2) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 114(7): inserted, on 13 June 2023, by section 6(3) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).
115Further provision regarding exceptional circumstances under section 114
For the purposes of section 114(4)(a), exceptional circumstances include—

(a)
where the employee has been so affected or traumatised by the matter giving rise to the grievance that he or she was unable to properly consider raising the grievance within the applicable employee notification period under section 114; or
(b)
where the employee made reasonable arrangements to have the grievance raised on his or her behalf by an agent of the employee, and the agent unreasonably failed to ensure that the grievance was raised within the required time; or
(c)
where the employee’s employment agreement does not contain the explanation concerning the resolution of employment relationship problems that is required by section 54 or section 65, as the case may be; or
(d)
where the employer has failed to comply with the obligation under section 120(1) to provide a statement of reasons for dismissal.
Section 115(a): amended, on 13 June 2023, by section 7 of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).
115ANotifying controlling third party of personal grievance
(1)

For the purposes of section 103B, this section is complied with—

(a)
when an employee—

(i)
considers that the actions of a controlling third party caused or contributed to the personal grievance; and
(ii)
notifies the controlling third party of that fact within the applicable employee notification period; or
(b)
when an employer—

(i)
considers that the actions of a controlling third party caused or contributed to the personal grievance; and
(ii)
notifies the controlling third party of that fact within the 90-day employer notification period; or
(c)
if the controlling third party has consented to being notified under subsection (2); or
(d)
if the Authority has granted leave to notify the controlling third party under subsection (4).
(2)

Subsection (1)(a) or (b) does not apply if the controlling third party consents to being notified after the expiration of the relevant notification period.
(3)

If the controlling third party does not consent to being notified after the relevant notification period, the employee or the employer may apply to the Authority for leave to notify the controlling third party after the expiration of that period.
(4)

On an application under subsection (3), the Authority, after giving the controlling third party an opportunity to be heard, may grant leave accordingly, subject to any conditions that it thinks fit, if the Authority considers it just to do so.
(5)

In any case where the Authority grants leave under subsection (4), the Authority must direct the employee, the employer, and the controlling third party to use mediation to seek to resolve the personal grievance.
(6)

In this section,—

90-day employer notification period means the period of 90 days beginning with the date on which the employer’s employee raised the personal grievance with the employer
employee notification period has the same meaning as in section 114(7)
relevant notification period means the applicable employee notification period or the 90-day employer notification period.
Section 115A: inserted, on 27 June 2020, by section 7 of the Employment Relations (Triangular Employment) Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 36).Section 115A(1)(a)(ii): amended, on 13 June 2023, by section 8(1) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 115A(2): amended, on 13 June 2023, by section 8(2) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 115A(3): amended, on 13 June 2023, by section 8(3) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 115A(6) 90-day employee notification period: repealed, on 13 June 2023, by section 8(4) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 115A(6) employee notification period: inserted, on 13 June 2023, by section 8(5) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 115A(6) relevant 90-day notification period: repealed, on 13 June 2023, by section 8(4) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).Section 115A(6) relevant notification period: inserted, on 13 June 2023, by section 8(5) of the Employment Relations (Extended Time for Personal Grievance for Sexual Harassment) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 28).
116Special provision where sexual harassment alleged
Where a personal grievance involves allegations of sexual harassment, no account may be taken of any evidence of the complainant’s sexual experience or reputation.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 35

117Sexual or racial harassment by person other than employer
(1)

This section applies where—

(a)
a request of the kind described in section 108(1)(a) is made to an employee by a person (not being a representative of the employer) who is in the employ of the employee’s employer or who is a customer or client of the employer; or
(b)
an employee is subjected to behaviour of the kind described in section 108(1)(b) by a person (not being a representative of the employer) who is in the employ of the employee’s employer or who is a customer or client of the employer; or
(c)
an employee is subjected to behaviour of the kind described in section 109 by a person (not being a representative of the employer) who is in the employ of the employee’s employer or who is a customer or client of the employer.
(2)

If this section applies, the employee may make a complaint about that request or behaviour to the employee’s employer or to a representative of the employer.
(3)

The employer or representative, on receiving a complaint under subsection (2), must inquire into the facts.
(4)

If the employer or representative is satisfied that the request was made or that the behaviour took place, the employer or representative must take whatever steps are practicable to prevent any repetition of such a request or of such behaviour.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 36(1), (2)

118Sexual or racial harassment after steps not taken to prevent repetition
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
a person in relation to whom an employee has made a complaint under section 117(2) either—

(i)
makes to that employee after the complaint a request of the kind described in section 108(1)(a); or
(ii)
subjects that employee after the complaint to behaviour of the kind described in section 108(1)(b) or section 109; and
(b)
the employer of that employee, or a representative of that employer, has not taken whatever steps are practicable to prevent the repetition of such a request or such behaviour.
(2)

If this section applies, the employee is deemed for the purposes of this Act and for the purposes of any employment agreement to have a personal grievance by virtue of having been sexually harassed or racially harassed, as the case may be, in the course of the employee’s employment as if the request or behaviour were that of the employee’s employer.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 36(3)

119Presumption in discrimination cases
(1)

Subsection (2) applies if, in any matter before the Authority or the court,—

(a)
the employee establishes that the employer or the employer’s representative took any action or omitted any action as described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c) of section 104(1) in relation to that employee; and
(b)
if it is a case where the employee alleges that the discrimination was by reason directly or indirectly of the employee’s union membership status or involvement in union activities, the employee establishes that he or she was a person described in section 107.
(2)

If this subsection applies, there is a rebuttable presumption that the employer or representative of the employer discriminated against the employee on the grounds, or for the reason, specified in section 104(1) and alleged by the employee.
Section 119(1)(b): amended, on 11 June 2019, by section 34 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
120Statement of reasons for dismissal
(1)

Where an employee is dismissed, that employee may, within 60 days after the dismissal or within 60 days after the employee has become aware of the dismissal, whichever is the later, request the employer to provide a statement in writing of the reasons for the dismissal.
(2)

Every employer to whom a request is made under subsection (1) must, within 14 days after the day on which the request is received, provide the statement to the person who made the request.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 38

121Statements privileged
Any statements made or information given in the course of raising a personal grievance or in the course of attempting to resolve the grievance or in the course of any matter relating to a personal grievance are absolutely privileged.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 37

122Nature of personal grievance may be found to be of different type from that alleged
Nothing in this Part or in any employment agreement prevents a finding that a personal grievance is of a type other than that alleged.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 34Remedies in relation to personal grievances

123Remedies
(1)

Where the Authority or the court determines that an employee has a personal grievance, it may, in settling the grievance, provide for any 1 or more of the following remedies:

(a)
reinstatement of the employee in the employee’s former position or the placement of the employee in a position no less advantageous to the employee:
(b)
the reimbursement to the employee of a sum equal to the whole or any part of the wages or other money lost by the employee as a result of the grievance:
(c)
the payment to the employee of compensation by the employee’s employer, including compensation for—

(i)
humiliation, loss of dignity, and injury to the feelings of the employee; and
(ii)
loss of any benefit, whether or not of a monetary kind, which the employee might reasonably have been expected to obtain if the personal grievance had not arisen:
(ca)
if the Authority or the court finds that any workplace conduct or practices are a significant factor in the personal grievance, recommendations to the employer concerning the action the employer should take to prevent similar employment relationship problems occurring:
(d)
if the Authority or the court finds an employee to have been sexually or racially harassed in the employee’s employment, or treated adversely in the employee’s employment on the ground that the employee is, or is suspected or assumed or believed to be, a person affected by family violence, recommendations to the employer—

(i)
concerning the action the employer should take in respect of the person who made the request referred to in section 108(1)(a) or was guilty of the harassing behaviour or of the adverse treatment on that ground, which action may include the transfer of that person, the taking of disciplinary action against that person, or the taking of rehabilitative action in respect of that person:
(ii)
about any other action that it is necessary for the employer to take to prevent further harassment, or adverse treatment on that ground, of the employee concerned or any other employee.
(2)

When making an order under subsection (1)(b) or (c), the Authority or the court may order payment to the employee by instalments, but only if the financial position of the employer requires it.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 40

Section 123(1)(ca): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 42(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 123(1)(d): replaced, on 1 April 2019, by section 11 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 123(1)(d): amended, on 1 July 2019, by section 259(1) of the Family Violence Act 2018 (2018 No 46).Section 123(2): added, on 1 December 2004, by section 42(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
123ARemedies where controlling third party caused or contributed to personal grievance
(1)

This section applies if the Authority or the court—

(a)
determines that an employee has a personal grievance; and
(b)
has, under section 103B, joined a controlling third party to the proceedings to resolve the personal grievance; and
(c)
determines that the actions of the controlling third party caused or contributed to the situation that gave rise to the personal grievance.
(2)

The Authority or the court may, if satisfied that it is just to do so, order the controlling third party to provide to the employee either or both of the remedies in section 123(1)(b) and (c).
(3)

The Authority or the court must consider the extent to which the actions of the controlling third party caused or contributed to the situation that gave rise to the personal grievance.
(4)

The Authority or the court must award any remedies against the employer under section 123 and against the controlling third party under subsection (2) in a way that reflects the extent to which the actions of each contributed to the situation that gave rise to the personal grievance.
(5)

The Authority or the court may, if making an order under subsection (2), order payment to the employee by instalments, but only if the financial position of the controlling third party requires it.
(6)

Subsection (2) applies subject to subsections (3) to (5).
Section 123A: inserted, on 27 June 2020, by section 8 of the Employment Relations (Triangular Employment) Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 36).
124Remedy reduced if contributing behaviour by employee
Where the Authority or the court determines that an employee has a personal grievance, the Authority or the court must, in deciding both the nature and the extent of the remedies to be provided in respect of that personal grievance,—

(a)
consider the extent to which the actions of the employee contributed towards the situation that gave rise to the personal grievance; and
(b)
if those actions so require, reduce the remedies that would otherwise have been awarded accordingly.
Compare: 1991 No 22 ss 40(2), 41(3)

125Reinstatement to be primary remedy
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
the remedies sought by, or on behalf of, an employee in respect of a personal grievance include reinstatement; and
(b)
it is determined that the employee did have a personal grievance.
(2)

If this section applies, the Authority or court must provide for reinstatement wherever practicable and reasonable, irrespective of whether it provides for any other remedy as specified in section 123.
Section 125: replaced, on 12 December 2018, by section 47 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2018 (2018 No 53).
126Provisions applying if reinstatement ordered
Where the remedy of reinstatement is provided by the Authority or the court, the employee must be reinstated immediately or on such date as is specified by the Authority or the court and, despite any challenge to or appeal against the determination of the Authority or the court, the provisions for reinstatement remain in full force pending the outcome of those proceedings unless the Authority or the court otherwise orders.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 42

127Authority may order interim reinstatement
(1)

The Authority may if it thinks fit, on the application of an employee who has raised a personal grievance with his or her employer, make an order for the interim reinstatement of the employee pending the hearing of the personal grievance.
(2)

The employee must, at the time of filing the application for an order under subsection (1), file a signed undertaking that the employee will abide by any order that the Authority may make in respect of damages—

(a)
that are sustained by the other party through the granting of the order for interim reinstatement; and
(b)
that the Authority decides that the employee ought to pay.
(3)

The undertaking must be referred to in the order for interim reinstatement and is part of it.
(4)

When determining whether to make an order for interim reinstatement, the Authority must apply the law relating to interim injunctions having regard to the object of this Act.
(5)

The order for interim reinstatement may be subject to any conditions that the Authority thinks fit.
(6)

The Authority may at any time rescind or vary an order made under this section.
(7)

Nothing in this section prevents the court from granting an interim injunction reinstating an employee if the court is seized of the proceedings dealing with the personal grievance.
128Reimbursement
(1)

This section applies where the Authority or the court determines, in respect of any employee,—

(a)
that the employee has a personal grievance; and
(b)
that the employee has lost remuneration as a result of the personal grievance.
(2)

If this section applies then, subject to subsection (3) and section 124, the Authority must, whether or not it provides for any of the other remedies provided for in section 123, order the employer to pay to the employee the lesser of a sum equal to that lost remuneration or to 3 months’ ordinary time remuneration.
(3)

Despite subsection (2), the Authority may, in its discretion, order an employer to pay to an employee by way of compensation for remuneration lost by that employee as a result of the personal grievance, a sum greater than that to which an order under that subsection may relate.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 41(1), (2)Disputes

129Person bound by, or party to, employment agreement may pursue dispute under this Act
(1)

Where there is a dispute about the interpretation, application, or operation of an employment agreement, any person bound by the agreement or any party to the agreement may pursue that dispute in accordance with Part 10.
(2)

If the dispute relates to a collective agreement, the person or party pursuing the dispute must ensure that all union and employer parties to the agreement have notice of the existence of the dispute.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 44Recovery of wages

130Wages and time record
(1)

Every employer must at all times keep a record (called the wages and time record) showing, in the case of each employee employed by that employer,—

(a)
the name of the employee:
(b)
the employee’s age, if under 20 years of age:
(c)
the employee’s postal address:
(d)
the kind of work on which the employee is usually employed:
(e)
whether the employee is employed under an individual employment agreement or a collective agreement:
(f)
in the case of an employee employed under a collective agreement, the title and expiry date of the agreement, and the employee’s classification under it:
(g)
the number of hours worked each day in a pay period and the pay for those hours:
(h)
the wages paid to the employee each pay period and the method of calculation:
(i)
details of any employment relations education leave taken under Part 7:
(j)
such other particulars as may be prescribed.
(1A)

The wages and time record must be kept—

(a)
in written form; or
(b)
in a form or in a manner that allows the information in the record to be easily accessed and converted into written form.
(1B)

If an employee’s number of hours worked each day in a pay period and the pay for those hours are agreed and the employee works those hours (the usual hours), it is sufficient compliance with subsection (1)(g) if those usual hours and pay are stated in—

(a)
the wages and time record; or
(b)
the employment agreement; or
(c)
a roster or any other document or record used in the normal course of the employee’s employment.
(1C)

In subsection (1B), the usual hours of an employee who is remunerated by way of salary include any additional hours worked by the employee in accordance with the employee’s employment agreement.
(1D)

Despite subsection (1C), the employer must record any additional hours worked that need to be recorded to enable the employer to comply with the employer’s general obligation under section 4B(1).
(2)

Every employer must, upon request by an employee or by a person authorised under section 236 to represent an employee, provide that employee or person immediately with access to or a copy of or an extract from any part or all of the wages and time record relating to the employment of the employee by the employer at any time in the preceding 6 years at which the employer was obliged to keep such a record.
(3)[Repealed]


(4)

Every employer who fails to comply with any requirement of this section is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
(5)

An action to recover a penalty under subsection (4) may also be brought by a Labour Inspector.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 47

Section 130(1)(g): replaced, on 1 April 2016, by section 11(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 130(1A): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 11(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 130(1B): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 11(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 130(1C): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 11(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 130(1D): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 11(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 130(3): repealed, on 1 April 2016, by section 11(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 130(5): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 11(4) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
131Arrears
(1)

Where—

(a)
there has been default in payment to an employee of any wages or other money payable by an employer to an employee under an employment agreement or a contract of apprenticeship; or
(b)
any payments of any such wages or other money has been made at a rate lower than that legally payable,—
the whole or any part, as the case may require, of any such wages or other money may be recovered by the employee by action commenced in the prescribed manner in the Authority.

(1A)

The Authority may order payment of the wages or other money to the employee by instalments, but only if the financial position of the employer requires it.
(2)

Subsection (1) applies despite the acceptance by the employee of any payment at a lower rate or any express or implied agreement to the contrary.
(3)

Subsection (1) does not affect any other remedies for the recovery of wages or other money payable by an employer to any employee under an employment agreement or a contract of apprenticeship.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 48(1)

Section 131(1A): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 43 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
132Failure to keep or produce records
(1)

Where any claim is brought before the Authority under section 131 to recover wages or other money payable to an employee, the employee may call evidence to show that—

(a)
the defendant employer failed to keep or produce a wages and time record in respect of that employee as required by this Act; and
(b)
that failure prejudiced the employee’s ability to bring an accurate claim under section 131.
(2)

Where evidence of the type referred to in subsection (1) is given, the Authority may, unless the defendant proves that those claims are incorrect, accept as proved all claims made by the employee in respect of—

(a)
the wages actually paid to the employee:
(b)
the hours, days, and time worked by the employee.
(3)

A defendant may not use as evidence any wages and time record that would be inadmissible under section 232(3).
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 50

Section 132(2): replaced, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).
Penalties

133Jurisdiction concerning penalties
(1)

The Authority has full and exclusive jurisdiction to deal with all actions for the recovery of penalties under this Act—

(a)
for any breach of an employment agreement; or
(b)
for a breach of any provision of this Act for which a penalty in the Authority is provided in the particular provision.
(2)

Subsection (1) is subject to—

(a)
sections 177, 178, and 178AA (which provide for the referral or removal of certain matters to the Employment Court); and
(b)
any right to have the matter heard by the court under section 179.
(3)

Subject to any rights of appeal under this Act, the court has full and exclusive jurisdiction to deal with all actions for the recovery of penalties under this Act for a breach of any other provision of this Act for which a penalty in the court is provided in the particular provision.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 51

Section 133(2)(a): amended, on 28 November 2023, by section 88 of the Security Information in Proceedings (Repeals and Amendments) Act 2022 (2022 No 72).
133AMatters Authority and court to have regard to in determining amount of penalty
In determining an appropriate penalty for a breach referred to in section 133, the Authority or court (as the case may be) must have regard to all relevant matters, including—

(a)
the object stated in section 3; and
(b)
the nature and extent of the breach or involvement in the breach; and
(c)
whether the breach was intentional, inadvertent, or negligent; and
(d)
the nature and extent of any loss or damage suffered by any person, or gains made or losses avoided by the person in breach or the person involved in the breach, because of the breach or involvement in the breach; and
(e)
whether the person in breach or the person involved in the breach has paid an amount of compensation, reparation, or restitution, or has taken other steps to avoid or mitigate any actual or potential adverse effects of the breach; and
(f)
the circumstances in which the breach, or involvement in the breach, took place, including the vulnerability of the employee; and
(g)
whether the person in breach or the person involved in the breach has previously been found by the Authority or the court in proceedings under this Act, or any other enactment, to have engaged in any similar conduct.
Section 133A: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 12 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
134Penalties for breach of employment agreement
(1)

Every party to an employment agreement who breaches that agreement is liable to a penalty under this Act.
(2)

Every person who incites, instigates, aids, or abets any breach of an employment agreement is liable to a penalty imposed by the Authority.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 52

134APenalty for obstructing or delaying Authority investigation
(1)

Every person is liable to a penalty under this Act who, without sufficient cause, obstructs or delays an Authority investigation, including failing to attend as a party before an Authority investigation (if required).
(2)

The power to award a penalty under subsection (1) may be exercised by the Authority—

(a)
of its own motion; or
(b)
on the application of any party to the investigation.
Section 134A: inserted, on 1 April 2011, by section 17 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).
135Recovery of penalties
(1)

Any action for the recovery of a penalty may be brought,—

(a)
in the case of a breach of an employment agreement, at the suit of any party to the employment agreement who is affected by the breach; or
(b)
in the case of a breach of this Act, at the suit of any person in relation to whom the breach is alleged to have taken place; or
(c)
if permitted in the particular penalty provision, by a Labour Inspector.
(2)

Every person who is liable to a penalty under this Act is liable,—

(a)
in the case of an individual, to a penalty not exceeding $10,000:
(b)
in the case of a company or other corporation, to a penalty not exceeding $20,000.
(3)

A claim for 2 or more penalties against the same person may be joined in the same action.
(4)

In any claim for a penalty the Authority or the court may give judgment for the total amount claimed, or any amount, not exceeding the maximum specified in subsection (2), or the Authority or the court may dismiss the action.
(4A)

The Authority or the court may order payment of a penalty by instalments, but only if the financial position of the person paying the penalty requires it.
(4B)

In determining whether to give judgment for a penalty, and the amount of that penalty, the Authority or the court must consider whether the person against whom the penalty is sought has previously failed to comply with an improvement notice issued under section 223D.
(5)

An action for the recovery of a penalty under this Act must be commenced within 12 months or, for a penalty for non-compliance with section 69ABE, within 6 months after the earlier of—

(a)
the date when the cause of action first became known to the person bringing the action; or
(b)
the date when the cause of action should reasonably have become known to the person bringing the action.
(6)

Despite subsection (5), if a court refuses to make a pecuniary penalty order under section 142E, an action for the recovery of a penalty under this Act in relation to the same matter must be commenced within 3 months after the refusal.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 53

Section 135(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2011, by section 18(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 135(2)(b): amended, on 1 April 2011, by section 18(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 135(4A): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 44(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 135(4B): inserted, on 1 April 2011, by section 18(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 135(5): substituted, on 1 December 2004, by section 44(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).Section 135(5): amended, on 1 April 2019, by section 12 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 135(6): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 13 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
135AChief executive or Labour Inspector may enforce payment of penalty
The chief executive or a Labour Inspector may recover in the District Court as a debt due to the Crown any penalty ordered by the Authority or the court under section 135 to be paid to the Crown.
Section 135A: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 135A: amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 14 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
136Application of penalties recovered
(1)

Subject to any order made under subsection (2), every penalty recovered in any penalty action, whether before the Authority or the court, must be paid into the Authority or the court, as the case requires, and not to the plaintiff, and must then be paid by the Authority or the court into a Crown Bank Account.
(2)

The Authority or the court may order that the whole or any part of any penalty recovered must be paid to any person.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 54

Section 136(1): amended, on 25 January 2005, pursuant to section 65R(3) of the Public Finance Act 1989 (1989 No 44).
Compliance orders

137Power of Authority to order compliance
(1)

This section applies where any person has not observed or complied with—

(a)
any provision of—

(i)
any employment agreement; or
(ii)
Parts 1, 3 to 6, 6AB, 6A (except subpart 2), 6B, 6C, 6D, 7, and 9; or
(iii)
any terms of settlement or decision that section 151 provides may be enforced by compliance order; or
(iiia)
an enforceable undertaking that section 223C(1) provides may be enforced by compliance order; or
(iiib)
an improvement notice that section 223D(6) provides may be enforced by compliance order; or
(iiic)
any terms of a pay equity claim settlement under section 13ZH of the Equal Pay Act 1972; or
(iv)
a demand notice that section 225(4) provides may be enforced by compliance order; or
(v)
sections 73 and 74 of the Public Service Act 2020 and sections 597 and 600 of the Education and Training Act 2020; or
(vi)
sections 76 to 80 of the Public Service Act 2020 and sections 585 to 596 and 660 of the Education and Training Act 2020; or
(vii)
section 11(3)(c) of the Health and Disability Services Act 1993; or
(viii)
clauses 5 and 6 of Schedule 1 of the Broadcasting Act 1989; or
(ix)
sections 83, 83A, and 83B of the Fire Service Act 1975; or
(x)
clauses 18, 19, and 21 of Schedule 5 of the Accident Compensation Act 2001; or
(xi)
Part 3 and sections 589 and 600 of the Education and Training Act 2020; or
(xi)
[Repealed]


(xii)
[Repealed]


(b)
any order, determination, direction, or requirement made or given under this Act by the Authority or a member or officer of the Authority.
(c)
any order, determination, direction, or requirement made or given under the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022 by the Authority or a member or an officer of the Authority.
(2)

Where this section applies, the Authority may, in addition to any other power it may exercise, by order require, in or in conjunction with any matter before the Authority under this Act to which that person is a party or in respect of which that person is a witness, that person to do any specified thing or to cease any specified activity, for the purpose of preventing further non-observance of or non-compliance with that provision, order, determination, direction, or requirement.
(3)

The Authority must specify a time within which the order is to be obeyed.
(4)

The following persons may take action against another person by applying to the Authority for an order of the kind described in subsection (2):

(a)
any person (being an employee, employer, union, or employer organisation) who alleges that that person has been affected by non-observance or non-compliance of the kind described in subsection (1).
(b)
[Repealed]


Compare: 1991 No 22 s 55(1), (2)

Section 137(1)(a)(ii): substituted, on 13 December 2006, by section 8 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 137(1)(a)(ii): amended, on 1 April 2019, by section 13 of the Domestic Violence—Victims’ Protection Act 2018 (2018 No 21).Section 137(1)(a)(ii): amended, on 1 April 2009, by section 9 of the Employment Relations (Breaks, Infant Feeding, and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 58).Section 137(1)(a)(iiia): inserted, on 1 April 2011, by section 19 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 137(1)(a)(iiib): inserted, on 1 April 2011, by section 19 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 137(1)(a)(iiic): inserted, on 6 November 2020, by section 33 of the Equal Pay Amendment Act 2020 (2020 No 45).Section 137(1)(a)(v): replaced, on 7 August 2020, by section 135 of the Public Service Act 2020 (2020 No 40).Section 137(1)(a)(vi): replaced, on 7 August 2020, by section 135 of the Public Service Act 2020 (2020 No 40).Section 137(1)(a)(x): substituted, on 1 April 2002, by section 337(1) of the Accident Compensation Act 2001 (2001 No 49).Section 137(1)(a)(x): amended on 3 March 2010, pursuant to section 5(1)(b) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).Section 137(1)(a)(xi): inserted, on 1 August 2020, by section 668 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (2020 No 38).Section 137(1)(a)(xi): repealed, on 4 April 2016, by section 10 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).Section 137(1)(a)(xii): repealed, on 20 December 2023, by section 7(1) of the Fair Pay Agreements Act Repeal Act 2023 (2023 No 65).Section 137(1)(c): inserted, on 30 December 2022, by section 103 of the Screen Industry Workers Act 2022 (2022 No 52).Section 137(4): substituted, on 5 May 2003, by section 33(4) of the Health and Safety in Employment Amendment Act 2002 (2002 No 86).Section 137(4)(b): repealed, on 4 April 2016, by section 10 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).
138Further provisions relating to compliance order by Authority
(1)

The power given to the Authority by section 137(2) may be exercised by the Authority—

(a)
of its own motion; or
(b)
on the application of—

(i)
any party to the matter; or
(ii)
[Repealed]


(iii)
in the case of sections 223C, 223D(6), and 225(4)(c), a Labour Inspector.
(2)

Before exercising its power under section 137(2) in relation to a person who is not a party to the matter, the Authority must give that person an opportunity to appear or be represented before the Authority.
(3)

Any time specified by the Authority under section 137 may from time to time be extended by the Authority on the application of the person who is required to obey the order.
(4)

A compliance order of the kind described in section 137(2)—

(a)
may be made subject to such terms and conditions as the Authority thinks fit (including conditions as to the actions of the applicant); and
(b)
may be expressed to continue in force until a specified time or the happening of a specified event.
(4A)

If the compliance order relates in whole or in part to the payment to an employee of a sum of money, the Authority may order payment to the employee by instalments, but only if the financial position of the employer requires it.
(5)

Where the Authority makes a compliance order of the kind described in section 137(2), it may then adjourn the matter, without imposing any penalty or making a final determination, to enable the compliance order to be complied with while the matter is adjourned.
(6)

Where any person fails to comply with a compliance order made under section 137, the person affected by the failure may apply to the court for the exercise of its powers under section 140(6).
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 55(3)–(7)

Section 138(1)(b): substituted, on 5 May 2003, by section 33(5) of the Health and Safety in Employment Amendment Act 2002 (2002 No 86).Section 138(1)(b)(ii): repealed, on 4 April 2016, by section 11 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 73).Section 138(1)(b)(iii): added, on 1 April 2011, by section 20 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 125).Section 138(4A): inserted, on 1 December 2004, by section 46 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act (No 2) 2004 (2004 No 86).
139Power of court to order compliance
(1)

This section applies where any person has not observed or complied with—

(a)
any provision of Part 8; or
(b)
any order, determination, direction, or requirement made or given under this Act by the court.
(1A)

This section also applies to a person in relation to whom the court has made a declaration of breach under section 142B.
(2)

Where this section applies, the court may, in addition to any other power it may exercise, by order require, in or in conjunction with any proceedings under this Act to which that person is a party or in respect of which that person is a witness, that person to do any specified thing or to cease any specified activity, for the purpose of preventing further non-observance of or non-compliance with that provision, order, determination, direction, requirement, or (in the case of a declaration of breach) the provision that the declaration relates to.
(3)

The court must specify a time within which the order is to be obeyed.
(4)

Where any person (being an employee, employer, union, or employer organisation) alleges that that person has been affected by a non-observance or non-compliance of the kind described in subsection (1), that person may commence proceedings against any other person in respect of the non-observance or non-compliance by applying to the court for an order of the kind described in subsection (2).
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 56(1), (2)

Section 139(1A): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 15(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 139(2): amended, on 1 April 2016, by section 15(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
140Further provisions relating to compliance order by court
(1)

The power given to the court by section 139(2) may be exercised by the court—

(a)
on the application of any party to the proceedings; or
(b)
except where the proceedings are commenced under section 139(4), of its own motion.
(2)

Before exercising its power under section 139(2) in relation to a person who is not a party to the proceedings, the court must give that person an opportunity to appear or be represented before the court.
(3)

Any time specified by the court under section 139 may from time to time be extended by the court on the application of the person who is required to obey the order.
(4)

A compliance order of the kind described in section 139(2)—

(a)
may be made subject to such terms and conditions as the court thinks fit (including conditions as to the actions of the applicant); and
(b)
may be expressed to continue in force until a specified time or the happening of a specified event.
(5)

Where the court makes a compliance order of the kind described in section 139(2), it may then adjourn the proceedings, without imposing any penalty or fine or making a final determination, to enable the compliance order to be complied with while the proceedings are adjourned.
(6)

Where any person fails to comply with a compliance order made under section 139, or where the court, on an application under section 138(6), is satisfied that any person has failed to comply with a compliance order made under section 137, the court may do 1 or more of the following things:

(a)
if the person in default is a plaintiff, order that the proceedings be stayed or dismissed as to the whole or any part of the relief claimed by the plaintiff in the proceedings:
(b)
if the person in default is a defendant, order that the defendant’s defence be struck out and that judgment be sealed accordingly:
(c)
order that the person in default be sentenced to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 3 months:
(d)
order that the person in default be fined a sum not exceeding $40,000:
(e)
order that the property of the person in default be sequestered.
(7)

An order under subsection (6)(d) may direct that the whole or any part of the fine must be paid to the employee concerned.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 56(3)–(7)

Section 140(7): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 17 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
140AASanctions for breaches without compliance order
(1)

This section applies in relation to an order, determination, direction, or requirement referred to in section 137(1)(b) or 139(1)(b).
(2)

If, after the order, determination, direction, or requirement is made or given, there has been non-observance of or non-compliance with the order, determination, direction, or requirement, the court may, on the application of a Labour Inspector, do 1 or more of the things specified in section 140(6)(a) to (e) without first making a compliance order.
(3)

However, the court must not do any of the things specified in section 140(6)(a) to (e) unless the court—

(a)
has provided the person in default with the opportunity to make submissions to the court; and
(b)
is satisfied that—

(i)
the matter arises from a breach of employment standards and relates to the payment of wages or other money owed, or penalties ordered, as a result of the breach; and
(ii)
the matter involves a breach that was not minor or inadvertent; and
(iii)
there was no reasonable excuse for the breach; and
(iv)
there are reasonable grounds for believing that, if a compliance order were made, the person in default would not comply with it.
Section 140AA: inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 16 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
140ACompliance order in relation to disclosure of employee transfer costs information and individualised employee information
(1)

This section applies where—

(a)
any person has not observed or complied with section 69OC, 69OD, 69OE, or 69OEA; or
(b)
there are reasonable grounds to believe that a person will not observe or comply with section 69OC, 69OD, 69OE, or 69OEA.
(2)

Where this section applies, the Authority may, in addition to any other power it may exercise, by order require that person to do any specified thing or to cease any specified activity for the purpose of preventing—

(a)
further non-observance of or non-compliance with section 69OC, 69OD, 69OE, or 69OEA; or
(b)
non-observance of or non-compliance with section 69OC, 69OD, 69OE, or 69OEA.
(3)

The Authority must specify a time within which the order is to be obeyed.
(4)

An application to the Authority for an order of the kind described in subsection (2) may be made by the following persons:

(a)
a person who has made or proposes to make a request under section 69OC(2):
(b)
a person who has required another person to provide information under section 69OD(2), (4), or (5):
(ba)
the new employer to whom individualised employee information must be provided under section 69OEA:
(bb)
the employee to whom the individualised employee information referred to in section 69OEA relates:
(c)
an employee who would be eligible to elect to transfer to the new employer under section 69I:
(d)
a union of which the employee is a member.
(5)

Where a person alleges that a person has been or would be affected by non-observance of or non-compliance with section 69OC, 69OD, 69OE, or 69OEA, that person may take action against another person by applying to the Authority for an order of the kind described in subsection (2).
(6)

The power given to the Authority by subsection (2) may be exercised by the Authority—

(a)
of its own motion; or
(b)
on the application of a person described in subsection (4).
(7)

Sections 138(2) to (4), (5), and (6), 140(6), and 161 apply, with all necessary modifications, to a compliance order under subsection (2) as if the compliance order were a compliance order made under section 137(2).
(8)

For the purposes of section 161(1), any non-observance of or non-compliance with or proposed non-observance of or non-compliance with section 69OC, 69OD, 69OE, or 69OEA or failure to comply with a compliance order under subsection (2) is to be treated as if it were an employment relationship problem.
Section 140A: inserted, on 13 December 2006, by section 9 of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2006 (2006 No 41).Section 140A heading: amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(1)(a): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(1)(b): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(2)(a): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(2)(b): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(4)(ba): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(4)(bb): inserted, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(3) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(5): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).Section 140A(8): amended, on 6 March 2015, by section 64(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2014 (2014 No 61).
Enforcement of order

141Enforcement of order
(1)

Any order made or judgment given under any of the Acts referred to in section 223(1) by the Authority or the court (including an order imposing a fine) may be filed in the District Court, and is then enforceable in the same manner as an order made or judgment given by the District Court.
(2)

To avoid doubt, an order imposing a fine is enforceable under Part 3 of the Summary Proceedings Act 1957.
Compare: 1991 No 22 s 58

Section 141(1): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).Section 141(1): amended, on 1 April 2016, by section 18(1) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).Section 141(2): inserted, on 1 April 2016, by section 18(2) of the Employment Relations Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 9).
Limitation period for actions other than personal grievances

142Limitation period for actions other than personal grievances

No action may be commenced in the Authority or the court in relation to an employment relationship problem that is not a personal grievance more than 6 years after the date on which the cause of action arose.

Disclaimer: This content is provided for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice.

1Title
This Act is the Accident Compensation Act 2001.

Section 1: amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 5(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Part 1Preliminary provisions
2Commencement
(1)

This section and sections 40 to 47, 265, and 274(3) come into force on the day after the date on which this Act receives the Royal assent.

(2)

Clauses 56(5) and 64(2) of Schedule 1 come into force on 1 April 2003.

(3)

The rest of this Act comes into force on 1 April 2002.

3Purpose
The purpose of this Act is to enhance the public good and reinforce the social contract represented by the first accident compensation scheme by providing for a fair and sustainable scheme for managing personal injury that has, as its overriding goals, minimising both the overall incidence of injury in the community, and the impact of injury on the community (including economic, social, and personal costs), through—

(a)
establishing as a primary function of the Corporation the promotion of measures to reduce the incidence and severity of personal injury:

(b)
providing for a framework for the collection, co-ordination, and analysis of injury-related information:

(ba)
ensuring that the Corporation monitors access to the accident compensation scheme by Māori and identified population groups in order to deliver services under this Act in a manner that supports access to the scheme by injured Māori and injured persons in those population groups:

(c)
ensuring that, where injuries occur, the Corporation’s primary focus should be on rehabilitation with the goal of achieving an appropriate quality of life through the provision of entitlements that restores to the maximum practicable extent a claimant’s health, independence, and participation:

(d)
ensuring that, during their rehabilitation, claimants receive fair compensation for loss from injury, including fair determination of weekly compensation and, where appropriate, lump sums for permanent impairment:

(e)
ensuring positive claimant interactions with the Corporation through the development and operation of a Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights:

(f)
ensuring that persons who suffered personal injuries before the commencement of this Act continue to receive entitlements where appropriate.

Section 3(ba): inserted, on 7 June 2023, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation (Access Reporting and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 26).

4Overview
In general terms, this Act is arranged as follows:

(a)
Part 1 deals with preliminary matters such as the purpose of the Act and definitions:

(b)
Part 2 determines whether a person has cover:

(c)
Part 3 provides—

(i)
for the preparation and approval of a Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights; and

(ii)
how to make a claim under this Act for cover and entitlements, and the process the Corporation must follow in deciding claims:

(d)
Part 4 sets out what the entitlements are and Schedule 1 sets out the detail of the entitlements:

(e)
Part 5 provides for the resolution of disputes about decisions:

(f)
Part 6 provides for the management of the Scheme and for the setting and collection of levies:

(g)
Part 7 continues the Accident Compensation Corporation and governs its operations:

(h)
Part 8 relates to the management of injury-related information:

(i)
Part 9 sets out miscellaneous provisions such as provisions about offences and penalties, and regulation-making powers:

(j)
Part 10 provides for the continuation of an orderly transition from the competitive provision of workplace accident insurance:

(k)
Part 11 provides transitional provisions for cover, entitlements, reviews and appeals, and financial matters relating to former Acts.

5Act to bind the Crown
This Act binds the Crown.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 3

5ATransitional, savings, and related provisions
The transitional, savings, and related provisions set out in Schedule 1AA have effect according to their terms.

Section 5A: inserted, on 1 April 2017, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

6Interpretation
(1)

In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,—

accident has the meaning set out in section 25

Accounts means the Accounts required to be maintained and operated under section 166

activity, for the purposes of Part 6,—

(a)
means a business, industry, profession, trade, undertaking of an employer, a self-employed person, or a private domestic worker; and

(b)
includes ancillary or subservient functions relating to the activity, such as administration, management, marketing and distribution, technical support, maintenance, and product development; and

(c)
in the case of a self-employed person, refers to the nature of his or her work rather than the context or business in which he or she is working

acute treatment has the meaning set out in section 7

Board means the Board of the Corporation

child, in relation to a deceased claimant,—

(a)
means his or her natural child; and

(b)
includes his or her adopted child; and

(c)
includes any other child who would ordinarily be regarded as his or her child because the deceased claimant—

(i)
was the spouse or partner of one of the child’s parents; and

(ii)
acted as a parent of the child; but

(d)
does not include an other dependant of the claimant

child care means personal care or supervisory care of a child in New Zealand

claim means a claim under section 48

claimant, in relation to a deceased claimant, includes the spouse or partner, any child, and any other dependants of the deceased claimant

close company has the same meaning as in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007

Code—

(a)
means the Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights approved under section 44; and

(b)
includes any amendments to the Code approved under section 47

Commissioner means the Commissioner of Inland Revenue, and has the same meaning as in section 3(1) of the Tax Administration Act 1994

Consumers Price Index means the Consumers Price Index (all groups) published by Statistics New Zealand or, if that index ceases to be published, any measure certified by the Government Statistician as being equivalent to that index

Corporation means the Accident Compensation Corporation continued by section 259

counsellor means a counsellor of a type described in regulations made under this Act

cover has the meaning set out in section 8

Crown entity subsidiary has, subject to section 266, the same meaning as in the second column of section 7(1)(c) of the Crown Entities Act 2004

deceased claimant means a claimant who dies and whose cover under section 20 or section 22 is for death or for physical injuries from which he or she dies

decision or Corporation’s decision includes all or any of the following decisions by the Corporation:

(a)
a decision whether or not a claimant has cover:

(b)
a decision about the classification of the personal injury a claimant has suffered (for example, a work-related personal injury or a motor vehicle injury):

(c)
a decision whether or not the Corporation will provide any entitlements to a claimant:

(d)
a decision about which entitlements the Corporation will provide to a claimant:

(e)
a decision about the level of any entitlements to be provided:

(f)
a decision relating to the levy payable by a particular levy payer:

(g)
a decision made under the Code about a claimant’s complaint

earner—

(a)
means a natural person who engages in employment, whether or not as an employee; and

(b)
includes a person to whom clause 43, 44, or 44A of Schedule 1 applies

Earners’ Account means the Account described in section 218

earnings means—

(a)
earnings as an employee:

(b)
earnings as a self-employed person:

(c)
earnings as a shareholder-employee

earnings as an employee has the meaning set out in sections 9 to 13

earnings as a self-employed person has the meaning set out in section 14

earnings as a shareholder-employee has the meaning set out in section 15

employee means a natural person who receives, or is entitled to receive,—

(a)
any amount that is treated as income from employment, as defined in paragraph (a) of the definition of income from employment in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007; or

(b)
any salary, wages, or other income to which section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007 applies

employer—

(a)
means a person, other than a person acting for an employer as a PAYE intermediary as defined in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007, who pays, or is liable to pay,—

(i)
any amount that, in relation to any other person, is treated as income from employment, as defined in paragraph (a) of the definition of income from employment in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007; and

(ii)
any salary, wages, or other income to which section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007 applies; but

(b)
does not include, for the purpose of Part 6, a person who is an employer solely by reason of any of section RD 5(1)(b)(iii), (6)(b), or (c) of the Income Tax Act 2007

employment—

(a)
means work engaged in or carried out for the purposes of pecuniary gain or profit; and

(b)
in the case of an employee, includes a period of paid leave, other than paid leave on the termination of employment

entitlement means the entitlements described or referred to in section 69

financial year means a period of 12 months ending with 30 June

first week compensation means compensation payable under section 97

first week of incapacity means the period—

(a)
starting,—

(i)
in a case where there are separate periods of incapacity resulting from the same personal injury, on the day on which the initial period of incapacity commences; or

(ii)
in any other case, on the day on which an incapacity resulting from a personal injury first commences; and

(b)
ending with the close of the sixth day after that day

foreign representative means any person who is not a permanent resident of New Zealand and who is present in New Zealand for the sole purpose of performing the person’s duties—

(a)
either as a member of the staff of a diplomatic mission of any State (within the meaning of the Diplomatic Privileges and Immunities Act 1968) or as a member of a consular post of any State (within the meaning of the Consular Privileges and Immunities Act 1971); or

(b)
as a representative or officer or employee of the Government of any country other than New Zealand; or

(c)
as a representative or officer or employee of any international organisation or of the Commonwealth Secretariat or of any organ of an international organisation or the Commonwealth Secretariat; or

(d)
as a representative at any conference convened in New Zealand by an international organisation or by the Commonwealth Secretariat

former Act includes the Accident Insurance Act 1998, the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992, the Accident Compensation Act 1982, and the Accident Compensation Act 1972

full-time employment, in relation to an earner, means employment in the 4 weeks immediately before his or her incapacity commenced, for either—

(a)
an average of at least 30 hours per week; or

(b)
a lesser number of hours, if the lesser number of hours is defined as full-time employment in the employment agreement under which the earner was employed, because of the particular nature of that employment

full-time study means a course of study recognised as full-time by the place of education that administers it

government agency, for the purposes of Part 8 and section 324(4)(b)(ii), includes a government department and a Crown entity

health and safety regulator has the same meaning as regulator in section 16 of the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015

Health New Zealand or other provider means Health New Zealand established by section 11 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 or another person who is a provider as defined by section 4 of that Act

health practitioner—

(a)
means a person who is, or is deemed to be, registered with an authority established or continued by section 114 of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 as a practitioner of a particular health profession; but

(b)
in relation to that health profession and to any purpose stated in a relevant notice under section 322A, does not include a person who, for that purpose, is declared not to be a health practitioner

identified population group means a population group identified by the Corporation as appropriate for the purposes of a report under section 278B

impairment, unless otherwise defined in regulations made under section 322, means a loss, loss of use, or derangement of any body part, organ system, or organ function

incapacity,—

(a)
for the purposes of determining incapacity, means incapacity determined under section 103 or section 105, as the case may require; and

(b)
includes absence from employment in order to get treatment for personal injury covered by this Act, if the treatment—

(i)
is necessary for the injury; and

(ii)
is treatment of a type that the claimant is entitled to under Part 1 of Schedule 1

individual rehabilitation plan—

(a)
means a plan under section 75 that provides for a claimant to receive rehabilitation that will assist in accordance with section 70 in restoring the claimant’s health, independence, and participation to the maximum practicable extent; and

(b)
includes an individual rehabilitation programme or individual rehabilitation plan entered into under a former Act

medical practitioner means a medical practitioner of a type defined in regulations made under this Act

mental injury has the meaning set out in section 27

Minister means, subject to any enactment, the Minister of the Crown who, under the authority of any warrant or with the authority of the Prime Minister, is for the time being responsible for the administration of this Act

moped has the meaning given to it in section 2(1) of the Land Transport Act 1998

motor vehicle has the same meaning as in section 2(1) of the Land Transport Act 1998

Motor Vehicle Account means the Account described in section 213

motor vehicle injury has the meaning set out in sections 29 and 35

motorcycle has the meaning given to it in section 2(1) of the Land Transport Act 1998

Motorcycle Safety levy means the levy payable under section 214(3)

New Zealand has the meaning set out in section 16

New Zealand superannuation qualification age,—

(a)
for a person born before 1 April 1936, means the appropriate age set out in section 3 of the Social Welfare (Transitional Provisions) Act 1990 (before its repeal):

(b)
for any other person, means the age specified in section 7 of the New Zealand Superannuation and Retirement Income Act 2001,—

irrespective of whether or not the particular person qualifies for New Zealand superannuation at that or any other age

non-earner means a natural person who is not an earner

Non-Earners’ Account means the Account described in section 227

nurse practitioner has the meaning given to it in regulations made under this Act

ordinarily resident in New Zealand has the meaning set out in section 17

other dependant means a person who has all the following characteristics immediately before a deceased claimant’s death:

(a)
because of his or her physical or mental condition, he or she is financially dependent on the deceased claimant:

(b)
he or she is deriving average earnings per week of less than the minimum weekly earnings as determined under clause 42(3) of Schedule 1:

(c)
he or she is not the deceased claimant’s spouse or partner:

(d)
he or she is not a child of the deceased claimant under 18 years

outstanding claims liability, in relation to a particular date, means the present value of expected future payments in respect of claims under this Act or any of the former Acts, which claims are—

(a)
claims notified to, and accepted by, the Corporation before that date, in respect of which payments have not been fully made at that date; and

(b)
claims that relate to events that have already occurred, but that have not been notified to, or accepted by, the Corporation as at that date; and

(c)
claims of a type described in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) that have been taken on by the Corporation, in accordance with section 7 of the Accident Insurance (Transitional Provisions) Act 2000, under an agreement with an insurer

overpayment means an overpayment of the type described in section 248(1)(a)

parental leave has the same meaning as in section 2(1) of the Parental Leave and Employment Protection Act 1987

partner, in the phrase “spouse or partner” and in related contexts, has the meaning set out in section 18A(1) to (3); and, in relation to a deceased claimant, has the meaning set out in section 18A(4) to (6)

PAYE income payment has the same meaning as in section RD 3(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007

personal injury has the meaning set out in section 26

personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection has the meaning set out in section 30

personal injury covered by any former Act means—

(a)
personal injury covered by the Accident Insurance Act 1998:

(b)
personal injury covered by the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992:

(c)
personal injury by accident covered by the Accident Compensation Act 1982 or the Accident Compensation Act 1972

pharmaceutical means—

(a)
a prescription medicine, a restricted medicine, or a pharmacy-only medicine, as listed in Parts 1, 2, and 3 of Schedule 1 of the Medicines Regulations 1984; or

(b)
a controlled drug as defined in the Misuse of Drugs Act 1975

place of education—

(a)
means—

(i)
a composite school or a secondary school as defined by section 10(1) of the Education and Training Act 2020 or a private school registered under section 214 of that Act; and

(ii)
an institution as defined by section 10(1) of that Act; and

(iii)
a registered establishment as defined by section 10(1) of that Act; and

(b)
includes any other prescribed place of education

place of employment means any premises or place—

(a)
occupied for the purposes of employment; or

(b)
to which a person has access because of his or her employment; or

(c)
attended by a person for a course of education or training for the purposes of his or her current employment, if he or she receives earnings from that employment for his or her attendance

potential earner means a claimant who either—

(a)
suffered personal injury before turning 18 years; or

(b)
suffered personal injury while engaged in full-time study or training that began before the claimant turned 18 years and continued uninterrupted until after the claimant turned 18 years

practicable, in relation to rehabilitation, means practicable after considering and balancing the following:

(a)
the nature and consequences of the injury:

(b)
the achievement of rehabilitation outcomes:

(c)
costs:

(d)
cost effectiveness:

(e)
the availability of other forms of rehabilitation:

(f)
other relevant factors

practising certificate means an annual practising certificate issued by the relevant authority under section 26(3) or section 29(4), or deemed to have been issued under section 191(2), of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003

private domestic worker means a person—

(a)
who is employed by any other person where—

(i)
the employer is the occupier or one of the occupiers of a dwellinghouse or other premises used exclusively for residential purposes; and

(ii)
the employment is for the performance of work in or about the dwellinghouse or premises or the garden or grounds belonging to the dwellinghouse or premises; and

(iii)
the employment is not in relation to any business carried on by the employer or to any occupation or calling of the employer; and

(iv)
the employment is not regular full-time employment; and

(b)
to whom section RD 4 of the Income Tax Act 2007 (obligation to make own tax deductions) applies

public health acute services means services (as defined in regulations made under section 322(2)) that are purchased through the Minister of Health and provided by a publicly funded provider

registered health professional means a registered health professional of a type defined in regulations made under this Act

Registrar, in relation to an appeal to the District Court under Part 5, means a Registrar of a specified registry; and includes a Deputy Registrar of a specified registry

rehabilitation—

(a)
means a process of active change and support with the goal of restoring, to the extent provided under section 70, a claimant’s health, independence, and participation; and

(b)
comprises treatment, social rehabilitation, and vocational rehabilitation

road has the same meaning as in section 2(1) of the Land Transport Act 1998

scope of practice has the same meaning as in section 5(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003

self-employed person means a natural person who has earnings as a self-employed person

shareholder-employee means a natural person who is a shareholder in, and an employee of, a close company

specified maximum, in relation to earnings, means the relevant prescribed maximum amount of earnings on which a levy is payable by or in respect of any person

specified registry, in relation to an appeal under Part 5, means a registry of the District Court that is for the time being specified in regulations made under this Act for the purposes of sending or filing notices of appeal

spouse has the meaning set out in section 18(1) to (3); and, in relation to a deceased claimant, has the meaning set out in section 18(4) to (6)

suffers is affected in its interpretation by—

(a)
section 36 and clause 55 of Schedule 1, when it is used in relation to mental injury:

(b)
section 37 and clause 55 of Schedule 1, when it is used in relation to personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection:

(c)
section 38 and clause 55 of Schedule 1, when it is used in relation to treatment injury or personal injury caused by medical misadventure

tax year, in relation to any person, has the same meaning as in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007 for the purposes of furnishing a return of income under the Tax Administration Act 1994

trade plate has the same meaning as in section 233(1) of the Land Transport Act 1998

treatment includes—

(a)
physical rehabilitation:

(b)
cognitive rehabilitation:

(c)
an examination for the purpose of providing a certificate including the provision of the certificate

treatment injury has the meaning set out in section 32

Treatment Injury Account means the Account described in section 228

treatment provider means a treatment provider of a type defined in regulations made under this Act

vocational independence, in relation to a claimant, means the claimant’s capacity, as determined under section 107, to engage in work—

(a)
for which he or she is suited by reason of experience, education, or training, or any combination of those things; and

(b)
for 30 hours or more a week

weekly compensation means compensation for loss of earnings, or loss of potential earning capacity, and compensation for the spouse or partner, child, or other dependant of a deceased claimant, that is payable by the Corporation—

(a)
under any of clauses 32, 47, 66, 70, and 71 of Schedule 1; or

(b)
under sections 131, 210, 224, Part 10, or Part 11

weekly earnings, in relation to an earner, means the weekly earnings of that earner determined in accordance with Part 2 of Schedule 1

Work Account means the Account described in section 167

work-related personal injury has the meaning set out in sections 28 and 29(1)

WorkSafe means WorkSafe New Zealand established by section 5 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013.

(2)

An example used in this Act is only illustrative of the provision it relates to. It does not limit the provision.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 13

Section 6(1) acupuncturist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(a) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) audiologist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(b) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) child paragraph (c)(i): amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 6(1) chiropractor: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(c) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) claimant: amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 6(1) clinical dental technician: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(d) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) close company: amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) Consumers Price Index: inserted, on 1 September 2022, by section 107(1) of the Data and Statistics Act 2022 (2022 No 39).

Section 6(1) Crown entity subsidiary: inserted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 6(1) Crown entity subsidiary: amended, on 18 July 2013, by section 42 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 6(1) Crown funding agreement: repealed, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Section 6(1) dental technician: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(e) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) dentist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(f) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) district health board or other provider: repealed, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Section 6(1) earner paragraph (b): amended, on 5 December 2017, by section 30 of the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (2016 No 96).

Section 6(1) Earners’ Account Residual levy: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 6(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) employee paragraph (a): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) employee paragraph (b): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 408(a) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 6(1) employee paragraph (b): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) employee paragraph (b): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 6(1) employer paragraph (a): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) employer paragraph (a): amended, on 26 March 2003 (applying to obligations under the principal Act that arise on and after 1 April 2004), by section 165(1) of the Taxation (Maori Organisations, Taxpayer Compliance and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2003 (2003 No 5).

Section 6(1) employer paragraph (a)(i): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) employer paragraph (a)(ii): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 408(b) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 6(1) employer paragraph (a)(ii): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) employer paragraph (a)(ii) amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 6(1) employer paragraph (b): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) Employers’ Account: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 6(1) fully funded: repealed, on 24 September 2015, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 6(1) government agency: amended, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 6(1) health and safety regulator: inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 6(1) Health New Zealand or other provider: inserted, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 6(1) Health New Zealand, the Māori Health Authority, or other provider: repealed, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 6(1) health practitioner: inserted, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 6(1) identified population group: inserted, on 7 June 2023, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation (Access Reporting and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 26).

Section 6(1) income year: repealed, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 6(1) Māori Health Authority: repealed, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 6(1) medical error: repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 3(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) medical laboratory technologist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(h) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) Medical Misadventure Account: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 6(1) medical mishap: repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 3(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) medical practitioner: replaced, on 30 October 2022, by section 4(1) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 6(1) medical radiation technologist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(j) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) midwife: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(k) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) moped: inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 6(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) moped: amended, on 30 October 2022, by section 4(2) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 6(1) Motor Vehicle Account Residual levy: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 6(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) motorcycle: inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 6(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) motorcycle: amended, on 30 October 2022, by section 4(3) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 6(1) Motorcycle Safety levy: inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 6(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) New Zealand superannuation qualification age: substituted, on 12 October 2001, by section 77 of the New Zealand Superannuation and Retirement Income Act 2001 (2001 No 84).

Section 6(1) New Zealand superannuation qualification age paragraph (b): amended, on 21 April 2005, by section 9(1) of the New Zealand Superannuation and Retirement Income Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 42).

Section 6(1) nurse: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(l) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) nurse practitioner: replaced, on 1 October 2019, by section 4(4) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 6(1) occupational therapist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(m) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) optometrist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(n) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) osteopath: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(o) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) other dependant paragraph (c): amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 6(1) partner: inserted, on 26 April 2005, by section 3 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 6(1) PAYE income payment: inserted, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) personal injury caused by medical misadventure: repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 3(4) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) pharmacist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(p) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) physiotherapist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(q) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) place of education paragraph (a): replaced, on 1 August 2020, by section 668 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (2020 No 38).

Section 6(1) podiatrist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(r) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) practising certificate: inserted, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 6(1) private domestic worker paragraph (b): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) registered health professional: replaced, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(5) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) registered medical practitioner: repealed, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 6(1) Registrar: amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 6(1) Residual Claims Account: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 6(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) Residual Claims levy: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 6(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) scope of practice: inserted, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 6(1) Self-Employed Work Account: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 6(1) source deduction payment: repealed, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) specified registry: amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 6(1) speech therapist: repealed, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(2)(t) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) suffers paragraph (c): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 6(1) tax year: inserted, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 6(1) tax year: amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 6(1) trade plate: substituted, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 6(1) treatment injury: inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 3(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) Treatment Injury Account: inserted, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 6(1) treatment provider: replaced, on 1 October 2019, by section 3(7) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 6(1) vocational independence paragraph (b): amended, on 1 July 2010, by section 6(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 6(1) weekly compensation: amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 6(1) Work Account: inserted, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 6(1) WorkSafe: inserted, on 16 December 2013, by section 22 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013 (2013 No 94).

7Acute treatment
Acute treatment, in relation to a claimant, means—

(a)
the first visit to a treatment provider for treatment for a personal injury for which the claimant has cover; and

(b)
the following treatments if, in the treatment provider’s reasonable clinical judgment, the need for the treatment is urgent (given the likely clinical effect on the claimant of any delay in treatment):

(i)
any subsequent visit to that treatment provider for the injury referred to in paragraph (a); and

(ii)
any referral by that treatment provider to any other treatment provider for the injury referred to in paragraph (a).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 14

8Cover
(1)

When this Act says a claimant has cover, it means that the claimant has cover for a personal injury—

(a)
under any of sections 20, 21, or 22, for a personal injury suffered on or after 1 April 2002; or

(b)
under Part 10 or Part 11, for a personal injury suffered before that date.

(2)

When this Act says that an injury is covered by this Act, it means that the injury is a personal injury for which a claimant has cover.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 16

9Earnings as an employee: what it means
(1)

Earnings as an employee, in relation to any person and any tax year, means all PAYE income payments of the person for the tax year.

(2)

This section is subject to sections 10 to 13.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 17

Section 9(1): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 9(1): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

10Earnings as an employee: payments to spouse or partner
(1)

Earnings as an employee, in relation to any person and any tax year, does not include any amount paid to the person (person A) for services he or she performs for his or her spouse or partner (person B), as person B’s employee or otherwise.

(2)

However, subsection (1) does not apply if person B, in order to calculate his or her income for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 2007, has made a written application for, and obtained, the Commissioner’s consent to a deduction being made for any amounts paid by person B to person A for the services person A performs.

(3)

If subsection (2) applies, account must be taken of the following in determining person A’s weekly earnings for as long as the Commissioner’s consent relates to the services and to the amounts paid:

(a)
the services performed by person A after the date on which the Commissioner receives person B’s application; and

(b)
any amounts paid after the date on which the Commissioner receives person B’s application.

(4)

The Corporation may accept that there has been sufficient compliance with subsection (2), and levies are payable accordingly, if—

(a)
person A provides services to person B; and

(b)
person B submits or has submitted a return of income to the Commissioner; and

(c)
person B shows the amounts paid to person A for such services in the return as an expense incurred in the production of income for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 2007; and

(d)
person A includes the amounts paid to him or her by person B for such services in a return of income submitted to the Commissioner; and

(e)
person A pays or has paid tax (if appropriate) on such amounts.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 18

Section 10 heading: amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 10(1): amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 10(1): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 10(2): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 10(4)(c): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 10(4)(c): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

11Earnings as an employee: what it does not include
(1)

Earnings as an employee, in relation to any person and any tax year, does not include—

(a)
any main benefit, veteran’s pension, New Zealand superannuation, or schedular payment; or

(aa)
any parental leave payments paid under Part 7A of the Parental Leave and Employment Protection Act 1987; or

(ab)
any payment paid under the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016; or

(b)
any student allowance established in accordance with regulations made under section 645 of the Education and Training Act 2020; or

(c)
any amount allocated to a person or persons, other than the person who is the employee in question, under sections CD 11, CW 63, DB 58, GB 23, and GB 24 of the Income Tax Act 2007; or

(cb)
any benefit arising from a employee share scheme under section CE 2 of the Income Tax Act 2007; or

(d)
any amount deemed to be a dividend paid by any person, to the person who is the employee in question, under section GB 25 of the Income Tax Act 2007; or

(e)
any redundancy payment; or

(f)
any retiring allowance; or

(g)
any pension from a superannuation scheme, or pension fund, that is not a retirement scheme (within the meaning of section 6(1) of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013) nor a superannuation scheme registered under the Superannuation Schemes Act 1989; or

(h)
any pension that is paid in the circumstances set out in any of the following provisions:

(i)
section DF 4 of the Income Tax Act 1994 or section DC 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 or section DC 2 of the Income Tax Act 2007:

(ii)
section DF 8A or section DF 8B of the Income Tax Act 1994 or section DC 3 of the Income Tax Act 2004 or section DC 3 of the Income Tax Act 2007:

(iii)
sections FB 11 and FB 12 of the Income Tax Act 2007.

(2)

In this section, main benefit, veteran’s pension, New Zealand superannuation, and schedular payment have the same meanings as in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 19

Section 11(1): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 11(1)(a): amended, on 30 March 2021, by section 142 of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2020–21, Feasibility Expenditure, and Remedial Matters) Act 2021 (2021 No 8).

Section 11(1)(a): amended, on 2 September 2013, by section 16(1) of the Social Assistance (Living Alone Payments) Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 11).

Section 11(1)(a): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 11(1)(aa): inserted, on 1 July 2002, by section 6 of the Parental Leave and Employment Protection (Paid Parental Leave) Amendment Act 2002 (2002 No 7).

Section 11(1)(ab): inserted, on 5 December 2017, by section 30 of the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (2016 No 96).

Section 11(1)(b): amended, on 1 August 2020, by section 668 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (2020 No 38).

Section 11(1)(c): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 11(1)(cb): inserted, on 1 April 2017 (applying for the 2017–18 and later income years, or as described in s 228(2)(b) of the Taxation (Transformation: First Phase Simplification and Other Measures) Act 2016), by section 228 of the Taxation (Transformation: First Phase Simplification and Other Measures) Act 2016 (2016 No 27).

Section 11(1)(cb): amended (with effect on 1 April 2024), on 29 March 2025, by section 266(1) (and see section 266(2) for application) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2024–25, Emergency Response, and Remedial Measures) Act 2025 (2025 No 9).

Section 11(1)(cb): amended (with effect on 29 September 2018), on 23 March 2020, by section 275 of the Taxation (KiwiSaver, Student Loans, and Remedial Matters) Act 2020 (2020 No 5).

Section 11(1)(d): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 11(1)(g): replaced, on 1 December 2014, by section 150 of the Financial Markets (Repeals and Amendments) Act 2013 (2013 No 70).

Section 11(1)(h): added, on 1 July 2005, by section 4 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 11(1)(h)(i): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 11(1)(h)(ii): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 11(1)(h)(iii): substituted, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 11(2): amended, on 30 March 2021, by section 142 of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2020–21, Feasibility Expenditure, and Remedial Matters) Act 2021 (2021 No 8).

Section 11(2): amended, on 2 September 2013, by section 16(1) of the Social Assistance (Living Alone Payments) Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 11).

Section 11(2): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

12Earnings as an employee: Work Account levy payable under section 168
For the purpose of calculating the Work Account levy payable under section 168, earnings as an employee does not include any payment of—

(a)
first week compensation; or

(b)
weekly compensation.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 19A

Section 12 heading: amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 7(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 12 heading: amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 12: amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 7(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 12: amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

13Earnings of private domestic workers
The Corporation must treat the earnings of a private domestic worker as earnings as an employee.

Section 13: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 5 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

14Earnings as a self-employed person
(1)

Earnings as a self-employed person, in relation to any person and any tax year,—

(a)
means A minus B, A being the amount described in subsection (2) and B being the amount described in subsection (3); and

(b)
does not include any earnings as an employee or earnings as a shareholder-employee.

(2)

A is the amount of income (if any)—

(a)
that the person derives in the tax year for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 2007; and

(b)
that is dependent on the person’s personal exertions.

(3)

B is all amounts that the person is allowed as deductions for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 2007 because of the person deriving the income described in subsection (2).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 20

Section 14(1): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 14(2): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 14(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 14(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 14(3): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 14(3): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

15Earnings as a shareholder-employee
(1)

Earnings as a shareholder-employee, in relation to a person who is a shareholder-employee and any tax year, means—

(a)
the amount described in subsection (2) (the subsection (2) amount); or

(b)
the amount described in subsection (3) (the subsection (3) amount), if the Corporation decides that the subsection (2) amount is not a reasonable representation of the person’s earnings as a shareholder-employee in the tax year.

(2)

The subsection (2) amount is—

(a)
all PAYE income payments of the person for the tax year derived from a company of which the person is a shareholder-employee; and

(b)
all income of the person that is deemed to be income derived otherwise than from PAYE income payments under section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007.

(3)

The subsection (3) amount is an amount determined by the Corporation in the following way:

(a)
first, determine each of the following amounts:

(i)
an amount that represents reasonable remuneration for the services that the person provides to the company as an employee of the company in the tax year; and

(ii)
an amount that represents reasonable remuneration for the services that the person provides as a director of the company in the tax year; and

(b)
second, add the amounts described in paragraph (a)(i) and (ii), and the result is the subsection (3) amount.

(4)

The earnings as an employee of the person as an employee of the company are the amount described in subsection (3)(a)(i).

(5)

The director’s fees of the person as a director of the company are the amount described in subsection (3)(a)(ii).

(6)

The dividend of the person as a shareholder of the company is determined by the Corporation in the following way:

(a)
first, determine the total amount the company pays or provides to the person in any capacity in the tax year; and

(b)
second, deduct the subsection (3) amount from that total amount, and the result is the dividend of the person as a shareholder of the company and is not earnings of the person.

(7)

For the purposes of this section, earnings as a shareholder-employee do not include a benefit arising from an employee share scheme under section CE 2 of the Income Tax Act 2007.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 21

Section 15(1): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 15(1)(b): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 15(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 15(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 15(2)(b): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 409 of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 15(2)(b): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 15(3)(a)(i): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 15(3)(a)(ii): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 15(6)(a): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 15(7): inserted, on 1 April 2017 (applying for the 2017–18 and later income years, or as described in s 229(2)(b) of the Taxation (Transformation: First Phase Simplification and Other Measures) Act 2016), by section 229 of the Taxation (Transformation: First Phase Simplification and Other Measures) Act 2016 (2016 No 27).

Section 15(7): amended (with effect on 1 April 2024), on 29 March 2025, by section 267(1) (and see section 267(2) for application) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2024–25, Emergency Response, and Remedial Measures) Act 2025 (2025 No 9).

16New Zealand
(1)

New Zealand means—

(a)
the North Island, the South Island, Stewart Island, the Chatham Islands, and all other land territories, islands, and islets lying between the 162nd degree of east longitude and the 173rd degree of west longitude and between the 33rd and 53rd parallels of south latitude; and

(b)
those islands situated in the South Pacific Ocean lying between the 177th and 180th degrees of west longitude and between the 29th and 32nd parallels of south latitude, commonly known as the Kermadec Group; and

(c)
those parts of the internal waters of New Zealand (as defined by section 4 of the Territorial Sea, Contiguous Zone, and Exclusive Economic Zone Act 1977) adjacent to the land territories, islands, and islets referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b); and

(d)
those parts of the territorial sea of New Zealand (as defined by section 3 of the Territorial Sea, Contiguous Zone, and Exclusive Economic Zone Act 1977) adjacent to the land territories, islands, and islets referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b); and

(e)
any installation or drilling rig that—

(i)
is constructed, erected, placed, or used in, on, or above those parts of the continental shelf adjacent to the land territories, islands, and islets referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b); and

(ii)
has the purpose of the exploration of the continental shelf or the exploitation of the mineral or other natural non-living resources of the continental shelf.

(2)

In subsection (1)(e),—

(a)
continental shelf has the meaning given to it in section 2(1) of the Continental Shelf Act 1964:

(b)
installation and drilling rig include—

(i)
any installation or drilling rig, whether permanent or temporary:

(ii)
any aircraft, floating platform, ship, or other device that is for the time being in, on, or above the continental shelf and is being used in connection with any installation or drilling rig.

(3)

A person remains in New Zealand when he or she—

(a)
embarks in New Zealand on an aircraft or ship or some other means of conveyance by air or sea—

(i)
to travel from one place in New Zealand to another place in New Zealand; or

(ii)
to return to his or her place of embarkation without disembarking at any other place; and

(b)
does not go beyond a limit of 300 nautical miles from any point or points in New Zealand.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 23

17Ordinarily resident in New Zealand
(1)

A person is ordinarily resident in New Zealand if he or she—

(a)
has New Zealand as his or her permanent place of residence, whether or not he or she also has a place of residence outside New Zealand; and

(b)
is in one of the following categories:

(i)
a New Zealand citizen:

(ii)
a holder of a residence class visa granted under the Immigration Act 2009:

(iii)
a person who is a spouse or a partner, child, or other dependant of any person referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii), and who generally accompanies the person referred to in the subparagraph.

(2)

A person does not have a permanent place of residence in New Zealand if he or she has been and remains absent from New Zealand for more than 6 months or intends to be absent from New Zealand for more than 6 months. This subsection overrides subsection (3) but is subject to subsection (4).

(3)

A person has a permanent place of residence in New Zealand if he or she, although absent from New Zealand, has been personally present in New Zealand for a period or periods exceeding in the aggregate 183 days in the 12-month period immediately before last becoming absent from New Zealand. (A person personally present in New Zealand for part of a day is treated as being personally present in New Zealand for the whole of that day.)

(4)

A person must be treated as having New Zealand as the person’s permanent place of residence if—

(a)
the person—

(i)
intends to resume a place of residence in New Zealand; and

(ii)
is absent from New Zealand primarily in connection with the person’s employment duties (the remuneration for which is treated as income derived in New Zealand for New Zealand income tax purposes) or for up to 6 months following the completion of the person’s period of employment outside New Zealand; or

(b)
the person—

(i)
intends to resume (or assume) a place of residence in New Zealand; and

(ii)
is the spouse or partner, child, or other dependant of a person described in paragraph (a) and generally accompanies that person; and

(iii)
is outside New Zealand during the period of employment of the person described in paragraph (a) or for up to 6 months following the completion of it.

(5)

A person is not ordinarily resident in New Zealand if he or she is in New Zealand unlawfully within the meaning of the Immigration Act 2009. Any period during which a person is in New Zealand unlawfully is not counted as time spent in New Zealand for the purposes of subsection (3).

(6)

In this section,—

child, in relation to any person referred to in subsection (1)(b)(i) or (ii) or (4)(a),—

(a)
means a child who, at the date of that child’s injury,—

(i)
was aged under 18, or was aged under 21 and was in full-time study at a place of education; and

(ii)
either—

(A)
was that person’s natural or adopted child; or

(B)
would ordinarily have been regarded as that person’s child because they were the child of that person’s spouse or partner, and that person acted as their parent; and

(b)
does not include an other dependant of that person

other dependant, in relation to any person referred to in subsection (1)(b)(i) or (ii) or (4)(a), means a dependant who, at the date of that dependant’s injury,—

(a)
was financially dependent on that person because of the dependant’s mental or physical condition; and

(b)
was not that person’s spouse, partner, or child.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 24

Section 17(1)(b): substituted, at 2 am on 29 November 2010, by section 406(1) of the Immigration Act 2009 (2009 No 51).

Section 17(4): replaced, on 12 April 2019, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 10).

Section 17(5): amended, at 2 am on 29 November 2010, by section 406(1) of the Immigration Act 2009 (2009 No 51).

Section 17(6): inserted, on 30 October 2022, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

18Spouse (and spouse in relation to deceased claimant)
(1)

Spouse means a person (person A) to whom the claimant is legally married.

(2)

However, person A is not the spouse of a claimant if—

(a)
person A and the claimant are living apart; and

(b)
the claimant is not contributing financially to person A’s welfare.

(3)

Subsection (2) does not apply if the circumstances set out in the subsection occurred principally because of the health, imprisonment, or employment obligations of either person A or the claimant.

(4)

Spouse, in relation to a deceased claimant, means a person (person B) to whom the deceased claimant was legally married immediately before his or her death.

(5)

However, person B is not the spouse of a deceased claimant if, at the time of the deceased claimant’s death,—

(a)
person B and the deceased claimant were living apart; and

(b)
the deceased claimant was not contributing financially to person B’s welfare.

(6)

Subsection (5) does not apply if the circumstances set out in the subsection occurred principally because of the health, imprisonment, or employment obligations of either person B or the deceased claimant.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 25

Section 18(1): substituted, on 26 April 2005, by section 4(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Section 18(4): substituted, on 26 April 2005, by section 4(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

18APartner (and partner in relation to deceased claimant)
(1)

Partner means a person (person A) with whom the claimant is in a civil union or a de facto relationship.

(2)

However, person A is not the partner of a claimant if—

(a)
person A and the claimant are living apart; and

(b)
the claimant is not contributing financially to person A’s welfare.

(3)

Subsection (2) does not apply if the circumstances set out in the subsection occurred principally because of the health, imprisonment, or employment obligations of either person A or the claimant.

(4)

Partner, in relation to a deceased claimant, means a person (person B)—

(a)
with whom the deceased claimant was in a civil union immediately before his or her death; or

(b)
with whom the deceased claimant was in a de facto relationship immediately before his or her death.

(5)

However, person B is not the partner of a deceased claimant if, at the time of the deceased claimant’s death,—

(a)
person B and the deceased claimant were living apart; and

(b)
the deceased claimant was not contributing financially to person B’s welfare.

(6)

Subsection (5) does not apply if the circumstances set out in the subsection occurred principally because of the health, imprisonment, or employment obligations of either person B or the deceased claimant.

Section 18A: inserted, on 26 April 2005, by section 5 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

Part 2Cover
Preliminary provision
19Key terms in this Part
This Part uses and defines the following key terms:

accident (which is defined in section 25)

mental injury (which is defined in section 27)

motor vehicle injury (which is defined in sections 29(2) and 35)

personal injury (which is defined in section 26)

personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection (which is defined in section 30)

treatment injury (which is defined in section 32)

work-related personal injury (which is defined in sections 28 and 29(1)).

Section 19: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 6 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Principles
20Cover for personal injury suffered in New Zealand (except mental injury caused by certain criminal acts or work-related mental injury)
(1)

A person has cover for a personal injury if—

(a)
he or she suffers the personal injury in New Zealand on or after 1 April 2002; and

(b)
the personal injury is any of the kinds of injuries described in section 26(1)(a) or (b) or (c) or (e); and

(c)
the personal injury is described in any of the paragraphs in subsection (2).

(2)

Subsection (1)(c) applies to—

(a)
personal injury caused by an accident to the person:

(b)
personal injury that is treatment injury suffered by the person:

(c)
treatment injury in circumstances described in section 32(7):

(d)
personal injury that is a consequence of treatment given to the person for another personal injury for which the person has cover:

(e)
personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection suffered by the person:

(f)
personal injury caused by a gradual process, disease, or infection that is treatment injury suffered by the person:

(g)
personal injury caused by a gradual process, disease, or infection consequential on personal injury suffered by the person for which the person has cover:

(h)
personal injury caused by a gradual process, disease, or infection consequential on treatment given to the person for personal injury for which the person has cover:

(i)
personal injury that is a cardiovascular or cerebrovascular episode that is treatment injury suffered by the person:

(j)
personal injury that is a cardiovascular or cerebrovascular episode that is personal injury suffered by the person to which section 28(3) applies.

(3)

Subsections (1) and (2) are subject to the following qualifications:

(a)
section 23 denies cover to some persons otherwise potentially within the scope of subsection (1):

(b)
section 24 denies cover to some persons otherwise potentially within the scope of subsections (1) and (2)(e).

(4)

A person who suffers personal injury that is mental injury in circumstances described in section 21 has cover under section 21, but not under this section.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 39

Section 20 heading: amended, on 1 October 2008, by section 5(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 20(2)(b): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 7(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 20(2)(c): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 7(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 20(2)(d): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 7(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 20(2)(f): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 7(4) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 20(2)(i): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 7(5) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 20(3)(b): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 5(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

21Cover for mental injury caused by certain criminal acts
(1)

A person has cover for a personal injury that is a mental injury if—

(a)
he or she suffers the mental injury inside or outside New Zealand on or after 1 April 2002; and

(b)
the mental injury is caused by an act performed by another person; and

(c)
the act is of a kind described in subsection (2).

(2)

Subsection (1)(c) applies to an act that—

(a)
is performed on, with, or in relation to the person; and

(b)
is performed—

(i)
in New Zealand; or

(ii)
outside New Zealand on, with, or in relation to a person who is ordinarily resident in New Zealand when the act is performed; and

(c)
is within the description of an offence listed in Schedule 3.

(3)

For the purposes of this section, it is irrelevant whether or not the person is ordinarily resident in New Zealand on the date on which he or she suffers the mental injury.

(4)

Section 36 describes how the date referred to in subsection (3) is determined.

(5)

For the purposes of this section, it is irrelevant that—

(a)
no person can be, or has been, charged with or convicted of the offence; or

(b)
the alleged offender is incapable of forming criminal intent.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 40

21ACover under Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992 for mental injury caused by certain criminal acts
(1)

This section applies to persons who suffered personal injury that is mental or nervous shock suffered as an outcome of any act of any other person, which act—

(a)
was performed on, with, or in relation to the claimant (but not on, with, or in relation to any other person); and

(b)
was within the description of any offence listed in Schedule 1 of the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992 (the 1992 Act); and

(c)
was performed before 1 July 1992 (including before 1 April 1974) and was performed—

(i)
in New Zealand; or

(ii)
outside New Zealand, and the claimant was ordinarily resident in New Zealand within the meaning of the 1992 Act when the act was actually performed.

(2)

For the purpose of subsection (1),—

(a)
the personal injury is deemed to have been suffered on the date of the first treatment that the claimant received for that personal injury as that personal injury; and

(b)
that first treatment must have been received on or after 1 July 1992 and before 1 July 1999; and

(c)
the treatment must have been of a kind for which the Corporation was required or permitted to make payments either directly under regulations made under the 1992 Act or under an agreement or contract or arrangement under section 29A of the 1992 Act, irrespective of whether or not it made any payment in the particular case.

(3)

For the purposes of subsection (1), it is irrelevant—

(a)
that no person can be, or has been, charged with or convicted of the offence; or

(b)
that the alleged offender is incapable of forming criminal intent; or

(c)
whether or not the person who suffered the personal injury was ordinarily resident in New Zealand within the meaning of the 1992 Act when the personal injury is deemed to have been suffered.

(4)

Persons to whom this section applies are deemed to have had cover under the 1992 Act for the personal injury described in subsection (1), and the following provisions apply:

(a)
payments made by or through the Corporation (or a subsidiary of the Corporation) or the Department of Labour to those persons for a personal injury described in subsection (1), whether made before or after the commencement of this section, are deemed to be entitlements paid under the 1992 Act to the extent that the correct amounts were paid:

(b)
for the purpose of paragraph (a), it does not matter whether or not the payment is a payment made in the belief that section 8(3) of the 1992 Act provided cover:

(c)
entitlements available as a result of cover deemed by this section are subject to Part 13 of the Accident Insurance Act 1998 and Part 11 of this Act:

(d)
Part 5 applies to decisions made by or on behalf of the Corporation between 15 July 2003 and the commencement of this section on claims made under section 8(3) of the 1992 Act for which cover is deemed by this section, and Part 5 applies as if those decisions had been made on the date of the commencement of this section.

(5)

However, the following provisions apply to civil proceedings brought before or after the commencement of this section seeking general damages for mental or nervous shock suffered by a person as an outcome of any act described in subsection (1) (the proceedings):

(a)
if the plaintiff received judgment in the proceedings, in his or her favour, before the commencement of this section, the plaintiff does not have cover under this section for the injury or injuries to which the proceedings relate:

(b)
if the proceedings were filed, but not heard, before the date of introduction of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005, nothing in this section prevents the proceedings from being heard or prevents a court from awarding the plaintiff general damages for the mental or nervous shock:

(c)
if the plaintiff continues the proceedings, the plaintiff must declare to the court any payments and entitlements received from the Corporation for the personal injury for which damages are sought, and the court must take those payments and entitlements into account in awarding the plaintiff any damages:

(d)
on the date judgment is given in the proceedings, the plaintiff—

(i)
does not have cover under this section for the injury or injuries to which the proceedings relate; and

(ii)
must advise the Corporation of the judgment:

(e)
if the plaintiff loses cover by virtue of paragraph (a) or paragraph (d), the Corporation may not recover any part of an amount that is deemed by subsection (4)(a) to be an entitlement paid to the plaintiff under the 1992 Act.

Section 21A: inserted, on 11 May 2005, by section 8 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 21A(4)(c): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 5(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

21BCover for work-related mental injury
(1)

A person has cover for a personal injury that is a work-related mental injury if—

(a)
he or she suffers the mental injury inside or outside New Zealand on or after 1 October 2008; and

(b)
the mental injury is caused by a single event of a kind described in subsection (2).

(2)

Subsection (1)(b) applies to an event that—

(a)
the person experiences, sees, or hears directly in the circumstances described in section 28(1); and

(b)
is an event that could reasonably be expected to cause mental injury to people generally; and

(c)
occurs—

(i)
in New Zealand; or

(ii)
outside New Zealand to a person who is ordinarily resident in New Zealand when the event occurs.

(3)

For the purposes of this section, it is irrelevant whether or not the person is ordinarily resident in New Zealand on the date on which he or she suffers the mental injury.

(4)

Section 36(1) describes how the date referred to in subsection (3) is determined.

(5)

In subsection (2)(a), a person experiences, sees, or hears an event directly if that person—

(a)
is involved in or witnesses the event himself or herself; and

(b)
is in close physical proximity to the event at the time it occurs.

(6)

To avoid doubt, a person does not experience, see, or hear an event directly if that person experiences, sees, or hears it through a secondary source, for example, by—

(a)
seeing it on television (including closed circuit television):

(b)
seeing pictures of, or reading about, it in news media:

(c)
hearing it on radio or by telephone:

(d)
hearing about it from radio, telephone, or another person.

(7)

In this section, event—

(a)
means—

(i)
an event that is sudden; or

(ii)
a direct outcome of a sudden event; and

(b)
includes a series of events that—

(i)
arise from the same cause or circumstance; and

(ii)
together comprise a single incident or occasion; but

(c)
does not include a gradual process.

Section 21B: inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 6 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

22Cover for personal injury suffered outside New Zealand (except mental injury caused by certain criminal acts or work-related mental injury)
(1)

A person has cover for a personal injury if—

(a)
he or she suffers the personal injury outside New Zealand on or after 1 April 2002; and

(b)
the personal injury is any of the kinds of injuries described in section 26(1)(a) or (b) or (c) or (e); and

(c)
the person is ordinarily resident in New Zealand when he or she suffers the personal injury; and

(d)
the personal injury is one for which the person would have cover if he or she had suffered it in New Zealand.

(2)

Subsection (1) applies subject to subsection (3).

(3)

A person has cover for treatment injury if he or she suffers the personal injury on or after 1 July 2005 as a result of treatment given to him or her while outside New Zealand, but only if the circumstances described in subsection (4) exist.

(4)

The circumstances are—

(a)
the treatment is given by a person who has qualifications that are the same as or equivalent to those of a registered health professional; and

(b)
the personal injury would be personal injury caused by treatment if the treatment were given by or at the direction of the equivalent of a registered health professional and the person suffered the injury in New Zealand; and

(c)
the person is ordinarily resident in New Zealand when the treatment is given (whether or not he or she is ordinarily resident in New Zealand on the date on which he or she suffers the personal injury).

(5)

Section 38 describes how the date on which the person suffers the personal injury referred to in subsection (4)(c) is determined.

(6)

A person who suffers personal injury that is mental injury in circumstances described in section 21 has cover under section 21, but not under this section.

(7)

A person who suffers personal injury that is work-related mental injury in circumstances described in section 21B has cover under section 21B, but not under this section.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 41

Section 22 heading: amended, on 1 October 2008, by section 7(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 22(3): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 9(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 22(4)(b): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 9(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 22(5): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 9(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 22(7): added, on 1 October 2008, by section 7(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

23Cover for personal injury suffered by persons not ordinarily resident in New Zealand: exclusions while travelling to, around, and from New Zealand
(1)

A person not ordinarily resident in New Zealand does not have cover for a personal injury if he or she suffers it while he or she—

(a)
is on board a ship or aircraft or other means of conveyance described in subsection (2); or

(b)
is embarking or disembarking from any such ship or aircraft or conveyance.

(2)

Subsection (1)(a) relates to the ship, aircraft, or conveyance on which the person—

(a)
comes to New Zealand; or

(b)
leaves New Zealand; or

(c)
comes to New Zealand, is carried and accommodated in the course of visiting New Zealand, and leaves New Zealand.

(3)

For the purposes of subsection (1)(b),—

(a)
embarking begins as soon as a person is on a gangway, air bridge, or other thing attached to or laid against a ship, aircraft, or other conveyance and available for use in embarking:

(b)
disembarking finishes as soon as a person has left any gangway, air bridge, or other thing attached to or laid against a ship, aircraft, or other conveyance and available for use in disembarking.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 42

24Cover for personal injury caused by work-related gradual process, disease, or infection: exclusion for events occurring outside New Zealand before 1 April 1974
(1)

A person does not have cover for a personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection if—

(a)
he or she suffers the personal injury because, before 1 April 1974, he or she performed a task, or worked in an environment, in the circumstances described in section 30(2); and

(b)
he or she performed the task, or worked in the environment, outside New Zealand; and

(c)
he or she was not ordinarily resident in New Zealand when he or she performed the task or worked in the environment (whether or not he or she is ordinarily resident in New Zealand on the date on which he or she suffers the personal injury).

(2)

Section 37 describes how the date referred to in subsection (1)(c) is determined.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 43

Key terms relating to cover
25Accident
(1)

Accident means any of the following kinds of occurrences:

(a)
a specific event or a series of events, other than a gradual process, that—

(i)
involves the application of a force (including gravity), or resistance, external to the human body; or

(ii)
involves the sudden movement of the body to avoid a force (including gravity), or resistance, external to the body; or

(iii)
involves a twisting movement of the body:

(b)
the inhalation of any solid, liquid, gas, or foreign object on a specific occasion, which kind of occurrence does not include the inhalation of a virus, bacterium, protozoan, or fungus, unless that inhalation is the result of the criminal act of a person other than the injured person:

(ba)
the oral ingestion of any solid, liquid, gas, fungus, or foreign object on a specific occasion, which kind of occurrence does not include the ingestion of a virus, bacterium, or protozoan, unless that ingestion is the result of the criminal act of a person other than the injured person:

(c)
a burn, or exposure to radiation or rays of any kind, on a specific occasion, which kind of occurrence does not include a burn or exposure caused by exposure to the elements:

(d)
the absorption of any chemical through the skin within a defined period of time not exceeding 1 month:

(e)
any exposure to the elements, or to extremes of temperature or environment, within a defined period of time not exceeding 1 month, that,—

(i)
for a continuous period exceeding 1 month, results in any restriction or lack of ability that prevents the person from performing an activity in the manner or within the range considered normal for the person; or

(ii)
causes death:

(f)
an application of a force or resistance internal to the human body at any time from the onset of labour to the completion of delivery that results in an injury described in Schedule 3A to a person who gives birth.

(2)

However, accident does not include—

(a)
any of those kinds of occurrences if the occurrence is treatment given,—

(i)
in New Zealand, by or at the direction of a registered health professional; or

(ii)
outside New Zealand, by or at the direction of a person who has qualifications that are the same as or equivalent to those of a registered health professional; or

(b)
any ecto-parasitic infestation (such as scabies), unless it is work-related; or

(c)
the contraction of any disease carried by an arthropod as an active vector (such as malaria that results from a mosquito bite), unless it is work-related.

(2A)

Subsection (2)(a) does not apply to an accident of the kind described in subsection (1)(f).

(3)

The fact that a person has suffered a personal injury is not of itself to be construed as an indication or presumption that it was caused by an accident.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 28

Section 25(1)(a): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 10(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 25(1)(b): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 10(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 25(1)(ba): inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 10(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 25(1)(f): inserted, on 1 October 2022, by section 6(1) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 25(2A): inserted, on 1 October 2022, by section 6(2) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

25AReview of operation of Schedule 3A
(1)

As soon as practicable after 1 October 2025, the Minister must,—

(a)
for the purpose of determining whether any amendments to Schedule 3A are necessary or desirable, review the operation of Schedule 3A in relation to section 25(1)(f) since the date of that commencement; and

(b)
prepare a report of the review that includes recommendations on whether any amendments to Schedule 3A are necessary or desirable; and

(c)
present a copy of the report to the House of Representatives.

(2)

In preparing the report, the Minister must consult the parties the Minister thinks appropriate.

Section 25A: inserted, on 30 October 2022, by section 7 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

26Personal injury
(1)

Personal injury means—

(a)
the death of a person; or

(b)
physical injuries suffered by a person, including, for example, a strain or a sprain; or

(c)
mental injury suffered by a person because of physical injuries suffered by the person; or

(d)
mental injury suffered by a person in the circumstances described in section 21; or

(da)
work-related mental injury that is suffered by a person in the circumstances described in section 21B; or

(e)
damage (other than wear and tear) to dentures or prostheses that replace a part of the human body.

(1A)

Personal injury includes any degree of hearing loss that is 5% or more of binaural hearing loss caused by a personal injury described in section 20(2).

(1B)

Personal injury does not include any degree of hearing loss caused by—

(a)
a personal injury other than a personal injury described in section 20(2); or

(b)
the ageing process; or

(c)
any other factors.

(2)

Personal injury does not include personal injury caused wholly or substantially by a gradual process, disease, or infection unless it is personal injury of a kind described in section 20(2)(e) to (h).

(3)

Personal injury does not include a cardiovascular or cerebrovascular episode unless it is personal injury of a kind described in section 20(2)(i) or (j).

(4)

Personal injury does not include—

(a)
personal injury caused wholly or substantially by the ageing process; or

(b)
personal injury to teeth or dentures caused by the natural use of those teeth or dentures.

(5)

For the purposes of subsection (1)(e) and to avoid doubt, prostheses does not include hearing aids, spectacles, or contact lenses.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 29

Section 26(1)(da): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 8 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 26(1A): inserted, on 1 July 2010, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 26(1A): amended, on 30 October 2022, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 26(1B): inserted, on 1 July 2010, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

27Mental injury
Mental injury means a clinically significant behavioural, cognitive, or psychological dysfunction.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 30

28Work-related personal injury
(1)

A work-related personal injury is a personal injury that a person suffers—

(a)
while he or she is at any place for the purposes of his or her employment, including, for example, a place that itself moves or a place to or through which the claimant moves; or

(b)
while he or she is having a break from work for a meal or rest or refreshment at his or her place of employment; or

(c)
while he or she is travelling to or from his or her place of employment at the start or finish of his or her day’s work, if he or she is an employee and if the transport—

(i)
is provided by the employer; and

(ii)
is provided for the purpose of transporting employees; and

(iii)
is driven by the employer or, at the direction of the employer, by another employee of the employer or of a related or associated employer; or

(d)
while he or she is travelling, by the most direct practicable route, between his or her place of employment and another place for the purposes of getting treatment for a work-related personal injury, if the treatment—

(i)
is necessary for the injury; and

(ii)
is treatment of a type that the claimant is entitled to under Part 1 of Schedule 1.

(2)

In subsection (1)(d), most direct practicable route does not include those parts of a route that deviate unreasonably from, or interrupt, a journey for purposes unrelated to the employment or the treatment.

(3)

Work-related personal injury includes a cardiovascular or cerebrovascular episode suffered by a person, if the episode is caused by physical effort or physical strain, in performing his or her employment, that is abnormal in application or excessive in intensity for the person.

(4)

Work-related personal injury includes personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection.

(4A)

Work-related personal injury includes work-related mental injury that is suffered in the circumstances described in section 21B.

(5)

Work-related personal injury includes personal injury suffered by a person resulting from treatment for a work-related personal injury as defined in subsections (1), (3), or (4), whether or not the injury is a treatment injury as defined in section 32.

(6)

Work-related personal injury does not include personal injury suffered by a person when all the following conditions exist:

(a)
the personal injury is suffered in any of the circumstances described in subsection (1); and

(b)
the personal injury is suffered in the circumstances described in section 21; and

(c)
the person elects to have the personal injury regarded as a non-work injury, in which case that personal injury is a non-work injury.

(7)

It is irrelevant to the decision whether the person suffered a work-related personal injury that, when the event causing the injury occurred, he or she—

(a)
may have been acting in contravention of any legislation applicable to the employment, or in contravention of any instructions, or in the absence of instructions; or

(b)
may have been working under an illegal contract; or

(c)
may have been indulging in, or may have been the victim of, misconduct, skylarking, or negligence; or

(d)
may have been the victim of a force of nature.

(8)

This section is subject to section 29 (personal injuries that are both work-related and motor vehicle injuries).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 32

Section 28(4A): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 9 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 28(5): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 11 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 28(7)(a): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

29Personal injury that is both work-related and motor vehicle injury
(1)

An injury is a work-related personal injury, and is not a motor vehicle injury, if it—

(a)
falls within the definitions of both work-related personal injury and motor vehicle injury; but

(b)
is suffered in the circumstances described in section 28(1)(c) or (d) that relate to travel to or from employment or a place of treatment.

(2)

An injury is a motor vehicle injury, and is not a work-related personal injury, if it—

(a)
falls within the definitions of both motor vehicle injury and work-related personal injury; but

(b)
is suffered in the circumstances described in section 28(1)(a) or (b).

(3)

However, a person is entitled to first week compensation if either subsection (1) or subsection (2) applies.

Compare: 1998 No 114 ss 32(4), 38(3)

30Personal injury caused by work-related gradual process, disease, or infection
(1)

Personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection means personal injury—

(a)
suffered by a person; and

(b)
caused by a gradual process, disease, or infection; and

(c)
caused in the circumstances described in subsection (2).

(1A)

Subsection (1)(c) is subject to subsection (2A).

(1A)

[Repealed]

 

(2)

The circumstances are—

(a)
the person—

(i)
performs an employment task that has a particular property or characteristic; or

(ii)
is employed in an environment that has a particular property or characteristic; and

(b)
the particular property or characteristic—

(i)
causes, or contributes to the cause of, the personal injury; and

(ii)
[Repealed]

 

(iii)
may or may not be present throughout the whole of the person’s employment; and

(c)
that, if the particular property or characteristic is present in both the person’s employment tasks or environment and non-employment activities or environment, it is more likely that the person’s personal injury was caused as a result of the employment tasks or environment rather than the non-employment activities or environment.

(2A)

However, even if it is established that a claimant’s personal injury was caused in the circumstances described in subsection (2), the Corporation may decline the claim if the Corporation establishes that the risk of suffering the personal injury is not significantly greater for persons who—

(a)
perform the employment task than it is for persons who do not perform it; or

(b)
are employed in that type of environment than it is for persons who are not.

(2A)

[Repealed]

 

(3)

Personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection includes personal injury that is—

(a)
of a type described in Schedule 2; and

(b)
suffered by a person who is or has been in employment—

(i)
that involves exposure, or the prescribed level or extent of exposure, to agents, dusts, compounds, substances, radiation, or things (as the case may be) described in that schedule in relation to that type of personal injury; or

(ii)
in an occupation, industry, or process described in that schedule in relation to that type of personal injury.

(3A)

To avoid doubt, where a claim is lodged for cover for a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection, section 57 applies to require, among other things, the Corporation to investigate the claim at its own expense.

(4)

Personal injury of a type described in subsection (3) does not require an assessment of causation under subsection (1)(b) or (c).

(4A)

This Act covers personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection only if—

(a)
the exposure to the gradual process, disease, or infection actually occurred in New Zealand; or

(b)
the person concerned was ordinarily resident in New Zealand when the exposure actually occurred.

(5)

Personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection does not include—

(a)
personal injury related to non-physical stress; or

(b)
any degree of deafness for which compensation has been paid under the Workers’ Compensation Act 1956.

(6)

Subsection (7) applies if, before 1 April 1974, the person—

(a)
performed an employment task that had a particular property or characteristic; or

(b)
was employed in an environment that had a particular property or characteristic.

(7)

The circumstances referred to in subsection (6) do not prevent the person’s personal injury from being personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection, but he or she does not have cover for it if section 24 or section 361 applies to him or her.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 33

Section 30(1A): inserted, on 30 October 2022, by section 9(1) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 30(1A): repealed, on 1 July 2010, by section 9(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 30(2)(b)(ii): repealed, on 30 October 2022, by section 9(2) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 30(2)(c): replaced, on 30 October 2022, by section 9(3) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 30(2A): inserted, on 30 October 2022, by section 9(4) of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 30(2A): repealed, on 1 July 2010, by section 9(4) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 30(3): substituted, on 1 August 2008, by section 10(5) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 30(3A): inserted, on 1 August 2008, by section 10(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 30(4A): inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 12 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

31Ministerial advisory panel on work-related gradual process, disease, or infection
[Repealed]


Section 31: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 10 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

32Treatment injury
(1)

Treatment injury means personal injury that is—

(a)
suffered by a person—

(i)
seeking treatment from 1 or more registered health professionals; or

(ii)
receiving treatment from, or at the direction of, 1 or more registered health professionals; or

(iii)
referred to in subsection (7); and

(b)
caused by treatment; and

(c)
not a necessary part, or ordinary consequence, of the treatment, taking into account all the circumstances of the treatment, including—

(i)
the person’s underlying health condition at the time of the treatment; and

(ii)
the clinical knowledge at the time of the treatment.

(2)

Treatment injury does not include the following kinds of personal injury:

(a)
personal injury that is wholly or substantially caused by a person’s underlying health condition:

(b)
personal injury that is solely attributable to a resource allocation decision:

(c)
personal injury that is a result of a person unreasonably withholding or delaying their consent to undergo treatment.

(3)

The fact that the treatment did not achieve a desired result does not, of itself, constitute treatment injury.

(4)

Treatment injury includes personal injury suffered by a person as a result of treatment given as part of a clinical trial, in the circumstances described in subsection (5) or subsection (6).

(5)

One of the circumstances referred to in subsection (4) is where the claimant did not agree, in writing, to participate in the trial.

(6)

The other circumstance referred to in subsection (4) is where—

(a)
an ethics committee—

(i)
approved the trial; and

(ii)
was satisfied that the trial was not to be conducted principally for the benefit of the manufacturer or distributor of the medicine or item being trialled; and

(b)
the ethics committee was approved by the Health Research Council of New Zealand or the Director-General of Health at the time it gave its approval.

(7)

If a person (person A) suffers an infection that is a treatment injury, cover for that personal injury extends to—

(a)
person A’s spouse or partner, if person A has passed the infection on directly to the spouse or partner:

(b)
person A’s child, if person A has passed the infection on directly to the child:

(c)
any other third party, if person A has passed the infection on directly to that third party:

(d)
person A’s child or any other third party, if—

(i)
person A has passed the infection directly to his or her spouse or partner; and

(ii)
person A’s spouse or partner has then passed the infection directly to the child or third party.

Section 32: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 13 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

33Treatment
(1)

For the purposes of determining whether a treatment injury has occurred, or when that injury occurred, treatment includes—

(a)
the giving of treatment:

(b)
a diagnosis of a person’s medical condition:

(c)
a decision on the treatment to be provided (including a decision not to provide treatment):

(d)
a failure to provide treatment, or to provide treatment in a timely manner:

(e)
obtaining, or failing to obtain, a person’s consent to undergo treatment, including any information provided to the person (or other person legally entitled to consent on their behalf if the person does not have legal capacity) to enable the person to make an informed decision on whether to accept treatment:

(f)
the provision of prophylaxis:

(g)
the failure of any equipment, device, or tool used as part of the treatment process, including the failure of any implant or prosthesis (except where the failure of the implant or prosthesis is caused by an intervening act or by fair wear and tear), whether at the time of giving treatment or subsequently:

(h)
the application of any support systems, including policies, processes, practices, and administrative systems, that—

(i)
are used by the organisation or person providing the treatment; and

(ii)
directly support the treatment.

(2)

Subsection (1) does not affect the application of the definition of treatment in section 6(1) for purposes other than those stated in subsection (1).

(3)

Subsection (2) is for the avoidance of doubt.

Section 33: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 13 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

34Cover for personal injury caused by medical misadventure before 1 July 2005
(1)

This section applies to—

(a)
claims for cover for personal injury caused by medical misadventure that were lodged with the Corporation before 1 July 2005, but have not been determined; and

(b)
claims for cover for personal injury caused by medical misadventure that were declined by the Corporation before 1 July 2005, but are lodged again on or after that date as claims for cover for treatment injury (and not lodged as claims referred to in subsection (4)).

(2)

Claims lodged in the circumstances described in subsection (1) must be determined under the relevant provisions in force immediately before 1 July 2005.

(3)

Reviews and appeals must be dealt with under the relevant provisions of Part 5 in force immediately before 1 July 2005, if the decision being reviewed or appealed—

(a)
was made before 1 July 2005; or

(b)
is one to which subsection (2) applies.

(4)

Subsection (1)(b) does not apply in relation to a claimant if,—

(a)
before 1 July 2005, the Corporation declined the claimant’s claim for cover for personal injury caused by medical misadventure because there was no personal injury; and

(b)
on or after 1 July 2005, the claimant lodges a claim for cover for treatment injury in respect of a personal injury that—

(i)
occurred after the decision to decline the earlier claim (whether before or after 1 July 2005); and

(ii)
arises out of the circumstances on which the earlier claim was based.

(5)

To avoid doubt, a claim for cover for personal injury caused by medical misadventure before 1 July 2005 that is lodged for the first time on or after 1 July 2005 must be determined under the relevant provisions in force on or after 1 July 2005 (that is, it is to be determined as if it were a treatment injury).

Section 34: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 13 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 34(5): inserted, on 5 December 2013, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2013 (2013 No 105).

35Motor vehicle injury
(1)

Motor vehicle injury—

(a)
means—

(i)
a personal injury suffered because of the movement of a motor vehicle; or

(ii)
a personal injury suffered because of a stationary motor vehicle being struck by another motor vehicle or some other means of conveyance; but

(b)
does not include a personal injury that is a work-related mental injury.

(2)

However, motor vehicle injury does not include a personal injury suffered—

(a)
in the course of loading, unloading, repairing, or servicing a motor vehicle; or

(b)
in the course of any use of a motor vehicle other than as a means of conveyance; or

(c)
in the course of off-road use of a motor vehicle.

(3)

In subsection (2)(c), off-road use does not include use that is off-road as a direct result of the motor vehicle being out of control or having been involved in an accident.

(4)

This section is subject to section 29 (personal injuries that are both work-related and motor vehicle injuries).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 38

Section 35(1): substituted, on 1 October 2008, by section 11 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Relevant dates of injury
36Date on which person is to be regarded as suffering mental injury
(1)

The date on which a person suffers mental injury in the circumstances described in section 21 or 21B is the date on which the person first receives treatment for that mental injury as that mental injury.

(2)

The date on which a person suffers mental injury because of physical injuries suffered by the person is the date on which the physical injuries are suffered.

(3)

In subsection (1), treatment means treatment of a type that the person is entitled to under this Act or a former Act.

(4)

This section does not apply for the purposes of clause 55 of Schedule 1.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 44

Section 36(1): amended, on 1 October 2008, by section 12 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

37Date on which person is to be regarded as suffering personal injury caused by work-related gradual process, disease, or infection
(1)

The date on which a person suffers personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection is the earlier of the following dates:

(a)
the date on which the person first receives treatment from a medical practitioner or nurse practitioner for that personal injury as that personal injury:

(b)
the date on which the personal injury first results in the person’s incapacity.

(2)

Subsection (1) applies subject to subsection (3).

(3)

A person suffers his or her personal injury on the date specified in subsection (4) if he or she suffers the personal injury because, before 1 April 1974, he or she performed a task, or was employed in an environment, in the circumstances described in section 30(2).

(4)

A person to whom subsection (3) applies must be regarded as having suffered his or her personal injury on 1 July 1992, unless he or she actually suffers it on a date later than 1 July 1992 determined under subsection (1).

(5)

This section is subject to clause 55(2) of Schedule 1 (which relates to the entitlement to lump sum compensation for personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection in circumstances described in that provision).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 45

Section 37(1)(a): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 13 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 37(1)(a): amended, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

38Date on which person is to be regarded as suffering treatment injury
(1)

The date on which a person suffers a treatment injury is the date on which the person first seeks or receives treatment for the symptoms of that personal injury.

(2)

Subsection (1) applies even if it was not known, at the time the treatment was first sought or received for the symptoms, that previous treatment was the cause of the symptoms.

(3)

In subsection (1), treatment (where that term appears for the second time) means treatment of a type that the person is entitled to under this Act or a former Act.

(4)

This section is subject to clause 55(3) of Schedule 1 (which relates to the entitlement to lump sum compensation for treatment injuries in the circumstances described in that provision).

Section 38: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 14 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Part 3Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights, and claims
Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights
39Meaning of Corporation
In sections 40 and 45, Corporation includes—

(a)
an accredited employer (within the meaning of section 181); and

(b)
a person acting as an agent of the Corporation; and

(c)
a person who provides services (excluding treatment) to claimants on behalf of or authorised by the Corporation.

40Purpose of Code
(1)

The purpose of the Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights is to meet the reasonable expectations of claimants (including the highest practicable standard of service and fairness) about how the Corporation should deal with them, by—

(a)
conferring rights on claimants and imposing obligations on the Corporation in relation to how the Corporation should deal with claimants; and

(b)
providing for the procedure for lodging and dealing with complaints about breaches of the Code by the Corporation; and

(c)
providing—

(i)
for the consequences of, and remedies for, a breach of the Code by the Corporation; and

(ii)
without limiting subparagraph (i), how and to what extent the Corporation must address situations where its conduct is not consistent with or does not uphold the rights of claimants under the Code; and

(d)
explaining a claimant’s right to a review, under Part 5, of a decision made under the Code about a claimant’s complaint.

(2)

The rights and obligations in the Code—

(a)
are in addition to any other rights claimants have and obligations the Corporation has under this Act, any other enactment, or the general law; and

(b)
do not affect the entitlements and responsibilities of claimants under this Act, any other enactment, or the general law.

41Code applies generally
(1)

The Code applies not only for the purposes of this Part but also for the purposes of this Act generally.

(2)

This section applies to avoid doubt.

42Corporation to prepare draft Code in consultation with persons nominated by Minister
(1)

The Corporation must, as soon as practicable after this section comes into force, prepare a draft Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights.

(2)

In preparing a draft Code the Corporation must consult such persons, bodies, organisations, and agencies as the Minister considers necessary to ensure that a wide range of views is available to the Corporation to assist it in preparing a draft Code.

(3)

In subsection (2), organisations includes groups representing claimants.

(4)

For the purposes of subsection (2), the Minister may take into account any relevant consultation undertaken by the Corporation before this section comes into force.

(5)

After preparing the draft code, the Corporation must forward it to the Minister.

43Public consultation on draft Code after agreement by Minister
(1)

If the Minister agrees with the draft Code forwarded to him or her under section 42(5), the Corporation must, as soon as practicable, arrange for the draft Code to be notified—

(a)
in the Gazette; and

(b)
on an Internet site maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation.

(2)

Notification of the draft Code must state—

(a)
that written submissions on the draft Code are invited from members of the public and interested organisations; and

(b)
where copies of the draft Code may be obtained; and

(c)
the closing date for submissions; and

(d)
the address submissions are to be forwarded to.

(3)

The Corporation must—

(a)
prepare a report on the submissions, including any proposed amendments to the draft Code; and

(b)
forward the report to the Minister.

Section 43(1)(b): replaced, on 27 November 2025, by section 4 of the Statutes Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 74).

44Approval of Code by Minister
(1)

After considering the report and making any amendments (whether recommended or not) to the draft Code, the Minister must approve the Code.

(2)

The Code is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 44: replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

45Corporation’s obligations in respect of Code
(1)

The Corporation must, in all its dealings with claimants, ensure that its actions are consistent with and uphold the rights of claimants in the Code.

(2)

The Corporation must—

(a)
make the Code accessible to claimants and members of the public generally; and

(b)
promote awareness of the Code among claimants and members of the public generally.

(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2), the Corporation must make the Code accessible, and promote awareness of the Code, in a variety of communications media and languages.

46Application of Legislation Act 2012 to Code
[Repealed]


Section 46: repealed, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

47Amendments to Code
(1)

The Code may be amended by the Minister approving 1 or more amendments to the Code proposed by the Minister or the Corporation.

(2)

Sections 42(2) to (5), 43, and 44 apply, with all necessary modifications, in relation to an amendment to the Code as if the amendment were the preparation of a draft Code.

(3)

However, sections 42(2) to (5) and 43 do not apply to an amendment if—

(a)
the amendment is a minor or technical amendment; and

(b)
the Minister considers that compliance with those provisions is unnecessary.

Section 47(1): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 47(3): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Claims process
48Person to lodge claim for cover and entitlement
A person who wishes to claim under this Act must lodge a claim with the Corporation for—

(a)
cover for his or her personal injury; or

(b)
cover, and a specified entitlement, for his or her personal injury; or

(c)
a specified entitlement for his or her personal injury, once the Corporation has accepted the person has cover for the personal injury.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 54

49Treatment provider lodging claim on behalf of person
A treatment provider lodging a claim under section 48 on behalf of a person must lodge the claim promptly with the Corporation after the person has authorised its being lodged.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 57

50Responsibilities of Corporation after claim lodged
(1)

On receiving a claim for cover under section 48 from a person, the Corporation must—

(a)
decide whether or not it accepts that the person has cover; and

(b)
if it accepts that the person has cover,—

(i)
provide information about the entitlements to which it considers the claimant may be entitled; and

(ii)
facilitate the claimant’s access to those entitlements.

(2)

If the claim is for cover for a treatment injury, the Corporation must provide the claimant with information on the role of the Health and Disability Commissioner under the Code of Health and Disability Services Consumers’ Rights.

Section 50(2): added, on 1 July 2005, by section 15 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

51When claim is lodged and received
For all the purposes of this Act, a claim under section 48 is lodged and received on the date on which the Corporation receives a claim lodged in accordance with this Part.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 58(1)

52Manner of making claim
(1)

A person must lodge a claim with the Corporation in a manner specified by the Corporation.

(2)

The Corporation must specify a manner that it is reasonable to expect the person to comply with.

(3)

The Corporation may impose reasonable requirements on the person, such as, for example, requiring the person to lodge a written claim.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 60

53Time for making claim
(1)

A person must lodge a claim with the Corporation within the time limit specified in this section.

(2)

The Corporation must not decline a claim lodged after the time limit specified in this section on the ground that the claim was lodged late, unless the claim’s lateness prejudices the Corporation in its ability to make decisions.

(3)

A person must lodge a claim under section 48,—

(a)
in the case of a claim for cover, within 12 months after the date on which he or she suffers the personal injury; or

(b)
in the case of a claim for an entitlement, within 12 months after the date on which the need for the entitlement arose.

(4)

Despite subsection (3), if a claim is for a treatment injury, a person must lodge the claim under section 48,—

(a)
in the case of a claim for cover, within 12 months after the later of—

(i)
the date that the personal injury was first considered by a registered health professional to be a treatment injury; or

(ii)
the date that the person suffered the treatment injury (as determined under section 38):

(b)
in the case of a claim for an entitlement, within 12 months after the later of—

(i)
the date on which the need for the entitlement arose; or

(ii)
if the need for entitlement arose before the injury was diagnosed as being a treatment injury, and a claim for cover for that injury has been lodged with the Corporation, the date on which the Corporation accepted the claim for cover.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 61(1)–(5)

Section 53(4): added, on 1 July 2005, by section 16 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

54Responsibility of Corporation to make reasonable decisions in timely manner
The Corporation must make every decision on a claim on reasonable grounds, and in a timely manner, having regard to the requirements of this Act, the nature of the decision, and all the circumstances.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 62

55Responsibilities of claimant to assist in establishment of cover and entitlements
(1)

A person who lodges a claim under section 48 must, when reasonably required to do so by the Corporation,—

(a)
give the Corporation a certificate by a registered health professional that deals with the matters, and contains the information, that the Corporation requires:

(b)
give the Corporation any other relevant information that the Corporation requires:

(c)
authorise the Corporation to obtain medical and other records that are or may be relevant to the claim:

(d)
undergo a medical assessment by a registered health professional specified by the Corporation, at the Corporation’s expense:

(e)
undergo any other assessment at the Corporation’s expense.

(2)

Whenever reasonably requested to do so by the Corporation, a person who lodges a claim under section 48 must give the Corporation a statement in writing about any specified matters relating to the person’s eligibility, or continuing eligibility, for cover or an entitlement.

(3)

If the Corporation requires the person to do so, the person must make the statement referred to in subsection (2) as a statutory declaration or in a form supplied by the Corporation.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 63

56Steps Corporation takes to action claims for cover
(1)

This section applies to a claim for cover that is not a claim described in section 57 (complicated claims).

(2)

The Corporation must take the following steps as soon as practicable, and no later than 21 days, after the claim is lodged:

(a)
investigate the claim—

(i)
at its own expense; and

(ii)
to the extent reasonably necessary to enable it to take the following steps in this subsection; and

(b)
either—

(i)
make its decision on the claim and give notice of it under section 64; or

(ii)
decide that it cannot make its decision on the claim, or any other decision, without additional information, extend the time for making its decision, and tell the person making the claim about the extension.

(3)

Except where it decides under subsection (2)(b)(ii) that it needs additional information, section 58 applies if the Corporation does not make its decision within 21 days after the claim was lodged.

(4)

If subsection (2)(b)(ii) applies, the Corporation must take the following steps as soon as practicable:

(a)
make a reasonable request to the person, or decide to make a request to another person, for the additional information; and

(b)
if the Corporation makes a request to another person for the additional information, tell the person making the claim about the making of the request and its nature; and

(c)
make its decision on the claim and give notice of it under section 64.

(5)

In any case dealt with under subsection (4), the Corporation’s decision on the claim must be made within 4 months of the claim being lodged.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 64

57Steps Corporation takes to action complicated claims for cover
(1)

This section applies to a claim for cover—

(a)
for mental injury in the circumstances described in section 21 or 21B:

(b)
for personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection:

(c)
for personal injury caused by treatment:

(d)
lodged outside the period stated in section 53.

(2)

The Corporation must take the following steps as soon as practicable, and no later than 2 months, after the claim is lodged:

(a)
investigate the claim—

(i)
at its own expense; and

(ii)
to the extent reasonably necessary to enable it to take the following steps in this subsection; and

(b)
either—

(i)
make its decision on the claim and give notice of it under section 64; or

(ii)
decide that it cannot make its decision on the claim, or any other decision, without additional information, and tell the person of the extension, which must not exceed 2 months, that will be required.

(3)

The Corporation must take the following steps as soon as practicable, and no later than the expiry of the extension:

(a)
make a reasonable request to the person, or decide to make a request to another person, for the additional information; and

(b)
if the Corporation proposes to make a request to another person for the additional information, tell the person making the claim about the making of the request and its nature; and

(c)
make its decision on the claim and give notice of it under section 64.

(4)

The Corporation and the person making the claim may agree to further extensions after the extension referred to in subsection (3), and that subsection applies to any further extension, but the Corporation’s decision on the claim must be made within 9 months of the claim being lodged.

(5)

If the Corporation finds that the claim is an uncomplicated claim under section 56, that section applies as if the claim were lodged on the date the Corporation made that finding.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 65

Section 57(1)(a): amended, on 1 October 2008, by section 14 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 57(1)(c): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 17 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

58Effect of failure to meet time limits
(1)

When the Corporation fails to comply with a time limit under section 56 or section 57, whichever applies, the claimant is to be regarded as having a decision by the Corporation that he or she has cover for the personal injury in respect of which the claim was made.

(2)

When subsection (1) applies, the Corporation must tell the person that—

(a)
the time limit has expired without the Corporation having made a decision; and

(b)
the effect is that the claimant has a decision that the claimant has cover; and

(c)
the date of the decision is the date of the expiry of the time limit.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 66

Decisions on cover and entitlements
59Decision on cover independent of acceptance of levy
(1)

The fact that the Corporation accepts a levy does not of itself decide the question of whether or not a person has cover.

(2)

The question of whether or not a person has cover is determined by the provisions of this Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 67

60Decision on claim for Schedule 2 injury
The Corporation may decline a claim that a personal injury is a work-related personal injury of a kind described in section 30(3) only if the Corporation establishes that—

(a)
the person is not suffering from a personal injury of a kind described in Schedule 2; or

(b)
the person’s personal injury has a cause other than his or her employment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 68

61Decision on claim for noise-induced hearing loss caused by work-related gradual process
(1)

When the Corporation determines cover for hearing loss caused by noise exposure within a person’s employment, the Corporation must assess the percentage of binaural hearing loss caused in these circumstances by applying the pure tone audiometry test and any other test that the Corporation considers to be appropriate for this purpose.

(2)

All tests under subsection (1) must be performed—

(a)
by a treatment provider who holds qualifications satisfactory to the Corporation; and

(b)
in accordance with any regulations made under this Act for this purpose.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 69

62Decision on claim for treatment injury
(1)

When investigating a claim for cover for a treatment injury, the Corporation may seek clinical advice if the Corporation considers the advice will assist it in determining the claim.

(2)

Subsection (1) does not prevent the Corporation from seeking advice in other situations.

(3)

Subsection (2) is for the avoidance of doubt.

Section 62: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 18 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

63Corporation must tell claimant about review rights
The Corporation must tell the claimant that he or she has the right to apply for a review of any of the Corporation’s decisions on the claim, including a decision under section 58, and must do so at a time appropriate to enable the claimant to exercise the right.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 71

64Corporation must give notice of decisions
(1)

The Corporation must give notice of its decision on a claim to the claimant.

(2)

In the case of a claim for cover for a work-related personal injury to an employee, the Corporation must give notice of its decision on the claim for cover to every employer entitled to apply for a review of that decision.

(3)

[Repealed]

 

(4)

Every notice given under this section must—

(a)
be written; and

(b)
contain the reasons for the decision; and

(c)
give the claimant or other person information about his or her rights to apply for review, including details of the time available to do so and an explanation of when applications can be made outside that time.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 72

Section 64(3): repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 19 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

65Corporation may revise decisions
(1)

If the Corporation considers it made a decision in error, it may revise the decision at any time, whatever the reason for the error.

(2)

The Corporation may revise a decision deemed by section 58 to have been made in respect of any claim for cover, but may not recover from the claimant any payments made by it, in respect of the claim, before the date of the revision unless the claimant has made statements or provided information to the Corporation that are, in the opinion of the Corporation, intentionally misleading.

(3)

A revision may—

(a)
amend the original decision; or

(b)
revoke the original decision and substitute a new decision.

(4)

Every amendment to a decision, and every substituted decision, is a fresh decision.

(5)

Sections 19 to 23 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 do not limit this section.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 73(1)–(3)

Section 65(5): added, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

66Corporation must keep claims files
The Corporation must keep every claim file for at least 10 years after the date of the latest action the Corporation has recorded on the claim.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 74

Part 4Entitlements and related matters
Entitlements
67Who is entitled to entitlements
A claimant who has suffered a personal injury is entitled to 1 or more entitlements if he or she—

(a)
has cover for the personal injury; and

(b)
is eligible under this Act for the entitlement or entitlements in respect of the personal injury.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 79

68Corporation provides entitlements in accordance with this Act
(1)

The Corporation provides entitlements to claimants in accordance with this Act.

(2)

If any provision of this Act requires the Corporation to provide an entitlement (regardless of how that requirement is expressed), the Corporation is required to provide the entitlement only to the extent required by this Act.

(3)

However, the Corporation may, at its own discretion, provide an entitlement or a payment to a claimant if it is satisfied that—

(a)
the entitlement or payment could be provided but for a requirement in section 127(4) or section 129 or section 379(2), or in any of clauses 4, 13, 15, 17, 19(3)(e), 19(3)(i), 19(3)(j), 22(1), 22(2)(b), 22(2)(c), 22(2)(e), or 22(2)(f) of Schedule 1; and

(b)
the provision of the entitlement or payment would be consistent with the purpose of this Act.

(4)

The exercise of a discretion under subsection (3) is subject to section 134(1A).

Section 68: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 20(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

69Entitlements provided under this Act
(1)

The entitlements provided under this Act are—

(a)
rehabilitation, comprising treatment, social rehabilitation, and vocational rehabilitation:

(b)
first week compensation:

(c)
weekly compensation:

(d)
lump sum compensation for permanent impairment:

(e)
funeral grants, survivors’ grants, weekly compensation for the spouse or partner, children and other dependants of a deceased claimant, and child care payments.

(2)

The entitlements provided under this Act also include the entitlements referred to in Parts 10 and 11.

Section 69(1)(e): amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

70Claimant’s and Corporation’s obligations in relation to rehabilitation
A claimant who has suffered personal injury for which he or she has cover—

(a)
is entitled to be provided by the Corporation with rehabilitation, to the extent provided by this Act, to assist in restoring the claimant’s health, independence, and participation to the maximum extent practicable; but

(b)
is responsible for his or her own rehabilitation to the extent practicable having regard to the consequences of his or her personal injury.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 28

71Employer’s obligations in relation to rehabilitation
(1)

This section applies to an employer if—

(a)
the Corporation decides, under section 86(2)(a), that it is reasonably practicable to return the claimant to the same employment in which the claimant was engaged, and with the employer who was employing the claimant, when the claimant’s incapacity commenced; and

(b)
the Corporation gives the employer notice, in writing, of the decision.

(2)

The employer must take all practicable steps to assist the claimant with the claimant’s vocational rehabilitation under his or her individual rehabilitation plan.

Responsibilities of claimant
72Responsibilities of claimant who receives entitlement
(1)

A claimant who receives any entitlement must, when reasonably required to do so by the Corporation,—

(a)
give the Corporation a certificate by a registered health professional or treatment provider that deals with the matters and contains the information that the Corporation requires:

(b)
give the Corporation any other relevant information that the Corporation requires:

(c)
authorise the Corporation to obtain medical and other records that are or may be relevant to the claim:

(d)
undergo assessment by a registered health professional specified by the Corporation, at the Corporation’s expense:

(e)
undergo assessment, at the Corporation’s expense:

(f)
co-operate with the Corporation in the development and implementation of an individual rehabilitation plan:

(g)
undergo assessment of present and likely capabilities for the purposes of rehabilitation, at the Corporation’s expense:

(h)
participate in rehabilitation.

(2)

Every such claimant must give the Corporation a statement in writing about any matters relating to the claimant’s entitlement, or continuing entitlement, to an entitlement that the Corporation specifies, and must do so whenever the Corporation requires such a statement.

(3)

If the Corporation requires the claimant to do so, the claimant must make the statement referred to in subsection (2) as a statutory declaration or in a form supplied by the Corporation.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 115

Treatment
73Payment of treatment providers for acute treatment
(1)

In this section, treatment means treatment that—

(a)
is treatment of a type that the Corporation is liable to provide under this Act; and

(b)
is acute treatment; and

(c)
is not a public health acute service.

(2)

A claimant is not liable to pay that part of the treatment provider’s fee that is an entitlement.

(3)

A treatment provider who wishes to seek payment of the part of the fee that is an entitlement must seek it—

(a)
from the person specified in arrangements the treatment provider has made for being paid for treating people suffering personal injury covered by this Act; or

(b)
if the treatment provider has not made any such arrangements, from the Corporation.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 80

74Limits on treatment providers in decisions on acute treatment
(1)

A treatment provider to whom a claimant presents for treatment may exercise the clinical judgment described in section 7(b) as to the urgency of the need for the treatment only if he or she is a treatment provider of a type appropriately qualified to make a clinical judgment of that kind.

(2)

A treatment provider qualified as required by subsection (1) who makes a clinical judgment that treatment requires an acute admission must ensure that the treatment is provided by—

(a)
a publicly funded provider; or

(b)
if the Corporation gives its prior agreement, a provider that is not a publicly funded provider; or

(c)
if, for reasons of clinical safety, treatment by a publicly funded provider is not practicable, a provider that is not a publicly funded provider.

(3)

A treatment provider who is not qualified as required by subsection (1) must refer the claimant to a treatment provider who is so qualified, and the visit to that treatment provider, on referral, is also regarded as acute treatment.

(4)

For the purposes of subsection (2),—

acute admission means an admission within 7 days of the making of the decision to admit unless otherwise specified in regulations

publicly funded provider means a provider that, for the time being, is funded by Health New Zealand or the Minister of Health to provide public health acute services.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 81

Section 74(4) publicly funded provider: amended, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 74(4) publicly funded provider: amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Individual rehabilitation plan
75Corporation to determine need for rehabilitation plan
Within 13 weeks after the Corporation accepts the claimant’s claim for cover, the Corporation—

(a)
must—

(i)
determine whether the claimant is likely to need social or vocational rehabilitation after the 13 weeks have ended; and

(ii)
if so, prepare an individual rehabilitation plan in consultation with the claimant; and

(b)
may include in the plan provision for treatment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 30

76Provision of rehabilitation before and after individual rehabilitation plan agreed
(1)

Before an individual rehabilitation plan for the claimant is agreed, the Corporation is liable to provide the claimant with—

(a)
social rehabilitation that the Corporation considers suitable for the claimant and necessary in the circumstances, having regard to the purpose in section 79; and

(b)
vocational rehabilitation that the Corporation considers suitable for the claimant and appropriate in the circumstances, having regard to the purpose in section 80.

(2)

The Corporation may provide rehabilitation under subsection (1) before—

(a)
any assessment of the claimant is undertaken or completed for the purposes of this Part; or

(b)
starting or concluding its consideration of the matters specified in section 87(1).

(3)

To avoid doubt, subsections (1) and (2) do not prevent the provision of treatment before an individual rehabilitation plan is agreed.

(4)

After an individual rehabilitation plan for the claimant is agreed, the Corporation is liable to provide the claimant with rehabilitation in accordance with the plan and Schedule 1, but only to the extent that the Corporation has specified which services it will provide under the plan.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 29

77Assessment of needs and content of plan
(1)

In preparing an individual rehabilitation plan, the Corporation must assess the claimant’s needs for rehabilitation having regard to the purposes in sections 79 and 80.

(2)

An individual rehabilitation plan must—

(a)
identify the claimant’s needs for rehabilitation; and

(b)
identify the assessments to be done; and

(c)
identify services appropriate to those needs, whether or not the Corporation is liable to provide any or all of those services; and

(d)
specify which of the services identified under paragraph (c) that the Corporation will provide, pay for, or contribute to.

(3)

For the purposes of subsection (2)(a), the Corporation must assess a claimant’s needs for—

(a)
social rehabilitation under section 84 and clauses 13 to 23 of Schedule 1; and

(b)
for vocational rehabilitation under sections 89 to 96.

(4)

However, the Corporation is not required to assess a claimant’s needs under subclause (3)(b) if the claimant’s needs are solely related to maintaining employment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 31

78Individual rehabilitation plan must be updated
An individual rehabilitation plan must be updated from time to time to reflect the outcome of assessments done and progress made under the plan.

79Purpose of social rehabilitation
The purpose of social rehabilitation is to assist in restoring a claimant’s independence to the maximum extent practicable.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 38

80Purpose of vocational rehabilitation
(1)

The purpose of vocational rehabilitation is to help a claimant to, as appropriate,—

(a)
maintain employment; or

(b)
obtain employment; or

(c)
regain or acquire vocational independence.

(2)

Without limiting subsection (1), the provision of vocational rehabilitation includes the provision of activities for the purpose of maintaining or obtaining employment that is—

(a)
suitable for the claimant; and

(b)
appropriate for the claimant’s levels of training and experience.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 54

Social rehabilitation
81Corporation’s liability to provide key aspects of social rehabilitation
(1)

In this section, key aspect of social rehabilitation means any of the following:

(a)
aids and appliances:

(b)
attendant care:

(c)
child care:

(d)
education support:

(e)
home help:

(f)
modifications to the home:

(g)
training for independence:

(h)
transport for independence.

(2)

Terms in subsection (1)(a), (b), and (d) to (h) have the same meaning as in clause 12 of Schedule 1.

(3)

The Corporation is liable to provide a key aspect of social rehabilitation to a claimant—

(a)
if the conditions in subsection (4) are met; but

(b)
not earlier than a date determined in accordance with section 83.

(4)

The conditions are—

(a)
a claimant is assessed or reassessed under section 84 as needing the key aspect; and

(b)
the provision of the key aspect is in accordance with the Corporation’s assessment of it under whichever of clauses 13 to 22 of Schedule 1 are relevant; and

(c)
the Corporation considers that the key aspect—

(i)
is required as a direct consequence of the personal injury for which the claimant has cover; and

(ii)
is for the purpose set out in section 79; and

(iii)
is necessary and appropriate, and of the quality required, for that purpose; and

(iv)
is of a type normally provided by a rehabilitation provider; and

(d)
the provision of the key aspect has been agreed in the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan, if a plan has been agreed.

(5)

This clause is subject to any regulations made under section 324.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 39

82Corporation may provide other social rehabilitation
(1)

The Corporation may provide any other social rehabilitation if—

(a)
it is required as a direct consequence of the personal injury for which the claimant has cover; and

(b)
a claimant is assessed or reassessed under section 84 as needing it; and

(c)
the Corporation considers that it—

(i)
is for the purpose set out in section 79; and

(ii)
is necessary and appropriate, and of the quality required, for that purpose; and

(iii)
is of a type normally provided by a rehabilitation provider; and

(d)
its provision has been agreed in the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan, if a plan has been agreed.

(2)

This clause is subject to any regulations made under sections 324 and 325.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 40

83Date of entitlement to social rehabilitation
(1)

This section applies to the provision of social rehabilitation that the Corporation—

(a)
is liable to provide under section 81; or

(b)
has decided to provide under section 82.

(2)

The Corporation must provide social rehabilitation on the later of the following:

(a)
the date on which the application for the social rehabilitation is made:

(b)
if the need for the social rehabilitation is assessed to arise after the date of the application, the date when it is assessed to arise.

(3)

However, if the Corporation considers that, in the claimant’s circumstances, it would be unreasonable for the claimant to have made an earlier application, it may begin providing social rehabilitation on and from another date it considers reasonable to the claimant.

(4)

Subsection (3) does not entitle a claimant to entitlements that the claimant would not have been entitled to had the application been made earlier.

84Assessment and reassessment of need for social rehabilitation
(1)

An assessment under this section assesses a claimant’s need for social rehabilitation and identifies the specific social rehabilitation that the claimant needs.

(2)

The Corporation may—

(a)
do assessments and reassessments, itself, by using appropriately qualified assessors employed by the Corporation; or

(b)
appoint and pay as many appropriately qualified assessors as it considers necessary to do assessments and reassessments; or

(c)
both.

(3)

A claimant’s need for social rehabilitation—

(a)
may be reassessed from time to time; and

(b)
must be reassessed if the Corporation considers that the claimant’s condition or circumstances have changed.

(4)

The matters to be taken into account in an assessment or reassessment include—

(a)
the level of independence a claimant had before suffering the personal injury:

(b)
the level of independence a claimant has after suffering the personal injury:

(c)
the limitations suffered by a claimant as a result of the personal injury:

(d)
the kinds of social rehabilitation that are appropriate for a claimant to minimise those limitations:

(e)
the rehabilitation outcome that would be achieved by providing particular social rehabilitation:

(f)
the alternatives and options available for providing particular social rehabilitation so as to achieve the relevant rehabilitation outcome in the most cost effective way:

(g)
any social rehabilitation (not provided as vocational rehabilitation) that may reasonably be provided to enable a claimant who is entitled to vocational rehabilitation to participate in employment:

(h)
the geographical location in which a claimant lives:

(i)
in the case of a reassessment,—

(i)
whether any item that the Corporation provided for the purposes of social rehabilitation is in such a condition as to need replacing:

(ii)
changes in the claimant’s condition or circumstances since the last assessment was undertaken.

(5)

The Corporation must provide to an assessor (whether employed or appointed by the Corporation) all information the Corporation has that is relevant to the assessment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule cl 41

Vocational rehabilitation
85Corporation liable to provide vocational rehabilitation
(1)

The Corporation is liable to provide vocational rehabilitation to a claimant who—

(a)
has suffered personal injury for which he or she has cover; and

(b)
is—

(i)
entitled to weekly compensation; or

(ii)
likely, unless he or she has vocational rehabilitation, to be entitled to weekly compensation; or

(iii)
on parental leave.

(2)

Despite subsection (1)(b)(i), the Corporation is liable to provide vocational rehabilitation to a person who was entitled to weekly compensation and who would, but for clause 52 of Schedule 1 (relationship between weekly compensation and New Zealand superannuation), continue to be entitled to weekly compensation.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 53

Section 85(2): added, on 1 October 2008, by section 15 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

86Matters to be considered in deciding whether to provide vocational rehabilitation
(1)

In deciding whether to provide vocational rehabilitation, the Corporation must have regard to the matters in section 87.

(2)

In deciding what vocational rehabilitation is appropriate for the claimant to achieve the purpose of vocational rehabilitation under section 80,—

(a)
the Corporation must consider whether it is reasonably practicable to return the claimant to the same employment in which the claimant was engaged, and with the employer who was employing the claimant, when the claimant’s incapacity commenced; and

(b)
if it is not, the Corporation must consider the following matters:

(i)
whether it is reasonably practicable to return the claimant to an employment of a different kind with that employer:

(ii)
whether it is reasonably practicable to return the claimant to the employment in which the claimant was engaged when the claimant’s incapacity commenced, but with a different employer:

(iii)
whether it is reasonably practicable to return the claimant to a different employment with a different employer, in which the claimant is able to use his or her experience, education, or training:

(iv)
whether it is reasonably practicable to help the claimant use as many of his or her pre-injury skills as possible to obtain employment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 55

87Further matters to be considered in deciding whether to provide vocational rehabilitation
(1)

In deciding whether to provide vocational rehabilitation, the Corporation must have regard to—

(a)
whether the vocational rehabilitation is likely to achieve its purpose under the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan; and

(b)
whether the vocational rehabilitation is likely to be cost-effective, having regard to the likelihood that costs of entitlements under this Act will be reduced as a result of the provision of vocational rehabilitation; and

(c)
whether the vocational rehabilitation is appropriate in the circumstances.

(2)

The Corporation must provide the vocational rehabilitation for the minimum period necessary to achieve its purpose, but must not provide any vocational rehabilitation for longer than 3 years (which need not be consecutive).

(2A)

Subsection (2) is subject to subsection (2B).

(2B)

Despite subsection (2), the Corporation may, at its discretion, provide vocational rehabilitation for longer than 3 years if the Corporation considers that—

(a)
the vocational rehabilitation would be likely to achieve its purpose under the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan; and

(b)
the vocational rehabilitation would be likely to be cost-effective, having regard to the likelihood that costs of entitlements under this Act will be reduced as a result of the provision of vocational rehabilitation; and

(c)
the vocational rehabilitation would be appropriate in the circumstances.

(2C)

However, despite subsections (1)(b) and (2B)(b), the Corporation must not take into account as a factor against providing vocational rehabilitation that the claimant is, or may become, a person to whom clause 52 of Schedule 1 (relationship between weekly compensation and New Zealand superannuation) applies.

(3)

This section is subject to any regulations made under section 324.

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 56

Section 87(2): substituted, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 87(2A): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 16 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 87(2B): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 16 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 87(2C): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 16 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

88Vocational rehabilitation may start or resume if circumstances change
(1)

The Corporation may, at any time, decide whether or not there has been a change of circumstances affecting the claimant’s need for vocational rehabilitation.

(2)

If the Corporation decides that there has been such a change, the Corporation and the claimant may agree to the modification of the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan to reflect the changed circumstances.

(3)

The Corporation may resume providing vocational rehabilitation under the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan, with any agreed modifications, to a claimant who—

(a)
had vocational rehabilitation; and

(b)
as a result, obtained employment; but

(c)
is unable to maintain the employment because of his or her incapacity.

(4)

This section is subject to section 87(2) and (3).

Compare: 1998 No 114 Schedule 1 cl 57

89Assessment of claimant’s vocational rehabilitation needs
An assessment of a claimant’s vocational rehabilitation needs must consist of—

(a)
an initial occupational assessment to identify the types of work that may be appropriate for the claimant; and

(b)
an initial medical assessment to determine whether the types of work identified under paragraph (a) are, or are likely to be, medically sustainable for the claimant.

90Occupational assessor
An occupational assessment must be undertaken by an assessor whom the Corporation considers has the appropriate qualifications and experience to do the assessment required in the particular case.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 95

91Conduct of initial occupational assessment
(1)

An occupational assessor undertaking an initial occupational assessment must—

(a)
take into account information provided by the Corporation and the claimant; and

(b)
discuss with the claimant all the types of work that are available in New Zealand and suitable for the claimant; and

(c)
consider any comments the claimant makes to the assessor about those types of work.

(1A)

In considering the suitability of the types of work referred to in subsection (1)(b), the occupational assessor must take into account, among other things, the claimant’s earnings before the claimant’s incapacity.

(2)

The Corporation must provide to an occupational assessor all information the Corporation has that is relevant to an initial occupational assessment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 96

Section 91(1A): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 17 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 91(1A): amended, on 30 October 2022, by section 10 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 91(1A): amended, on 1 July 2010, by section 11 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

92Report on initial occupational assessment
(1)

The occupational assessor must prepare and provide to the Corporation a report on the initial occupational assessment.

(2)

The report must—

(a)
identify the types of work for the purposes of section 89(a); and

(b)
take into account the information, discussions, and comments referred to in section 91(1).

(3)

The Corporation must provide a copy of the report to the claimant and the medical assessor.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 97

93Medical assessor
(1)

A medical assessment must be undertaken by a medical practitioner who is described in subsection (2) or subsection (3).

(2)

A medical practitioner who provides general medical services must also—

(a)
have an interest, and proven work experience, in disability management in the workplace or in occupational rehabilitation; and

(b)
have at least 5 years’ experience in general practice; and

(c)
meet at least 1 of the following criteria:

(i)
be a Fellow of the Royal New Zealand College of General Practitioners or hold an equivalent qualification:

(ii)
be undertaking training towards becoming a Fellow of the Royal New Zealand College of General Practitioners or holding an equivalent qualification:

(iii)
have undertaken relevant advanced training.

(3)

A medical practitioner who does not provide general medical services must—

(a)
have an interest, and proven work experience, in disability management in the workplace or in occupational rehabilitation; and

(b)
be a member of a recognised college.

Section 93: substituted, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

94Assessments when medical assessor unavailable
(1)

A medical practitioner who does not qualify under section 93 may undertake a medical assessment if the Corporation is satisfied that—

(a)
the circumstances in subsection (2) exist; and

(b)
the medical practitioner’s qualifications and experience are broadly comparable with the qualifications and experience specified in section 93.

(2)

The circumstances are that—

(a)
a medical practitioner who does qualify under section 93 is not available to undertake a medical assessment without unreasonable delay or unreasonable inconvenience to the claimant; and

(b)
the delay or inconvenience would have an adverse effect on providing vocational rehabilitation to the claimant.

(3)

Sections 95 and 96 apply to a medical practitioner who qualifies under this section to undertake a medical assessment.

Section 94(1): amended, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 94(1)(b): amended, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 94(2)(a): amended, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 94(3): amended, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

95Conduct of initial medical assessment
(1)

A medical assessor undertaking an initial medical assessment must take into account—

(a)
information provided to the assessor by the Corporation; and

(b)
any of the following reports, information, or comments provided to the assessor:

(i)
medical reports requested by the Corporation before the individual rehabilitation plan was prepared:

(ii)
any other relevant medical reports; and

(c)
the report of the occupational assessor on the initial occupational assessment; and

(d)
the medical assessor’s clinical examination of the claimant; and

(e)
any other information or comments that the claimant requests the medical assessor to take into account and that the medical assessor decides are relevant.

(2)

The medical assessor must also take into account any condition suffered by the claimant that is not related to the claimant’s personal injury.

(3)

The Corporation must provide to a medical assessor all information the Corporation has that is relevant to an initial medical assessment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 99

96Report on initial medical assessment
(1)

The medical assessor must prepare and provide to the Corporation a report on the initial medical assessment.

(2)

The report must—

(a)
contain the determination required by section 89(b); and

(b)
take into account the matters referred to in section 95.

(3)

The Corporation must provide a copy of the report to the claimant.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 100

Employer’s duty to pay first week compensation
97Employee’s right to receive first week compensation
(1)

First week compensation for loss of earnings is payable to a claimant who—

(a)
has an incapacity resulting from—

(i)
a work-related personal injury for which he or she has cover; or

(ii)
a motor vehicle injury to which section 29(2) applies, being a motor vehicle injury that is also a work-related personal injury; and

(b)
was an employee immediately before his or her incapacity commenced.

(2)

The compensation payable is 80% of the amount of earnings as an employee lost by the employee, as a result of the incapacity, during the first week of incapacity.

(3)

For the purposes of this section, there is a presumption that the earnings the claimant loses as a result of the incapacity is the difference between—

(a)
the claimant’s earnings in the 7 days before his or her incapacity commenced; and

(b)
the claimant’s earnings in the first week of incapacity.

(4)

The presumption can be rebutted by proof to the contrary.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 76

98Employer’s duty to pay first week compensation
(1)

The employer in whose employment the claimant suffered the work-related personal injury or the motor vehicle injury referred to in section 97(1)(a)(ii) is liable to pay all the first week compensation to which the claimant is entitled.

(2)

Before paying first week compensation, the employer may require the employee to meet reasonable requirements as to the production of evidence of the personal injury such as, for example, the production of a certificate by a registered health professional nominated and paid by the employer.

(3)

An employer who fails to comply with subsection (1) commits an offence.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 77

99First week compensation is salary or wages for certain purposes
First week compensation is salary or wages payable to the employee for the purposes of—

(a)
section 131 of the Employment Relations Act 2000:

(b)
the Income Tax Act 2007:

(c)
the Tax Administration Act 1994:

(d)
this Act:

(e)
the laws relating to insolvency, receivership, and the liquidation of companies.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 78

Section 99(b): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Weekly compensation
100Entitlement to weekly compensation depends on claimant’s incapacity for employment and vocational independence
(1)

A claimant who has cover and who lodges a claim for weekly compensation—

(a)
is entitled to receive it if the Corporation determines that the claimant is incapacitated within the meaning of section 103(2) and the claimant is eligible under clause 32, 44, or 44A of Schedule 1 for weekly compensation:

(b)
is entitled to receive it if the Corporation determines that the claimant is incapacitated within the meaning of section 103(2) and the claimant is eligible under section 210 for weekly compensation:

(c)
is entitled to receive it if the Corporation determines that the claimant is incapacitated within the meaning of section 105(2) and if the claimant is eligible under section 224 or clause 43 of Schedule 1 for weekly compensation:

(d)
is entitled to receive it if the Corporation determines that the claimant is incapacitated within the meaning of section 105(2) and if the claimant is eligible under clause 47 of Schedule 1 for weekly compensation.

(1A)

If a claimant is eligible for weekly compensation under clause 44A of Schedule 1 because of the operation of clause 43 of that schedule, the Corporation must determine whether the claimant is incapacitated within the meaning of section 105(2).

(2)

While a claimant is receiving weekly compensation,—

(a)
section 103 or section 105, as the case may be, continues to apply to the claimant; and

(b)
the Corporation may from time to time determine the claimant’s incapacity under section 103 or section 105, as the case may require; and

(c)
section 107 also applies to the claimant; and

(d)
the Corporation may from time to time determine the claimant’s vocational independence under section 107.

(3)

The claimant may lose his or her entitlement to weekly compensation through the operation of sections 103 to 112.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 82

Section 100(1)(a): amended, on 5 December 2017, by section 30 of the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (2016 No 96).

Section 100(1A): inserted, on 5 December 2017, by section 30 of the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (2016 No 96).

101Procedures for determining incapacity for employment and vocational independence
(1)

When the Corporation is required or allowed by this Act to determine a claimant’s incapacity for employment, it must do so under section 103 or section 105.

(2)

When the Corporation is required or allowed by this Act to determine a claimant’s vocational independence, it must do so under sections 107 to 110 and clauses 24 to 29 of Schedule 1.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 83

Incapacity for employment
102Procedure in determining incapacity under section 103 or section 105
(1)

The Corporation may determine any question under section 103 or section 105 from time to time.

(2)

In determining any such question, the Corporation—

(a)
must consider an assessment undertaken by a medical practitioner or nurse practitioner; and

(b)
may obtain any professional, technical, specialised, or other advice from any person it considers appropriate.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 84

Section 102(2)(a): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 18 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 102(2)(a): amended, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

103Corporation to determine incapacity of claimant who, at time of personal injury, was earner, on unpaid parental leave, or recuperating organ donor
(1)

The Corporation must determine under this section the incapacity of—

(a)
a claimant who was an earner at the time he or she suffered the personal injury:

(b)
a claimant who was on unpaid parental leave at the time he or she suffered the personal injury:

(c)
a claimant who was within a payment period under the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 at the time he or she suffered the personal injury.

(2)

The question that the Corporation must determine is whether the claimant is unable, because of his or her personal injury, to engage in employment in which he or she was employed when he or she suffered the personal injury.

(3)

If the answer under subsection (2) is that the claimant is unable to engage in such employment, the claimant is incapacitated for employment.

(4)

The references in subsections (1) and (2) to a personal injury are references to a personal injury for which the person has cover under this Act.

(5)

Subsection (4) is for the avoidance of doubt.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 85

Section 103 heading: amended, on 5 December 2017, by section 30 of the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (2016 No 96).

Section 103 heading: amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 21(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 103(1)(c): inserted, on 5 December 2017, by section 30 of the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (2016 No 96).

Section 103(4): added, on 11 May 2005, by section 21(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 103(5): added, on 11 May 2005, by section 21(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

104Effect of determination under section 103 on entitlement to weekly compensation
If the Corporation determines under section 103(2) that the claimant is not incapacitated for employment—

(a)
a claimant who is receiving weekly compensation for loss of earnings from employment—

(i)
loses that entitlement immediately; and

(ii)
cannot be subject to a determination under section 107 in respect of that incapacity:

(b)
a claimant who is not receiving weekly compensation for loss of earnings from employment is not entitled to begin receiving it.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 86

105Corporation to determine incapacity of certain claimants who, at time of incapacity, had ceased to be in employment, were potential earners, or had purchased weekly compensation under section 223
(1)

The Corporation must determine under this section the incapacity of a claimant who—

(a)
is deemed under clause 43 of Schedule 1 to continue to be an employee, a self-employed person, or a shareholder-employee, as the case may be; or

(b)
is a potential earner; or

(c)
has purchased the right to receive weekly compensation under section 223.

(2)

The question that the Corporation must determine is whether the claimant is unable, because of his or her personal injury, to engage in work for which he or she is suited by reason of experience, education, or training, or any combination of those things.

(3)

The references in subsection (2) to a personal injury are references to a personal injury for which the person has cover under this Act.

(4)

Subsection (3) is for the avoidance of doubt.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 87

Section 105 heading: substituted, on 1 August 2008, by section 19(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 105(1)(a): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 19(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 105(3): added, on 11 May 2005, by section 22 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 105(4): added, on 11 May 2005, by section 22 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

106Effect of determination under section 105 on entitlement to weekly compensation
If the Corporation determines under section 105(2) that the claimant is able to engage in work for which he or she is suited by reason of experience, education, or training, or any combination of those things,—

(a)
a claimant who is receiving weekly compensation—

(i)
loses that entitlement immediately; and

(ii)
cannot be subject to a determination under section 107:

(b)
a claimant who is not receiving weekly compensation is not entitled to begin receiving it.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 88

Vocational independence
107Corporation to determine vocational independence
(1)

The Corporation may determine the vocational independence of—

(a)
a claimant who is receiving weekly compensation:

(b)
a claimant who may have an entitlement to weekly compensation.

(2)

The Corporation determines a claimant’s vocational independence by requiring the claimant to participate in an assessment carried out—

(a)
for the purpose in subsection (3); and

(b)
in accordance with sections 108 to 110 and clauses 24 to 29 of Schedule 1; and

(c)
at the Corporation’s expense.

(3)

The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that comprehensive vocational rehabilitation, as identified in a claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan, has been completed and that it has focused on the claimant’s needs, and addressed any injury-related barriers, to enable the claimant—

(a)
to maintain or obtain employment; or

(b)
to regain or acquire vocational independence.

108Assessment of claimant’s vocational independence
(1)

An assessment of a claimant’s vocational independence must consist of—

(a)
an occupational assessment under clause 25 of Schedule 1; and

(b)
a medical assessment under clause 28 of Schedule 1.

(2)

The purpose of an occupational assessment is to—

(a)
consider the progress and outcomes of vocational rehabilitation carried out under the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan; and

(b)
consider whether the types of work (whether available or not) identified in the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan are still suitable for the claimant because they match the skills that the claimant has gained through education, training, or experience.

(3)

The purpose of a medical assessment is to provide an opinion for the Corporation as to whether, having regard to the claimant’s personal injury, the claimant has the capacity to undertake any type of work identified in the occupational assessment and reflected in the claimant’s individual rehabilitation plan.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 94

109When claimant’s vocational independence to be assessed
(1)

The Corporation may determine the claimant’s vocational independence at such reasonable intervals as the Corporation considers appropriate.

(2)

However, the Corporation must determine the claimant’s vocational independence again if—

(a)
the Corporation has previously determined that the claimant had—

(i)
vocational independence under this section; or

(ii)
a capacity for work under section 89 of the Accident Insurance Act 1998; or

(iii)
a capacity for work under section 51 of the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992; and

(b)
the Corporation believes, or has reasonable grounds for believing, that the claimant’s vocational independence or capacity for work may have deteriorated due to the injuries that were assessed in the previous vocational independence or capacity for work assessment.

(3)

The claimant may give the Corporation information to assist the Corporation to reach a belief under subsection (2)(b).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 89

Section 109(2)(b): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 23 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

110Notice to claimant in relation to assessment of vocational independence
(1)

The Corporation must give written notice to a claimant required by the Corporation to participate in an assessment of his or her vocational independence.

(2)

The notice must—

(a)
state the purpose, nature, and effect of the assessment; and

(b)
state that the claimant is required to participate in the assessment; and

(c)
state the consequences of not doing so; and

(d)
state the claimant’s right to be accompanied by another person during the assessment.

(3)

The Corporation must not require the claimant to participate in an assessment—

(a)
unless the claimant is likely to achieve vocational independence; and

(b)
until the claimant has completed any vocational rehabilitation that the Corporation was liable to provide under his or her individual rehabilitation plan.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 93

111How determination that claimant has vocational independence is to be regarded
If the Corporation determines under section 107 that a claimant has vocational independence, the determination is to be regarded as—

(a)
a determination under section 103 that the claimant no longer has an incapacity for employment, in relation to a claimant to whom that section applies, but section 112 applies instead of section 104(a)(i); or

(b)
a determination under section 105 that the claimant is able to engage in work for which he or she is suited by reason of experience, education, or training, or any combination of those things, in relation to a claimant to whom that section applies, but section 112 applies instead of section 106(a)(i).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 90

112Claimant with vocational independence loses entitlement to weekly compensation
If the Corporation determines under section 107 that a claimant has vocational independence, the claimant loses his or her entitlement to weekly compensation 3 months after the date on which he or she is notified of the determination.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 91

113Claimant who no longer has vocational independence regains entitlement to weekly compensation
(1)

If the Corporation determines under section 109 that a claimant no longer has vocational independence, the claimant regains his or her entitlement to weekly compensation, and the regained entitlement starts from the date of the determination or an earlier date determined by the Corporation.

(2)

On regaining entitlement to weekly compensation, the claimant is entitled to it at the higher of the following rates:

(a)
the rate of compensation to which the claimant was entitled when he or she lost the entitlement, adjusted for the intervening period in the manner provided in section 115; or

(b)
the rate of compensation to which the claimant is entitled under Part 2 of Schedule 1, calculated at the time that he or she regains the entitlement.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 92

Section 113(1): amended, on 22 October 2003, by section 3 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2003 (2003 No 80).

Interest on late payments of weekly compensation
114Payment of interest when Corporation makes late payment of weekly compensation
(1)

The Corporation is liable to pay interest on any payment of weekly compensation to which the claimant is entitled, if the Corporation has not made the payment within 1 month after the Corporation has received all information necessary to enable the Corporation to calculate and make the payment.

(2)

The Corporation is liable to pay the interest—

(a)
for the period from the date on which payment should have been made to the date on which it is made (the liability period); and

(b)
at the interest rate or rates for the liability period.

(3)

The period described in subsection (2)(a)—

(a)
does not include the day on which the payment should have been made; and

(b)
includes the day on which the payment is made.

(4)

In this section, interest rate means the base rate plus the premium where—

(a)
the base rate is—

(i)
for any day on or after 1 July in a year to the close of 30 June in the year that follows, the average of the 6 observations for the retail 6-month term deposit rate most recently published by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand before 30 April in that year; or

(ii)
if another base rate has been prescribed for the purposes of this section, that base rate:

(b)
the premium is—

(i)
0.95%; or

(ii)
if another premium has been prescribed for the purposes of this section, that premium.

(5)

The interest rate (as defined in subsection (4)) is a per annum simple interest rate.

Example 1
Calculation where same interest rate applies for whole liability period
The Corporation is liable to make a payment of $100 on 15 November 2018 but does not do so until 15 March 2019. The liability period, for which the Corporation is liable to pay interest on this amount, is therefore 120 days.

For the liability period, the 6 most recent observations for the retail 6-month term deposit rate published by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand* before 30 April 2018 are, for the purposes of this example, assumed to be 3.25%, 3.35%, 3.35%, 3.38%, 3.31%, and 3.31%, being the published rates for the months from October 2017 to March 2018. The average of these 6 observations is 3.325%. This is the base rate.

The base rate and the premium, namely 0.95% in this case, is 4.275%. This is the interest rate that must be used to calculate how much interest the Corporation must pay, in addition to the overdue amount, on 15 March 2019. The total interest payable may be calculated using the equation—

I = P (rt)

where—

I
is the total amount payable

P
is the amount of the payment that should have been made

r
is the interest rate

t
is the liability period expressed in years

I = 100 (0.04275 x 120/365) = 1.4055

I = $1.41

 

*See “B3 Retail interest rates on lending and deposits” at http://www.rbnz.govt.nz

Example 2
Calculation where interest rate changes during liability period
The Corporation is liable to make a payment of $100 on 15 May 2018 but does not do so until 15 November 2018. The liability period, for which the Corporation is liable to pay interest on this amount, is therefore 184 days.

The base rate for the 46 days from 15 May 2018 to 30 June 2018 is the average of the 6 most recent observations for the retail 6-month term deposit rate published by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand before 30 April 2017. For the purposes of this example, these are assumed to be 3.15%, 3.21%, 3.21%, 3.28%, 3.25%, and 3.25%, being the published rates for the months from October 2016 to March 2017. The average of these 6 observations is 3.225%.

The base rate plus the premium, namely 0.95% in this case, is 4.175%. This is the interest rate that must be used for the first 46 days of the liability period.

The base rate for the remaining 138 days of the liability period, starting on 1 July 2018 and ending on 15 November 2018, is the average of the 6 most recent observations for the retail 6-month term deposit rate published by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand before 30 April 2018. For the purposes of this example, these are assumed to be 3.25%, 3.35%, 3.35%, 3.38%, 3.31%, and 3.31%, being the published rates for the months from October 2017 to March 2018. The average of these 6 observations is 3.325%.

The base rate plus the premium, namely 0.95% in this case, is 4.275%. This is the interest rate that must be used for the remaining 138 days of the liability period.

The total interest payable may be calculated using the equation—

I = P(r1t1 + r2t2)

where—

I
is the total interest payable

P
is the amount of the interest that should have been paid

r1
is the interest rate for the 46 days of the liability period up to 30 June 2018

t1
is the portion of the liability period up to 30 June 2018 expressed in years

r2
is the interest rate for the 138 days of the liability period starting on 1 July 2018

t2
is the portion of the liability period starting on 1 July 2018 expressed in years

I = 100(0.04175 x 46/365 + 0.04275 x 138/365) = 2.1425

I = $2.14

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 101

Section 114(2): replaced, on 1 January 2018, by section 29 (transitional provision applies, see Schedule 1 clause 4) of the Interest on Money Claims Act 2016 (2016 No 51).

Section 114(3): inserted, on 1 January 2018, by section 29 (transitional provision applies, see Schedule 1 clause 4) of the Interest on Money Claims Act 2016 (2016 No 51).

Section 114(4): inserted, on 1 January 2018, by section 29 (transitional provision applies, see Schedule 1 clause 4) of the Interest on Money Claims Act 2016 (2016 No 51).

Section 114(5): inserted, on 1 January 2018, by section 29 (transitional provision applies, see Schedule 1 clause 4) of the Interest on Money Claims Act 2016 (2016 No 51).

114ACorporation must publish applicable interest rate and premium
(1)

The Corporation must, before 1 July in each year, publish the interest rate to apply under section 114(4) on and from 1 July in that year, on an Internet site maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation.

(2)

Neither a failure to comply with subsection (1) nor an error in a 6-month term deposit rate published by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand affects the Corporation’s liability to pay interest in accordance with section 114.

Section 114A: inserted, on 1 January 2018, by section 29 of the Interest on Money Claims Act 2016 (2016 No 51).

Indexation of weekly compensation and related amounts
115Indexation of weekly compensation and related amounts
(1)

The Corporation must adjust the following amounts in the manner specified in subsection (2):

(a)
the amount of weekly compensation, but not weekly compensation based on minimum weekly earnings as determined under clause 42(3) of Schedule 1:

(b)
the weekly amounts specified in clauses 46 and 51 of Schedule 1.

(2)

Any adjustments required by subsection (1)—

(a)
must be in accordance with a prescribed formula or prescribed formulas relating to movements in average weekly earnings; and

(b)
have effect from the prescribed date or dates; and

(c)
must be published by the Corporation in such manner as it thinks appropriate to bring the adjustments to the attention of claimants and the general public.

(3)

The Corporation is not required to adjust any amount under subsection (1) if—

(a)
the prescribed formula specifies a minimum movement in the average weekly earnings; and

(b)
the movement in the average weekly earnings is less than the minimum movement specified.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 102

Indexation of other entitlements
116Indexation of lump sum compensation, funeral grant, survivor’s grant, and child care payments
(1)

The Corporation must adjust the amounts specified in clauses 56, 64, 65, and 76 of Schedule 1 in the manner specified in subsection (2).

(2)

Any adjustments required by subsection (1) must—

(a)
be in accordance with a prescribed formula or prescribed formulas relating to movements in the Consumers Price Index; and

(b)
have effect from the prescribed date or dates; and

(c)
must be published by the Corporation in such manner as it thinks appropriate to bring the adjustments to the attention of claimants and the general public.

(3)

The Corporation is not required to adjust any amount under subsection (1) if—

(a)
the prescribed formula specifies a minimum movement in the Consumers Price Index; and

(b)
the movement in the Consumers Price Index is less than the minimum movement specified.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 103

Section 116(2)(a): amended, on 1 September 2022, by section 107(1) of the Data and Statistics Act 2022 (2022 No 39).

Section 116(3)(a): amended, on 1 September 2022, by section 107(1) of the Data and Statistics Act 2022 (2022 No 39).

Section 116(3)(b): amended, on 1 September 2022, by section 107(1) of the Data and Statistics Act 2022 (2022 No 39).

Powers of Corporation
117Corporation may suspend, cancel, or decline entitlements
(1)

The Corporation may suspend or cancel an entitlement if it is not satisfied, on the basis of the information in its possession, that a claimant is entitled to continue to receive the entitlement.

(2)

The Corporation must give the claimant written notice of the proposed suspension or cancellation within a reasonable period before the proposed starting date.

(3)

The Corporation may decline to provide any entitlement for as long as the claimant unreasonably refuses or unreasonably fails to—

(a)
comply with any requirement of this Act relating to the claimant’s claim; or

(b)
undergo medical or surgical treatment for his or her personal injury, being treatment that the claimant is entitled to receive; or

(c)
agree to, or comply with, an individual rehabilitation plan.

(3A)

If the Corporation declines, under subsection (3), to provide an entitlement for any period, the Corporation must start providing the entitlement again if satisfied that—

(a)
subsection (3) no longer applies to the claimant; and

(b)
the claimant is eligible to the entitlement.

(3B)

The Corporation is not required to make any payment of the entitlement for the period during which it was declined under subsection (3), even though it may have started providing the entitlement again under subsection (3A). However, the Corporation may make such payment if the Corporation believes that—

(a)
exceptional circumstances exist; and

(b)
it would be inequitable to refuse to do so.

(3C)

An entitlement that has been declined for any period under subsection (3) must be provided by the Corporation, with effect from the beginning of that period, if—

(a)
the Corporation’s decision to decline to provide the entitlement for that period is—

(i)
revised under section 65; or

(ii)
quashed on review or appeal; and

(b)
the claimant was otherwise entitled to receive the entitlement for that period.

(4)

This section does not limit or affect any other power of the Corporation to decline or end an entitlement.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 116

Section 117(3A): inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 24 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 117(3B): inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 24 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 117(3C): inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 24 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Disentitlements
118Disentitlement because proceedings brought: personal injury caused by work-related gradual process, disease, or infection
(1)

The Corporation must not provide a claimant with entitlements for personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection, if—

(a)
subsections (2) and (3) apply to the claimant; or

(b)
subsections (2) and (4) apply to the claimant; or

(c)
subsections (2) and (5) apply to the claimant.

(2)

This subsection applies to a claimant who suffered the personal injury because, before 1 April 1974, he or she performed a task, or was employed in an environment, in the circumstances described in section 30(2).

(3)

This subsection applies to a claimant who—

(a)
commenced, before 1 April 1993, any proceedings relating to his or her personal injury, other than under this Act; and

(b)
has received or is entitled to receive a sum of money, irrespective of the amount, as a result of the proceedings.

(4)

This subsection applies to a claimant who has received, other than under subsection (3), a sum of money, irrespective of the amount, by way of damages, compensation, or settlement of any claim for his or her personal injury, other than under this Act.

(5)

This subsection applies to a claimant who—

(a)
commenced, before 1 April 1993, any proceedings relating to his or her personal injury, other than under this Act; and

(b)
has not discontinued the proceedings; and

(c)
is entitled, because of section 318(3), to complete the proceedings.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 119

Section 118(1): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

119Disentitlement for wilfully self-inflicted personal injuries and suicide
(1)

The Corporation must not provide any entitlements under Schedule 1 for any of the following:

(a)
a personal injury that a claimant wilfully inflicts on himself or herself, or, with intent to injure himself or herself, causes to be inflicted upon himself or herself:

(b)
the death of a claimant due to an injury inflicted in the circumstances described in paragraph (a):

(c)
the death of a claimant due to suicide.

(2)

However, subsection (1) does not excuse the Corporation from liability to provide the claimant with entitlements for—

(a)
treatment; and

(b)
any ancillary service related to treatment referred to in clause 3(1) of Schedule 1.

(3)

Subsection (1) does not apply if the personal injury or death was the result of—

(a)
mental injury suffered because of physical injuries suffered by the claimant for which he or she had cover; or

(b)
mental injury suffered by the claimant in the circumstances described in section 21 or 21B.

(4)

Subsection (1) does not apply if the death was the result of assisted dying in accordance with the End of Life Choice Act 2019.

Section 119: substituted, on 1 July 2010, by section 12 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 119(4): inserted, on 30 October 2022, by section 11 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

120Disentitlement for conviction for murder
(1)

The Corporation must not provide any entitlement under Part 4 of Schedule 1 to a claimant if the claimant—

(a)
is entitled to the entitlement because of the death of another person; and

(b)
has been convicted in New Zealand or another country of the murder of the other person.

(2)

The Corporation must suspend any entitlement that the Corporation is liable to provide under Part 4 of Schedule 1 to the claimant because of the death of another person, if the claimant has been charged with the murder of the other person.

(3)

The suspension lasts until the proceedings in respect of the charge are finally determined or the charge is withdrawn.

(4)

An entitlement provided to a claimant under Part 4 of Schedule 1 becomes a debt due to the Corporation, and may be recovered in any court of competent jurisdiction, if—

(a)
the Corporation has provided the entitlement because of the death of another person; and

(b)
the claimant has been convicted by a court in New Zealand or another country of the murder of the other person.

(5)

In this section, murder—

(a)
means murder within the meaning of the Crimes Act 1961; and

(b)
includes any killing of a person outside New Zealand that would, if done in New Zealand, have amounted to murder.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 121

Section 120(1): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

121Disentitlement during imprisonment
(1)

The Corporation must not provide any entitlements under Part 2 or Part 4 of Schedule 1 to a claimant in respect of any period during which the claimant is a prisoner in any prison.

(2)

The Corporation is not required to undertake any assessments or make any payments under Part 3 of Schedule 1 to a claimant while the claimant is a prisoner in any prison.

(3)

In this section, prisoner and prison have the same meaning as in section 3(1) of the Corrections Act 2004.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 122

Section 121(1): amended, on 1 June 2005, by section 206 of the Corrections Act 2004 (2004 No 50).

Section 121(1): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 121(2): amended, on 1 June 2005, by section 206 of the Corrections Act 2004 (2004 No 50).

Section 121(3): substituted, on 1 June 2005, by section 206 of the Corrections Act 2004 (2004 No 50).

122Disentitlement for certain imprisoned offenders
(1)

The Corporation must not provide any entitlements under Schedule 1 to a claimant if—

(a)
the claimant suffers a personal injury in the course of committing an offence; and

(b)
the offence is punishable by a maximum term of imprisonment of 2 years or more; and

(c)
the claimant is sentenced to imprisonment or home detention for committing the offence; and

(d)
the Corporation would, but for this section, be liable to provide entitlements to the claimant for the personal injury.

(2)

In addition, the Corporation must not provide any entitlements under Schedule 1 to the following persons if the Corporation would, but for subsection (1), be liable to provide entitlements to any of them in relation to a deceased claimant’s personal injury:

(a)
the surviving spouse or partner of the deceased claimant:

(b)
any child of the deceased claimant:

(c)
any other dependant of the deceased claimant.

(3)

However, subsection (1) does not excuse the Corporation from liability to provide the claimant with entitlements for—

(a)
treatment; and

(b)
any ancillary service related to treatment referred to in clause 3(1) of Schedule 1.

(4)

Despite subsection (3), the Corporation must not provide any entitlement for surgery unless the surgery is required to restore the claimant’s function to enable him or her to return to work.

Section 122: substituted, on 1 July 2010, by section 13 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

122AExemption from section 122(1)
(1)

The Minister may exempt a claimant from section 122(1) if the Minister is satisfied that there are exceptional circumstances relating to the claimant.

(2)

Nothing in this section gives a claimant the right to apply for an exemption under subsection (1).

Section 122A: inserted, on 1 July 2010, by section 13 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

General provisions
123Entitlements inalienable
(1)

All entitlements are absolutely inalienable, whether by way of, or in accordance with, a sale, assignment, charge, execution, bankruptcy, or otherwise.

(2)

This section does not affect—

(a)
any right of the Corporation to recover any amounts under this Act or to make any deductions authorised by this Act from any entitlements that the Corporation is liable to provide; or

(b)
an independence allowance that is assigned for a period of not more than 5 years to—

(i)
an insurer; or

(ii)
[Repealed]

 

(iii)
the Corporation, if the Corporation is liable to provide the allowance and the Corporation agrees to the assignment; or

(c)
sections 4 and 5 of the Maori Housing Act 1935; or

(d)
sections 154 to 161 of the District Court Act 2016; or

(e)
sections 87(2)(b), 88AE(1)(a), 103, 104, 105, 106, 106A, and 106B of the Summary Proceedings Act 1957; or

(f)
section 27Y of the Social Security Act 1964 (as saved by section 256(1) of the Child Support Act 1991) or regulations made under section 444 of the Social Security Act 2018; or

(g)
sections 105, 110, 118, and 121 of the Family Proceedings Act 1980 (as saved by section 259(1) of the Child Support Act 1991); or

(h)
the Child Support Act 1991; or

(i)
subparts 1, 2, and 5 of Part 2 or section 193 of the Student Loan Scheme Act 2011; or

(ia)
subpart 1 of Part 3 of the KiwiSaver Act 2006; or

(j)
section 157 of the Tax Administration Act 1994; or

(k)
section 41B of the Legal Services Act 2011.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 124

Section 123(2)(b)(ii): repealed, on 1 February 2011, by section 241(2) of the Insurance (Prudential Supervision) Act 2010 (2010 No 111).

Section 123(2)(d): replaced, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 123(2)(e): amended, on 13 February 2012, by section 26 of the Summary Proceedings Amendment Act 2011 (2011 No 32).

Section 123(2)(f): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 123(2)(i): replaced, on 1 April 2012, by section 223 of the Student Loan Scheme Act 2011 (2011 No 62).

Section 123(2)(i): amended (with effect on 1 April 2012), on 30 March 2013, by section 45 of the Student Loan Scheme Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 10).

Section 123(2)(ia): inserted, on 1 December 2006, by section 231 of the KiwiSaver Act 2006 (2006 No 40).

Section 123(2)(j): amended, on 2 September 2013, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 44).

Section 123(2)(k): inserted, on 2 September 2013, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 44).

124Entitlements to be provided to claimant only
(1)

The Corporation must provide entitlements only to the claimant to whom the Corporation is liable to provide the entitlements.

(2)

Subsection (1) does not apply—

(a)
to payments made by the Corporation directly to a person for providing entitlements to the claimant; or

(b)
to payments authorised by regulations to be made to any other person; or

(c)
to payments made under section 125 or section 126.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 125

125Corporation to pay amount for child to caregiver or financially responsible person
(1)

This section applies if an entitlement (other than weekly compensation payable under clause 32 of Schedule 1) provided to a claimant who is not yet 16 years old is solely a payment of money.

(2)

The Corporation must make the payment—

(a)
to a person who is caring for the claimant; or

(b)
if the Corporation considers that it would not be appropriate to make the payment to such a person, to another person or to trustees who, in either case, the Corporation considers will apply the payment as required by subsection (3).

(3)

A person to whom a payment is made under subsection (2) must apply it for the maintenance, education, advancement, or benefit of the claimant.

(4)

The Corporation is not under an obligation to see to the application of any money paid under this section, and is not liable to the claimant in respect of any such payment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 126

126Corporation to pay amount to claimant’s estate
(1)

This section applies to any entitlement (other than lump sum compensation under Part 3 of Schedule 1) that is a payment that the Corporation—

(a)
is liable to make to a claimant, but that has accrued and is unpaid at the date of the claimant’s death; or

(b)
would have been liable to make to the claimant, if he or she had lodged a claim for it.

(2)

The Corporation is liable to pay any amount to which this section applies to the claimant’s estate if the estate applies for it within 3 years after the date of the claimant’s death.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 127

127Payment of weekly compensation and lump sum compensation to claimant outside New Zealand
(1)

The Corporation must not pay weekly compensation to a claimant who suffered personal injury outside New Zealand for which he or she has cover, and who is not for the time being in New Zealand, unless he or she—

(a)
had earnings while absent from New Zealand before suffering the personal injury; or

(b)
had earnings within the period of 6 months immediately before leaving New Zealand.

(2)

The Corporation must not pay weekly compensation to a claimant outside New Zealand if his or her entitlement to it is based on earnings in employment in New Zealand that, under the Immigration Act 2009, he or she was not lawfully entitled to undertake.

(3)

The Corporation must not pay any weekly compensation or lump sum compensation to a claimant outside New Zealand unless his or her condition has been assessed for the purposes of this Act by a person approved for the purpose by the Corporation.

(4)

If weekly compensation or lump sum compensation is payable outside New Zealand and the claimant’s right to receive the compensation is to be assessed, the Corporation is not required to meet—

(a)
any costs incurred by the claimant overseas; or

(b)
any costs relating to the return of the claimant to New Zealand for assessment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 128

Section 127(1): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 127(2): amended, at 2 am on 29 November 2010, by section 406(1) of the Immigration Act 2009 (2009 No 51).

Section 127(2): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 127(3): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 127(4): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 60(7) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

128Payment for rehabilitation to claimant outside New Zealand
The Corporation must not pay for costs incurred outside New Zealand for any rehabilitation, unless section 129 applies or regulations made under this Act require such a payment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 129

Section 128: amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

129Payment for attendant care to claimant outside New Zealand
(1)

The Corporation is liable to pay for attendant care for a claimant who is entitled to receive attendant care and who is outside New Zealand.

(2)

However, the Corporation is not required to pay for attendant care for longer than 28 days in each period during which the claimant is outside New Zealand.

(3)

The Corporation is liable to pay the amount that the claimant would have received if he or she had been in New Zealand during the period he or she is outside New Zealand.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 130

Section 129(2): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 60(7) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

130Payment to claimant outside New Zealand may be in New Zealand dollars to New Zealand bank account
(1)

This section applies in relation to a claimant who is outside New Zealand.

(2)

The Corporation may make any payment to the claimant in New Zealand dollars to an account at a bank in New Zealand.

(3)

The Corporation may open an account at a bank in New Zealand in the claimant’s name, and at his or her expense, for that purpose.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 132

131Advances of compensation and grants
(1)

Except as provided in this section, section 123(2)(b), and clause 67 of Schedule 1, the Corporation must not pay any compensation, grant, or allowance in advance.

(2)

The Corporation may pay weekly compensation or a survivor’s grant without the full details necessary to support the relevant claim if—

(a)
details of earnings of any person are not available, and their unavailability is not due to the fault of that person; or

(b)
a person is missing and the Corporation is satisfied—

(i)
that the person is probably dead; and

(ii)
that the presumed death occurred in circumstances in which the person is likely to have cover under this Act.

(3)

If weekly compensation or a grant is paid under this section in circumstances in which it is subsequently found that it was not properly payable, section 248 applies to any amount not properly paid.

(4)

If weekly compensation is paid in advance under this section, the maximum amount that may be paid as weekly compensation is the amount that would be payable if the person on whose earnings the compensation is to be based had weekly earnings as determined under clause 42(3) of Schedule 1.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 317

132Adjustment of payments for part periods
If any amount is payable by the Corporation under this Act on a weekly basis and the entitlement to that payment ceases other than at the end of a week, an appropriate adjustment may be made.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 318

Part 5Dispute resolution
Preliminary provision
133Effect of review or appeal on decisions
(1)

A decision by the Corporation on a claim continues to be of full effect even though—

(a)
an applicant has made a review application relating to the decision; or

(b)
any other proceeding relating to the decision has been commenced.

(2)

A review decision continues to be of full effect, unless subsection (3) applies, even though—

(a)
an appellant has filed a notice of appeal relating to the review decision; or

(b)
any other proceeding relating to the review decision has been commenced.

(3)

A review decision ceases to be of full effect if all the parties to the review agree to a variation of it for the benefit of the claimant.

(4)

A review decision is subject to section 161 (the court’s powers to determine an appeal).

(5)

If a person has a claim under this Act, and has a right of review or appeal in relation to that claim, no court, Employment Relations Authority, Disputes Tribunal, or other body may consider or grant remedies in relation to that matter if it is covered by this Act, unless this Act otherwise provides.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 134

Reviews
134Who may apply for review
(1)

A claimant may apply to the Corporation for a review of—

(a)
any of its decisions on the claim:

(b)
any delay in processing the claim for entitlement that the claimant believes is an unreasonable delay:

(c)
any of its decisions under the Code on a complaint by the claimant.

(1A)

However, a decision of the Corporation regarding the exercise of discretion under section 68(3) is not reviewable under Part 5.

(2)

An employer may apply to the Corporation for a review of its decision that a claimant’s injury is a work-related personal injury suffered during employment with that employer.

(3)

An employer may not apply to the Corporation for a review of a decision about the entitlements that have been or are to be provided to a claimant who has cover for a work-related personal injury.

(4)

[Repealed]

 

(5)

A levy payer may apply to the Corporation for a review of a determination under section 209(1) or a decision referred to in section 236(1).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 135

Section 134(1A): inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 25(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 134(4): repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 25(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

135How to apply for review
(1)

A review application is made by giving an application that complies with subsection (2) to the Corporation.

(2)

The application must—

(a)
be written:

(b)
whenever practicable, be made on the form made available by the Corporation for the purpose:

(c)
identify the decision or decisions in respect of which it is made:

(d)
state the grounds on which it is made:

(e)
if known by the applicant, state the relief sought:

(f)
be made within 3 months of—

(i)
the date on which the claimant has a decision under section 58; or

(ii)
the date on which the Corporation gives notice under section 64; or

(iii)
in the case of a decision under the Code, the date on which the claimant is notified of the decision:

(g)
in the case of a review application relating to a claim for entitlement, not be made less than 21 days after the date the claim for entitlement is made.

(3)

Despite subsection (2)(f) and (g) and any time frame prescribed in regulations made under section 328A for the lodgement of a review application, the Corporation must accept a late application if satisfied that there are extenuating circumstances that affected the ability of the claimant to meet the time limits, such as—

(a)
where the claimant was so affected or traumatised by the personal injury giving rise to the review that he or she was unable to consider his or her review rights; or

(b)
where the claimant made reasonable arrangements to have the application made on his or her behalf by an agent of the claimant, and the agent unreasonably failed to ensure that the application was made within the required time; or

(c)
where the Corporation failed to notify the claimant of the obligations of persons making an application.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 136

Section 135(3): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 26 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

135ATime frame for lodging review application where alternative dispute resolution conducted about same matter
(1)

This section applies to a review application about a matter if an alternative dispute resolution procedure is conducted about the same matter.

(2)

A review application to which this section applies must be lodged within the relevant time frame stated in section 135(2) unless regulations made under section 328A prescribe otherwise.

Section 135A: inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 27 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

136Corporation to acknowledge receipt of review application
When the Corporation receives a review application, it must send the applicant an acknowledgement—

(a)
indicating when the review application was received; and

(b)
containing an explanation of the effect of sections 146 and 147.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 137

137Corporation to engage and allocate reviewers
(1)

The Corporation must engage as many persons as it considers necessary to be reviewers under this Part.

(2)

As soon as practicable after receiving an application for review, the Corporation must arrange for the allocation of a reviewer to the review even if it considers that there is no right of review in the circumstances.

(3)

If for any reason the Corporation has to allocate a new reviewer to a review, the Corporation must do this as soon as practicable after becoming aware of the need to allocate a new reviewer.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 138

138Reviewer’s duty to act independently and disclose previous involvement
(1)

A reviewer must act independently when conducting a review.

(2)

A reviewer to whom the Corporation proposes to allocate a review must disclose to the Corporation any previous involvement that the reviewer has had in the claim other than as a reviewer.

Compare: 1998 No 114 ss 140(1), 141(2)

139Corporation’s duties to secure independence of reviewer
(1)

The Corporation must not engage as a reviewer a person who is currently—

(a)
employed by the Corporation; or

(b)
engaged by the Corporation to make decisions on claims in a capacity other than that of reviewer; or

(c)
employed or engaged by a subsidiary of the Corporation.

(2)

[Repealed]

 

(3)

The Corporation must not include in a contract with a reviewer any term or condition that could have the effect, directly or indirectly, of influencing the reviewer, when conducting a review, in favour of the Corporation.

(4)

The Corporation must not allocate a claim to a reviewer who discloses to the Corporation any previous involvement in the claim other than as a reviewer.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 142

Section 139(1): replaced, on 17 December 2016, by section 4(1) of the Statutes Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 104).

Section 139(2): repealed, on 17 December 2016, by section 4(2) of the Statutes Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 104).

Section 139(3): amended, on 17 December 2016, by section 4(3) of the Statutes Amendment Act 2016 (2016 No 104).

140Conduct of review: general principles
The reviewer may conduct the review in any manner he or she thinks fit, but he or she must—

(a)
comply with section 138; and

(b)
comply with any other relevant provision of this Act and any regulations made under this Act; and

(c)
comply with the principles of natural justice; and

(d)
exercise due diligence in decision-making; and

(e)
adopt an investigative approach with a view to conducting the review in an informal, timely, and practical manner.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 143

141Conduct of review: hearing to be held
(1)

In the course of conducting a review, the reviewer must hold a hearing unless—

(a)
the applicant withdraws the review application; or

(b)
the applicant, the Corporation, and all persons who would be entitled to be present and heard at the hearing agree not to have a hearing.

(2)

The reviewer must hold the hearing at a time and place that are—

(a)
agreed to by all persons who are parties to the application and the reviewer; or

(b)
decided on by the reviewer if those persons do not agree.

(3)

The reviewer must take all practicable steps to ensure that notice of the time and place of the hearing is given—

(a)
to every person entitled to be present and heard at it; and

(b)
at least 7 days before the date of the hearing.

(4)

The reviewer may admit any relevant evidence at the hearing from any person who is entitled to be present and be heard at it, whether or not the evidence would be admissible in a court.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 144

142Persons entitled to be present and heard at hearing
The following persons are entitled to be present at the hearing, with a representative if they wish, and to be heard at it, either personally or by a representative:

(a)
on every review, the applicant and the Corporation:

(b)
[Repealed]

 

(c)
[Repealed]

 

(d)
if the review relates to a decision to accept or decline cover for a work-related personal injury,—

(i)
the claimant; and

(ii)
the claimant’s employer; and

(iii)
in the case of a claim for cover for personal injury under section 30, any employer whose name the reviewer receives from the claimant or from the claimant’s employer or from the Corporation so that notice can be given under section 141(3), if the name is that of any other employer of the claimant or any former employer of the claimant.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 145

Section 142(b): repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 28 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 142(c): repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 28 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

143Record of hearing
(1)

The reviewer must take reasonable steps to ensure that an accurate record of the evidence given at the hearing is taken.

(2)

The reviewer must keep such records for at least 2 years.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 146

144Review decisions: formalities
(1)

The reviewer must make a review decision within 28 days after—

(a)
the day on which the hearing of the review finishes; or

(b)
if there is no hearing,—

(i)
the day that the applicant, the Corporation, and all persons who would be entitled to be present and heard at the hearing specify for the purposes of this section in their agreement not to have a hearing; or

(ii)
if those persons do not specify a day, the day on which those persons agree not to have a hearing.

(2)

A review decision must—

(a)
be written; and

(b)
contain the reasons for the decision; and

(c)
contain information about the right of appeal.

(3)

As soon as practicable after making a review decision under subsection (1), the reviewer must give a copy of the decision to—

(a)
the applicant and the Corporation; and

(b)
every other person who was entitled to be present and heard at the hearing and who was present at it.

(4)

The reviewer must give a copy of the decision to a person who was entitled to be present and heard at the hearing, but who was not present at it, if that person asks the reviewer for a copy.

(5)

The Corporation must supply a copy of the review decision to any other person who asks for a copy, but must ensure that the copy supplied contains no information that may identify any individual. The Corporation may charge a fee for supplying the copy, which must be no greater than the cost of preparing the copy for supply and supplying it.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 147

145Review decisions: substance
(1)

In making a decision on the review, the reviewer must—

(a)
put aside the Corporation’s decision and look at the matter afresh on the basis of the information provided at the review; and

(b)
put aside the policy and procedure followed by the Corporation and decide the matter only on the basis of its substantive merits under this Act.

(2)

However, on the review of a decision revised by the Corporation under section 65(1), the Corporation must establish that the decision revised under that subsection was made in error.

(3)

The reviewer must—

(a)
dismiss the application; or

(b)
modify the Corporation’s decision; or

(c)
quash the Corporation’s decision; or

(d)
direct the Corporation to make a decision within a time frame specified by the reviewer if the Corporation has not made the decision in a timely manner as contemplated by sections 54 and 134(1)(b); or

(e)
make the decision for the Corporation if it has not made a decision in a timely manner as contemplated by sections 54 and 134(1)(b).

(4)

If the reviewer quashes the Corporation’s decision, the reviewer must—

(a)
substitute the reviewer’s decision for that of the Corporation; or

(b)
require the Corporation to make the decision again in accordance with directions the reviewer gives.

(5)

The reviewer may make a decision even though a person entitled to be present and heard at the hearing did not attend it unless, before the reviewer makes the decision,—

(a)
the person gives the reviewer a reasonable excuse for the person’s non-attendance; and

(b)
the reviewer considers that a decision should not be made until the person has been heard.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 148

146Deemed review decisions
(1)

The reviewer is deemed to have made a decision on the review in favour of the applicant if—

(a)
the date for the hearing has not been set within 3 months after the review application is received by the Corporation; and

(b)
the applicant did not cause, or contribute to, the delay.

(2)

The date of the deemed decision is 3 months after the review application is received.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 149

147Effect of review decisions
(1)

A review decision is binding on—

(a)
the applicant and the Corporation; and

(b)
any person who has a responsibility under this Act that is invoked in the decision; and

(c)
any other party to the review.

(2)

Subsection (1) is subject to subsections (3) and (4).

(3)

The Corporation is not liable to provide entitlements as a result of a deemed review decision under section 146 other than those able to be provided under this Act.

(4)

A claimant who is not an applicant cannot lose his or her cover as the result of a deemed review decision under section 146, unless he or she caused or contributed to the delay.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 150

148Costs on review
(1)

The Corporation is responsible for meeting all the costs incurred by a reviewer in conducting a review.

(2)

Whether or not there is a hearing, the reviewer—

(a)
must award the applicant costs and expenses, if the reviewer makes a review decision fully or partly in favour of the applicant:

(b)
may award the applicant costs and expenses, if the reviewer does not make a review decision in favour of the applicant but considers that the applicant acted reasonably in applying for the review:

(c)
may award any other person costs and expenses, if the reviewer makes a review decision in favour of the person.

(3)

If a review application is made and the Corporation revises its decision fully or partly in favour of the applicant for review before a review is heard, whether before or after a reviewer is appointed and whether or not a review hearing has been scheduled, the Corporation must award costs and expenses on the same basis as a reviewer would under subsection (2)(a).

(4)

The award of costs and expenses under this section must be in accordance with regulations made for the purpose.

(5)

If any costs and expenses are awarded against the Corporation under this section, the Corporation is liable to pay them within 28 days of the decision to award them.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 151

Appeals
149Who may appeal against review decision
(1)

A claimant may appeal to the District Court against—

(a)
a review decision; or

(b)
a decision as to an award of costs and expenses under section 148.

(2)

The Corporation may appeal to the District Court against—

(a)
a review decision; or

(b)
a decision as to an award of costs and expenses under section 148.

(3)

However, neither a claimant nor the Corporation may appeal to the District Court against a review decision on a decision by the Corporation under the Code on a complaint by the claimant.

(4)

The employer may appeal to the District Court against a review decision that an injury is a work-related personal injury.

(5)

[Repealed]

 

(6)

A person who had a right to be present and to be heard at a hearing because of section 142(d) may appeal to the District Court against a review decision that an injury is a work-related personal injury.

(7)

Any affected person may appeal to the District Court against a decision on the award of costs and expenses under section 148.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 152

Section 149(1): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 149(2): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 149(4): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 149(5): repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 29 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 149(6): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 149(7): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

150District Court Rules and this Act apply to appeal
An appeal under section 149 is dealt with in accordance with the District Court Rules made under section 228 of the District Court Act 2016, as modified by this Act and any regulations made under it.

Section 150: replaced, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

151Manner of bringing appeal
(1)

An appellant brings an appeal by sending a notice of appeal to, or filing a notice of appeal in, a specified registry.

(2)

The notice must be in the prescribed form.

(3)

The notice must be received by the specified registry—

(a)
within 28 days after the date on which the reviewer gives a copy of the review decision to the appellant; or

(b)
in the case of a deemed review decision under section 146, within 28 days of the date specified in section 146(2); or

(c)
within any longer time allowed by the District Court.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 154

Section 151(3)(c): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

152Corporation to provide names of persons entitled to be heard
(1)

As soon as practicable after receiving the notice of appeal, the Registrar must notify the Corporation that an appeal has been lodged and request the information described in subsection (2).

(2)

The information is the names and contact details of any person who had a right to be present and heard at the hearing of the review (other than the appellant).

(3)

The Corporation must provide the Registrar with the information within 7 days of receiving the request from the Registrar.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 155

153Notice of hearing place and date
(1)

The hearing of an appeal must be at a time and place fixed by the Registrar.

(2)

The appeal must be heard at a place that the Registrar considers is convenient having regard to the needs of the parties and the efficient administration of the court.

(3)

The Registrar must notify the appellant of the time and place.

(4)

The Registrar must also notify any person (other than the appellant) who had a right to be present and heard at the hearing of the review of the time and place, and give the person a copy of the notice of appeal.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 156

154Corporation’s duty to make record available
(1)

On receiving a copy of the notice of appeal, the Corporation must provide to the Registrar any of the following that exist:

(a)
a copy of the decision appealed against; and

(b)
the record of the review hearing; and

(c)
all documents, items, and exhibits relating to the review that are in the custody of the Corporation or the reviewer; and

(d)
a copy of any notes made by, or by direction of, the reviewer relating to the hearing of the review.

(2)

A person who had a right to be present and heard at the hearing of the review may request the Corporation to provide any of the items described in subsection (1) that exist, and the Corporation must comply with the request as soon as practicable.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 157

155Hearing of appeal
(1)

The following persons are entitled to appear at the hearing of the appeal and to be heard at it, either personally or by a representative:

(a)
the appellant:

(b)
any other person who had a right to be present and heard at the hearing of the review.

(2)

An appeal is a rehearing, but evidence about a question of fact may be brought before the court under section 156(2).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 158

156Evidence at appeal
(1)

The court may hear any evidence that it thinks fit, whether or not the evidence would be otherwise admissible in a court of law.

(2)

If a question of fact is involved in an appeal, the evidence taken before or received by the reviewer about the question may be brought before the court under any of subsections (3) to (5), subject to any order of the court.

(3)

Evidence given orally about a question of fact may be brought before the court by the production of a copy of—

(a)
the notes of the reviewer; or

(b)
the reviewer’s record of hearing; or

(c)
a written statement read by a witness; or

(d)
any other material that the court thinks expedient.

(4)

Evidence taken by affidavit about a question of fact may be brought before the court by the production of any of the affidavits that have been forwarded to the Registrar.

(5)

Exhibits relating to a question of fact may be brought before the court by—

(a)
the production of any of the exhibits that have been forwarded to the Registrar; or

(b)
the production by the parties to the appeal of any exhibits in their custody.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 159

157Appointment of assessor
(1)

A Judge hearing an appeal may appoint a person to be an assessor for the purposes of the appeal if the Judge considers that—

(a)
the appeal involves consideration of matters of a professional, technical, or specialised nature; and

(b)
it would be desirable to appoint as an assessor a person with expert knowledge of those matters.

(2)

The Judge must consult the parties on the person to be appointed, and must—

(a)
appoint the person whom the Judge and the parties agree to be suitable; or

(b)
appoint a person the Judge thinks suitable if the Judge and the parties are unable to agree on a suitable person.

(3)

The Ministry of Justice must pay assessors the remuneration and allowances determined for assessors from time to time by the Minister of the Crown who is responsible for the Ministry of Justice.

(4)

An appointment of an assessor may not be called in question, in any proceedings, on the grounds that the occasion for the appointment had not arisen or had ceased.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 160

Section 157(3): amended, on 1 October 2003, pursuant to section 14(1) of the State Sector Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 41).

158Involvement of assessor
(1)

The duties of an assessor are to—

(a)
sit with the court; and

(b)
act in all respects as an extra member of the court for the hearing of the appeal; and

(c)
act as an extra member of the court to assist in the determination of the appeal, but the Judge alone determines the appeal.

(2)

Before starting his or her duties, an assessor must take an oath before a District Court Judge that the assessor will faithfully and impartially perform the duties.

(3)

The failure of an assessor to perform his or her duties does not prevent the Judge from making a decision on the appeal without the input of the assessor.

(4)

A Judge who is satisfied that it is appropriate to do so may revoke the appointment of an assessor and may—

(a)
conduct the hearing, or the rest of it, without an assessor; or

(b)
appoint a substitute assessor in accordance with section 157.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 161

159Court may make order as to persons who may be present
(1)

The court may order that the only persons who may be present during the hearing of an appeal are—

(a)
the Judge; and

(b)
any assessor; and

(c)
officers of the court; and

(d)
the parties and their representatives; and

(e)
any other person who is entitled to appear and be heard, and his or her representative; and

(f)
witnesses; and

(g)
any other person whom the Judge permits to be present.

(2)

The court may make an order under subsection (1)—

(a)
on its own initiative or on the application of a party or any other person who is entitled to appear and be heard; and

(b)
if it considers it necessary and appropriate to do so to protect the privacy of a party or any other person who is entitled to appear and be heard, but the court may not make the order to protect the Corporation.

Compare: 1998 No 118 s 162

160Court may make order prohibiting publication
(1)

The court may make—

(a)
an order forbidding publication of any report or account of the whole or part of—

(i)
the evidence adduced; or

(ii)
the submissions made:

(b)
an order forbidding the publication of the name, address, or occupation, or particulars likely to lead to the identification, of—

(i)
a party to the appeal; or

(ii)
a person who is entitled to appear and be heard; or

(iii)
a witness.

(2)

The court may make an order under subsection (1) if it is of the opinion that it is necessary and appropriate to do so to protect the privacy of a person referred to in subsection (1)(b), but the court may not make the order to protect the Corporation.

(3)

An order under subsection (1)—

(a)
may be made for a limited period or permanently; and

(b)
if made for a limited period, may be renewed for a further period or periods; and

(c)
if made permanently, may be reviewed by the court at any time.

(4)

Every person who commits a breach of any order made under subsection (1) or evades or attempts to evade any such order commits an offence and is liable on conviction,—

(a)
in the case of an individual, to a fine not exceeding $1,000:

(b)
in the case of a body corporate, to a fine not exceeding $5,000.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 163

161Decisions on appeal
(1)

The court must determine an appeal by—

(a)
dismissing the appeal; or

(b)
modifying the review decision; or

(c)
quashing the review decision.

(2)

If the court quashes the review decision, it must indicate the effect clearly. The effect may be, for example, to—

(a)
endorse the Corporation’s decision; or

(b)
require the Corporation to take the action the court specifies in relation to the Corporation’s decision; or

(c)
require another review to be conducted in accordance with directions the court gives.

(3)

Without limiting subsections (1) and (2),—

(a)
if the appellant, without reasonable excuse, does not appear at the time appointed for hearing the appeal, the court may dismiss the appeal:

(b)
if the appellant does not prosecute the appeal with due diligence, the court may, on the application of any party, dismiss the appeal.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 164

Further appeals
162Appeal to High Court on question of law
(1)

A party to an appeal who is dissatisfied with the decision of the District Court as being wrong in law may, with the leave of the District Court, appeal to the High Court.

(2)

The leave of the District Court must be sought within 21 days after the District Court’s decision.

(3)

If the District Court refuses to grant leave, the High Court may grant special leave to appeal.

(4)

The special leave of the High Court must be sought within 21 days after the District Court refused leave.

(5)

The High Court Rules 2016 and sections 126 to 130 of the District Court Act 2016, with all necessary modifications, apply to an appeal under this section as if it were an appeal under section 124 of that Act.

Section 162: substituted, on 24 November 2003, by section 4(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 162(1): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 162(5): replaced, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

163Appeal to Court of Appeal on question of law
(1)

A party to an appeal before the High Court under section 162 who is dissatisfied with any determination or decision of the Court on the appeal as being wrong in law may, with the leave of the High Court, appeal to the Court of Appeal by way of case stated for the opinion of that court on a question of law only.

(2)

If the High Court refuses to grant leave to appeal to the Court of Appeal, the Court of Appeal may grant special leave to appeal.

(3)

An appeal to the Court of Appeal must be dealt with in accordance with the rules of the court.

(4)

The decision of the Court of Appeal on any application for leave to appeal, or on an appeal under this section, is final.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 166

164Recovery of costs of appeals
(1)

The Corporation must in each financial year pay to the Ministry of Justice such amount as the Corporation and that Ministry agree as being—

(a)
the reasonable administrative costs of appeals under this Part; and

(b)
the reasonable costs of appeals under this Part in relation to judicial salaries, fees, and allowances.

(2)

Subsection (1) applies to costs that are not met by the parties to appeals under this Part.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 167

Section 164(1): amended, on 1 October 2003, pursuant to section 14(1) of the State Sector Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 41).

Part 6Management of the Scheme
165Duty of Corporation
(1)

The Corporation has a duty to—

(a)
determine cover for persons for whom claims for cover are lodged; and

(b)
provide entitlements, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, in respect of persons who have cover under this Act; and

(c)
manage the Accounts required by this Part to be maintained and operated, while complying with Part 7; and

(d)
collect levies under this Act; and

(e)
administer Part 5 (dispute resolution); and

(f)
carry out functions and duties in relation to or under Part 10 (saving of competitive provisions).

(2)

The Corporation may, in respect of persons who lodge claims with the Corporation that would have been lodged under Part 4 of the Accident Insurance Act 1998 if it were still in force, choose which Account to provide the entitlement from, and must repay to that Account any amount later received from an insurer in respect of the provision of that entitlement.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 280

Financial management
166Separate Accounts
(1)

The Corporation must maintain and operate—

(a)
a Work Account for the purpose set out in section 167:

(b)
[Repealed]

 

(c)
[Repealed]

 

(d)
a Motor Vehicle Account for the purpose set out in section 213:

(e)
an Earners’ Account for the purpose set out in section 218:

(f)
a Non-Earners’ Account for the purpose set out in section 227:

(g)
a Treatment Injury Account for the purpose set out in section 228.

(2)

This Part and Part 7 apply in respect of the management of the Accounts.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 281

Section 166(1)(a): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 166(1)(b): repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 14 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 166(1)(c): repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 166(1)(g): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

166APrinciples of financial responsibility in relation to Accounts
(1)

The cost of all claims under the levied Accounts are to be fully funded by meeting the outstanding claims liability in respect of the claims by offsetting an adequate level of assets to fund the cost of those claims.

(2)

When making recommendations in respect of regulations made under section 329 setting levies, the Minister must have regard to the following principles:

(a)
the levies derived for each Account should meet the lifetime cost of claims in relation to injuries that occur in a particular year:

(b)
if an Account has a deficit of funds to meet the costs described in subsection (1), or has accumulated surplus funds, that deficit or surplus should be corrected by the setting of levies at an appropriate rate for a subsequent year or years:

(c)
large changes in levies should be avoided.

Section 166A: inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

166BFunding policy statement
(1)

Within 12 months after the commencement of this section, the Minister must issue a funding policy statement.

(2)

The funding policy statement must specify—

(a)
a target level or band for the funding of each Account; and

(b)
an approach to managing deviations from the target level or band for the funding of each Account over a period of time; and

(c)
limits (if any) on any annual levy changes for all or any of the Accounts; and

(d)
the circumstances (if any) in which levy changes are not required.

(3)

The funding policy statement must be consistent with, and explain how it is consistent with, the financial responsibility principles in section 166A.

(4)

The funding policy statement may prescribe specific actions for the Corporation to take to the extent that any such action is consistent with the Corporation’s functions under section 262.

(5)

Sections 113 and 114 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 do not apply in respect of a funding policy statement.

Section 166B: inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

166CConsultation, publication, and amendment of funding policy statement
(1)

Section 115(1) to (3A) of the Crown Entities Act 2004 applies to the making of a funding policy statement as if it were a ministerial direction.

(2)

The Minister must consult such persons or organisations as the Minister considers appropriate before issuing the funding policy statement.

Section 166C: inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Work Account
Heading: substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

167Application and source of funds
(1)

The purpose of the Work Account is to—

(a)
finance entitlements provided under this Act by the Corporation to employees, private domestic workers, and self-employed persons for work-related personal injuries; and

(b)
finance the following entitlements that are required to be provided in respect of persons whose entitlements would have been provided from the Employers’ Account under the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992:

(i)
entitlements for work injuries (as defined in the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992) suffered before 1 July 1999; and

(ii)
entitlements for non-work injuries to earners suffered before 1 July 1992.

(2)

The funds for the Work Account are to be derived from—

(a)
levies payable under sections 168, 168A, 168B, and 211 by employers, private domestic workers, and self-employed persons; and

(b)
payments made to the Corporation in respect of obligations taken on by the Corporation under section 7 of the Accident Insurance (Transitional Provisions) Act 2000 in relation to the accident insurance contracts of employers and private domestic workers, and for self-employed persons; and

(c)
premiums continued by or payable under Part 11.

(3)

The funds in the Work Account must be applied to meet the costs of—

(a)
entitlements in respect of employees, private domestic workers, and self-employed persons for work-related personal injuries; and

(b)
entitlements in respect of obligations, under accident insurance contracts of employers and private domestic workers, and for self-employed persons, taken on by the Corporation under section 7 of the Accident Insurance (Transitional Provisions) Act 2000; and

(c)
entitlements that are required to be provided in accordance with Part 11 in respect of persons whose entitlements would have been provided from the Self-Employed Work Account under the Accident Insurance Act 1998; and

(d)
entitlements in respect of employers, private domestic workers, and self-employed persons that, immediately before 1 April 2007, would have been funded from the Self-Employed Work Account or the Employers’ Account; and

(e)
entitlements that, immediately before the commencement of section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010, would have been funded from the Residual Claims Account as it was immediately before that commencement; and

(f)
administering the Account; and

(g)
audits and assessments referred to in sections 174D and 175; and

(h)
any other expenditure authorised by this Act.

(4)

Regulations made under this Act may prescribe, in relation to a prescribed period, a portion of the levies payable under sections 168, 168A, 168B, and 211 to provide for or, to the extent that it is necessary, to provide separately for,—

(a)
the purposes of subsection (3)(a) to (d) and (f) to (h):

(b)
the purposes of subsection (3)(e), (f), and (h).

(5)

Those regulations may also relate to the same or different prescribed periods.

Section 167: substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 15 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 167(3)(g): replaced, on 4 April 2016, by section 6 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 167(4)(b): amended, on 26 September 2015, by section 336A(2)(a).

168Employers to pay levies
(1)

An employer must pay, in accordance with this Act and regulations made under this Act, levies to fund the Work Account.

(2)

A levy must relate to a prescribed period.

(3)

An employer must pay the levy by the date specified for payment, whether in an invoice or other appropriate document given to the employer by the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation, being a date not less than 30 days after the date of the invoice or other appropriate document.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 281B

Section 168(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 168(3): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 21 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

168APrivate domestic workers to pay levies
(1)

A private domestic worker must pay, in accordance with this Act and regulations made under this Act, levies to fund the Work Account.

(2)

A levy must relate to a prescribed period.

(3)

A private domestic worker must pay the levy by the date specified for payment, whether in an invoice or another appropriate document given to the private domestic worker by the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation, being a date not less than 30 days after the date of the invoice or other appropriate document.

(4)

[Repealed]

 

(5)

Nothing in this Act requires a private domestic worker to pay a Work Account levy on his or her relevant earnings that exceed the specified maximum. For the purpose of this subsection, the relevant earnings are the person’s earnings as a private domestic worker together with his or her earnings as an employee (other than as a private domestic worker).

(6)

Sections 170, 171, and 173 apply to private domestic workers as if they were both the employer and the employee, and references to section 168 in those sections must, in relation to private domestic workers, be read as references to this section.

Section 168A: inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 31 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 168A(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 168A(3): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 22 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 168A(4): repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 168A(5): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

168BSelf-employed persons to pay levies
(1)

A self-employed person must pay, in accordance with this Act and regulations made under it, levies to fund the Work Account.

(2)

A levy must relate to a prescribed period.

(3)

A self-employed person must pay the levy by the date specified for payment, whether in an invoice or other appropriate document given to the self-employed person by the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation, being a date not less than 30 days after the date of the invoice or other appropriate document.

Section 168B: inserted, on 1 April 2007, by section 5 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 168B(3): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 23 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

169Rates of levies
(1)

Levies are to be paid under sections 168, 168A, and 168B at a rate or rates prescribed in regulations made under this Act, and must be related in whole or in part to—

(a)
the amount of earnings paid, estimated to be paid, or deemed by regulations to have been paid by an employer to the employer’s employees; or

(b)
the amount of earnings received as a private domestic worker or deemed by regulations to have been received as a private domestic worker; or

(c)
the level of earnings (other than earnings as an employee) derived, estimated to be derived, or deemed by regulations to be derived, by a self-employed person.

(2)

Regulations made under this Act may—

(a)
establish a system or systems for either or both of the following:

(i)
the experience rating of employers, private domestic workers, or self-employed persons:

(ii)
risk sharing between employers, private domestic workers, or self-employed persons, on the one hand, and the Corporation on the other; and

(b)
adjust the levies under sections 168, 168A, 168B, and 211 in relation to a particular employer, private domestic worker, or self-employed person on the basis of that system or those systems.

(3)

The systems referred to in subsection (2) may include no-claims bonuses, higher or lower levies, and claim thresholds.

(4)

[Repealed]

 

Section 169: substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 6 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 169(1)(a): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 16(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 169(1)(b): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 16(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 169(2): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 16(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 169(3): added, on 3 March 2010, by section 16(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 169(4): repealed, on 26 September 2015, by section 336A(2)(c).

169AABasis on which funds to be calculated
[Repealed]


Section 169AA: repealed, on 26 September 2015, by section 336A(2)(b).

169ALimit on offsets in case of earnings as self-employed person
(1)

In determining a person’s earnings as a self-employed person, no offset may be allowed for the amount of—

(a)
any net loss of the person for an earlier tax year that might otherwise be offset by the person under sections IA 1 to IA 4, IA 7(9) and IA 9 of the Income Tax Act 2007; or

(b)
any part of the net loss of a loss attributing qualifying company (as defined in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007) attributable to the person as a shareholder of that company under sections HA 20, HA 24, HA 26, HA 27, and IA 7(2) of the Income Tax Act 2007.

(2)

If the result of the calculation of a person’s earnings as a self-employed person is a negative amount and the person also derives earnings as an employee, the person’s earnings as an employee must not be reduced by the negative amount.

Section 169A: inserted, on 1 April 2007, by section 7 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 169A(1)(a): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 169A(1)(b): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

170Classification of industries or risks
(1)

For the purpose of setting levies payable under sections 168, 168B, and 211, the Corporation must classify an employer and a self-employed person in an industry or risk class that most accurately describes their activity, being an industry or risk class set out in regulations made under this Act.

(2)

If an employer is engaged in 2 or more activities, the Corporation must classify all the employer’s employees in the classification unit for whichever of those activities attracts the highest levy rate under the regulations.

(3)

Despite subsection (2), the Corporation may classify the employer’s employees in separate classification units for different activities if the employer meets the threshold (if any) specified in regulations and if—

(a)
the employer so requests; and

(b)
the employer is engaged in 2 or more distinct and independent activities; and

(c)
each of those activities provides services or products to external customers in such a way that each activity could, without adaptation, continue on its own without the other activities; and

(d)
accounting records are maintained by the employer to the satisfaction of the Corporation that—

(i)
demonstrate the separate management and operation of each activity; and

(ii)
allocate to each activity the earnings of employees engaged solely in that activity.

(4)

Regulations made under this Act must prescribe a Work Account levy for each industry or risk class defined under subsection (1).

(4A)

The regulations referred to in subsection (4) that relate to an industry or risk class defined under subsection (1)(a)—

(a)
may, until the end of the 2009–10 tax year, prescribe the levies at different rates for employers and self-employed persons classified in the same industry or risk class; and

(b)
must, until the end of the 2009–10 tax year, prescribe the levies at a rate that does not increase or decrease the levy rate payable by employers or self-employed persons in a particular industry or particular risk class by more than 25% of the rate payable in the previous tax year; and

(c)
must, after the end of the 2009–10 tax year, prescribe the levies at the same rate for employers and self-employed persons classified in the same industry or risk class.

(5)

The Corporation must decide which industry or risk class is appropriate in relation to any employer or self-employed person by whom a levy is payable, and section 239 applies if the classes defined by the regulations do not specifically cover a particular activity.

(6)

The Corporation must separately account for the amounts—

(a)
collected from each industry or risk class under sections 168, 168B, and 211; and

(b)
expended for the purposes of section 167(3) in respect of each industry or risk class.

(7)

If costs relating to a particular claim are attributable to more than 1 industry or risk class, the Corporation must apportion those costs in a way that reasonably represents the relative costs to each of those industry or risk classes.

(8)

Nothing in this section prevents the Corporation from making arrangements to enable employers or self-employed persons to carry out self-assessments for the purposes of this section.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 281D; SR 2000/54 r 6

Section 170(1): replaced, on 26 September 2015, by section 336A(3).

Section 170(3): amended, on 22 October 2003, by section 4 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2003 (2003 No 80).

Section 170(4): substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 8(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 170(4A): inserted, on 1 April 2007, by section 8(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 170(4A): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 18(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 170(5): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 8(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 170(6): substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 8(4) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 170(8): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 8(5) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

171Classification of self-employed persons and employees engaged in 2 or more activities
(1)

A self-employed person or (if section 170(3) applies) an employee who is engaged in 2 or more activities must be classified in the industry or risk class for whichever of those activities attracts the highest levy rate under the regulations.

(2)

If a particular activity accounts for 5% or less of a self-employed person’s or an employee’s earnings for the year, then that activity need not be considered when determining the correct industry or risk class under subsection (1).

(3)

Subsection (2) applies only if the self-employed person’s or the employer’s records are sufficient and accurate enough to satisfy the Corporation that the apportionment of total earnings is correct.

Section 171: substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 9 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

172Work Account levy not payable on earnings of employee over specified maximum
(1)

Except as provided in subsection (2), nothing in this Act requires an employer to pay a Work Account levy on earnings of an employee that exceed the specified maximum.

(2)

If a person’s earnings as an employee for a tax year are paid by 2 or more employers, and the total of those earnings exceeds the specified maximum,—

(a)
each employer must pay a Work Account levy on all earnings paid by the employer up to the specified maximum; but

(b)
each employer may apply in writing to the Corporation for a pro rata refund of the excess levy paid, to be calculated according to the following formula:

(a ÷ b) × c

where—

a
is the total earnings on which the levy is paid by the employer in respect of that employee

b
is the total earnings on which the levy is paid by all employers in respect of that employee

c
is the total excess levy paid by all employers in respect of that employee.

(3)

An employer is not entitled to a refund under subsection (2)(b) after the expiry of a period of 4 years beginning from the close of the tax year in respect of which the relevant Work Account levy was payable.

Compare: SR 1999/196 r 6J

Section 172 heading: amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 172(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 172(2): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 172(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 172(2)(b): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 32 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 172(3): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 172(3): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

172AWork Account levy not payable on earnings of self-employed person over specified maximum
Nothing in this Act requires a self-employed person to pay a Work Account levy on earnings that exceed the specified maximum.

Section 172A: inserted, on 1 April 2007, by section 10 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

173Estimation of levy
(1)

The Corporation may require an employer to pay a levy based on the Corporation’s reasonable estimate of the levy payable by the employer for part or all of the prescribed period.

(2)

In that event, the Corporation must, as soon as practicable after the end of the period to which the Corporation’s requirement relates, calculate the amount of levy actually payable by the employer for the part or all of the prescribed period and—

(a)
refund any amount greater than $20 that is overpaid, together with (if that amount exceeds $1,000) interest on that amount at the rate prescribed by regulations or the rate as calculated by the method prescribed by regulations made under this Act; or

(b)
require the employer to pay any amount greater than $20 that is outstanding.

(3)

The Corporation must not issue an invoice arising from a recalculation under subsection (2) unless the amount invoiced is greater than $20.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 281F

Section 173(2)(a): amended, on 30 October 2022, by section 12 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

174Employer to notify increase or decrease of relevant employee earnings
(1)

Subsection (2) applies if an employer, during a tax year, reasonably believes that there will be an increase or decrease in the relevant employee earnings for that tax year from the relevant employee earnings for the immediately preceding tax year.

(2)

When this subsection applies,—

(a)
if the increase or decrease is 20% or more, the employer must notify the Corporation of the employer’s estimate of the relevant employee earnings for that tax year; and

(b)
in any other case, the employer may notify the Corporation of that estimate.

(3)

The Corporation may require an employer to provide further information to support the employer’s estimate.

(4)

As soon as practicable after receiving the earnings figures necessary for the Corporation to recalculate the levy, the Corporation must recalculate the levy and notify the employer of the recalculated levy.

Compare: SR 1999/196 r 6G

Section 174(1): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 174(2)(a): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

174ACorporation may develop and establish workplace incentive programmes
(1)

The Corporation may develop and establish 1 or more workplace incentive programmes to provide incentives for employers and self-employed persons to reduce the incidence, severity, and impact of work-related personal injuries.

(2)

A Work Account levy determined for the purposes of section 168, 168B, or 211 may be adjusted up or down for a particular employer or a particular self-employed person in accordance with the terms and conditions of a workplace incentive programme.

(3)

Regulations made under section 333 may prescribe fees and charges payable by employers and self-employed persons who participate in a workplace incentive programme, including—

(a)
administration fees to meet the costs, or part of the costs, incurred in administering the programme; and

(b)
fees or charges for audits and assessments provided for under section 174D(3).

Section 174A: inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

174BProcess to develop workplace incentive programme
(1)

In developing a workplace incentive programme, the Corporation must—

(a)
have regard to the following matters:

(i)
the extent to which the programme is likely to lead to reductions in the incidence, severity, and impact of work-related personal injuries and to improvements in rehabilitation and durable return to work; and

(ii)
the extent to which the programme may affect the Work Account levies payable by levy payers who are not participating in the programme; and

(iii)
the expected administration costs of the programme; and

(iv)
the impact of the programme on the administration of the accident compensation scheme as a whole and on claims management processes; and

(b)
endeavour to ensure that programmes are available for a variety of types of employers and self-employed persons, including small and large businesses; and

(c)
endeavour to ensure that the rates of adjustment to Work Account levies that will be available under the programme are proportionate to the expected increases or decreases in costs to the Corporation as a result of employers and self-employed persons participating in the programme.

(2)

In developing a workplace incentive programme, the Corporation must consult the persons or organisations it considers appropriate, having regard to—

(a)
the potential participants in the programme; and

(b)
the potential impact of the programme on the Work Account levies of non-participating levy payers.

(3)

Subsection (2) does not apply if the Minister determines under section 174C that the workplace incentive programme must be approved by the Minister.

Section 174B: inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

174CMinister’s approval of certain workplace incentive programmes
(1)

The Minister may determine, in relation to any proposed workplace incentive programme, that the programme must be approved by the Minister before it is established under section 174D.

(2)

In deciding whether to make a determination under subsection (1), the Minister may consider any relevant factors, including—

(a)
the public interest; and

(b)
how the proposed workplace incentive programme aligns with the Government’s broader objectives; and

(c)
the impact of the proposed workplace incentive programme on levy payers generally or on particular groups of levy payers; and

(d)
the impact of the proposed workplace incentive programme on levy payers who, despite being eligible to participate in the proposed programme, may choose not to participate.

(3)

If the Minister makes a determination under subsection (1), before the Minister approves the establishment of the workplace incentive programme, the Minister must consult any persons or organisations that the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to—

(a)
the potential participants in the programme; and

(b)
the potential impact of the programme on the Work Account levies of non-participating levy payers.

Section 174C: inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

174DEstablishment of workplace incentive programmes
(1)

The Corporation may establish a workplace incentive programme.

(2)

A workplace incentive programme must set out the terms and conditions of the programme, including—

(a)
any criteria that must be met before an employer or a self-employed person may participate in the programme; and

(b)
the basis and conditions on which, and periods for which, Work Account levies may be adjusted for participants in the programme; and

(c)
the level or levels of levy adjustment that may apply to participants in the programme.

(3)

Without limiting subsection (2), a workplace incentive programme may provide for audits or assessments of participants in the programme, including—

(a)
the order in which applications for audits or assessments are to be dealt with:

(b)
the approval of auditors and assessors:

(c)
requirements that audits or assessments be conducted in accordance with an audit tool or audit tools developed or approved by the Corporation:

(d)
the frequency of audits or assessments and the circumstances under which additional audits or assessments may be required.

(4)

A workplace incentive programme, and an audit tool developed for the purposes of subsection (3)(c), may incorporate by reference any material referred to in section 176, and that section and section 177 apply as if the programme were regulations made for the purposes of section 175, the audit tool were an audit tool referred to in section 175(4), and the reference to the Minister in section 176(3) were a reference to the Corporation.

(5)

A workplace incentive programme is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
The maker must publish it in the Gazette
LA19 ss 73, 74(1)(a), Sch 1 cl 14
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 174D: inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 174D(1): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 174D(2): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 174D(3): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 174D(4): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 174D(5): replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

174EAmendments to workplace incentive programme
(1)

A workplace incentive programme may be amended in the same manner as a workplace incentive programme is developed and established.

(2)

Sections 174B to 174D apply, with all necessary modifications, in relation to an amendment to a workplace incentive programme.

(3)

Despite subsection (2), sections 174B(2) and 174C(3) do not apply if the amendment is a minor or technical amendment.

(4)

[Repealed]

 

Section 174E: inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 174E(4): repealed, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

174FCorporation must report on effectiveness of workplace incentive programmes
The Corporation must include in its annual report under section 150 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 a report on the effectiveness of workplace incentive programmes in reducing the incidence and impact of work-related personal injuries.

Section 174F: inserted, on 4 April 2016, by section 8 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

175Risk adjustment of Work Account levies
(1)

[Repealed]

 

(2)

[Repealed]

 

(3)

A Work Account levy determined for the purposes of section 168 may be adjusted up, in accordance with regulations made under this Act, for a particular employer on the basis of an audit of the employer’s safety management practices.

(4)

An audit of an employer’s safety management practices must be conducted in accordance with an audit tool or audit tools that—

(a)
are approved by the Minister; and

(b)
measure safety management practice or safety management capability, as the case may be, against independent New Zealand or foreign standards.

(5)

If any upward adjustment of levies under subsection (3) is to occur for a particular employer, sections 178 to 180 apply.

(6)

Adjustments to levies may be reassessed on the basis of any new audits or assessments.

(7)

Regulations made for the purposes of subsection (3) must provide for the following matters:

(a)
the level or levels of levy adjustment for different levels of compliance assessed by the audit tool or tools:

(b)
the basis and conditions on which, and periods for which, Work Account levies may be adjusted:

(c)
the frequency of audits of an employer’s safety management practices and the circumstances under which additional audits may be required:

(d)
the order in which applications for audits or assessments are to be dealt with:

(e)
the approval of auditors by the Corporation.

(8)

Section 331 (which prescribes consultation requirements for regulations relating to levy setting) applies in relation to the making of regulations for the purposes of this section as if the regulations prescribed rates of levies.

(9)

The Corporation must decide—

(a)
whether an adjustment to a Work Account levy is to be made; and

(b)
the level of any adjustment.

Section 175: substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 11 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 175(1): repealed, on 1 April 2017, by section 9(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 175(2): repealed, on 1 April 2017, by section 9(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 175(4): amended, on 1 April 2017, by section 9(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 175(7): amended, on 1 April 2017, by section 9(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 175(7)(c): replaced, on 1 April 2017, by section 9(4) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

176Incorporation by reference
(1)

Regulations made for the purposes of section 175 and the audit tool may incorporate by reference all or any part of any—

(a)
New Zealand standard, or any requirement or recommended practice of any New Zealand organisation; or

(b)
standard, requirement, recommended practice, rule, statute, or regulation, of any foreign Government or organisation.

(2)

Any material incorporated in regulations by reference is to be regarded for all purposes as forming part of the regulations, but any amendment made to the material after the commencement of the regulations does not have effect until regulations have been made incorporating the amendment into the regulations.

(3)

Any material incorporated in the audit tool by reference is to be regarded for all purposes as forming part of the audit tool, but any amendment made to the material after the commencement of the audit tool does not have effect until the amendment has been approved for incorporation in the audit tool by the Minister.

(4)

Subpart 1 of Part 3 and section 114 of the Legislation Act 2019 do not apply to material that is incorporated by reference in regulations merely because it is incorporated.

Section 176(1)(a): replaced, on 4 April 2016, by section 10 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 176(4): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

177Copy of audit tool and material incorporated by reference to be available to public
A copy of every audit tool approved by the Minister and of all material incorporated in regulations or the audit tool by reference must be made available by the Corporation for inspection by the public free of charge.

178Criteria for upward adjustment of levies
(1)

The Corporation may seek to initiate the process in section 179 for the upward adjustment of levies for an employer if it is satisfied that the number and severity of work-related personal injuries occurring to employees of that employer are significantly greater than could reasonably be expected of a comparable employer of that type and size in that industry or risk class.

(2)

Without limiting subsection (1), in deciding under that subsection whether or not to initiate the process in section 179, the Corporation must consider the following matters to the extent that they are relevant:

(a)
information about average rates of claims in that industry or risk class:

(b)
information about the nature and severity of injuries to employees in that industry or risk class:

(c)
information about trends in relation to work-related personal injuries in that industry or risk class:

(d)
the number, nature, and severity of claims for cover accepted for work-related personal injuries by employees of that employer:

(e)
any trends or patterns in the work-related personal injuries suffered by employees of that employer, such as a repetition of claims by particular employees or types of employee, or a repetition of particular types of injury:

(f)
any audit previously undertaken of the employer’s safety management practices:

(g)
any international information that is relevant to the New Zealand situation.

179Process for Corporation to decide whether to require audit
(1)

The process in this section is initiated by the Corporation giving the employer a notice stating—

(a)
that the Corporation is satisfied of the matter specified in section 178(1); and

(b)
the Corporation’s reasons for its statement under paragraph (a); and

(c)
that the purpose of the process is to decide whether or not the employer’s safety management practices should be audited under section 180; and

(d)
that the Corporation and employer are required to enter into a dialogue about the standard of the employer’s safety management practices; and

(e)
that failure to reach the standard required by the audit or to allow the audit to take place may result in an upwards adjustment of the employer’s levies.

(2)

After the notice is given, the Corporation and employer must enter into a dialogue about the standard of the employer’s safety management practices.

(3)

As part of the dialogue, consideration must be given to whether—

(a)
the employer should initiate a self-audit of its safety management practices:

(b)
the Corporation should assist in such an audit:

(c)
the Corporation should assist the employer to understand the need to improve, and the ways to improve, the employer’s safety management practices.

(4)

As part of the dialogue, the Corporation must give the employer a reasonable opportunity to explain and comment on the health and safety situation in the employer’s workplace.

(5)

When the Corporation and the employer have concluded the dialogue, the Corporation must—

(a)
decide, on the basis of information it has gathered, whether the employer’s safety management practices should be audited under section 180; and

(b)
notify the employer of the decision.

180Effect of audit or refusal to allow audit
(1)

An audit allowed by an employer must be conducted in accordance with a tool approved by the Minister under section 175(4), which tool may be specially designed for the purposes of this section.

(2)

If the employer refuses to allow an audit to take place, or the audit cannot be completed in a reasonable time because the employer fails to participate or because of the way in which the employer participates in the audit, the Corporation may adjust the employer’s levies upwards without the audit being completed.

(3)

If the employer reaches the standard required by the audit tool, the Corporation must not adjust the employer’s levies upwards.

(4)

If the employer fails to reach the standard required by the audit tool, the Corporation must adjust the employer’s levies upwards in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of section 175.

(5)

To avoid doubt, if an employer whose levies have been adjusted upwards subsequently does reach the standard required by the audit tool and the levies are to be re-adjusted, the levies must be adjusted back to the standard rate for an employer in that industry or risk class.

Section 180(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Accredited employers
181Interpretation
In this section and in sections 182 to 189, unless the context otherwise requires,—

accreditation agreement means an agreement between the Corporation and an employer entered into, or to be entered into, under the framework

accredited employer means an employer who has entered into an accreditation agreement; and includes the Corporation while it is accredited under section 186

claim management period, in relation to an accredited employer and a work-related personal injury, means the claim management period agreed to in or under the employer’s accreditation agreement, being a period of not less than 12 months and not more than 60 months from the date of the injury

framework means the framework established under or continued by section 183 (as the case requires).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326A

182Objectives of sections 181 to 189
The objectives of sections 181 to 189 are to—

(a)
promote injury prevention and rehabilitation; and

(b)
reduce work-related personal injury claim costs and levies; and

(c)
provide benchmarks against which the extent and management of work-related personal injuries can be measured—

by allowing accredited employers (after consulting their employees or their employees’ representatives, including any union registered under the Employment Relations Act 2000 that their employees belong to) to provide at their own cost entitlements in relation to work-related personal injuries suffered by their employees during a claim management period.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326B

183Framework to be established
(1)

The Minister must establish a framework under which the Corporation and an employer may agree that for an agreed period the employer will provide entitlements in relation to work-related personal injuries suffered by the employer’s employees in that employer’s employment.

(2)

The framework must not contain any provision that is inconsistent with any provision of sections 181 to 189.

(3)

The Minister may change or replace the framework, after such consultation as the Minister considers appropriate has been undertaken.

(4)

A framework is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

(5)

Any framework established under Part 10A of the Accident Insurance Act 1998 that is in force immediately before the commencement of this section is a framework under this section.

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326C

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 183(1): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 183(3): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 183(4): replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

184Accreditation agreements
(1)

An accreditation agreement may provide that—

(a)
the employer is liable for some or all of the cost of providing entitlements in relation to work-related personal injuries suffered by the employer’s employees in that employer’s employment; and

(b)
in return, the Corporation will charge the employer reduced levies in relation to those work-related personal injuries on the basis set out in the framework; and

(c)
some decisions of an employer in relation to a work-related personal injury that are made under an accreditation agreement are, for the purposes of this Act, to be regarded as decisions of the Corporation.

(2)

An accreditation agreement may provide for an accredited employer to recover contributions from insurers, other accredited employers, and the Corporation, in accordance with this Act (for example, in the case of gradual process injuries and subsequent injuries).

(3)

An accreditation agreement may similarly provide for an accredited employer to make contributions to insurers, other accredited employers, and the Corporation, in accordance with this Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326D

185Accreditation requirements
(1)

The Corporation may enter into an accreditation agreement with an employer only if, in the opinion of the Corporation, the employer—

(a)
has appropriate experience in managing occupational health and safety issues positively; and

(b)
has demonstrated commitment to injury prevention; and

(c)
has demonstrated understanding and awareness of the importance of—

(i)
rehabilitation; and

(ii)
the employer’s involvement in the rehabilitation of the employer’s employees; and

(d)
has appropriate policies and procedures in place to prevent work-related personal injuries; and

(e)
has adequate resources, policies, and procedures in place to manage work-related personal injury claims; and

(f)
has adequate resources, policies, and procedures in place to promote and manage rehabilitation; and

(g)
has adequate procedures in place to fulfil the reporting requirements in section 189; and

(h)
is able and will continue to be able to meet its expected financial and other obligations in relation to work-related personal injury claims because it is solvent and financially sound; and

(i)
has consulted with the employer’s employees and any representatives of those employees (including any union to which those employees belong that is registered under the Employment Relations Act 2000) about the employer’s ability to comply with paragraphs (a) to (h).

(2)

The Corporation may revoke an accreditation agreement at any time if, in the opinion of the Corporation after discussion with the employer, the employer no longer complies with the framework or no longer fulfils the requirements in paragraphs (a) to (h) of subsection (1).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326E

186Corporation may be accredited employer
(1)

The Corporation can become an accredited employer only in accordance with this section.

(2)

Despite any other provision of sections 181 to 189, the Minister may establish a procedure for the following purposes:

(a)
providing for the Minister to appoint the Corporation as an accredited employer in relation to its employees:

(b)
providing for the manner in which the Corporation is to carry out its functions and duties as an accredited employer:

(c)
providing for any matters that may be provided for in an accreditation agreement under sections 181 to 189.

(3)

In carrying out its functions and duties as an accredited employer, the Corporation must act in accordance with the procedure established under subsection (2).

(4)

The procedure established under subsection (2) must be consistent with sections 181 to 189.

187Accredited employers to provide entitlements
(1)

An accredited employer must, during the claim management period concerned,—

(a)
manage every work-related personal injury claim relating to injury suffered by an employee of the employer in that employer’s employment during the period specified for the purpose in the accreditation agreement; and

(b)
provide any entitlements, and pay the costs, specified in the accreditation agreement in relation to every such claim.

(2)

Despite subsection (1), the Corporation may agree with an accredited employer to assume some or all of the employer’s liability under subsection (1) on such terms and conditions as the Corporation thinks fit.

(3)

If an accredited employer has ceased to exist or fails or is unable to perform its obligations under an accreditation agreement or this Act,—

(a)
those obligations must be performed by the Corporation; and

(b)
except to the extent otherwise provided in the accreditation agreement, the cost of doing so will constitute a debt due to the Corporation from the accredited employer; and

(c)
for the purposes of any law relating to the ranking of creditors on an insolvency, receivership, or liquidation, that debt is, to the extent it represents payment of weekly compensation to an employee, to be regarded as ranking in priority next after wages or salary.

(4)

The obligations of an accredited employer under, and other provisions of, an accreditation agreement in respect of any work-related personal injury claim relating to injury suffered during the period specified for the purpose in the accreditation agreement continue after the termination of the agreement as if the agreement remained in force.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326F

188Monitoring and audit
(1)

The Corporation must establish a monitoring programme for accredited employers, which may include audits of the activities of accredited employers to ascertain whether—

(a)
the requirements of sections 181 to 189 and of accreditation agreements relating to accredited employers have been met; and

(b)
accredited employers have provided accurate and complete reports to the Corporation in accordance with accreditation agreements.

(2)

Persons carrying out any audit under subsection (1) must, during the course of the audit, give the following an opportunity to be heard in relation to the audit:

(a)
representatives of the accredited employer; and

(b)
representatives of employees of the accredited employer (including any union to which those employees belong that is registered under the Employment Relations Act 2000).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326G

189Reporting and information
(1)

An accredited employer must report to the Corporation in accordance with the accreditation agreement.

(2)

The Corporation may use information received under subsection (1) for the purposes of enabling the information manager to carry out the manager’s functions and duties under Part 8, and for other purposes of this Act.

(3)

All information received by an accredited employer in relation to work-related personal injury claims made by an employee of the employer under the accreditation agreement is the property of the Corporation.

(4)

An accredited employer must provide to each employee, without charge, a written statement that specifies the procedures and requirements under the accreditation agreement in relation to the lodging of claims, provision of rehabilitation, handling of claims, assessment of incapacity, assessment of vocational independence, and dispute resolution.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326H

Purchase of weekly compensation by shareholder-employees
190Purchase of weekly compensation by shareholder-employees
(1)

A shareholder-employee may apply to purchase from the Corporation, in accordance with subsection (2), the right to receive weekly compensation provided in an agreed manner for loss of earnings as a shareholder-employee for any personal injury for which the shareholder-employee has cover under this Act.

(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), sections 174D, 175, 208(2), 209, 210, 211(1) and (2), and 212, and any relevant regulations made under this Act, apply with necessary modifications, as if the shareholder-employee were a self-employed person.

Section 190(1): amended, on 1 July 2010, by section 19(1)(a) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 190(1): amended, on 1 July 2010, by section 19(1)(b) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 190(2): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 11 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 190(2): amended, on 1 July 2010, by section 19(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

191Effect on Work Account levy
(1)

If a shareholder-employee purchases agreed weekly compensation under section 190, the employer of the shareholder-employee is not required to pay the Work Account levy in respect of the earnings of that employee.

(2)

However, subsection (1) does not affect the employer’s obligation to pay the portion of the Work Account levy referred to in section 167(4) that is payable in respect of the earnings of that employee.

Section 191 heading: amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 191(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 191(2): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 20 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Residual Claims Account[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

192Application and source of funds
[Repealed]


Section 192: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

193Liability to pay Residual Claims levy
[Repealed]


Section 193: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

194Rate of levy
[Repealed]


Section 194: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

195Classification of industries or risk
[Repealed]


Section 195: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

196Classification of employees engaged in 2 or more activities
[Repealed]


Section 196: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

197Classification of self-employed persons engaged in 2 or more activities
[Repealed]


Section 197: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

198Residual Claims levy where 2 or more employers
[Repealed]


Section 198: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

199Promotion of employer involvement
[Repealed]


Section 199: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

200Residual Claims levy not payable on earnings over specified maximum
[Repealed]


Section 200: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 21 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Self-Employed Work Account[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

201Application and source of funds
[Repealed]


Section 201: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

202Self-employed persons to pay levies
[Repealed]


Section 202: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

203Rate of levies
[Repealed]


Section 203: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

204Limit on offsets in case of earnings as self-employed person
[Repealed]


Section 204: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

205Classification of industries or risk
[Repealed]


Section 205: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

206Classification of self-employed persons engaged in 2 or more activities
[Repealed]


Section 206: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

206ARisk adjustment of Self-Employed Work Account levy
[Repealed]


Section 206A: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

206BIncorporation by reference
[Repealed]


Section 206B: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

206CCopy of material incorporated by reference to be available to public
[Repealed]


Section 206C: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

207Self-employed Work Account levy not payable on earnings over specified maximum
[Repealed]


Section 207: repealed, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Purchase of weekly compensation by self-employed persons
208Purchase of weekly compensation by self-employed persons
(1)

A self-employed person may apply to purchase from the Corporation, in accordance with section 209, the right to receive weekly compensation provided in an agreed manner for loss of earnings as a self-employed person for any personal injury for which the person has cover under this Act.

(2)

Subject to any regulations made under this Act, but otherwise without limitation, the agreement may include—

(a)
provision for the reduction, or progressive reduction, of the agreed level of weekly compensation in the circumstances set out in the agreement, which may include either or both of the following:

(i)
circumstances where the person is able to engage in some employment:

(ii)
circumstances where the person continues to derive earnings while incapacitated:

(b)
entitlement to death benefits for the self-employed person’s spouse or partner, children, or other dependants if the person dies as a result of a personal injury:

(c)
weekly compensation payable for work-related personal injury only or payable for both work-related and non-work personal injury:

(d)
specified levels of weekly compensation for specified periods:

(e)
any combination of the provisions referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (d).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 302A

Section 208(2)(b): amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

209Procedure for reaching agreement
(1)

The Corporation must discuss with the self-employed person the options available to the self-employed person and determine a level of weekly compensation that fairly reflects the likely costs of incapacity for the self-employed person having regard to—

(a)
an estimate of the person’s income, net of business costs; and

(b)
an estimate of the cost of any required replacement labour; and

(c)
such other matters as may be relevant to the particular case.

(2)

The amount determined under subsection (1) must not be—

(a)
less than 80% of the amount of weekly earnings specified in clause 42(3) of Schedule 1; or

(b)
more than the maximum amount of weekly compensation specified in clause 46 of Schedule 1.

(3)

The weekly compensation to be provided by the Corporation under this section must be set out in a written agreement between the Corporation and the self-employed person that includes—

(a)
the date on which the right to receive weekly compensation will start, which may be the date on which the agreement is made or any later date; and

(b)
the period for which the agreement has effect; and

(c)
the details of the weekly compensation to be provided under the agreement; and

(d)
those provisions of Parts 2 and 4 of Schedule 1 that are to apply and those provisions that do not apply; and

(e)
the levy payable and the time at which it becomes payable; and

(f)
any other agreed terms.

(4)

The agreement has no effect in respect of any personal injury suffered before the date the agreement is entered into.

(5)

If the self-employed person fails to pay any levy by the time payment is due under the agreement, the agreement has no effect.

(6)

If the self-employed person ceases to be a self-employed person while the agreement has effect, the agreement ceases to have effect as from the time of that change in status.

(7)

Any person who is dissatisfied with a determination of the Corporation under subsection (1) may seek a review by the Corporation of that determination within 3 months after the person is notified of the determination, and Part 5 applies with any necessary modifications.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 302B

210Effect of agreement
(1)

A self-employed person who purchases weekly compensation under section 209 is entitled to weekly compensation in the manner agreed by the person and the Corporation, if—

(a)
the person suffers incapacity resulting from a personal injury suffered during the period for which the agreement has effect; and

(b)
the person has cover for the personal injury under Part 2.

(2)

A person who purchases weekly compensation under section 209, suffers personal injury in a particular cover period for which there is an agreement under section 209, and then, when that agreement no longer has effect, suffers incapacity or subsequent incapacity arising from that personal injury, is entitled to receive the following amount of weekly compensation for loss of earnings:

(a)
the amount specified in an agreement made under section 209 that is in force at the time the incapacity commences; or

(b)
the amount calculated under Schedule 1, if no agreement under section 209 exists at the time the incapacity commences.

(3)

A person who purchases weekly compensation under section 209 for loss of earnings as a self-employed person is entitled to receive weekly compensation for loss of earnings as a self-employed person in accordance with the agreement under that section, and Parts 2 and 4 of Schedule 1 apply only to the extent provided in the agreement.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 302C

Section 210(2): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 36(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

211Levies for self-employed persons who purchase weekly compensation
(1)

A self-employed person who purchases weekly compensation under section 209 must pay a levy determined by the Corporation in accordance with regulations made under this Act.

(2)

The aim of levies payable by persons who purchase weekly compensation under section 209 is that they are sufficient to fully fund the costs arising from the purchase of compensation in the relevant period and, in calculating those costs, regard may be had to the variables of risk and level of compensation purchased.

(3)

In reporting under section 278, the Corporation must separately account for and report on—

(a)
how many persons purchase weekly compensation under section 209; and

(b)
the costs incurred in respect of the provision of weekly compensation under section 210; and

(c)
the extent to which payments of weekly compensation relate to work-related injuries or non-work injuries.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 302D

212Earner levies for self-employed persons who purchase weekly compensation
A self-employed person who purchases weekly compensation under section 209 must continue to pay the earner levy required by section 219(1).

Section 212: amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 22 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Motor Vehicle Account
213Application and source of funds
(1)

The purpose of the Motor Vehicle Account is to—

(a)
finance entitlements provided under this Act in respect of motor vehicle injuries; and

(b)
finance the cost of programmes to improve the safety of moped and motorcycle riders from the levy referred to in subsection (2)(d).

(2)

The funds for the Motor Vehicle Account are to be derived from—

(a)
levies to be paid by every person registered under Part 17 of the Land Transport Act 1998 in respect of a motor vehicle; and

(b)
levies to be paid by every person who holds a trade plate issued under section 262(3) of that Act; and

(c)
a levy to be paid in accordance with section 214(4); and

(d)
the prescribed Motorcycle Safety levy; and

(e)
premiums payable under Part 11 that relate to motor vehicle injuries.

(3)

The levy payable under subsection (2)(c) is payable—

(a)
on any fuel (or any category of fuel) specified in the Excise and Excise-equivalent Duties Table (as defined in section 5(1) of the Customs and Excise Act 2018) that is prescribed by regulations made under this Act; or

(b)
in the absence of regulations for the time being in force for the purpose of paragraph (a), on any motor spirit in respect of which excise duty or excise-equivalent duty is for the time being payable under the Customs and Excise Act 2018.

(4)

[Repealed]

 

(5)

The funds in the Motor Vehicle Account must be applied to meet the costs of—

(a)
entitlements in respect of persons who have cover for personal injury that is a motor vehicle injury; and

(b)
entitlements that are required to be provided in accordance with Part 11 in respect of persons whose entitlements would have been provided from the Motor Vehicle Account under the Accident Insurance Act 1998; and

(ba)
claims that would have been provided from the Motor Vehicle Account under the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992; and

(c)
administering the Account; and

(d)
any other expenditure authorised by this Act.

(6)

To avoid doubt,—

(a)
subsection (1)(b) does not limit or affect section 263; and

(b)
section 263 (except section 263(3)(b)) applies to the programmes referred to in subsection (1)(b) as if the references to measures in section 263 were references to the programmes.

(7)

Regulations made under this Act may prescribe, in relation to a prescribed period, a portion of the levies (except the Motorcycle Safety levy) to provide for or, to the extent that it is necessary, to provide separately for,—

(a)
the purposes of subsection (5)(a), (b), (c), and (d):

(b)
the purposes of subsection (5)(ba), (c), and (d).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 291

Section 213(1): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 23(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 213(2)(a): amended, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 213(2)(b): amended, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 213(2)(c): substituted, on 1 July 2003, by section 5(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 213(2)(d): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 23(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 213(3): substituted, on 1 July 2003, by section 5(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 213(3)(a): substituted, on 1 January 2010, by section 11(4) of the Customs and Excise Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 61).

Section 213(3)(a): amended, on 1 October 2018, by section 443(3) of the Customs and Excise Act 2018 (2018 No 4).

Section 213(3)(b): amended, on 1 October 2018, by section 443(3) of the Customs and Excise Act 2018 (2018 No 4).

Section 213(4): repealed, on 1 July 2003, by section 5(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 213(5)(ba): inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 23(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 213(6): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 23(4) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 213(7): added, on 3 March 2010, by section 23(4) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 213(7)(b): amended, on 26 September 2015, by section 336B(2)(a).

214Rate of levies
(1)

A person registered under Part 17 of the Land Transport Act 1998 in respect of a motor vehicle must pay levies at an annual or other rate or rates prescribed in regulations made under this Act.

(2)

A person who holds a trade plate issued under section 262(3) of the Land Transport Act 1998 must pay levies at an annual or other rate or rates prescribed in regulations made under this Act.

(3)

A registered owner of a motor vehicle that is a moped or motorcycle must pay, in accordance with this Act and regulations made under it, the prescribed Motorcycle Safety levy.

(3A)

Subsection (3) does not limit or affect subsection (1).

(4)

The levy payable under section 213(2)(c) is payable—

(a)
at the rate or rates per litre or other unit prescribed by regulations made under this Act; or

(b)
in the absence of regulations for the time being in force for the purpose of paragraph (a), at the rate of 5.08 cents per litre of motor spirit in respect of which excise duty or excise-equivalent duty is payable under the Customs and Excise Act 2018.

(4A)

In this section and in section 213, a reference to excise duty or excise-equivalent duty being payable includes a reference to excise duty or excise-equivalent duty being payable except that the rate of duty is zero.

(4B)

The levy must be paid to the New Zealand Customs Service—

(a)
by the person who would be liable to pay excise duty or excise-equivalent duty if any were payable; and

(b)
when any excise duty or excise-equivalent duty would be paid if any were payable.

(5)

The rate or rates of the levy prescribed by regulations made under this Act, and the rate prescribed by subsection (4)(b), are exclusive of goods and services tax.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 292

Section 214(1): amended, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 214(2): amended, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 214(3): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 24 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 214(3A): inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 24 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 214(4): added, on 1 July 2003, by section 6 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 214(4)(b): amended, on 1 October 2018, by section 443(3) of the Customs and Excise Act 2018 (2018 No 4).

Section 214(4A): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 17 of the Energy (Fuels, Levies, and References) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 60).

Section 214(4B): inserted, on 1 October 2008, by section 17 of the Energy (Fuels, Levies, and References) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 60).

Section 214(5): added, on 1 July 2003, by section 6 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

215Basis on which funds to be calculated
[Repealed]


Section 215: repealed, on 26 September 2015, by section 336B(2)(b).

216Levy categories
(1)

Regulations made under this Act may establish a system for differential levies in relation to all or any of the following or categories of the following:

(a)
motor vehicles:

(b)
persons registered under Part 17 of the Land Transport Act 1998 in respect of motor vehicles:

(c)
persons who hold trade plates under section 262(3) of the Land Transport Act 1998.

(d)
fuel in respect of which a levy is payable under section 213(2)(c).

(2)

The regulations may also classify all or any of the following, or categories of the following, into classes that most accurately describe their risk rating and may impose levies at different rates in relation to those classes in accordance with the system of differential levies referred to in subsection (1):

(a)
motor vehicles:

(b)
registered owners of motor vehicles:

(c)
persons who hold trade plates under section 262(3) of the Land Transport Act 1998.

(3)

Subsection (2) does not limit subsection (1).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 294

Section 216(1)(b): amended, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 216(1)(c): amended, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 216(1)(d): added, on 1 July 2003, by section 7 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 216(2): added, on 3 March 2010, by section 26 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 216(2)(c): amended, on 5 December 2013, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2013 (2013 No 105).

Section 216(3): added, on 3 March 2010, by section 26 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

217Collection of levies
(1)

The levies payable under section 214(1) or (2) are payable on application for a motor vehicle licence under section 244 of the Land Transport Act 1998 or on application for a trade plate under section 262 of that Act (as the case may require) or in any other prescribed manner.

(2)

The levy payable under section 213(2)(c) on any fuel is payable—

(a)
in the manner prescribed by regulations made under this Act; or

(b)
in the absence of regulations for the time being in force for the purpose of paragraph (a), with any excise or excise-equivalent duty that is payable on that fuel.

(3)

The Motorcycle Safety levy is payable in the prescribed manner.

(4)

Any person who receives any payment of any motor vehicle levy payable to the Corporation must pay that levy to the Corporation not later than the end of the month after the month in which that levy is received.

(4A)

However, in the case of the levy payable under section 213(2)(c), an agent who collects any amount of the levy on the Corporation’s behalf must pay that amount to the Corporation—

(a)
in the manner prescribed by regulations made under this Act; or

(b)
in the absence of regulations for the time being in force for the purpose of paragraph (a), in the manner agreed by the Corporation and the agent.

(5)

No penalty is payable in respect of any amount due under this section if the person satisfies the Corporation that the motor vehicle was not used on a road during the period for which the levy was due but not paid.

(6)

Subsection (5) does not apply to the levy payable under section 213(2)(c).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 295

Section 217(1): amended, on 1 May 2011, by section 35(4) of the Land Transport Amendment Act 2009 (2009 No 17).

Section 217(2): substituted, on 1 July 2003, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 217(3): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 27 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 217(4A): inserted, on 1 July 2003, by section 8(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 217(6): added, on 1 July 2003, by section 8(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Earners’ Account
218Application and source of funds
(1)

In this section, unless the context otherwise requires, non-work injury means a personal injury covered by this Act other than—

(a)
a work-related personal injury; or

(b)
a work injury within the meaning of the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992; or

(c)
a motor vehicle injury; or

(d)
a treatment injury.

(2)

The purpose of the Earners’ Account is to finance entitlements provided under this Act in respect of personal injury to earners who suffer personal injury that is a non-work injury.

(3)

The funds for the Earners’ Account are to be derived from—

(a)
levies payable under section 219 (including premiums payable by virtue of Part 11); and

(b)
[Repealed]

 

(c)
levies payable by persons under section 223 (the purchase of weekly compensation by non-earners); and

(d)
payments made to the Corporation in respect of obligations for non-work injury taken on by the Corporation under section 7 of the Accident Insurance (Transitional Provisions) Act 2000 in relation to accident insurance contracts for self-employed persons.

(4)

The funds in the Earners’ Account must be applied to meet the costs of—

(a)
entitlements in respect of earners who have cover for personal injury that is a non-work injury; and

(b)
entitlements required to be funded in accordance with section 228 (the Treatment Injury Account); and

(c)
weekly compensation required to be provided to a person covered by section 223; and

(d)
entitlements that are required to be provided in accordance with Part 11 in respect of persons whose entitlements would have been provided from the Earners’ Account under the Accident Insurance Act 1998; and

(e)
entitlements in respect of obligations for non-work injury taken on by the Corporation under section 7 of the Accident Insurance (Transitional Provisions) Act 2000 in relation to accident insurance contracts for self-employed persons; and

(ea)
claims that would have been provided from the Earners’ Account under the Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Act 1992; and

(f)
administering the Account; and

(g)
any other expenditure authorised by this Act.

(5)

Regulations made under this Act may prescribe, in relation to a prescribed period, a portion of the levies to provide for or, to the extent that it is necessary, to provide separately for,—

(a)
the purposes of subsection (4)(a) to (e), (f), and (g):

(b)
the purposes of subsection (4)(ea), (f), and (g).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 282

Section 218(1)(d): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 37 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 218(3)(b): repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 28(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 218(4)(b): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 218(4)(ea): inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 28(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 218(5): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 28(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 218(5)(b): amended, on 26 September 2015, by section 336C(2)(a).

219Earners to pay levies
(1)

An earner must pay, in accordance with this Act and regulations made under it, levies to fund the Earners’ Account.

(2)

[Repealed]

 

(3)

A levy must relate to a prescribed period.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 283

Section 219(2): repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 29 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

220Rate of levies
(1)

Levies must be paid under section 219 at a rate or rates prescribed by regulations made under this Act and must be related in whole or in part to the level of earnings derived or deemed by regulation to be derived by the earner or category of earner.

(2)

[Repealed]

 

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 284

Section 220(2): repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 30 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

220ABasis on which funds to be calculated
[Repealed]


Section 220A: repealed, on 26 September 2015, by section 336C(2)(b).

221Collection of levies by deduction from employee earnings
(1)

For the purpose of enabling the collection of the levies payable under section 219 by instalments,—

(a)
when an employer or a PAYE intermediary for an employer makes a payment to an employee that is included in the earnings of the person as an employee of the employer, the employer or person must, at the time of making that payment, make a deduction in accordance with this section from that amount on account of the levy payable:

(b)
when a private domestic worker receives earnings that are earned in that person’s capacity as a private domestic worker, the private domestic worker must, at the time of receiving that payment, make a deduction in accordance with this section from that amount on account of the levy payable.

(2)

Schedule 4 applies to any deduction under subsection (1), and applies to private domestic workers with any necessary modifications.

(3)

In this section, PAYE intermediary means a PAYE intermediary as defined in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007.

Section 221(1): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 32 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 221(1)(a): amended, on 26 March 2003 (applying to obligations under the principal Act that arise on and after 1 April 2004), by section 167(1)(a) of the Taxation (Maori Organisations, Taxpayer Compliance and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2003 (2003 No 5).

Section 221(1)(a): amended, on 26 March 2003 (applying to obligations under the principal Act that arise on and after 1 April 2004), by section 167(1)(b) of the Taxation (Maori Organisations, Taxpayer Compliance and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2003 (2003 No 5).

Section 221(3): added, on 26 March 2003 (applying to obligations under the principal Act that arise on and after 1 April 2004), by section 167(2) of the Taxation (Maori Organisations, Taxpayer Compliance and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2003 (2003 No 5).

Section 221(3): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

222Payment of Earners’ Account levy by self-employed persons
(1)

A self-employed person must pay the levies payable under section 219 by the date specified for payment, whether in an invoice or other appropriate document given to the self-employed person by the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation.

(2)

Schedule 4 applies to any payment made under subsection (1) if the Commissioner collects the levy.

Section 222 heading: amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 33 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Purchase of weekly compensation for periods outside employment
223Persons eligible to purchase weekly compensation
(1)

A person who is or has been an earner and is a person described in subsection (2) may apply to purchase from the Corporation the right to receive weekly compensation in respect of a period for which the person would not otherwise be entitled to receive weekly compensation.

(2)

The application may be made only by a person who—

(a)
makes the application while still in employment or within 1 month after ceasing employment; and

(b)
pays the levy when required to do so.

(3)

The application must specify—

(a)
the date on which the right to receive weekly compensation will start, which may be the date on which the application is made or any later date; and

(b)
the period for which the application is applicable, which may not be more than 2 years; and

(c)
an amount that is to be regarded as the earnings of the person for the purpose of the application, which may not exceed the weekly earnings of the person calculated under Schedule 1 as if—

(i)
the person were in permanent employment; and

(ii)
the person had an incapacity that commenced on the last full day of the employment referred to in subsection (2)(a) and that resulted from a personal injury for which he or she had cover; and

(iia)
the weekly earnings were to be calculated for a period of incapacity after the first 5 weeks of incapacity; and

(iii)
the person would have continued to derive earnings from that employment but for that incapacity.

(4)

The application has no effect in respect of any personal injury suffered before the application is made.

(5)

A person who has cover under this section for any period is entitled to renew his or her cover if he or she does not return to work before that cover period expires.

(6)

A person who is on parental leave within the meaning of the Parental Leave and Employment Protection Act 1987, or who has had an application for parental leave approved under that Act, is regarded as being still in employment for the purposes of subsection (2) and, for the purposes of subsection (3)(c), the person’s weekly earnings are to be calculated as if the period of incapacity was before the commencement of the person’s parental leave.

(7)

A person who is within a payment period under the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (or who is within 1 month of that period ceasing and not otherwise in employment) is regarded as being still in employment for the purposes of subsection (2) and, for the purposes of subsection (3)(c), the person’s weekly earnings are to be calculated as if the period of incapacity was before the commencement of the payment period.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 286

Section 223(2): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 38 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 223(3)(b): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 24(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 223(3)(c)(i): amended, on 1 July 2010, by section 34 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 223(3)(c)(ii): substituted, on 1 August 2008, by section 24(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 223(3)(c)(iia): inserted, on 1 August 2008, by section 24(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 223(6): substituted, on 1 August 2008, by section 24(4) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 223(7): inserted, on 5 December 2017, by section 30 of the Compensation for Live Organ Donors Act 2016 (2016 No 96).

224Compensation for persons who purchase weekly compensation
(1)

A person who has purchased the right to receive weekly compensation under section 223 is entitled to weekly compensation for loss of potential earning capacity as if that person had earnings at the rate specified in the relevant agreement between the person and the Corporation, and Part 4 and Parts 2 and 4 of Schedule 1 apply accordingly, if the person—

(a)
suffers incapacity resulting from personal injury during the period for which the right to receive weekly compensation is applicable; and

(b)
has cover in relation to the personal injury under Part 2.

(2)

Weekly compensation for loss of potential earning capacity under this section is payable for not more than 5 years after the date on which incapacity first commenced.

(3)

Subsection (1) is subject to section 226 (resumption of employment).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 287

225Levies for persons who purchase weekly compensation
(1)

Levies collected under section 223(2) are to be used to fund the Earners’ Account.

(2)

The levy payable may be prescribed in regulations made under this Act and must be assessed by the Corporation in any case where no levy is so prescribed.

(3)

Levies are to be prescribed or assessed with the aim of their being sufficient to fully fund the costs arising from the rights purchased under section 223 in that year.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 288

226Resumption of employment by persons who purchased weekly compensation
(1)

This section applies where a person who has purchased the right to receive weekly compensation under section 223 resumes employment and the right is still applicable.

(2)

The person may terminate the right to receive weekly compensation early, on application to the Corporation, in which case the person is entitled to receive a refund of the levy paid in respect of the period between the date of the application and the date on which the right would otherwise terminate (so long as that period is greater than 3 months).

(3)

If no application to terminate the right to receive weekly compensation is made, the right is converted into a right to receive a top-up from the Corporation if the person becomes entitled to weekly compensation.

(4)

The amount of the top-up is the amount (if any) by which the weekly compensation payable to the person calculated as if no right to receive weekly compensation had been purchased is less than the amount that would have been payable under the right if the person had not resumed employment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 289

Non-Earners’ Account
227Application and source of funds
(1)

The purpose of the Non-Earners’ Account is to finance entitlements provided under this Act in respect of personal injury (other than motor vehicle injury or treatment injury) to non-earners.

(2)

The funds for the Non-Earners’ Account are to be derived from appropriations by Parliament to the Non-Earners’ Account.

(3)

The funds in the Non-Earners’ Account must be applied to meet the costs of—

(a)
entitlements in respect of non-earners who have cover for personal injury (other than motor vehicle injury or treatment injury); and

(b)
entitlements in respect of employees of foreign representatives who suffer work-related personal injury in their employment with that foreign representative; and

(c)
entitlements required to be funded in accordance with section 228(2)(b); and

(d)
entitlements that are required to be provided in accordance with Part 11 in respect of persons whose entitlements would have been provided from the Non-Earner’s Account under the Accident Insurance Act 1998; and

(e)
administering the Account; and

(f)
any other expenditure authorised by this Act.

(4)

The Minister may direct the Corporation to repay to the Crown any surplus funds held in the Non-Earners’ Account.

(5)

This section is not limited by any provision in the Crown Entities Act 2004.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 290

Section 227(1): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 39 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 227(3)(a): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 39 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 227(4): substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 227(5): added, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Treatment Injury Account
Heading: substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

228Application and source of funds
(1)

The purpose of the Treatment Injury Account is to finance entitlements provided under this Act in respect of—

(a)
treatment injury (other than the excluded kind of injury specified in subsection (3)); or

(b)
personal injury caused by medical misadventure for which cover was accepted before 1 July 2005 or is accepted in accordance with section 34.

(2)

The funds for the Treatment Injury Account are to be derived from—

(a)
any levies payable by registered health professionals or any organisation that provides treatment under this Act, or a prescribed class of such persons or organisations; and

(b)
if there is no such levy or the levy relates only to funding part of the Account, from the Earners’ Account (in the case of an earner) or the Non-Earners’ Account (in the case of a non-earner); and

(c)
in the case of injuries suffered before the prescribed date from which levies become payable, from the Earners’ Account (in the case of an earner) or the Non-Earners’ Account (in the case of a non-earner).

(3)

The excluded kind of injury is treatment injury, where the treatment is provided for a work-related personal injury.

(4)

The funds in the Treatment Injury Account must be applied to meet the costs of—

(a)
entitlements in respect of persons who have cover for treatment injury (other than the excluded kind of injury specified in subsection (3)); and

(b)
administering the Account; and

(c)
any other expenditure authorised by this Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 296

Section 228(1): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 40(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 228(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 228(2): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 228(3): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 40(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 228(4): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 228(4)(a): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 40(3) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

229Levy categories and rates
(1)

For the purposes of this section, regulations made under this Act may—

(a)
prescribe levies in relation to treatment injury:

(b)
prescribe classes of persons or organisations who are liable to pay levies under this section:

(c)
define those classes according to the profession concerned, the nature of the employment of the professional, any areas of specialisation, any areas in which the person does not practise, or on any other basis specified in the regulations.

(2)

Levies are payable by such persons or classes of persons or organisations as may be specified for the purpose by regulations made under this Act, and those levies are payable at a rate or rates prescribed by the regulations.

(3)

If levies are so payable, the levies must be calculated so that the cost of all claims (of the type covered by the levy) under the Treatment Injury Account is to be fully funded, unless the Minister otherwise directs under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(4)

Claims referred to in subsection (3) do not include treatment injury suffered before the prescribed date from which premiums become payable under this section.

(5)

A levy must relate to a prescribed period.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 297

Section 229(1)(a): substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 41(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 229(3): amended, on 18 July 2013, by section 42 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 229(3): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 229(4): amended, on 1 July 2005, by section 41(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

230Collection of levies
(1)

Levies payable in respect of the Treatment Injury Account are payable to the Corporation in a prescribed manner, which may be linked to the payment of annual practising fees or involve any other method of payment.

(2)

Any person who receives any payment of a treatment injury levy payable to the Corporation must pay that levy to the Corporation not later than the end of the month after the month in which that levy is received.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 298

Section 230(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 230(2): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

General levy provisions
231Mixed earnings as employee and self-employed person
(1)

This section applies to persons who, in a tax year, have both earnings as an employee and earnings as a self-employed person.

(2)

If such a person’s earnings as an employee for the tax year exceed the specified maximum in relation to the earner levy, the person is not obliged to pay the levy on the person’s earnings as a self-employed person for the tax year.

(3)

If the person’s earnings as an employee for the tax year do not exceed the specified maximum, the levy payable is to be calculated on the basis of an amount equal to the lesser of—

(a)
the specified maximum for the earner levy reduced by the person’s earnings as an employee for the tax year; and

(b)
the person’s earnings as a self-employed person for the tax year.

(4)

[Repealed]

 

(5)

[Repealed]

 

Compare: SR 1999/196 rr 12–13

Section 231(1): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 231(2): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 231(3): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 231(3)(a): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 231(3)(b): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 231(4): repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 35 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 231(5): repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 35 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

232Work Account levy payable by employers on disposal or cessation of business or when ceasing to employ
(1)

This section applies to every employer who disposes of or otherwise ceases carrying on a business in respect of which the employer is liable to pay a Work Account levy or who continues the business as a self-employed person without employing any other person.

(2)

An employer must comply with subsection (3) by the 15th day of the second month after the month in which the employer disposes of or ceases carrying on the business or continues the business as a self-employed person without employing any other person.

(3)

An employer must—

(a)
notify the Corporation of the date of disposal or cessation of the business or of continuing the business as a self-employed person without employing any other person; and

(b)
provide the Corporation with a statement of the relevant employee earnings for that part of the last tax year during which the employer was in business.

(4)

As soon as practicable after receipt of information regarding an employer’s relevant employee earnings for the last tax year, the Corporation must calculate the Work Account levy based on the relevant employee earnings actually paid by the employer for the tax year and comply with section 173(2) in respect of any overpayment or underpayment of levy.

Compare: SR 1999/196 r 19

Section 232 heading: amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 36(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 232 heading: amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 232(1): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 36(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 232(1): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 232(2): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 36(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 232(3)(b): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

Section 232(4): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 232(4): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

233Levies payable to Corporation by self-employed person who ceases to derive earnings as such
(1)

Every self-employed person who, during a tax year, ceases to derive earnings as a self-employed person must—

(a)
deliver to the Commissioner a statement of the person’s earnings as a self-employed person for the tax year concerned, within the applicable time within which a return for that tax year is required to be furnished to the Commissioner under the Tax Administration Act 1994; and

(b)
pay to the Corporation, on or before the due date,—

(i)
the Work Account levy, at the rate prescribed, to the extent that it applied to the person’s earnings as a self-employed person in that tax year; and

(ii)
the earner levy, at the rate prescribed, to the extent that it applied to the person’s earnings as a self-employed person in that tax year.

(2)

The provisions of this section (other than subsection (1)(b)(ii)) and sections 239 and 329(1)(b) apply, with any necessary modifications, to private domestic workers.

Section 233: substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 37 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

234Levies may be collected by instalments
(1)

The Corporation may collect any levy by instalments if the person liable to pay the levy agrees.

(1A)

The Corporation may charge interest as prescribed by regulations on any levy collected by instalments.

(1B)

The Corporation must consult levy payers on the proposed rate of interest payable on a levy collected by instalments or the proposed method by which the rate is to be calculated before recommending to the Minister that regulations be made prescribing the rate of interest or method by which the rate is to be calculated.

(2)

The Corporation may charge a reasonable fee to recover its costs of collecting any levy by instalments.

(3)

A fee charged under subsection (2) forms part of the associated levy for collection purposes.

Section 234(1A): inserted, on 30 June 2024, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation (Interest on Instalment Plans) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 24).

Section 234(1B): inserted, on 30 June 2024, by section 4 of the Accident Compensation (Interest on Instalment Plans) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 24).

235Collection of levies from self-employed and employers
[Repealed]


Section 235: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 38 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

236Challenges to levies
(1)

Any person who is dissatisfied with any decision of the Corporation in respect of any levy paid or payable or claimed to be payable under this Part by that person may seek a review by the Corporation of that decision within 3 months after the person is notified of the decision.

(2)

However, no right of review exists under this Act in respect of the calculation for the purposes of the Income Tax Act 2007 of the taxable income of any person or in respect of the levy payable under section 213(2)(c).

(3)

The entitlements that have been given or are to be given to any person under this Act may not be challenged in any review under subsection (1).

(4)

A review brought under subsection (1) must be dealt with by the Corporation under Part 5, and that Part (including the provisions relating to appeals) applies with any necessary modifications.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 310

Section 236(2): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 236(2): amended, on 1 July 2003, by section 9 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

237Corporation may revise decisions
(1)

If the Corporation considers it made a decision in error about levies payable by a person, it may, subject to section 243(3), revise the decision at any time, whatever the reason for the error.

(2)

A revision may—

(a)
amend the original decision; or

(b)
revoke the original decision and substitute a new decision.

(3)

An amendment to a decision, and a substituted decision, is a fresh decision.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 311

238Effect of review or appeal about levy
No obligation to pay any levy, and no right to receive or recover any levy, is suspended because—

(a)
an applicant has made a review application relating to the levy in accordance with section 236; or

(b)
an appellant has filed a notice of appeal relating to the levy in accordance with section 236(4); or

(c)
any person has challenged the amount of levy, or the obligation to pay it, in any other proceedings.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 312

239Corporation to define risk classification and decide levy if activity not classified by regulations
(1)

This section applies if none of the classifications of industry or risk defined by the regulations made for the purposes of section 170 (Work Account) specifically applies to the activity of a particular employer or self-employed person.

(2)

When this section applies,—

(a)
the Corporation may define a classification of industry or risk that it considers is appropriate in relation to that employer or self-employed person and decide the levy for that classification of industry or risk; and

(b)
that classification of industry or risk applies to all employers or self-employed persons involved in that activity who are not covered by a classification defined by the regulations; and

(c)
that classification of industry or risk has effect as if it were defined by the regulations; and

(d)
the Corporation must recommend to the Minister whether or not the classification of industry or risk should be incorporated in the relevant regulations when those regulations are next amended.

Section 239(1): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 39 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

240Determinations
For the purposes of this Part, the Corporation may determine—

(a)
whether any income derived by a person is earnings as an employee or earnings as a self-employed person; and

(b)
whether a person is an employer, an employee, or a self-employed person, or any category of employer, employee, or self-employed person; and

(c)
such other related matters as it considers necessary or relevant for the purpose of assessing the amount of any levy payable.

Compare: SR 1996/196 r 23

241Statements
(1)

An employer and an earner must provide such statements of earnings or estimates of earnings as the Corporation may require.

(2)

Statements required under subsection (1) must be in such form and contain such particulars as the Corporation may determine.

(3)

The Corporation may require any person who provides a statement under subsection (1) to provide further information, and the person must comply with the requirement.

Compare: SR 1999/196 r 24

242Failure to provide statement
(1)

A person who is required to deliver any statement, document, or other information under section 241 and who intentionally fails to do so commits an offence against this Act, and is liable on conviction to the penalty specified in section 315.

(2)

Subsection (1) does not apply where a statement, document, or other information is to be provided to the Commissioner as an agent of the Corporation.

Compare: SR 1999/196 r 27

Section 242(1): amended, on 1 July 2013, by section 413 of the Criminal Procedure Act 2011 (2011 No 81).

243Power to assess levies
(1)

The Corporation may determine the amount of levy that ought to be or to have been paid in any case where—

(a)
an accurate statement of the matters required to be stated in relation to earnings under this Act or regulations made under this Act has not been made; or

(b)
the Corporation is not satisfied with the statement; or

(c)
the Corporation is not satisfied that the proper levy has been paid.

(2)

Subject to subsection (3), the Corporation may at any time alter or add to the determination made under subsection (1) if such action is necessary to ensure its correctness.

(3)

If a statement has been delivered in respect of any period and a levy has been paid in respect of that period, the Corporation has no power to make a determination (if a determination has not been made), or alter a determination (if a determination has been made), after the expiration of 4 years beginning on the close of the tax year in which the statement was made unless that statement was, in the opinion of the Corporation, fraudulent or wilfully misleading.

(4)

The Corporation must give written notice of the determination or alteration of the determination under this section to the person or persons to whom it applies and that person or persons are liable to pay the determined or altered levy, and any specified penalty, on the date specified in the notice of decision.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 314

Section 243(3): amended, on 1 April 2005 (effective for 2005–06 tax year and later tax years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section YA 2 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (2004 No 35).

244Amounts of levy exempt from payment
(1)

This section applies if—

(a)
an invoice is issued for the purpose of this Act (whether or not only for that purpose or also for the purpose of any other enactment) that shows an amount payable under this Act for a single type of levy or for 2 or more different types of levy; and

(b)
the amount invoiced for the purpose of this Act does not exceed the relevant exempt amount set by regulations made under this Act for the purpose of this section.

(2)

If this section applies,—

(a)
no person is liable to pay the amount of the levy or levies shown on the invoice for the purpose of this Act; and

(b)
no person is liable to pay any penalties under this Act in respect of non-payment of the levy or levies.

Section 244: substituted, on 1 April 2006, by section 44 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

245Agent to whom levies may be paid
(1)

If the Corporation so requires, a person must pay levies (or any part of any levy) payable under this Act to the Commissioner as agent for the Corporation.

(2)

The Commissioner must, after deducting any agreed collection fee, pay the balance of levies to the Corporation not later than the end of the month following the month in which those levies are received.

(3)

The Commissioner must, after deducting any agreed collection fee, pay to the Corporation, at intervals agreed between the Commissioner and the Corporation, penalties payable in respect of combined tax and earner levy deductions as is estimated by the Commissioner to be attributable to earner levy deductions.

(4)

If the Commissioner is acting as agent for the Corporation under this section, the provisions of the Tax Administration Act 1994, so far as they are applicable, apply as if—

(a)
this Act were one of the Inland Revenue Acts and the levy were a tax or duty under one of the Inland Revenue Acts; and

(b)
every offence under the Tax Administration Act 1994 were an offence against this Act.

(5)

This section does not prevent the Corporation from using any other agent for the purposes of levy collection.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 316

246Information available to Corporation
(1)

The purpose of this section is to enable the Corporation to establish liability for levies under this Part effectively in relation to employers, self-employed persons, and private domestic workers, and to shareholder-employees to whom section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007 applies.

(2)

The Corporation may, for the purposes of this section, from time to time request the Commissioner to provide a list of all those employers, self-employed persons, private domestic workers, and shareholder-employees, or of any category of those employers, self-employed persons, private domestic workers, and shareholder-employees as the Corporation may specify.

(3)

The list is to include the names of the employers, self-employed persons, and private domestic workers, and shareholder-employees to whom section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007 applies, their addresses and ACC file numbers, and (if available) the time at which the employers, self-employed persons, private domestic workers, and shareholder-employees became or ceased to be employers, self-employed persons, private domestic workers, or shareholder-employees.

(4)

The Corporation may request the Commissioner to provide any information relating to an employer’s, self-employed person’s, or private domestic worker’s industry classification and the total amount paid by an employer or a private domestic worker as earnings as an employee, or as earnings as a shareholder-employee to whom section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007 applies, or (in the case of a self-employed person) the earnings as a self-employed person that the Corporation may specify for the purposes of this section.

(4A)

The Corporation may also request the Commissioner to provide any of the following information:

(a)
whether an employer, self-employed person, private domestic worker, or shareholder-employee to whom section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007 applies has a tax agent and, if so, the tax agent’s name and contact details:

(b)
for an employer, self-employed person, private domestic worker, or shareholder-employee to whom section RD 3B or RD 3C of the Income Tax Act 2007 applies who is an individual, whether the individual is deceased and, if so,—

(i)
the individual’s date of death; and

(ii)
the name and contact details of the administrator or executor of the individual’s estate.

(4B)

In this section, tax agent has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Tax Administration Act 1994.

(5)

The Commissioner, as agent for the Corporation, is authorised to comply with requests made under this section.

(6)

Any information provided by the Commissioner under this section must be provided under an agreement between the chief executive of the Corporation and the Commissioner.

(7)

If a determination of a levy payable to the Corporation is based on information received from the Commissioner under this section, and the notice of the determination given to the individual concerned specifies the particular information received from the Commissioner, and that notice advises the individual of a right to show why that information should not be used as the Corporation is using it in the determination, then that notice satisfies the requirements of section 181 of the Privacy Act 2020.

(8)

On or after 1 December 2020, no information may be requested or provided under this section except under—

(a)
an information matching agreement entered into under Part 10 of the Privacy Act 1993 and continued by clause 11 of Schedule 1 of the Privacy Act 2020; or

(b)
an approved information sharing agreement entered into under subpart 1 of Part 7 of the Privacy Act 2020.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 281G

Section 246(1): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 410(a) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 246(1): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 246(3): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 410(b) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 246(3): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 246(4): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 410(c) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 246(4): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Section 246(4A): inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 40 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 246(4A)(a): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 410(d) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 246(4A)(b): amended (with effect on 30 March 2017), on 29 March 2018, by section 410(e) of the Taxation (Annual Rates for 2017–18, Employment and Investment Income, and Remedial Matters) Act 2018 (2018 No 5).

Section 246(4B): inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 40 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 246(7): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

Section 246(8): inserted, on 1 December 2020, by section 190 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

247Change of balance date
If any person (with the consent of the Commissioner) changes the date of the annual balance of the person’s accounts for the purposes of the Tax Administration Act 1994,—

(a)
the person must comply with such requirements from time to time notified by the Corporation concerning the delivery of statements as, in the opinion of the Corporation, are necessary in order for the Corporation to make consequential adjustments in relation to the person; and

(b)
the Corporation must notify the person in writing of any consequential adjustments made.

Compare: SR 1996/196 r 26

General administration
248Recovery of debts by Corporation
(1)

The following are a debt due to the Corporation:

(a)
a sum (an overpayment) paid under this Act by the Corporation, being—

(i)
a sum paid to a person that is in excess of the amount to which the person is entitled under this Act or that was payable under a former Act; or

(ii)
a sum paid to a person who has no entitlement to it under this Act:

(b)
an amount of levy payable under this Act, or a premium or levy payable under a former Act, that remains unpaid after payment is due:

(c)
any penalty or interest payable under this Act or any former Act:

(d)
any fee charged under section 234(2) (which applies if a levy is paid by instalments):

(e)
any amount payable to the Corporation and received by another person as an agent of the Corporation.

(2)

The Corporation may—

(a)
recover the debt by way of proceedings; or

(b)
deduct all or part of the debt from any amount payable to that person by the Corporation (whether or not in respect of any or the same personal injury).

(3)

This section is subject to section 251.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 320

249Penalties due to Corporation in respect of overpayments
(1)

The following penalties are payable to the Corporation by a person who receives an overpayment from the Corporation:

(a)
a penalty of 10% of an overpayment if the overpayment is made as a result of a failure by the person to inform the Corporation of any matter that the person ought to have known was relevant to the payment:

(b)
a penalty of up to 3 times the overpayment if the overpayment is made as a result of an incorrect statement knowingly made by the person on any matter relevant to the payment for the purpose of receiving a payment to which the person was not entitled.

(2)

The liability to pay the penalty is in addition to the liability to repay the overpayment.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 321

250Penalties and interest due to Corporation in respect of unpaid levies
(1)

This section applies if any levy payable under this Act or any former Act is unpaid on the day after the date on which payment is due.

(2)

The due date for payment may not be less than 30 days after the date of the notice advising that the levy is payable.

(3)

A person who owes such a levy to the Corporation is liable to pay to the Corporation interest assessed at the rate and applied by the method (if any) prescribed by regulations made under this Act, which is payable on—

(a)
any unpaid levy; and

(b)
any unpaid instalment payment in respect of any levy; and

(c)
any unpaid interest that has been charged already.

(4)

If the total amount referred to in subsection (3)(a) to (c) has not been paid within 210 days after the due date, the person is liable to pay to the Corporation a further penalty at the rate of 10% in respect of the total unpaid amount; and, every 180 days after that 210-day period, the person is liable to pay to the Corporation a further penalty at the rate of 10% in respect of the total amount that remains unpaid.

(5)

The Corporation must give a person to whom subsection (4) applies at least 15 days’ notice of—

(a)
the total amount referred to in subsection (3)(a) to (c); and

(b)
the rate of penalty; and

(c)
the date on and from which the penalty is to be applied.

(6)

A person to whom this section applies is not liable to pay interest and penalties under this section more than an amount equal to 3 times the amount of the unpaid levy or overdue instalment debt.

(7)

This section does not apply to a levy payable to the Commissioner.

(8)

The liability to pay the penalty and interest is in addition to a liability to pay the levy.

(9)

This section does not limit section 217.

(10)

References in this section to a levy under a former Act include a premium under a former Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 322

Section 250(1): amended, on 1 July 2023, by section 13 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 250(2): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 25(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 250(4): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 25(3)(a) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 250(4): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 25(3)(b) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 250(4): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 25(3)(c) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Recovery of payments
251Recovery of payments
(1)

If a person receives a payment from the Corporation in good faith, the Corporation may not recover all or part of the payment on the ground only that the decision under which the payment was made has been revised on medical grounds under section 65.

(2)

The Corporation may not recover any part of a payment in respect of entitlements that was paid as a result of an error not intentionally contributed to by the recipient if the recipient—

(a)
received the payment in good faith; and

(b)
has so altered his or her position in reliance on the validity of the payment that it would be inequitable to require repayment.

(3)

The Corporation may not recover payments to which section 65(2) (revision of deemed decisions) applies.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 372

Relationship with social security benefits
252Relationship with social security benefits: reimbursement by Corporation
(1)

This section applies if a person—

(a)
receives a payment of a specified benefit as defined in section 198(3) of the Social Security Act 2018 in respect of a period; and

(b)
establishes a claim to an entitlement from the Corporation in respect of all or part of the same period.

(2)

An excess benefit payment is regarded as having been paid in respect of that entitlement.

(3)

An excess benefit payment is the part of the benefit payment (up to the amount of the entitlement) that is in excess of the amount of benefit properly payable, having regard to the entitlement under this Act.

(4)

The Corporation must refund the excess benefit payment to the department responsible for the administration of the Social Security Act 2018—

(a)
if the Corporation knows that this section applies; or

(b)
if requested to do so by that department.

(5)

For the purposes of this section, an excess benefit payment includes a payment of any part of a couple rate of benefit that is paid to the spouse or partner of the person who established the claim to the benefit.

(6)

Any amount that is treated under this section as having been paid in respect of any treatment, service, rehabilitation, related transport, compensation, grant, or allowance is deemed for all purposes to have been so paid.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 373

Section 252(1)(a): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 252(4): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 252(5): amended, on 15 July 2013, by section 65(1) of the Social Security (Benefit Categories and Work Focus) Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 13).

Section 252(5): amended, on 26 April 2005, by section 8(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2005 (2005 No 12).

253Relationship with social security benefits: reimbursement to Corporation
(1)

This section applies if a person—

(a)
receives a payment from the Corporation in respect of an entitlement that is subsequently determined to have been incorrectly paid under this Act (including a payment under section 131) or any former Act in respect of a period; and

(b)
establishes a claim to a specified benefit as defined in section 198(3) of the Social Security Act 2018 in respect of all or part of the same period.

(2)

The payment from the Corporation that has been incorrectly paid (up to the amount of benefit payable during that period) is regarded as having been paid in respect of that benefit.

(3)

The department responsible for the administration of the Social Security Act 2018 must refund to the Corporation the amount so regarded as a payment of benefit—

(a)
if that department knows that this section applies; or

(b)
if requested to do so by the Corporation.

(4)

The rest of the payment is a debt due to the Corporation from the person to whom the payment was made, which may be recovered by the Corporation in accordance with this Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 374

Section 253(1)(b): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 253(3): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Limitation period and other matters
254Limitation period
(1)

Despite any other enactment, an action or remedy for the recovery of any levy, penalty, or interest by the Corporation may be taken until the expiry of 10 years beginning on the close of the date on which the levy, penalty, or interest became payable.

(2)

This section also applies to a levy or penalty payable under any of the former Acts by virtue of this Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 323

255Refunds payable by Corporation
(1)

If the Corporation is satisfied that a levy payable under this Act has been paid in excess of the amount properly payable, the Corporation must—

(a)
refund the amount paid in excess; or

(b)
credit any amount so paid in excess on account against the amount of any other levy or other amount that may for the time being be due and payable by the person by whom the payment in excess was made, and notify the person accordingly.

(1A)

Levies paid under section 213(2)(c) are refundable to the persons or classes of person, to the extent, and in the manner, prescribed by regulations made under this Act, and any refundable amount must be paid by the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation in accordance with the regulations.

(2)

The Corporation may refrain from making a refund under subsection (1)(a), or notifying the crediting of an amount under subsection (1)(b) or making a refund under subsection (1A), if the amount of the refund or credit is less than $20.

(3)

No amount collected under this Act by the Commissioner may be refunded or credited under this section after the expiration of the period of 8 years immediately after the end of the year in which the relevant levy was payable.

Compare: SR 1999/196 r 25

Section 255(1A): inserted, on 1 July 2003, by section 11(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 255(2): amended, on 1 July 2003, by section 11(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

256Application of payments
If a person who makes a payment to the Corporation does not identify the Account or levy to which the payment is to be applied, the Corporation—

(a)
may apply the payment to such Account or levy that the Corporation sees fit; and

(b)
must notify the person accordingly.

Compare: SR 1999/196 r 22(2)

257Application of sections 248, 249, and 254 to third parties
Sections 248, 249, and 254 apply in respect of any sum of money paid or applied under an agreement or contract or arrangement between the Corporation and a third party (who is a person other than the person who suffered the personal injury concerned) to provide treatment or other entitlement in respect of personal injury covered by this Act as if that sum were a sum of money received from the Corporation by the person who suffered that personal injury.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 325

258Production of documents
(1)

The production of any document under the seal of the Corporation, or under the hand of any person authorised for the purpose by the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation, purporting to be a copy of or extract from any statement relating to earnings or from any assessment or amended assessment of levies under this Part, is in all courts and all proceedings (including reviews or appeals conducted under this Act) sufficient evidence of the original, and the production of the original is not necessary.

(2)

All courts and persons conducting reviews or appeals under this Act must, in all proceedings, take judicial notice of the seal of the Corporation, and of the signature of any officer or agent of the Corporation duly authorised for the purpose, either to the original or to any such copy or extract.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 326

Part 7Accident Compensation Corporation
The Corporation
259Accident Compensation Corporation
(1)

The Accident Compensation Corporation established by the Accident Insurance Act 1998 is continued.

(2)

The Corporation is a Crown entity for the purposes of section 7 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(3)

The Crown Entities Act 2004 applies to the Corporation except to the extent that this Act expressly provides otherwise.

(4)

The Corporation is a local authority for the purposes of section 73 of the Public Finance Act 1989.

(5)

The Corporation is exempt from income tax.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 328

Section 259(2): substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 259(3): substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 259(4): substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

260Powers of Corporation
[Repealed]


Section 260: repealed, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

261Relationship between Corporation and subsidiaries
Except as otherwise specified in this Act or as required by virtue of any delegation to a Crown entity subsidiary of the Corporation, a reference in this Act to the Corporation is not to be read as including a reference to any Crown entity subsidiary of the Corporation.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 330

Section 261: amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

262Functions of Corporation
(1)

The functions of the Corporation are to—

(a)
carry out the duties referred to in section 165; and

(b)
promote measures to reduce the incidence and severity of personal injury in accordance with section 263; and

(ba)
monitor access to the accident compensation scheme by Māori and identified population groups to identify how to improve delivery of services under this Act to injured Māori and injured persons in those population groups; and

(c)
manage assets, liabilities, and risks in relation to the Accounts, including risk management by means of reinsurance or other means; and

(d)
carry out such other functions as are conferred on it by this Act, or are ancillary to and consistent with those functions.

(2)

To avoid doubt, it is not a function of the Corporation or any Crown entity subsidiary of the Corporation to provide insurance, but it may provide insurance-related services in accordance with section 263 or section 265.

(3)

In carrying out its functions, the Corporation must deliver services to claimants and levy payers, as required by this Act,—

(a)
in order to minimise the overall incidence and costs to the community of personal injury, while ensuring fair rehabilitation and compensation for loss from personal injury; and

(b)
in a manner that is cost-effective and promotes administrative efficiency.

(4)

To assist the Corporation in the effective and fair delivery of services, the Corporation may provide resources to assist those organisations providing advocacy services for ACC claimants.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 331

Section 262(1)(ba): inserted, on 7 June 2023, by section 6 of the Accident Compensation (Access Reporting and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 26).

Section 262(2): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

263Prevention of personal injury
(1)

A primary function of the Corporation is to promote measures to reduce the incidence and severity of personal injury, including measures that—

(a)
create supportive environments that reduce the incidence and severity of personal injury; and

(b)
strengthen community action to prevent personal injury; and

(c)
encourage the development of personal skills that prevent personal injury.

(2)

Without limiting subsection (1), such measures may include research, the provision of information or advice, the publication and dissemination of literature and information, campaigns, exhibitions, courses, and the promotion of safety management practices.

(3)

The Corporation must undertake or fund such measures only if—

(a)
satisfied that such measures are likely to result in a cost-effective reduction in actual or projected levy rates set under Part 6 or expenditure from the Non-Earners’ Account under that Part; or

(b)
Parliament has appropriated money for such measures and they are included in the current service agreement under section 271; or

(c)
money is available for such measures from any other source (such as a joint venture or sponsorship); or

(d)
any combination of any of paragraphs (a) to (c) applies.

(4)

The Corporation may, in its discretion, conduct, participate in, commission, or subsidise research into the reduction of the incidence and severity of accidents and other causes of personal injury that is directed at reducing the cost of compensation and rehabilitation provided under this Act.

(5)

The Corporation must ensure that any measures undertaken or funded in accordance with this section—

(a)
are co-ordinated with similar activities of other government agencies to contribute to the overall injury prevention objectives in an efficient and effective way; and

(b)
to the extent that the measures will be funded from the Work Account, take account of the Health and Safety at Work Strategy published under section 195 of the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 332

Section 263(5): replaced, on 4 April 2016, by section 12 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

264Money expended or received for injury prevention to be managed through Accounts
All money received by the Corporation for injury prevention purposes under section 263(3)(b) and (c), and the expenditure of any money under section 263, must be allocated and managed through the Account or Accounts maintained and operated by the Corporation under section 166 in respect of which a reduction in levy rates or expenditure is expected.

264AWorkplace injury prevention action plan
(1)

The Corporation and WorkSafe must at all times have a workplace injury prevention action plan.

(2)

The Corporation and WorkSafe—

(a)
may amend the workplace injury prevention action plan at any time; and

(b)
must review the workplace injury prevention action plan at least once every 3 years.

(3)

The workplace injury prevention action plan must—

(a)
outline all workplace injury prevention programmes that will be undertaken by WorkSafe and the Corporation (jointly or separately) in the period to which the plan relates; and

(b)
state how those programmes are to be funded; and

(c)
if funding from one agency is to be used to fund programmes undertaken by the other agency, state the amount of that funding; and

(d)
in relation to programmes, or aspects of programmes, to be undertaken by WorkSafe, be consistent with the Health and Safety at Work Strategy published under section 195 of the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015; and

(e)
in relation to programmes, or aspects of programmes, to be undertaken by the Corporation, be consistent with the Corporation’s priorities for injury prevention measures relating to the Work Account.

(4)

The Corporation and WorkSafe must, to the extent practicable, ensure that—

(a)
the workplace injury prevention action plan outlines a coherent scheme of workplace injury prevention programmes that do not involve the duplication of activities carried out by the Corporation and WorkSafe; and

(b)
workplace injury prevention programmes are undertaken by the agency that is best suited to undertake them; and

(c)
programmes outlined in the workplace injury prevention action plan complement the agencies’ other activities, such as enforcement and education activities.

Section 264A: inserted, on 4 July 2016, by section 13 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

264BInjury prevention measures undertaken by WorkSafe and funded by Corporation or jointly undertaken
(1)

This section applies to injury prevention measures that are—

(a)
jointly undertaken by the Corporation and WorkSafe; or

(b)
undertaken by WorkSafe and partly or wholly funded by the Corporation.

(2)

Before measures to which this section applies commence, the Corporation and WorkSafe must enter into 1 or more written agreements that specify—

(a)
how the measures—

(i)
are likely to result in a cost-effective reduction in actual or projected levy rates in the Work Account; and

(ii)
are consistent with the Health and Safety at Work Strategy published under section 195 of the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015; and

(iii)
are consistent with the Corporation’s priorities for injury prevention measures relating to the Work Account; and

(b)
the amount of funding to be provided by the Corporation and by WorkSafe; and

(c)
how and when that funding will be provided; and

(d)
how the measures will be evaluated, including the key performance indicators to be used and the expected outcomes; and

(e)
any requirements for reporting between the agencies.

(3)

If funding for injury prevention measures undertaken by WorkSafe is to be provided by the Corporation, the agreement may also provide that the Corporation may cease providing funding if it is satisfied that—

(a)
key performance indicators are not being met; or

(b)
expected outcomes are not being achieved.

Section 264B: inserted, on 4 July 2016, by section 13 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

265Ancillary powers of Corporation
(1)

In addition to services required to be provided under this Act, the Corporation may provide services under subsection (2) or (4)—

(a)
that are outside the functions of the Corporation under section 262 (as long as the services are consistent with the purposes of this Act):

(b)
whether or not the services are provided to a person who would not otherwise have cover under this Act.

(2)

The Corporation may provide services on a commercial basis, but only if—

(a)
the service is provided by a Crown entity subsidiary of the Corporation; and

(b)
the provision of the service is a viable commercial proposition for the Crown entity subsidiary; and

(c)
the service being provided is one that is consistent with the role and functions of the Corporation under this Act; and

(d)
any decision to provide the service, and the provision of the service, is consistent with any relevant policy direction given by the Minister under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(3)

Subsection (2) applies despite section 97(a) of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(4)

The Corporation may provide government services or payments funded by an appropriation by Parliament, other than on a commercial basis, but only if—

(a)
the service being provided is one that is consistent with the role and functions of the Corporation under this Act; and

(b)
any decision to provide the service, and the provision of the service, is consistent with any relevant policy direction given by the Minister under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(5)

All money received by the Corporation from an appropriation by Parliament for the purposes of subsection (4), and the expenditure of that money, must be allocated and managed through the Accounts if it is reasonable and practicable to do so; but otherwise it must be applied, accounted for, and reported on separately from the Accounts.

Section 265: substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 41 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

266Provisions relating to Crown entity subsidiaries
(1)

A Crown entity subsidiary formed by the Corporation must be wholly owned by the Corporation.

(2)

The principal objective of a Crown entity subsidiary is to operate as a successful business and, to that extent, to be—

(a)
as profitable and efficient as any comparable business not owned by the Crown; and

(b)
[Repealed]

 

(3)

A Crown entity subsidiary of the Corporation—

(a)
is a Crown entity for the purposes of the Crown Entities Act 2004:

(b)
is not a local authority for the purposes of section 73 of the Public Finance Act 1989:

(c)
is not exempt from income tax.

(4)

The returns generated by the activities of any Crown entity subsidiary must be applied by the Corporation on a basis determined in the statement of intent under section 272 or (in the absence of such a determination) in a policy direction under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 334(1)–(4)

Section 266 heading: amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 266(1): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 266(2): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 266(2)(b): repealed, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 266(3): substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 266(4): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

267Board of Corporation
(1)

The Board of the Corporation consists of not more than 9 members appointed by the Minister under section 28(1)(a) of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(2)

A person is not interested in a matter for the purposes of section 62(2) of the Crown Entities Act 2004 only because he or she is a taxpayer or private motorist.

(3)

[Repealed]

 

(4)

[Repealed]

 

(5)

The members of the Board of the Corporation who held office immediately before the commencement of this section hold office under this section for the remainder of the terms for which they were appointed as members of the Board under the Accident Insurance Act 1998.

(6)

The Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson of the Corporation are the persons who held those positions under the Accident Insurance Act 1998 immediately before the commencement of this section.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 336

Section 267(1): amended, on 30 October 2022, by section 14 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 267(1): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 267(2): substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 267(3): repealed, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 267(4): repealed, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

268Protection of names “Accident Compensation Corporation” and “Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Corporation”
(1)

No company or other body may be incorporated or registered under a name that contains the words “Accident Compensation Corporation” or “Accident Rehabilitation and Compensation Insurance Corporation” or under any other name that, in the opinion of the Registrar of Companies, or the appropriate registering authority within the meaning of section 2 of the Flags, Emblems, and Names Protection Act 1981, so resembles such a name as to be likely to deceive.

(2)

This section does not apply to the Corporation or to any person who is authorised by the Corporation.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 337(1), (2)

Provisions relating to accountability of Corporation
269Further provisions applying to Corporation
The provisions set out in Schedule 5 apply in relation to the Corporation (but, unless specified, not any Crown entity subsidiary of the Corporation).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 338

Section 269: amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

270Corporation to comply with Government policy
[Repealed]


Section 270: repealed, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

271Service agreements between Corporation and Minister
(1)

In this section, year means a period of 12 months commencing on 1 July in any year and ending with the close of 30 June in the next year.

(2)

Once a year, the Minister must require the Corporation to enter into with the Minister a service agreement concerning the quality and quantity of services to be purchased or provided by the Corporation (including services delivered through any Crown entity subsidiary of the Corporation).

(3)

A service agreement entered into under this section must—

(a)
revoke any existing service agreement; and

(b)
be signed by the Minister and the Corporation no later than 30 June in the year before the first year to which it relates; and

(c)
relate, at least, to the year after the year in which it is signed.

(3A)

A service agreement entered into under this section must—

(a)
contain the information that is required in a statement of performance expectations under section 149E(1) and (2) of the Crown Entities Act 2004; and

(b)
comply with generally accepted accounting practice (as defined in section 2(1) of the Public Finance Act 1989); and

(c)
set out—

(i)
assumptions to be relied on by the Corporation in relation to assessing the cost of capital:

(ii)
matters relating to the provision of services by the Corporation (including provision through its Crown entity subsidiaries on a commercial basis), including pricing information, forecasts of revenue and expenditure, and how the revenue and expenditure will be allocated among the Accounts:

(iii)
the Corporation’s functions and duties in relation to the management of each Account:

(iv)
procedures, conditions, restrictions, or other provisions to be complied with by the Corporation in the performance of functions or duties in relation to the management of each Account:

(v)
the Corporation’s investment statement, being a statement of policies, standards, and procedures that must include a statement relating to ethical investment for avoiding prejudice to New Zealand’s reputation as a responsible member of the world community; and

(d)
be published, as soon as practicable after it is signed in accordance with subsection (3), on an Internet site maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation.

(4)

A service agreement entered into under this section may set out—

(a)
desired outcomes and objectives in relation to the performance and exercise of the functions, duties, and powers of the Corporation:

(b)
injury prevention programmes that the Corporation intends to undertake:

(c)
other injury prevention programmes that the Minister chooses to have funded from an appropriation by Parliament:

(d)
desired outcomes and objectives arising from the operation of the Code of ACC Claimants’ Rights:

(e)
desired outcomes and objectives in relation to the performance of each Account:

(f)
desired outcomes and objectives in relation to the management of the funds managed by the Corporation:

(g)
reporting requirements of the Corporation either in relation to the Accounts or in relation to the Corporation’s functions and powers or in relation to both.

(5)

The Minister must present a copy of the service agreement to the House of Representatives—

(a)
in the same document as the Corporation’s annual report for the previous financial year (see section 150 of the Crown Entities Act 2004); or

(b)
in any other document presented on or before the date on which the annual report described in paragraph (a) is presented.

(6)

A service agreement entered into under this section must be treated, for the purposes of section 49 of the Crown Entities Act 2004, as if it were a statement of performance expectations, and the Corporation need not prepare a separate statement of performance expectations under that Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 340

Section 271(2): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 271(3)(c): amended, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 271(3A): inserted, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 271(5): replaced, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 271(6): replaced, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

272Statement of intent
(1)

The Corporation must prepare a statement of intent in accordance with this section and Part 4 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(2)

In addition to the matters set out in section 141 of the Crown Entities Act 2004, the statement of intent must set out—

(a)
matters relating to the relationship between the Corporation and any Crown entity subsidiary:

(b)
matters relating to the nature and extent of the use of other providers of services (including providers that are Crown entity subsidiaries):

(c)
the extent to which the Corporation may form and register Crown entity subsidiaries:

(d)
matters relating to the allocation of any returns generated by any Crown entity subsidiary:

(e)
[Repealed]

 

(f)
[Repealed]

 

(g)
[Repealed]

 

(h)
[Repealed]

 

(i)
[Repealed]

 

(j)
any other matters contemplated by any other provision of this Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 341

Section 272(1): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 272(2): amended, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 272(2): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 272(2)(a): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 272(2)(b): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 272(2)(c): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 272(2)(d): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 272(2)(e): repealed, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 272(2)(f): repealed, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 272(2)(g): repealed, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 272(2)(h): repealed, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

Section 272(2)(i): repealed, on 1 July 2014, by section 72 of the Crown Entities Amendment Act 2013 (2013 No 51).

273Provision of financial information
(1)

The Minister of Finance may from time to time, by written notice, require the Corporation to supply to that Minister or such other person or class of persons as that Minister specifies, such financial forecasts or other financial information in relation to the amount of money that the Corporation expects to receive from the Crown as that Minister specifies in the notice.

(2)

This section does not limit section 133 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 342

Section 273(2): substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

274Management of Accounts
(1)

The Corporation must ensure that revenue and expenditure relating to each Account is received, applied, and accounted for separately.

(2)

Except as otherwise authorised under this Act and subject to subsections (3) to (5), the Corporation must not use funds from one Account to meet any costs arising under another Account.

(3)

Costs in relation to a claim that is associated with more than 1 Account must be apportioned, if practicable, to the relevant Accounts in a way that reasonably represents the relative costs to each Account of the claim concerned.

(3A)

[Repealed]

 

(3B)

The Minister may, without complying with section 115(2) of the Crown Entities Act 2004, direct the Corporation to attribute in full, or apportion in part, to the Non-Earners’ Account the costs of lump sum compensation for permanent impairment caused by gradual process, disease, or infection.

(4)

The Corporation must take all reasonable steps to ensure that the administration costs in relation to the management of the Accounts are fairly apportioned among the Accounts.

(5)

Costs incurred by the Corporation in carrying out all the functions, duties, and powers under this Act that cannot be directly attributed to an Account must be apportioned,—

(a)
if a policy direction for the time being in effect under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 provides for the apportionment of those costs, in accordance with the direction; or

(b)
if no relevant policy direction is for the time being in effect under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004, to all Accounts in a way that reasonably represents the relative costs to each Account of the costs concerned.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 343

Section 274(3A): repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 42 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 274(3B): inserted, on 11 May 2005, by section 45 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 274(3B): amended, on 1 August 2008, by section 27 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 274(5)(a): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 274(5)(b): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

275Investments
(1)

Subject to any policy direction under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004, the Corporation must invest, in the same manner as if it were a trustee, all money received by it in respect of any Account that is not immediately required for expenditure.

(2)

Any returns on investments must be apportioned across the Accounts in a way that reasonably represents the contribution to the investment of each Account.

(3)

The Minister must consult with the Minister of Finance before making a policy direction under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 relating to investment.

(4)

Section 100 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 does not apply to an investment made under this section.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 344

Section 275(1): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 275(3): amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Section 275(4): added, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

276Power to borrow, etc
(1)

The Corporation may borrow money, give security, and issue guarantees and indemnities in accordance with procedures approved by the Minister of Finance.

(2)

Without limiting any other purposes for which money borrowed may be applied, the Corporation may pay any money borrowed under subsection (1) into any of the Accounts.

(3)

If any money borrowed is held in an Account, the Corporation may apply the money so held for any purpose for which money held in that Account may be applied.

(4)

If any money borrowed is paid into an Account, the Corporation may repay from that Account the money so borrowed and paid in and may pay from that Account not only the interest incurred in respect of the money so borrowed and paid in but also the other costs (including the administrative costs of the Corporation) in borrowing that money.

(5)

Subsections (2) to (4) supplement the provisions of Part 6.

(6)

Nothing in this section prevents the Corporation from apportioning any costs in accordance with section 274.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 345

277Loans and grants to Corporation
[Repealed]


Section 277: repealed, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Reporting requirements
278Annual financial statements
(1)

The Corporation must include in its annual report under section 150 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 annual financial statements for each Account.

(2)

Sections 154(3), 155, and 156 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 apply to the financial statements under subsection (1) with any necessary modifications.

Section 278: substituted, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

278AAnnual financial condition report
(1)

The Corporation must—

(a)
prepare an annual report on its financial condition as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year; and

(b)
provide the report to the Minister.

(2)

The purpose of the report is to—

(a)
provide advice in relation to the Corporation’s operations, financial condition, and liabilities; and

(b)
discuss the implications of any material risks to the Corporation that have been identified in the report.

(3)

The report must—

(a)
be prepared in accordance with generally accepted practice within the insurance sector in New Zealand; and

(b)
contain the information required to achieve the purpose in subsection (2).

(4)

The Minister must—

(a)
provide a copy of the report to the Minister of Finance; and

(b)
after complying with paragraph (a) but within 5 working days after receiving the report from the Corporation or, if Parliament is not in session, as soon as possible after the commencement of the next session of Parliament, present the report to the House of Representatives.

Section 278A: inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 43 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

278BCorporation to report in each financial year on access to accident compensation scheme by Māori and identified population groups
(1)

The Corporation must, in each financial year, prepare a report concerning access to the accident compensation scheme by Māori and identified population groups.

(2)

The report must provide analysis of—

(a)
the level of access to the accident compensation scheme in that financial year by Māori and identified population groups; and

(b)
any disparities the Corporation identifies in access to the accident compensation scheme that affect Māori or any identified population group; and

(c)
any barriers the Corporation identifies that affect access to the accident compensation scheme by Māori or any identified population group; and

(d)
the causes of, or factors contributing to, those disparities and barriers, as identified by the Corporation.

(3)

The Corporation must provide the report to the Minister as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year.

(4)

The Minister must present the report to the House of Representatives as soon as practicable after receiving it.

Section 278B: inserted, on 7 June 2023, by section 7 of the Accident Compensation (Access Reporting and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2023 (2023 No 26).

Information collection
279Purposes for which Corporation to collect information
(1)

The Corporation may collect information for the following purposes:

(a)
to enable a comprehensive claims database to be maintained:

(b)
to facilitate the monitoring of the operation of this Act:

(c)
to monitor and evaluate the nature, incidence, severity, and consequences of injuries:

(d)
injury prevention:

(e)
the provision of appropriate rehabilitation and treatment:

(f)
the provision of appropriate compensation:

(g)
policy development under this Act:

(h)
determining the cost to society of personal injury:

(i)
levy setting:

(j)
scheme management.

(2)

The Corporation must collect—

(a)
such information as is prescribed for the purposes set out in subsection (1)(a) to (i) by regulations made under this Act:

(b)
information for such of the purposes set out in section 287 that are prescribed by regulations made under this Act.

(3)

Information prescribed for the purpose set out in subsection (1)(a) must include information about the circumstances of the personal injury, the nature and severity of the personal injury, and its consequences.

Disclosure of information
280Disclosure of information to Corporation
(1)

In this section, unless the context otherwise requires, payment means any payment under this Act; and includes any provisions in respect of rehabilitation.

(2)

The purpose of this section is to facilitate the disclosure of information by the Department of Corrections (the Department) to the Corporation for the purpose of verifying—

(a)
the entitlement or eligibility of any person to or for any payment; or

(b)
the amount of any payment to which any person is or was entitled or for which any person is or was eligible.

(3)

For the purpose of this section, the Corporation may from time to time, in accordance with arrangements made between the Corporation and the Department, request the Department to supply, in respect of persons who are receiving, have received, or have applied to receive any payment—

(a)
such biographical information as is sufficient to identify those persons, including their addresses; and

(b)
such details of those persons held by the Department as are necessary for the purposes of this section; and

(c)
such information and details referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) as may be necessary for the purposes of this section in respect of persons who are receiving, have received, or have applied to receive any rehabilitation.

(4)

On receipt of a request made under subsection (3), the Department may supply the information requested to any officer or employee or agent of the Corporation who is authorised in that behalf by the Corporation.

(5)

Information supplied under a request made under subsection (3) may be supplied in such form as is determined by agreement between the Corporation and the Department.

(6)

On or after 1 December 2020, no information may be disclosed under this section except under—

(a)
an information matching agreement entered into under Part 10 of the Privacy Act 1993 and continued by clause 11 of Schedule 1 of the Privacy Act 2020; or

(b)
an approved information sharing agreement entered into under subpart 1 of Part 7 of the Privacy Act 2020.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 353

Section 280(2): replaced, on 1 December 2020, by section 190 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

Section 280(3): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 190 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

Section 280(3)(b): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 190 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

Section 280(5): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 190 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

Section 280(6): inserted, on 1 December 2020, by section 190 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

281Disclosure of information by Corporation for benefit and benefit debt recovery purposes
(1)

In this section, unless the context otherwise requires, benefit means any of the following:

(a)
a benefit as defined in Schedule 2 of the Social Security Act 2018:

(b)
a funeral grant lump sum payable under section 90 of that Act:

(c)
any special assistance payable under a programme approved under section 100 or 101 of that Act:

(d)
an allowance established by regulations made under section 645 of the Education and Training Act 2020.

(2)

The purpose of this section is to facilitate the disclosure of information by the Corporation to the department for the time being responsible for the administration of the Social Security Act 2018 for all or any of the following purposes:

(a)
to verify the entitlement or eligibility of any person to or for any benefit:

(b)
to verify the amount of any benefit to which a person is or was entitled or for which a person is or was eligible:

(c)
to enable the recovery of any debt due to the Crown in respect of any benefit.

(3)

For the purpose of this section, the chief executive of the department for the time being responsible for the administration of the Social Security Act 2018 may from time to time, in accordance with arrangements made from time to time between that chief executive and the Corporation, request the Corporation to supply, in respect of persons who are receiving compensation based on weekly earnings,—

(a)
such biographical information as is sufficient to identify those persons, including their addresses; and

(b)
such details of the entitlement of those persons to receive compensation based on weekly earnings as are necessary for the purposes of this section.

(4)

On receipt of a request made under subsection (3), the Corporation may supply the information requested to any officer or employee or agent of the chief executive of the department for the time being responsible for the administration of the Social Security Act 2018 who is authorised in that behalf by that chief executive.

(5)

Information supplied under a request made under subsection (3) may be supplied in such form as is determined by agreement between the Corporation and the chief executive of the department for the time being responsible for the administration of the Social Security Act 2018.

(6)

On or after 1 December 2020, no information may be disclosed under this section except under—

(a)
an information matching agreement entered into under Part 10 of the Privacy Act 1993 and continued by clause 11 of Schedule 1 of the Privacy Act 2020; or

(b)
an approved information sharing agreement entered into under subpart 1 of Part 7 of the Privacy Act 2020.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 354

Section 281 heading: amended, on 9 April 2008, by section 5(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation (Social Assistance) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 26).

Section 281(1): replaced, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 281(1)(d): amended, on 1 August 2020, by section 668 of the Education and Training Act 2020 (2020 No 38).

Section 281(2): substituted, on 9 April 2008, by section 5(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation (Social Assistance) Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 26).

Section 281(2): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 281(3): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 281(4): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 281(5): amended, on 26 November 2018, by section 459 of the Social Security Act 2018 (2018 No 32).

Section 281(6): inserted, on 1 December 2020, by section 190 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

282Disclosure of information by Corporation for health purposes
(1)

The purpose of this section is to facilitate the disclosure of information between the Corporation and the Ministry of Health and Health New Zealand for the purposes specified in subsection (2).

(2)

The purposes are—

(a)
to facilitate the calculation of the funding required for the provision of public health acute services; and

(b)
to facilitate the auditing and monitoring of the provision of treatment, under this Act and otherwise, by registered health professionals.

(3)

Disclosure of information under this section must not affect any entitlements provided to any claimant.

(4)

The Director-General of Health and the chief executive of Health New Zealand may request information from the Corporation under this section.

(5)

The persons about whom they may request information under this section are persons who have received, are receiving, or have applied to receive any treatment to which those persons are entitled.

(6)

The information they may request is—

(a)
such biographical information as is sufficient to identify those persons, including their addresses; and

(b)
such details of the entitlement of those persons as are necessary for the purpose of this section.

(7)

A request under subsection (4) must be made in accordance with arrangements made between the Corporation and the Director-General, or the Corporation and each chief executive.

(8)

The Corporation may supply the information requested to, as appropriate,—

(a)
an officer or employee or agent of the Ministry authorised by the Director-General to receive it:

(b)
an officer or employee or agent of Health New Zealand who is authorised by their chief executive to receive it.

(9)

The information may be supplied in such form as is determined by agreement between the Corporation and the Director-General, or the Corporation and the chief executive.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 369

Section 282(1): amended, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 282(1): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Section 282(4): amended, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 282(4): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Section 282(8)(b): replaced, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 282(9): amended, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

283Disclosure of information by Corporation for injury prevention purposes
(1)

The purpose of this section is to facilitate the disclosure of information by the Corporation to the department responsible for administering the Oranga Tamariki Act 1989 for the purpose of preventing or limiting injury to children or young persons arising through unlawful activity.

(2)

For the purpose of this section, the Corporation may provide information to that agency about claimants and other persons if the Corporation believes on reasonable grounds that it is reasonably necessary to achieve the purpose of this section.

(3)

Information must be provided under subsection (2) in accordance with an agreement between the Corporation and the chief executive of that department.

Section 283(1): amended, on 14 July 2017, by section 150(2) of the Children, Young Persons, and Their Families (Oranga Tamariki) Legislation Act 2017 (2017 No 31).

284Reporting of risk of harm to public
(1)

This section applies to information collected by the Corporation in the course of processing claims—

(a)
for treatment injury; or

(b)
for personal injury of a type described in section 20(2)(d); or

(c)
for personal injury caused by medical misadventure; or

(d)
that are in the nature of claims for treatment injury, but are caused by a person who is not a registered health professional.

(2)

If the Corporation believes, from information referred to in subsection (1), there is a risk of harm to the public, the Corporation must report the risk, and any other relevant information, to the authority responsible for patient safety in relation to the treatment that caused the personal injury.

Section 284: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 47 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

285Personal injuries in nature of medical misadventure
[Repealed]


Section 285: repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 48 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Information about work-related injuries
286Corporation to provide information to Ministry of Business, Innovation, and Employment and to health and safety regulators
(1)

The Corporation must provide to the chief executive of the Ministry of Business, Innovation, and Employment or to a health and safety regulator any information held by the Corporation under this Act that—

(a)
relates to—

(i)
employers; or

(ii)
workplaces; or

(iii)
claims for work-related personal injury; and

(b)
is of a type specified for the purpose of this section in an agreement between the Corporation and the chief executive of the Ministry of Business, Innovation, and Employment or the health and safety regulator as the case may be.

(2)

The chief executive of the Ministry of Business, Innovation, and Employment and the health and safety regulator may use the information only for 1 or more of the following purposes:

(a)
to support the Ministry of Business, Innovation, and Employment in its administration of any provisions of the relevant Acts:

(b)
to support the health and safety regulator in carrying out its functions under any provisions of the relevant Acts:

(c)
to ensure appropriate co-ordination of activities with the Corporation and other relevant agencies:

(d)
in the case of the Ministry of Business, Innovation, and Employment, to support the Ministry’s responsibilities for workforce development and employment creation.

(3)

The power conferred on the chief executive of the Ministry of Business, Innovation, and Employment and on health and safety regulators by subsection (2) includes (without limitation) power to provide information received under this section to any agency designated under section 28B of the Health and Safety in Employment Act 1992, but only for the purpose of supporting the agency’s functions under that Act.

(4)

The Corporation must provide the information in accordance with the agreement referred to in subsection (1)(b).

(5)

In subsection (2), relevant Acts means—

(a)
[Repealed]

 

(b)
Employment Relations Act 2000:

(c)
Equal Pay Act 1972:

(d)
Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996:

(e)
Health and Safety at Work Act 2015:

(f)
Holidays Act 2003:

(g)
Immigration Act 2009:

(h)
Machinery Act 1950:

(i)
Minimum Wage Act 1983:

(j)
Parental Leave and Employment Protection Act 1987:

(k)
Volunteers Employment Protection Act 1973:

(l)
Wages Protection Act 1983:

(m)
the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013.

Section 286: substituted, on 1 July 2005, by section 49 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 286 heading: amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 15(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 286 heading: amended, on 16 December 2013, by section 22 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013 (2013 No 94).

Section 286(1): replaced, on 16 December 2013, by section 22 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013 (2013 No 94).

Section 286(1): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 15(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 286(1)(b): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 15(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 286(2): replaced, on 16 December 2013, by section 22 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013 (2013 No 94).

Section 286(2): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 15(4) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 286(2)(b): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 15(4) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 286(3): replaced, on 16 December 2013, by section 22 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013 (2013 No 94).

Section 286(3): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 15(5) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 286(4): replaced, on 16 December 2013, by section 22 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013 (2013 No 94).

Section 286(5)(a): repealed, on 27 November 2025, by section 5 of the Statutes Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 74).

Section 286(5)(e): amended, on 4 April 2016, by section 15(6) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 71).

Section 286(5)(g): substituted, at 2 am on 29 November 2010, by section 406(1) of the Immigration Act 2009 (2009 No 51).

Section 286(5)(m): inserted, on 16 December 2013, by section 22 of the WorkSafe New Zealand Act 2013 (2013 No 94).

Part 8Management of injury-related information
287Purpose of this Part
The purpose of this Part is—

(a)
to facilitate the achievement of the Government’s overall injury management (including injury prevention) objectives, as determined from time to time, through information collection:

(b)
to facilitate the development and maintenance of a coherent set of statistics and indicators, and a research database on injury-related information:

(c)
to enable the analysis of such information to enhance policy development in both the government and private sectors:

(d)
to facilitate the dissemination of such information across all appropriate sectors (including the government and private sectors):

(e)
to enable the effectiveness of government agencies to be monitored in relation to the Government’s overall injury management (including injury prevention) objectives.

288Injury-related statistics are official statistics under Data and Statistics Act 2022
Injury-related statistics are official statistics for the purposes of the Data and Statistics Act 2022.

Section 288: replaced, on 1 September 2022, by section 107(1) of the Data and Statistics Act 2022 (2022 No 39).

289Information manager
(1)

The Prime Minister may designate a person or agency to be an information manager for injury-related information purposes.

(2)

A manager must report to a Minister designated by the Prime Minister.

(3)

A manager has all the powers that are reasonably necessary or expedient to enable the manager to carry out the purpose of this Part, including (without limitation) power to exercise or perform the following functions:

(a)
to develop, set, publish, and maintain standards for the purpose of this Part after consultation with such persons or organisations as the manager considers appropriate:

(b)
to collect and aggregate injury-related information:

(c)
to facilitate access (including by publishing) to injury-related information and unit record data:

(d)
to consider and review current and future injury-related information requirements.

(4)

The manager may disclose injury-related information to any officer of another government agency solely for bona fide research or statistical purposes relevant to the functions and duties of that government agency, and to bona fide private sector researchers, only if—

(a)
the information is to be used in a form in which the individual concerned is not identified; or

(b)
the information is to be used for statistical purposes and will not be published in a form that could reasonably be expected to identify the individual concerned; or

(c)
the information is to be used for research purposes for which approval by an ethics committee, if required, has been given and will not be published in a form that could reasonably be expected to identify the individual concerned.

(5)

Information may be provided under subsection (4) in a form determined by an agreement between the manager and the chief executive of the government agency or the bona fide researcher.

(6)

In exercising the powers conferred by subsection (3), a manager must—

(a)
comply with the Privacy Act 2020 and the Health Information Privacy Code and any other codes issued under that Act; and

(b)
ensure that standards set for the purpose of this Part are complied with; and

(c)
comply with the Data and Statistics Act 2022.

(7)

A manager may delegate any of the manager’s functions.

(8)

If Statistics New Zealand is designated as an information manager,—

(a)
subsections (2) to (7) and sections 290 and 292 do not apply; but

(b)
nothing in this section limits or affects anything in the Data and Statistics Act 2022.

Section 289(6)(a): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

Section 289(6)(c): amended, on 1 September 2022, by section 107(1) of the Data and Statistics Act 2022 (2022 No 39).

Section 289(8)(b): amended, on 1 September 2022, by section 107(1) of the Data and Statistics Act 2022 (2022 No 39).

290Information manager can require government agencies to provide injury-related information
(1)

Without limiting section 289(3), an information manager may require a government agency (other than Statistics New Zealand) that holds information relevant to the purpose of this Part to provide the information to the manager.

(2)

The manager and the agency must enter into an understanding or arrangement with each other governing the provision of the information.

(3)

For the purposes of the Privacy Act 2020 and any other enactment relating to the provision of information, a requirement under subsection (1) is sufficient authority for an agency to provide specified information to a manager.

Section 290(3): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

291Ministerial advisory panel
[Repealed]


Section 291: repealed, on 3 March 2010, by section 44 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Purchase agreements
292Minister to require information manager to enter into purchase agreement
(1)

The Minister designated under section 289(2) and an information manager must negotiate a purchase agreement specifying the nature, quantity, and quality of the services to be provided by the manager in exercising and performing the manager’s functions, duties, and powers.

(2)

A purchase agreement may be amended or revoked in the manner set out in the agreement.

(3)

A manager must take all reasonable steps to comply with any applicable purchase agreement for the time being in force.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 340

293Funding of information manager
An information manager’s operations are to be funded by either or both of the following:

(a)
an appropriation from Parliament for the purpose:

(b)
revenue derived from charging for the provision of injury-related information.

Part 9Miscellaneous provisions
Situations where previous insurer involved
294Scope and purpose of sections 295 to 297
(1)

Sections 295 to 297 apply in any case where a claimant is receiving, or is entitled to receive, weekly compensation from an insurer (within the meaning of section 341(1), but not including the Corporation) and suffers a personal injury covered by this Act after the commencement of this Part (the subsequent injury).

(2)

The purpose of sections 295 to 297 is to—

(a)
ensure that the claimant receives all necessary and appropriate entitlements for the personal injury covered by this Act (the subsequent injury) and the personal injury that gave rise to the entitlement to receive the weekly compensation (the previous injury); and

(b)
ensure that those entitlements are provided without delay and, as appropriate, continuously; and

(c)
provide a framework within which the insurer and the Corporation can determine the responsibility to provide entitlements, both from the point of view of taking responsibility for the rehabilitation of the claimant and from a financial point of view; and

(d)
recognise that appropriate contributions depend on the extent to which each injury contributed to the need for the entitlements or some of them.

295Obligation to provide entitlements where subsequent injury occurs
(1)

If a subsequent injury occurs while the previous injury still gives rise to an entitlement to weekly compensation for the claimant, the following obligations continue or arise:

(a)
neither the insurer nor the Corporation may reduce the rate of weekly compensation or independence allowance payable after the subsequent injury solely because of the subsequent injury:

(b)
the insurer must continue to provide any rehabilitation (including treatment in respect of the previous injury) that it was providing, unless the occurrence of the subsequent injury makes that impracticable:

(c)
the Corporation must provide any treatment in accordance with this Act required as a result of the subsequent injury:

(d)
the Corporation must ensure that the claimant receives any other entitlements, whether arising from the subsequent injury or the previous injury:

(e)
unless the Corporation is satisfied that the subsequent injury does not have a material impact on entitlements from the previous injury, the insurer and the Corporation must jointly consider the situation arising from the fact that there have been 2 personal injuries to the claimant and seek to reach an agreement on the appropriate mix of obligations they will have in respect of the claimant’s entitlements, both in terms of managing the claimant’s claims and rehabilitation and in terms of financial responsibility for the claimant’s entitlements.

(2)

In seeking to reach agreement under subsection (1)(e), the insurer and the Corporation must be guided by the purpose set out in section 294(2).

(3)

An agreement under subsection (1)(e)—

(a)
either—

(i)
must normally include provision for one of the parties to take sole management responsibility for the claims in return for certain payments by the other; or

(ii)
may include provision for the parties to share management of the claims, but only if it is necessary for the claimant’s successful rehabilitation and it does not unreasonably inconvenience the claimant; and

(b)
must include provision for the operation of the agreement to be reviewed from time to time to ensure that it continues to properly reflect the best interests of the claimant; and

(c)
must include provision for allocation of costs of any entitlements already provided after the subsequent injury but before the agreement is reached.

(4)

If the claimant wishes to seek review under Part 5 of a decision by the insurer or the Corporation, in relation to either the previous injury or the subsequent injury, both the insurer and the Corporation have the right to be present and be heard at the review.

(5)

Despite the Privacy Act 2020, both the insurer and the Corporation must exchange personal information about the claimant necessary to enable them to reach an appropriate agreement and to provide entitlements.

Section 295(5): amended, on 1 December 2020, by section 217 of the Privacy Act 2020 (2020 No 31).

296Failure to reach agreement
(1)

If the insurer and the Corporation are unable to reach an agreement under section 295(1)(e) within 3 months of the subsequent injury being suffered, they must jointly engage a mediator in an endeavour to reach an agreement.

(2)

If the insurer and the Corporation are still unable to reach an agreement under section 295(1)(e) at the conclusion of the mediation, either party may apply to the District Court for a determination as to how the claimant’s entitlements should be managed and paid for.

(3)

Any application to the District Court under this section must be made to the District Court specified in regulations for that purpose and must be made in the prescribed manner.

(4)

In determining an application under this section, the District Court must have regard to the purpose set out in section 294(2) and must make a determination about which party or parties is or are liable to provide or manage the claimant’s entitlements in respect of both the previous injury and the subsequent injury, and in doing so must incorporate any matters that have already been agreed between the parties.

(5)

A determination of the District Court may allocate responsibility on a specified basis to either the insurer and the Corporation or to both, including in relation to entitlements that have already been provided and in relation to entitlements that are to be provided.

(6)

If satisfied that either the previous injury or the subsequent injury is, or was for a particular period, wholly or substantially causing the claimant’s ongoing incapacity or the claimant’s need for ongoing entitlements, the District Court may in its determination direct accordingly that the insurer or the Corporation must bear all of the responsibilities for entitlements from a specified time or for a specified period.

(7)

In making a determination under this section, the District Court must determine the matter according to the substantial merits of the situation, without regard to minor matters.

(8)

If the circumstances of the claimant change and the parties are unable to reach agreement about any changes to their responsibilities, either party may apply to the District Court by originating application for further directions in accordance with this section.

297Entitlements not affected by court direction
In making a determination under section 296, the District Court must not—

(a)
direct the Corporation to provide any independence allowance payable in respect of the previous injury; or

(b)
direct the insurer to provide any lump sum compensation or independence allowance payable in respect of the subsequent injury.

298Work-related gradual process, disease, or infection involving exposure before 1 April 2002
(1)

This section applies if a claimant suffers a personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection on or after 1 April 2002.

(2)

If an employment task referred to in section 30(2) was performed by the claimant or the claimant was employed in an environment referred to in that provision, at any time on or after 1 July 1999 and before 1 July 2000, the Corporation is entitled to recover some or all of the costs of providing entitlements to the claimant from the insurer who insured the claimant’s employer or, in the case of a self-employed person, the insurer who was the insurer of the self-employed person, at that time under the Accident Insurance Act 1998.

(3)

The amount that the Corporation may recover is—

(a ÷ b) × total costs

where—

a
is the period of time employed in the employment referred to in subsection (2) on or after 1 July 1999 and before 1 July 2000 when the insurer was the employer’s or self-employed person’s insurer; and

b
is the total period of time the claimant was employed in the employment referred to in subsection (2) (including the time before 1 July 1999).

Effect of Act and public interest
299No contracting out of this Act
This Act has effect despite any provision to the contrary in any contract or agreement.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 358

300Public interest
In exercising any functions or powers under this Act or the Crown Entities Act 2004, the Minister must have regard to the public interest and, in particular, the interests of taxpayers, levy payers, claimants, and potential claimants.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 359

Section 300: amended, on 25 January 2005, by section 200 of the Crown Entities Act 2004 (2004 No 115).

Public health acute services
301Service agreement for purchase of public health acute services and other health services
(1)

The Minister must enter into an annual service agreement in respect of the financial year commencing on 1 July with the Minister of Health requiring the Crown to purchase specified public health acute services, and such other services as are from time to time agreed by the Ministers, on behalf of the Corporation.

(2)

The service agreement must—

(a)
provide for the payment of money to the Crown in return for the Minister of Health—

(i)
funding the provision of public health acute services, and any other services (including pharmaceuticals and laboratory services) agreed by Health New Zealand or other providers, under Health New Zealand on behalf of the Corporation; and

(ii)
arranging the funding of that provision; and

(b)
provide how the Minister of Health’s implementation of the agreement is to be monitored; and

(c)
contain the terms and conditions that the Minister of Health and the Minister agree on; and

(d)
specify service levels for the delivery of such services; and

(e)
specify the level of payment from the Corporation to the Crown; and

(f)
specify the mechanism for calculating the sum payable by the Corporation and the method of payment.

(3)

The service agreement may provide for the method of calculating, and the payment of, the residual cost of public health acute services for the previous financial year (including the financial year that ended before the date of commencement of this section).

(4)

The service agreement may also provide for the Crown to refund to the Corporation any amount overpaid by the Corporation in a previous financial year for public health acute services.

(5)

Subsection (4) is for the avoidance of doubt.

Section 301(2)(a)(i): amended, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 301(2)(a)(i): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Section 301(4): added, on 11 May 2005, by section 50 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 301(5): added, on 11 May 2005, by section 50 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

302Minister of Health’s responsibilities for purchase of public health acute services and other health services
(1)

The Minister must enter into a funding agreement with Health New Zealand or other providers to—

(a)
give effect to the Minister of Health’s obligations under the service agreement referred to in section 301; and

(b)
require the relevant providers to supply the Corporation with such information as is necessary to enable the Corporation to monitor the delivery of public health acute or other services (including pharmaceuticals and laboratory services), as agreed in the service agreement referred to in section 301.

(2)

The Minister of Health must ensure that every funding agreement described in subsection (1) contains terms and conditions that—

(a)
conform with the service agreement referred to in section 301; and

(b)
provide for the Minister of Health to maintain and monitor performance standards, including ethical standards, specified in the agreement; and

(c)
provide for the Minister of Health to provide the Corporation with all information contained in the service agreement that is relevant to the services the Corporation funds.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 361

Section 302(1): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Section 302(2): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

303Restriction on purchase by Corporation of public health acute services
(1)

The Corporation must not make any kind of agreement with Health New Zealand or other provider about—

(a)
any public health acute services that the Corporation is liable to provide under this Act, whether for the payment for or provision of those services; or

(b)
any other matter concerning those services.

(2)

This section applies to avoid doubt.

Section 303(1): amended, on 30 June 2024, by section 43 of the Pae Ora (Disestablishment of Māori Health Authority) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 5).

Section 303(1): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

304Minister of Health acts on behalf of the Crown
The Minister of Health acts on behalf of the Crown under sections 301 and 302.

Joint purchasing arrangements
305Joint purchasing arrangements for emergency transport services
(1)

The Corporation may enter into a contract, arrangement, or understanding with the Ministry of Health or Health New Zealand to jointly purchase emergency transport services for the purposes of clause 3 of Schedule 1.

(2)

Nothing in Part 2 of the Commerce Act 1986, other than sections 36 and 36A, applies to—

(a)
a contract, arrangement, or understanding under this section; or

(b)
any act, matter, or thing done by any person for the purposes of entering into such a contract, arrangement, or understanding; or

(c)
any act, matter, or thing done by any person to give effect to such a contract, arrangement, or understanding.

(3)

Nothing in section 303 prevents a contract, arrangement, or understanding under this section.

Section 305(1): amended, on 1 July 2022, by section 104 of the Pae Ora (Healthy Futures) Act 2022 (2022 No 30).

Special leave for non-work injuries
306Sick leave may be used when employer not liable for first week compensation
(1)

If an employee suffers a personal injury that is not a work-related personal injury and is not a motor vehicle injury described in section 29(2), and the employee is incapacitated, the employee may elect to take any unused sick leave entitlement that the employee may have under subpart 4 of Part 2 of the Holidays Act 2003 and use it in respect of an equivalent part of the first week of incapacity.

(2)

This section applies to avoid doubt.

Section 306: substituted, on 1 April 2004, by section 91(2) of the Holidays Act 2003 (2003 No 129).

General notification provision
307How documents given or information notified
(1)

This section applies when—

(a)
this Act requires a document to be given to a person; or

(b)
this Act requires a person to be notified of any information, and references in this section to a document being given must be applied accordingly.

(2)

A document that this Act requires to be given to a person must be given by the method in subsection (3) that the person required to give the document considers is most likely to ensure that the document reaches the person.

(3)

The methods by which a document may be given are—

(a)
personally delivering it to the person; or

(b)
posting it to a usual address of the person; or

(c)
sending it to the person by fax or some other electronic means; or

(d)
providing it to the person in a manner approved by the person.

(4)

A document personally delivered under subsection (3)(a) must, if delivered to a corporate body, be delivered to the corporate body’s offices during working hours.

(5)

A document posted under subsection (3)(b) is deemed to have been delivered to the person at the time it would have been delivered in the ordinary course of post. For the purposes of proving delivery,—

(a)
it is sufficient to prove that the document was properly addressed; and

(b)
the document is presumed, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been posted on the day on which it was dated.

(6)

A document sent under subsection (3)(c) is deemed, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to be delivered on the day after the day on which it is sent, and it is sufficient proof of sending that a correct machine-generated acknowledgement of receipt exists.

(7)

This section is subject to section 52 and to any provision of this Act that specifically provides how a document is to be given.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 368

Offences and penalties generally
308Offence to mislead Corporation
(1)

A person commits an offence who, for the purpose described in subsection (2) or with the result described in subsection (3),—

(a)
makes any statement knowing it to be false in any material particular; or

(b)
wilfully does or says anything, or omits to do or say anything, for the purpose of misleading or attempting to mislead the Corporation or any other person concerned in the administration of this Act.

(2)

The purpose is—

(a)
for that person to receive or continue to receive any payment or entitlement; or

(b)
for another person to receive or continue to receive any payment or entitlement.

(3)

The result is—

(a)
that that person receives or continues to receive any payment or entitlement, whether or not entitled to it under this Act; or

(b)
that another person receives or continues to receive any payment or entitlement, whether or not entitled to it under this Act.

(4)

A person who commits an offence against this section is liable on conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 3 months or a fine not exceeding $5,000.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 375

309Offence not to provide requested information to Corporation
(1)

This section applies to—

(a)
an employer or former employer of a claimant:

(b)
a person who has provided any rehabilitation to a claimant:

(c)
a person who has sought or received any payment in respect of a claimant.

(2)

A person to whom this section applies must provide the Corporation with any information or statement, when requested to do so by the Corporation, for the purposes of facilitating decisions about cover and the timely and appropriate provision of entitlements, or detecting fraud.

(3)

A person to whom this section applies commits an offence if the person refuses or fails to supply, without reasonable excuse, the information or statement requested under subsection (2).

(4)

This section does not apply unless the claimant has authorised the request being made and the person of whom the request is made has notice of that authorisation.

(5)

A person who commits an offence against this section is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $2,000.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 376

310Offence not to provide earnings information to Corporation
(1)

This section applies to a person who is receiving—

(a)
first week compensation; or

(b)
weekly compensation.

(2)

A person to whom this section applies commits an offence if he or she fails to advise the Corporation as soon as practicable if his or her earnings have increased after he or she began receiving compensation in such a way as to reduce the compensation payable to him or her.

(3)

A person who commits an offence against this section is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $5,000.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 377

311Goods and services tax not payable on penalties or fines
To avoid doubt, goods and services tax under the Goods and Services Tax Act 1985 is not payable in respect of any fine, penalty, or interest that is payable under this Act or any of the former Acts.

Liability of directors, employees, and officers
312Directors, employees, and officers
(1)

A director, employee, agent, or officer of a body corporate commits an offence against this Act if—

(a)
the body corporate commits an offence against this Act (the principal offence); and

(b)
the principal offence was caused by an act done or carried out by, or by an omission of, the director, employee, agent, or officer.

(2)

A director, employee, agent, or officer who does or carries out the act or omission referred to in subsection (1) is liable on conviction for up to the same maximum penalty that could apply to an individual, if an individual had committed the principal offence.

(3)

An employee or officer of a body corporate includes a person who, by reason of the person’s employment with, or position in relation to, the body corporate, is responsible by law, contract, or otherwise for undertaking an action on behalf of the body corporate.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 378

Charging documents
Heading: replaced, on 27 November 2025, by section 6 of the Statutes Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 74).

313Charges
(1)

Despite anything to the contrary in section 25 of the Criminal Procedure Act 2011, the limitation period in respect of an offence against this Act, or any regulations made under it, ends on the date that is 5 years after the termination of the year in which the offence was committed.

(2)

A charging document may charge the defendant with any number of offences against this Act (whether arising under this section or otherwise) or against regulations made under this Act.

(3)

A charging document that charges more than 1 such offence must set out separately the particulars of each offence charged.

(4)

Multiple charges must be heard together unless the court, either before or at any time during the trial, considers it just that any charge should be heard separately and makes an order to that effect.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 379

Section 313: replaced, on 1 July 2013, by section 413 of the Criminal Procedure Act 2011 (2011 No 81).

Summary conviction[Repealed]
Heading: repealed, on 1 July 2013, by section 413 of the Criminal Procedure Act 2011 (2011 No 81).

314Summary conviction
[Repealed]


Section 314: repealed, on 1 July 2013, by section 413 of the Criminal Procedure Act 2011 (2011 No 81).

General fine
315General fine for offences
A person who commits an offence against this Act or any regulations made under it for which no fine is provided in this Act or its regulations, otherwise than in this section, is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $500.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 381

Offences relating to earner levies
316Offences in relation to deductions
(1)

Subject to subsection (5), a person commits an offence against this Act who,—

(a)
being an employer, or a PAYE intermediary or a private domestic worker, knowingly does not make a deduction required to be made under section 221; or

(b)
knowingly applies or permits the application of the amount of a deduction made or deemed to be made under section 221 for any purpose other than in payment to the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation; or

(c)
knowingly provides altered, false, incomplete, or misleading information to the Corporation or any other person in respect of any matter or thing affecting a deduction required to be made under section 221; or

(d)
causes or attempts to cause any employer, any PAYE intermediary or a private domestic worker or other person to refrain from making a deduction required to be made under section 221 or to make a lesser deduction than the deduction required to be made under section 221; or

(e)
obtains or attempts to obtain, for the person’s own advantage or benefit, credit with respect to, or a payment of, the whole or any part of the amount of a deduction made in accordance with section 221 from an amount included in the earnings of any other person.

(2)

A person may not be convicted of an offence under subsection (1)(a) if the person satisfies the court that the amount of the deduction required to be made under section 221 has been paid to the Corporation or an agent of the Corporation, and that the person’s failure to make payment of the deduction within the prescribed time was due to illness, accident, or other cause beyond the person’s control.

(3)

A person who commits an offence against subsection (1)(b) is liable, on each occasion the person is convicted, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 5 years or a fine not exceeding $50,000.

(4)

A person who commits an offence against any of paragraphs (a), (c), (d), and (e) of subsection (1) is liable,—

(a)
the first time the person is convicted in relation to a particular type of offence, to a fine not exceeding $25,000:

(b)
on every other occasion the person is convicted for the same type of offence, to a fine not exceeding $50,000.

(5)

No person may be convicted of an offence under this section in respect of any deduction required to be made on account of the levy payable under this Act (levy deduction) if the person is convicted of an offence under section 143A(1) of the Tax Administration Act 1994 in respect of any deduction required to be made under the PAYE rules, being a deduction which, if the levy deduction were a deduction on account of income tax for the purposes of the PAYE rules, would have included the amount of the levy deduction.

(6)

In this section, PAYE intermediary means a PAYE intermediary as defined in section YA 1 of the Income Tax Act 2007.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 382

Section 316(1)(a): amended, on 26 March 2003 (applying to obligations under the principal Act that arise on and after 1 April 2004), by section 168(1) of the Taxation (Maori Organisations, Taxpayer Compliance and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2003 (2003 No 5).

Section 316(1)(d): amended, on 26 March 2003 (applying to obligations under the principal Act that arise on and after 1 April 2004), by section 168(2) of the Taxation (Maori Organisations, Taxpayer Compliance and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2003 (2003 No 5).

Section 316(6): added, on 26 March 2003 (applying to obligations under the principal Act that arise on and after 1 April 2004), by section 168(3) of the Taxation (Maori Organisations, Taxpayer Compliance and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 2003 (2003 No 5).

Section 316(6): amended, on 1 April 2008 (effective for 2008–09 income year and later income years, except when the context requires otherwise), by section ZA 2(1) of the Income Tax Act 2007 (2007 No 97).

Proceedings
317Proceedings for personal injury
(1)

No person may bring proceedings independently of this Act, whether under any rule of law or any enactment, in any court in New Zealand, for damages arising directly or indirectly out of—

(a)
personal injury covered by this Act; or

(b)
personal injury covered by the former Acts.

(2)

Subsection (1) does not prevent any person bringing proceedings relating to, or arising from,—

(a)
any damage to property; or

(b)
any express term of any contract or agreement (other than an accident insurance contract under the Accident Insurance Act 1998); or

(c)
the unjustifiable dismissal of any person or any other personal grievance arising out of a contract of service.

(3)

However, no court, tribunal, or other body may award compensation in any proceedings referred to in subsection (2) for personal injury of the kinds described in subsection (1).

(4)

Subsection (1) does not prevent any person bringing proceedings under—

(a)
section 50 or section 51 of the Health and Disability Commissioner Act 1994; or

(b)
any of sections 92B, 92E, 92R, 122, 122A, 122B, 123, or 124 of the Human Rights Act 1993.

(5)

Subsection (1) does not prevent any person bringing proceedings in any court in New Zealand for damages for personal injury of the kinds described in subsection (1), suffered in New Zealand or elsewhere, if the cause of action is the defendant’s liability for damages under the law of New Zealand under any international convention relating to the carriage of passengers.

(6)

Subsection (1) does not affect proceedings to which section 318(3) applies.

(7)

Nothing in this section is affected by—

(a)
the failure or refusal of any person to lodge a claim for personal injury of the kinds described in subsection (1); or

(b)
any purported denial or surrender by any person of any rights relating to personal injury of the kinds described in subsection (1); or

(c)
the fact that a person who has suffered personal injury of the kinds described in subsection (1) is not entitled to any entitlement under this Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 394

Section 317(4)(b): substituted, on 11 May 2005, by section 51 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

318Proceedings for personal injury caused by work-related gradual process, disease, or infection
(1)

This section applies to proceedings for damages arising directly or indirectly out of personal injury caused by a work-related gradual process, disease, or infection that is—

(a)
personal injury covered by this Act; or

(b)
personal injury covered by the former Acts.

(2)

No person may bring proceedings to which this section applies independently of this Act in any court in New Zealand, whether the proceedings are under any rule of law or any enactment.

(3)

Subsection (2) does not prevent a person who commenced proceedings to which this section applies before 1 April 1993 from completing the proceedings.

(4)

Subsection (2) does not prevent any person bringing proceedings relating to, or arising from,—

(a)
any damage to property; or

(b)
any express term of any contract or agreement (other than an accident insurance contract under the Accident Insurance Act 1998); or

(c)
the unjustifiable dismissal of any person or any other personal grievance arising out of a contract of service.

(5)

However, no court, tribunal, or other body may award compensation in any proceedings referred to in subsection (4) for personal injury of the kinds described in subsection (1).

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 395

319Exemplary damages
(1)

Nothing in this Act, and no rule of law, prevents any person from bringing proceedings in any court in New Zealand for exemplary damages for conduct by the defendant that has resulted in—

(a)
personal injury covered by this Act; or

(b)
personal injury covered by the former Acts.

(2)

The court may make an award of exemplary damages for conduct of the kind described in subsection (1) even though—

(a)
the defendant has been charged with, and acquitted or convicted of, an offence involving the conduct concerned in the claim for exemplary damages; or

(b)
the defendant has been charged with such an offence, and has been discharged without conviction under section 106 of the Sentencing Act 2002 or convicted and discharged under section 108 of that Act; or

(c)
the defendant has been charged with such an offence and, at the time at which the court is making its decision on the claim for exemplary damages, the charge has not been dealt with; or

(d)
the defendant has not, at the time at which the court is making its decision on the claim for exemplary damages, been charged with such an offence; or

(e)
the limitation period for bringing a charge for such an offence has expired.

(3)

In determining whether to award exemplary damages and, if they are to be awarded, the amount of them, the court may have regard to—

(a)
whether a penalty has been imposed on the defendant for an offence involving the conduct concerned in the claim for exemplary damages; and

(b)
if so, the nature of the penalty.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 396

Section 319(2)(b): amended, on 30 June 2002, by section 186 of the Sentencing Act 2002 (2002 No 9).

320Corporation to be heard
(1)

This section applies to proceedings in which a question arises as to whether or not a person—

(a)
has suffered personal injury for which he or she has cover; or

(b)
has suffered personal injury covered by the former Acts; or

(c)
has died because of personal injury of a kind described in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b).

(2)

The court, tribunal, or other body hearing the proceedings may not make a determination unless the Corporation is a party to the proceedings or is given an opportunity to be heard.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 397

321Powers of Corporation when person has right to bring proceedings
(1)

Subsection (2) applies when—

(a)
any entitlement is required to be provided under this Act for personal injury to a person; and

(b)
the person has the right to bring proceedings for damages in New Zealand or elsewhere for the personal injury.

(2)

When this subsection applies, the Corporation may require a person to do one of the following things, at the person’s option and at the Corporation’s expense:

(a)
to take all reasonable steps to enforce the right; or

(b)
to assign the right to the Corporation, and to do all other things necessary to enable the right to be enforced by the Corporation, within a reasonable period.

(3)

Subsection (4) applies when—

(a)
any entitlement has been or is required to be provided under this Act for personal injury to a person; and

(b)
the person has received a sum of money by way of damages, compensation, or settlement of any claim in New Zealand or elsewhere for the personal injury.

(4)

When this subsection applies, the Corporation may, as the case requires,—

(a)
deduct, from the cost of the entitlement required to be provided to a person, a sum equivalent to the net amount received by way of damages, compensation, or settlement; or

(b)
recover from the person, as a debt due, the entitlement provided.

(5)

Nothing in subsection (4) applies to—

(a)
any money paid on a claim by the person under an insurance contract (other than an accident insurance contract under the Accident Insurance Act 1998) taken out by the person:

(b)
any payment from a retirement scheme (within the meaning of section 6(1) of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013):

(c)
[Repealed]

 

(d)
any damages awarded under any Act.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 398

Section 321(5)(b): amended, on 1 December 2014, by section 150 of the Financial Markets (Repeals and Amendments) Act 2013 (2013 No 70).

Section 321(5)(c): repealed, on 30 June 2002, by section 187 of the Sentencing Act 2002 (2002 No 9).

Regulation-making powers
322Regulations relating to definitions
(1)

The Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
defining acute admission for the purposes of this Act:

(b)
defining counsellor for the purposes of this Act:

(c)
defining impairment for the purposes of this Act:

(d)
prescribing a place of education for the purposes of this Act:

(e)
defining a type or types of registered health professional for the purposes of this Act:

(f)
defining a type or types of treatment provider for the purposes of this Act:

(fa)
defining a health occupational group or part of a health occupational group for the purposes of this Act.

(g)
[Repealed]

 

(2)

The Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister and the Minister of Health, by Order in Council, make regulations defining public health acute services for the purposes of this Act.

(3)

The Minister may not make any recommendation under subsection (1) or subsection (2) without first consulting the persons or organisations the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed regulations.

(4)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 399

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 322(1)(e): replaced, on 1 October 2019, by section 52(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 322(1)(f): replaced, on 1 October 2019, by section 52(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 322(1)(fa): inserted, on 1 October 2019, by section 52(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 322(1)(g): repealed, on 1 July 2005, by section 52(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 322(4): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

322ADefinition of health practitioner may be limited
(1)

The Minister may, from time to time, by notice, declare that a person is not a health practitioner of a particular health profession for any purposes of this Act that are specified in the notice if—

(a)
the person is a member of a class described in the notice; and

(b)
the person’s registration or deemed registration as a practitioner of that health profession under the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 is related to the person’s membership of that class.

(2)

For the purposes of subsection (1), a class of persons may be described in any way the Minister thinks fit, including, without limitation, in any 1 or more of the following ways:

(a)
by reference to the scopes of practice of the persons, including, without limitation, to any limitations, restrictions, or conditions in the scopes of practice:

(b)
by reference to the qualifications of the persons:

(c)
by reference to the fact that the persons are not permitted to perform services of a stated kind under their scopes of practice:

(d)
by reference to the fact that the persons lack qualifications of a stated kind.

(3)

The Minister may not give a notice under this section without first consulting any persons or organisations that the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed notice.

(4)

A notice under this section is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
The maker must publish it in the Gazette
LA19 ss 73, 74(1)(a), Sch 1 cl 14
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 322A: inserted, on 18 September 2004, by section 175(1) of the Health Practitioners Competence Assurance Act 2003 (2003 No 48).

Section 322A(1): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 322A(3): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 322A(4): replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

323Regulations relating to claims for noise-induced hearing loss caused by work-related gradual process
(1)

For the purposes of Part 3, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing the conditions under which the Corporation is to apply the pure tone audiometry test or any other appropriate test, under section 61, to assess the percentage of binaural hearing loss that is a personal injury caused by noise exposure within a person’s employment:

(b)
prescribing any other matters relating to the tests.

(2)

The Minister must not make any recommendation under subsection (1) without first consulting the persons or organisations the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed regulations.

(3)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 401

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 323(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

324Regulations relating to rehabilitation
(1)

For the purposes of Part 4 and Schedule 1, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing the costs that the Corporation is liable to pay for the entitlement of rehabilitation:

(b)
prescribing the circumstances in which, and the method by which, the Corporation must make any payment for rehabilitation:

(c)
prescribing the circumstances in which, and the method by which, the Corporation may make arrangements, and make contributions, for rehabilitation:

(d)
prescribing the persons to whom those payments may be made.

(2)

The Minister must not make any recommendation under subsection (1) without first receiving a recommendation from the Corporation and consulting the persons or organisations the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed regulations.

(3)

Without limiting the matters that may be prescribed by regulations, regulations made under subsection (1) may—

(a)
prescribe—

(i)
a percentage, or different percentages, of the total costs to be paid by the Corporation; or

(ii)
a specified amount, or specified amounts, that the Corporation is liable to pay in respect of those costs in specified circumstances:

(b)
provide that the Corporation is liable to make payments in respect of costs only to the extent that costs exceed amounts specified in the regulations:

(c)
provide that the Corporation is liable to make payments in respect of rehabilitation only if a person who is a member of a class prescribed in the regulations—

(i)
provides rehabilitation; or

(ii)
refers a claimant to rehabilitation; or

(iii)
directly supervises the provision of rehabilitation:

(d)
provide that the Corporation—

(i)
must not pay any of the cost of specified rehabilitation; or

(ii)
is liable to pay some or all of such costs only if conditions specified in the regulations or by the Corporation are met:

(e)
prescribe—

(i)
an amount that the claimant must or must not pay for rehabilitation that is treatment; or

(ii)
a percentage that the claimant must or must not pay of the total amount payable for treatment.

(4)

Without limiting the matters that may be prescribed by regulations, regulations made under subsection (1) may contain different provisions in respect of—

(a)
payments relating to work-related personal injury and payments relating to other personal injury:

(b)
payments relating to claimants based on—

(i)
the need of a claimant as assessed by the Corporation; or

(ii)
assessments conducted by or on behalf of any other relevant government agency; or

(iii)
both:

(c)
payments to persons not resident in New Zealand at the time of receiving the payments.

(5)

The Minister, in consultation with the Minister of Finance and the Minister of Health, may approve for a specified period no longer than 6 months any item that is recommended by the Corporation for inclusion in regulations under this section as if it were prescribed by regulations made under subsection (1).

(6)

An approval under subsection (5)—

(a)
must be given by notice; and

(b)
has effect as if it were prescribed by regulations made under subsection (1); and

(c)
lapses on the expiration of the period for which the approval is given.

(7)

The following are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements):

(a)
regulations under subsection (1):

(b)
a notice under subsection (5).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 402

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under subsection (1)
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under subsection (5)
Publication
The maker must publish it in the Gazette
LA19 ss 73, 74(1)(a), Sch 1 cl 14
Presentation
It is not required to be presented to the House of Representatives because a transitional exemption applies under Schedule 1 of the Legislation Act 2019
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 324(2): substituted, on 1 August 2008, by section 28 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 324(3)(d)(i): amended, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 324(6)(a): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 324(7): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

324ABiennial review of certain amounts
(1)

The Corporation must conduct a review in 2020, and in every second year after that, of the amounts prescribed by regulations made under section 324 that the Corporation is liable to pay for the entitlement of rehabilitation.

(2)

The purpose of the review is to assess whether adjustment to any of the amounts is required to take into account changes in costs of rehabilitation.

(3)

The Corporation must, by 1 December of each year in which a review is conducted,—

(a)
provide a report on the results of the review to the Minister; and

(b)
include in that report any recommendations for change that it may have.

Section 324A: replaced, on 12 April 2019, by section 5 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 10).

325Regulations relating to ancillary services for rehabilitation
(1)

For the purposes of clauses 3 and 11 of Schedule 1, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing the costs that the Corporation is liable to pay or contribute to in respect of 1 or more ancillary services that facilitate rehabilitation provided by the Corporation in New Zealand:

(b)
prescribing the circumstances in which, and the method by which, the Corporation is liable for any payment for 1 or more ancillary services to rehabilitation:

(c)
prescribing the circumstances in which, and the method by which, the Corporation may make arrangements, and make contributions, for 1 or more ancillary services to rehabilitation:

(d)
prescribing the conditions that must be met, and the matters that must be taken into account:

(e)
prescribing the persons to whom those payments may be made.

(1A)

Regulations made under subsection (1) may also prescribe the costs and payments that the Corporation is liable to pay or contribute to in relation to the transport, by ambulance, of the body of a person who has died at the scene of an accident (in which case subsection (1) applies with all necessary modifications).

(2)

The Minister must not make any recommendation under subsection (1) without first consulting the persons or organisations the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed regulations.

(3)

Without limiting the matters that may be prescribed by regulations, regulations made under subsection (1) may—

(a)
prescribe the circumstances in which the Corporation is liable to pay or contribute to the costs of 1 or more ancillary services that facilitate rehabilitation, examples of which are that the service—

(i)
is necessary and appropriate:

(ii)
is or will be provided by a person who is an appropriate provider of the particular ancillary service:

(iii)
has been or will be provided only on the number of occasions necessary for that purpose:

(iv)
has been agreed in an individual rehabilitation plan, if a plan has been agreed:

(v)
is provided after the Corporation has agreed to the rehabilitation and after the Corporation has agreed to the ancillary service in respect of the rehabilitation, unless clause 4(2) of Schedule 1 applies:

(b)
prescribe the matters that must be taken into account when the Corporation is deciding whether and to what extent ancillary services that facilitate rehabilitation should be provided, including such matters as—

(i)
the nature and severity of the injury:

(ii)
the rehabilitation outcome that will be achieved:

(iii)
the claimaint’s assessed need for the ancillary service:

(iv)
the other options available to meet the need:

(v)
the cost of the service and of the other options, compared with the benefit that the claimant is likely to receive from the ancillary service:

(vi)
the responsibilities of the person in relation to their own rehabilitation:

(vii)
the geographic location in which the person lives:

(c)
provide that the Corporation is to make payments only if specified service thresholds have been exceeded.

(4)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 325(1A): inserted, on 5 December 2013, by section 6 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2013 (2013 No 105).

Section 325(4): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

326Regulations relating to lump sum compensation
(1)

For the purposes of Part 3 of Schedule 1, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations specifying when a claimant’s condition is to be regarded as stabilised for the purposes of clause 57 of Schedule 1.

(2)

The Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations for the purposes of Part 3 of Schedule 1 to give effect to those provisions, including regulations that—

(a)
refer to, or incorporate by reference, in whole or in part, the American Medical Association Guides to the Evaluation of Permanent Impairment:

(b)
refer to, or incorporate by reference, guides, frameworks, or other standards:

(c)
prescribe an assessment tool that in itself may refer to, or incorporate by reference, in whole or in part, any thing referred to in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b):

(d)
do any combination of the things referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) or (c):

(e)
amend the lump sum compensation amounts payable under clause 56 of Schedule 1:

(f)
prescribe calculations and rules for determining the combined effect of personal injury for a claimant who has suffered more than 1 personal injury, for the purposes of clause 59(5) of Schedule 1:

(g)
prescribe calculations and rules for adjusting the whole-person impairment score of a claimant to take into account the effect of injuries suffered before 1 April 2002:

(h)
prescribe the scale of lump sum compensation amounts payable in respect of different degrees of whole-person impairment under clauses 56 and 60 of Schedule 1 so that the amount increases exponentially or otherwise as the degree of impairment increases:

(i)
prescribe such other matters as may be desirable to enable the assessment, calculation, and payment of lump sums.

(3)

The Minister must not make any recommendation under subsection (1) or subsection (2) without first consulting the persons or organisations that the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed regulations.

(4)

Any material referred to or incorporated by reference in regulations under this section forms part of the regulations for all purposes. However, any amendment made to the material after the commencement of the regulations does not have effect until regulations have been made incorporating the amendment into the regulations.

(5)

The Corporation must allow a claimant to inspect any material referred to or incorporated by reference in regulations under this section. The inspection must be free of charge and take place at one of the Corporation’s offices.

(6)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

(7)

Subpart 1 of Part 3 and section 114 of the Legislation Act 2019 do not apply to material that is incorporated by reference under subsection (2)(a), (b), or (c) merely because it is incorporated.

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 326(6): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Section 326(7): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

326ARegulations relating to interest on late payments of weekly compensation
(1)

The Governor-General may, by Order in Council made on the recommendation of the Minister, make regulations for all or any of the following purposes:

(a)
prescribing an indicator interest rate (or a formula or other methodology for setting another interest rate) as the base rate for the purposes of section 114(4)(a) on and from a specified date:

(b)
prescribing a percentage as the premium for the purposes of section 114(4)(b) on and from a specified date.

(2)

The Minister may recommend the making of regulations under this section only if the Minister is satisfied that the interest rate would be consistent with, or promote, the following objectives:

(a)
simple, accessible, and predictable law:

(b)
realistic and fair compensation for claimants:

(c)
encouraging the Corporation to calculate and pay claims for weekly compensation as soon as practicable.

(3)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 326A: inserted, on 1 January 2018, by section 29 of the Interest on Money Claims Act 2016 (2016 No 51).

Section 326A(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

327Regulations relating to indexation
(1)

For the purposes of this Act, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing the formula or formulas for indexation under section 115:

(b)
prescribing the formula or formulas for indexation under section 116:

(c)
prescribing the effective date or dates for the purposes of sections 115 and 116:

(d)
prescribing the formula or formulas for indexation of the independence allowance under this Act or a former Act that is payable under this Act.

(e)
[Repealed]

 

(2)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 404

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 327(1)(e): repealed, on 11 May 2005, by section 60(6) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 327(2): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

328Regulations relating to reviews and appeals
(1)

For the purposes of Part 5, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing rules for the conduct of reviews:

(b)
prescribing rules for the lodging of notices in the District Court relating to appeals:

(c)
prescribing the form of a notice of appeal:

(ca)
prescribing a fee that must accompany a notice of appeal:

(d)
defining specified registry for the purposes of sending or filing notices of appeal:

(e)
prescribing rules for the conduct of appeals:

(f)
prescribing a scale of costs for the purposes of section 148.

(2)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 405

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 328(1)(b): amended, on 1 March 2017, by section 261 of the District Court Act 2016 (2016 No 49).

Section 328(1)(ca): inserted, on 14 November 2018, by section 4 of the Tribunals Powers and Procedures Legislation Act 2018 (2018 No 51).

Section 328(2): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

328ARegulations relating to alternative dispute resolution
(1)

The Governor-General may, by Order in Council made on the recommendation of the Minister, make regulations providing for 1 or more of the following purposes:

(a)
setting out a framework or rules (or both) governing the conduct of alternative dispute resolution:

(b)
requiring the Corporation to pay costs to claimants at the appropriate rate or scale specified in the regulations, which costs may apply whether or not regulations are for the time being in force under paragraph (a):

(c)
prescribing the time frames for the lodging of review applications about matters under Part 5 that undergo an alternative dispute resolution procedure, which time frames may be longer (but not less) than those set out in section 135(2).

(2)

In the absence of regulations for the time being in force under subsection (1)(a), the use of alternative dispute resolution and the manner in which it is to be conducted is a matter for agreement between the Corporation and the claimant.

(3)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 328A: inserted, on 1 July 2005, by section 55 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 328A(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

329Regulations relating to levies
(1)

For the purposes of Part 6, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
specifying, in relation to levies, the maximum amounts or deemed minimum amounts of earnings for levy purposes or methods for calculating any of those amounts:

(b)
prescribing earnings deemed,—

(i)
for the purposes of section 169(1), to have been paid by an employer to the employer’s employees or earned by a self-employed person; or

(ii)
for the purposes of section 169(1), to have been earned as a private domestic worker:

(c)
prescribing the rates of levies (including maximum and minimum levies) and specifying the manner in which the Corporation is to determine the levies payable:

(ca)
prescribing the terms and conditions of the system or systems of experience rating or of risk sharing referred to in section 169(2):

(d)
prescribing the period to which any levies relate:

(e)
prescribing, in relation to levies, any discounts to be allowed and any adjustments to be made:

(f)
prescribing classifications, and categories of earners, for levy purposes:

(g)
prescribing classifications of industries and risks for the purposes of section 170:

(h)
specifying the threshold that must be met for the purpose of multiple classification in section 170, being a threshold based on the liable earnings of groups of employees or the overall levy payable by the employer:

(ha)
prescribing the rate of interest payable on any amount exceeding $1,000 under section 173(2)(a) or the method by which the rate is to be calculated:

(hb)
prescribing—

(i)
the rate of interest payable on any levy collected by instalments under section 234 or the method by which the rate is to be calculated:

(ii)
the circumstances in which the payment of the whole or any part of the interest may be remitted or waived:

(i)
prescribing the rate of interest payable on any amount under section 250(3) and the method by which the prescribed rate is to be applied (for example, 7.5% compounding monthly on the outstanding amount unpaid):

(j)
providing for levy adjustments and any matters relating to audits of safety management practices referred to in section 175(7):

(k)
prescribing, in relation to the levy payable under section 213(2)(c),—

(i)
the fuels in respect of which the levy is payable:

(ii)
the category or categories of any fuel in respect of which the levy is payable:

(iii)
the rate or rates at which the levy is payable:

(iv)
the manner in which the levy is to be collected and paid to the Corporation:

(v)
the persons or classes of person who are entitled to a refund under section 255(1A), the extent to which any amount of levy may be refunded, the manner in which persons must apply for a refund, and the manner in which refunds are to be paid:

(l)
establishing a system for differential levies, for the purposes of the Motor Vehicle Account, for categories referred to in—

(i)
section 216(1); or

(ii)
section 216(2):

(m)
setting, in relation to a prescribed period, a portion of the Work Account, the Motor Vehicle Account, or the Earners’ Account that is necessary to achieve,—

(i)
[Repealed]

 

(ii)
[Repealed]

 

(iii)
[Repealed]

 

(ma)
prescribing the manner of payment of the Motorcycle Safety levy for the purposes of section 217(3):

(n)
prescribing classes of levy payers for the purposes of the Treatment Injury Account:

(o)
prescribing exempt amounts of levy for the purpose of section 244, which amounts may differ depending on whether the amount invoiced is for—

(i)
a single type of levy; or

(ii)
2 or more different types of levies; or

(iii)
both.

(2)

Regulations made under subsection (1)(ca) may—

(a)
specify the types of claims to which the system or systems of experience rating or of risk sharing referred to in section 169(2) apply; and

(b)
make different provision for different classes of levy payers or in respect of different industries or levies.

(2A)

The Minister may not recommend the making of regulations under subsection (1)(hb)(i) unless the Minister has first received and considered a recommendation from the Corporation made in accordance with section 234(1B).

(2B)

Regulations made under subsection (1)(hb)(i) may prescribe different rates of interest, or different methods by which rates are to be calculated, for different periods over which the Corporation collects instalments of a levy.

(3)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 407

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 329(1)(a): replaced, on 12 April 2019, by section 6 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2019 (2019 No 10).

Section 329(1)(b): substituted, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 329(1)(b)(ii): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(1) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(1)(ca): inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(2) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(1)(g): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(3) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(1)(h): amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(4) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(1)(ha): inserted, on 30 October 2022, by section 15 of the Accident Compensation (Maternal Birth Injury and Other Matters) Amendment Act 2022 (2022 No 51).

Section 329(1)(hb): inserted, on 30 June 2024, by section 5(1) of the Accident Compensation (Interest on Instalment Plans) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 24).

Section 329(1)(j): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 329(1)(k): substituted, on 28 June 2003, by section 12 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2003 (2003 No 29).

Section 329(1)(l): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(5) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(1)(m): substituted, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(6) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(1)(m)(i): repealed, on 26 September 2015, by section 336A(2)(d).

Section 329(1)(m)(ii): repealed, on 26 September 2015, by section 336B(2)(c).

Section 329(1)(m)(iii): repealed, on 26 September 2015, by section 336C(2)(c).

Section 329(1)(ma): inserted, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(6) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(1)(n): amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 329(1)(o): added, on 1 April 2006, by section 56(2) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 329(2): added, on 3 March 2010, by section 45(7) of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 329(2A): inserted, on 30 June 2024, by section 5(2) of the Accident Compensation (Interest on Instalment Plans) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 24).

Section 329(2B): inserted, on 30 June 2024, by section 5(2) of the Accident Compensation (Interest on Instalment Plans) Amendment Act 2024 (2024 No 24).

Section 329(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

330Consultation requirements for regulations relating to classifications, risk rating, or treatment injury
The Minister may not make any recommendation in respect of regulations made under section 329(f) or (g) or (l)(i) or (ma), or in relation to the Treatment Injury Account, without first consulting such persons or organisations as the Minister considers appropriate having regard to the subject matter of the proposed regulations.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 408

Section 330 heading: amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

Section 330: amended, on 3 March 2010, by section 46 of the Accident Compensation Amendment Act 2010 (2010 No 1).

Section 330: amended, on 1 April 2007, by section 13(1) of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2007 (2007 No 8).

331Consultation and other requirements for regulations relating to levy setting
(1)

The Minister may not recommend the making of regulations under this Act prescribing the rates of levies unless the Minister has first received and considered a recommendation from the Corporation made in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(2)

The Corporation must consult levy payers before recommending to the Minister that such regulations be made, and that obligation to consult is satisfied if—

(a)
the Corporation publicly notifies its intention to recommend to the Minister that such regulations be made by publishing in the Gazette, and on an Internet site maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation, a notice—

(i)
stating that the Corporation is proposing to recommend that such regulations be made; and

(ii)
[Repealed]

 

(iii)
explaining the Corporation’s proposal to recommend the making of the proposed regulations, or stating where a copy of that explanation may be obtained; and

(iv)
[Repealed]

 

(v)
stating where copies of any actuarial valuation on which levies are based may be obtained; and

(vi)
inviting members of the public to make written submissions on the proposed regulations; and

(vii)
stating the last date on which the Corporation will receive written submissions on the proposed regulations (which date must be not less than 28 days after the date of the publication of the notice in the Gazette); and

(b)
the Corporation considers all submissions on the proposed regulations that are received by the Corporation not later than the date stated under paragraph (a)(vii).

(3)

The Corporation must, when recommending to the Minister the making of regulations under this Act prescribing the rates of levies, give effect to—

(a)
the funding policy statement issued under section 166B; and

(b)
any relevant policy direction given under section 103 of the Crown Entities Act 2004.

(4)

The Corporation must, after recommending to the Minister the making of regulations under this Act prescribing the rates of levies, publish in the Gazette, and on an Internet site maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation, a notice—

(a)
stating that such a recommendation has been made; and

(b)
stating where copies of the recommendation, and any information that accompanied the recommendation, may be obtained.

(5)

Nothing in this section obliges the Minister to accept the Corporation’s recommendation or prevents the Minister recommending that the regulations prescribe rates of levies different from the rates recommended by the Corporation.

(5A)

The Corporation must prepare a report in relation to the rates of levies prescribed.

(5B)

The report required by subsection (5A) must—

(a)
include, without limitation,—

(i)
the long-term projections for the relevant Account of solvency rates, levy rates, Account balances, and the lifetime costs of claims in relation to injuries that occur in the year for which the levies apply; and

(ii)
the key assumptions on which the projections are based, including the assumptions made about claims numbers, trends in underlying costs, growth of the units to which levy rates apply (for example, numbers of vehicles), investment returns, and assumptions about economic conditions and rehabilitation performance; and

(b)
be prepared in accordance with generally accepted practice within the insurance sector in New Zealand; and

(c)
be published at the time the regulations prescribing the rates of levies are published under the Legislation Act 2019.

(6)

The consultation procedure contained in subsection (2) constitutes a code that sets out all the obligations of the Corporation in relation to consultation over the process of recommending to the Minister that regulations be made.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 409

Section 331 heading: amended, on 24 September 2015, by section 6(1) of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 331(2)(a): amended, on 27 November 2025, by section 7 of the Statutes Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 74).

Section 331(2)(a)(ii): repealed, on 11 May 2005, by section 57 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act (No 2) 2005 (2005 No 45).

Section 331(2)(a)(iv): repealed, on 24 September 2015, by section 6(2) of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 331(3): replaced, on 24 September 2015, by section 6(3) of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 331(4): amended, on 27 November 2025, by section 7 of the Statutes Amendment Act 2025 (2025 No 74).

Section 331(5A): inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 6(4) of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 331(5B): inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 6(4) of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 331(5B)(c): amended, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

332Regulations relating to information
(1)

For the purposes of section 279, the Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister and the Minister designated under section 289(2), by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing information that is required to be provided and collected for any purposes set out in section 279(2):

(b)
requiring the prescribed information to be provided and collected in the prescribed manner and by the prescribed due date (if any).

(2)

The Minister must not make any recommendation under subsection (1) without first consulting the persons or organisations the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed regulations.

(3)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 332(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

333General power to make regulations
(1)

The Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing forms of applications, notices, and other documents required for the purposes of this Act, and requiring the use of such forms:

(b)
prescribing—

(i)
the matters in respect of which fees or charges are payable under this Act, including any administration fee payable in respect of levies paid in instalments:

(ii)
the amounts of those fees or charges, or the method or rates by which they are to be assessed:

(iii)
the persons liable for payment of those fees or charges:

(iv)
the circumstances in which the payment of the whole or any part of those fees or charges may be remitted or waived:

(v)
the manner in which the fees or charges are to be paid:

(c)
prescribing the rates of interest payable under this Act:

(d)
providing for such matters as are contemplated by or necessary for giving full effect to this Act and for its due administration.

(2)

For the purposes of the consultation requirements of this Part, the Minister may take into account any relevant consultation undertaken before the commencement of this section.

(3)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 412

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 333(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

334Regulations may confer discretion
No regulation is invalid on the ground that it delegates to, or confers on, any person or body any discretionary authority.

Compare: 1998 No 114 s 413

335Regulations may prescribe offences and fines
(1)

The Governor-General may, on the recommendation of the Minister, by Order in Council, make regulations—

(a)
prescribing offences in respect of the breach of, or non-compliance with,—

(i)
any regulations made under this Act; or

(ii)
any requirement or direction made or given under any such regulations; and

(b)
prescribing fines not exceeding $500 in respect of any offences prescribed under this section.

(2)

Regulations under this section are secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Compare: 1998 No 114 s 414

Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 335(2): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

336Amendment of Schedule 2 by Order in Council
(1)

The Governor-General may, by Order in Council made on the recommendation of the Minister, amend Schedule 2 by—

(a)
adding or varying the description of a personal injury, together with the corresponding—

(i)
agents, dusts, compounds, substances, radiation, or things (as the case may be) and, if appropriate, the relevant level or extent of exposure to such agents, dusts, compounds, substances, radiation, or things; or

(ii)
occupations, industries, or processes; or

(b)
updating the schedule in order that the schedule may conform with the terminology or recommended practices of any international organisation.

(2)

The Minister must not make any recommendation under subsection (1) without first consulting the persons or organisations the Minister considers appropriate, having regard to the subject matter of the proposed order.

(3)

An order under this section is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 336(1)(a): substituted, on 1 August 2008, by section 30 of the Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Amendment Act 2008 (2008 No 46).

Section 336(3): inserted, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Repeal of and amendments to provisions relating to residual levies
Heading: inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 10 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

336ARepeal of and amendments to provisions relating to residual levies for Work Account
(1)

In this section, effective date means the earlier of—

(a)
1 April 2019; and

(b)
a date appointed by the Minister by notice.

(2)

On the effective date,—

(a)
in section 167(4)(b), delete “and the purpose specified in section 169AA(1)(a)”:

(b)
repeal section 169AA:

(c)
repeal section 169(4):

(d)
repeal section 329(1)(m)(i).

(3)

On the effective date, replace section 170(1) with:

(1)

For the purpose of setting levies payable under sections 168, 168B, and 211, the Corporation must classify an employer and a self-employed person in an industry or risk class that most accurately describes their activity, being an industry or risk class set out in regulations made under this Act.

(4)

A notice under subsection (1)(b) is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 336A: inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 10 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 336A(1)(b): 26 September 2015 appointed as the effective date, on 26 September 2015, by clause 3 of the Accident Compensation (Effective Date for Repeal of Residual Levies Provisions) Notice 2015 (LI 2015/221).

Section 336A(4): replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

336BRepeal of and amendments to provisions relating to residual levies for Motor Vehicle Account
(1)

In this section, effective date means the earlier of—

(a)
1 July 2019; and

(b)
a date appointed by the Minister by notice.

(2)

On the effective date,—

(a)
in section 213(7)(b), delete “and the purpose specified in section 215(1)(a)”:

(b)
repeal section 215:

(c)
repeal section 329(1)(m)(ii).

(3)

A notice under subsection (1)(b) is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 336B: inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 10 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 336B(1)(b): 26 September 2015 appointed as the effective date, on 26 September 2015, by clause 3 of the Accident Compensation (Effective Date for Repeal of Residual Levies Provisions) Notice 2015 (LI 2015/221).

Section 336B(3): replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

336CRepeal of and amendments to provisions relating to residual levies for Earners’ Account
(1)

In this section, effective date means the earlier of—

(a)
1 April 2019; and

(b)
a date appointed by the Minister by notice.

(2)

On the effective date,—

(a)
in section 218(5)(b), delete “and the purpose specified in section 220A(1)(a)”:

(b)
repeal section 220A:

(c)
repeal section 329(1)(m)(iii).

(3)

A notice under subsection (1)(b) is secondary legislation (see Part 3 of the Legislation Act 2019 for publication requirements).

See secondary legislation made under this Act (if published on this website)
Legislation Act 2019 requirements for secondary legislation made under this section
Publication
PCO must publish it on the legislation website and notify it in the Gazette
LA19 s 69(1)(c)
Presentation
The Minister must present it to the House of Representatives
LA19 s 114, Sch 1 cl 32(1)(a)
Disallowance
It may be disallowed by the House of Representatives
LA19 ss 115, 116
This note is not part of the Act.
Section 336C: inserted, on 24 September 2015, by section 10 of the Accident Compensation (Financial Responsibility and Transparency) Amendment Act 2015 (2015 No 85).

Section 336C(1)(b): 26 September 2015 appointed as the effective date, on 26 September 2015, by clause 3 of the Accident Compensation (Effective Date for Repeal of Residual Levies Provisions) Notice 2015 (LI 2015/221).

Section 336C(3): replaced, on 28 October 2021, by section 3 of the Secondary Legislation Act 2021 (2021 No 7).

Consequential amendments, repeals, and revocations
337Consequential amendments
(1)

The Acts specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 are amended in the manner indicated in that schedule.

(2)

The regulations specified in Part 2 of Schedule 6 are amended in the manner indicated in that schedule.

338Consequential tax amendments
The Acts specified in Schedule 7 are amended in the manner indicated in that schedule.

339Consequential repeals and revocations
(1)

The Accident Insurance Act 1998 (1998 No 114) and the Accident Insurance (Transitional Provisions) Act 2000 (2000 No 5) are repealed.

(2)

The orders and regulations listed in Schedule 8 are revoked.

Disclaimer: This content is provided for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice.

Taking of annual holidays
(1)

An employer must allow an employee to take annual holidays within 12 months after the date on which the employee’s entitlement to the holidays arose.

(2)

If an employee elects to do so, the employer must allow the employee to take at least 2 weeks of his or her annual holidays entitlement in a continuous period.

(3)

When annual holidays are to be taken by the employee is to be agreed between the employer and employee.

(4)

An employer must not unreasonably withhold consent to an employee’s request to take annual holidays.

Disclaimer: This content is provided for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice.

Interested In Learning More?

Talk to our local compliance specialists to disucess your specific situation:

Including employment, payroll, tax, and ongoing regulatory obligations.

Regulation Updates in New Zealand

Discover the latest employment and compliance updates in New Zealand — helping you stay ahead in a changing regulatory landscape.

English language requirements extended to AEWV skill level 3 roles

What it is: English language requirements are extended to AEWV skill level 3 roles, effective 2026-06-01.

What it changes: From 2026-06-01, many Accredited Employer Work Visa applicants in ANZSCO/NOL skill level 3 occupations must meet minimum English standards, creating new employer obligations for work permits and hiring verification that Accredited Employers and EORs will need to operationalize.

Who is affected:

  • Workers or employers explicitly mentioned or clearly implied by the policy summary.

What employers should do:

  • Prepare to verify English language standards for AEWV applicants at skill level 3.
  • Adjust processes for work permits and hiring verification to align with the new requirement.

Notes: Effective month: 2026-06. Manual verification recommended.

What it is: The minimum wage will increase, with impact effective from April 2026.

What it changes: Employers must update payroll systems and budgets to reflect the higher minimum wage starting 1 April 2026.

Who is affected:

  • Employers

What employers should do:

  • Update payroll systems to apply the new minimum wage
  • Adjust budgets to accommodate the higher wage requirement

Notes: Effective month: 2026-04. Manual verification recommended.

What it is: New occupations are recognised under the National Occupation List and there will be an annual median wage increase affecting related visa settings.

What it changes: 47 additional skill level 1 to 3 occupations are now recognised under the National Occupation List for Accredited Employer Work Visa applications, and there will be an annual immigration median wage increase effective 2026-03-09 that will update job check requirements, wage-linked visa settings, and partner/dependent income thresholds.

Who is affected:

  • Workers applying for Accredited Employer Work Visa
  • Employers supporting Accredited Employer Work Visa applications

What employers should do:

  • Review the updated National Occupation List to identify if roles align with the newly recognised occupations.
  • Prepare for changes to wage-related visa settings and income thresholds as of 2026-03-09.
  • Update internal visa and recruitment processes to reflect revised job check requirements and wage considerations.

Notes: Effective month: 2026-03. Manual verification recommended.